ELEMENTARY 
SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

WILKINS 


\ 


\, 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementaryspanisOOspanrich 


THE   HISPANIC    SERIES 

.  UNDER  THE  EDITORSHIP  OF 

John  D.  Fitz-Gerald,  Ph.D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  SPANISH,    UNIVERSITY    OF    ILLINOIS 

MEMBER    OF    THE    HISPANIC    SOCIETY    OF  AMERICA 

CORRESPONDIENTE     DE     LAS     REALES     ACADEMIAS 

ESPANOLA  Y  DE  LA  HISTORIA  DE  MADRID 


ELEMENTARY 
SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  6*  Underwood,  N.  Y . 

La  Alhambra  con  la  Sierra  Nevada 


THE  HISPANIC  SERIES 


ELEMENTARY 

SPANISH  PROSE 

BOOK 

BY 
LAWRENCE  A.  WILKINS,  A.  M. 

HEAD  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  SPANISH,  DE  WITT  CLINTON 
HIGH  SCHOOL,  NEW  YORK  CITY 


ov  TToXX'  dXXa  ttoXv 


BENJ.  H.  SANBORN  &  CO. 
CHICAGO  NEW  YORK  BOSTON 

1917 


Copyright,  1Q17, 

By  BENJ.  H.  SANBORN  &  CO, 


vrHHTiAT^ON  DCPT. 


PREFACE 

This  Spanish  prose  book  has  been  prepared  with 
these  aims: 

To  give  the  student  a  command  of  practical  Spanish. 
Therefore  only  the  most  current  locutions  and  vocabu- 
lary are  introduced.  These  are  used  repeatedly  while 
as  the  book  progresses  additional  material  is  gradually 
and  steadily  worked  in. 

To  provide  an  elementary  acquaintance  with  the  life 
and  customs  of  Spain  and  of  Spanish  America,  as  well  as 
with  the  fundamental  facts  of  the  history,  Hterature,and 
art  of  the  Peninsula  and  of  the  repubHcs  of  South 
America.  The  last  fourteen  chapters  are  devoted  ex- 
clusively to  countries  of  the  New  World. 

The  method  followed  in  the  preparation  of  the 
book  is  based  upon  the  belief  that  it  is  preferable  to 
write  a  considerable  amount  of  fairly  easy  Spanish 
than  to  attempt  to  write  a  small  amount  of  difficult 
prose. 

It  is  hoped  that  instructors  using  the  book  will  insist 
first  upon  a  careful  study  of  the  model  Spanish  text  at 
the  beginning  of  each  chapter.  This  may  be  treated  in 
class  in  the  many  ways  that  any  reading  lesson  in  Spanish 
may  be  treated.  The  Repasos  de  Gramdtica  should  be 
worked  out  preferably  after  a  study  of  the  Spanish 
text.  The  locutions  should  be  committed  to  memory. 
The  oral  work  may  be  done  by  the  class  while  the  stu- 


890443 


VlU  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

dents'  Spanish  version  of  the  English  paragraphs  is 
being  written  on  the  board. 

The  list  of  proverbs  should  be  consulted  for  transla- 
tions of  the  proverbs.  In  the  Appendix  will  be  found 
tables  of  the  verb  endings  of  all  regular  verbs,  the  ir- 
regular forms  of  irregular  verbs  and  of  type-verbs  of 
the  kind  known  as  radical-changing  and  orthographical- 
changing;  also  certain  special  cases  of  verb  irregularities. 
Each  verb  or  type  that  is  irregular  bears  a  paragraph 
number  arid  to  these  numbers  are  referred  in  the  vo- 
cabulary and  in  the  Repasos  de  Gramdtica  all  irregular 
forms.  The  student  thus  has  at  hand  a  ready  refer- 
ence section  to  aid  him  in  mastering  that  great  difficulty 
in  Spanish,  the  verb. 

The  vocabulary  is  somewhat  of  an  innovation.  Into 
this  one  vocabulary  are  combined  the  Spanish-English 
and  the  EngHsh-Spanish  vocabularies  which  are 
usually  kept  separate  in  foreign  language  prose  books. 
It  is  believed  that  this  combined  vocabulary  —  which 
is  arranged  according  to  rules  followed  in  Spanish 
dictionaries  —  will  not  only  save  the  student's  time 
by  making  it  unnecessary  for  him  to  be  always  on  the 
look-out  for  that  one  of  the  vocabularies  he  desires, 
but  will  also  teach  him  the  etymological  relations  that 
exist  in  many  cases  between  Spanish  and  English 
words.  For  the  idea  of  a  combined  vocabulary  the 
author  is  indebted  to  Professor  Charles  Philip  Wagner 
of  the  University  of  Michigan. 

The  author  desires  also  to  express  here  his  thanks  to 
Senor  Modesto  Sole  y  Andreu  for  reading  the  manu- 


PREFACE  ix 

script  and  for  making  several  very  helpful  suggestions, 
also  to  Seiior  Rafael  Soto  of  the  University  of  Illinois 
for  help  at  several  points.  To  Professor  John  D.  Fitz- 
Gerald  of  the  University  of  lUinois  he  tenders  not  only 
the  thanks  of  an  author  to  a  learned  and  painstaking 
editor  but  also  the  gratitude  and  affection  of  a  former 
student  to  an  inspiring  master. 

Lawrence  A.  Wilkins. 

New  York  City,  June,  1917. 


TO  THE  STUDENT 

In  using  this  book  do  not  attempt  to  translate  the 
English  sections  of  the  lessons  without  a  previous  care- 
ful study  of  the  Spanish  text  and  a  faithful  review  of 
the  grammatical  points  mentioned  in  the  Repasos  de 
Gramdtica.  The  latter  and  the  Spanish  text  should  be 
worked  out  together  as  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  the 
illustrations  of  grammar  are  taken  from  the  Spanish 
with  which  the  lesson  opens.  Likewise  the  locutions 
should  be  memorized  before  you  attempt  the  English- 
Spanish  exercise.  Let  the  Spanish  text  always  serve 
you  as  the  model  for  your  translation  from  English  into 
Spanish.  Consult  the  vocabulary  in  the  back  of  the 
book  only  as  a  last  resort  or  to  look  up  a  word  that  you 
may  find  underlined  in  the  English  text.  This  under- 
lining indicates  that  the  word  has  not  previously  oc- 
cured  in  the  Spanish  text  of  the  lesson  in  which  it  is 
found  nor  in  any  previous  lesson  of  the  book. 

Numbers  following  verbs  in  the  Repasos  de  Gramdtica 
and  in  the  vocabulary  of  the  book  refer  to  the  num- 
bered sections  of  the  verb  appendix  preceding  the  vo- 
cabulary in  which  are  found  all  the  commoner  irregular 
verbs,  all  the  irregular  forms  of  which  are  given. 
References  to  the  grammar  te'lxt  used  by  the  (plass  may 
be  supplied  by  filling  in  with  pencil  in  the  dashes  left 
in  the  Repasos  the  number  of  the  section  or  page  which 
treats  of  the  point  in  question. 

Proverbial  expressions  should  be  sought,  not  in  the 
vocabulary,  but  in  the  list  of  proverbs  preceding  the 
verb  appendix. 


CONTENTS 


Page 
Preface  .........   vii 

To  THE  Student   .    .    .    .    .    .    .    x 

Miguel .    i 

La  Conversacion  de  Pedro  y  Miguel  ...  5 
Pedro  Visita  a  Miguel;  una  Proposicion  .  .  9 
Pedro  acepta  la  Proposicion  .  .  .  .  .14 
Preparativos  para  el  viaje  .  .  .  .  .18 
En  la  Agencia  de  Turistas     .         .         .         .         .22 

La  Despedida 26 

La  Travesia     .         .     , 31 

Se  Llega  a  Gibraltar     .         .         .         .         .         ^35 

En  Algeciras  ........      40 

Trozo  Tomado  del  Diario  de  Miguel  ...  46 
Una  Carta       .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .53 

La  Llegada  a  Madrid* .63 

Una  Comida 68 

PoR  las  Calles  de  Madrid,  Villa  y  Corte     .         .       73 

De  Tiendas *.         .         -79 

El  Palacio  Real;  Porcion  Sacada  de  los  Apuntes 

de  Pedro .85 

diversiones  de  los  espanoles         .         .        .         .      qi 

Los   PiNTORES  DE   ESPANA;  APUNTES  D£   MiGUEL  .         97 

En  una  Casa  de  Comercio  Madrilena    .         .         .105 

En  Segovia  y  La  Granja iii 

El  Escorla^l;  una  Cartage  Miguel  .  .  .121 
PoR  Leon  y  Castilla  la  Vieja  .  .  .  .127 
CiuDADES  Industriales  de  Espana  .  .  .  .137 

La  Guerra  de  la  Independencia     .         .         .         ,     144 


XU  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

El  Gobierno  Moderno  de  Espana  .         .         .         .150 

Oficios .         .     156 

Dos  Grandezas  de  Espana 162 

El  Renacimiento  de  Espana 169 

La  Salida  para  Sud  America  .         .         .         .         .176 

En  Bahia 183 

La  Segunda  Ciudad  de  Sud  America;  una  Carta  de 

Miguel 189 

(Continuacion) 197 

En  Rio  de  Janeiro  .         .         .         .         .  203 

Sao   Paulo;  Extracto  Tomado  de  los  Apuntes  de 

Pedro 210 

En  el  Uruguay 215 

Buenos  Aires  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .     223 

Las  Nacionalidades  de  la  Argentina     .         .         .232 
PoR  la  Republica  Argentina  .         .         .  239 

Chile;   Apuntes  Tomadas  del  Cuaderno  de   Pedro    246 

PoR  Chile 255 

El  Peru  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  .     262 

La   Instalacion   de    la    Sucursal;    una    Carta   de 

Miguel 270 

Proverbios       .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .276 

Apendice  .........     280 

Verbos         ........     280 

Tablas  de  las  terminaciones  de  las  tres  conjugaciones 
regulares   ........     280 

Verbos  irregulares  .         .         .         .         .         .283 

Verbos  miscelaneos         .         .         .         .         .         .288 

Verbos  que  tienen  participios  pasivos  irregulares          .     291 
Vocabulario 295 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS' 


Page 


Frontispiece:    La     Alhambra,      con     la      Sierra 

Nevada        .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .       iv 

Mapa  de  Espana,  con  Indicaciones  del  Viaje  de 

Pedro  y  Miguel  ......        4 

Ronda:  El  Tajo  Formado  por  el  Guadalevin  .  47 
Granada:    Tumba  de  los  Reyes   Catolicos  en  la 

Catedral 54 

Sevilla:    Un  Patio 56 

Cordoba:  Interior  de  la  Vieja  Mezquita  .  .61 
Madrid:    La   Fuente   de    Cibeles,   el   Banco     de 

Espana  y  la  Calle  de  Alcala    .         .         .         -74 
Madrid:    El  Teatro  Espanol  ....       90 

SOROLLA   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .98 

Segovia  y  la  Catedral    .         .         .         .         .         .112 

Segovia:    El  Acueducto 114 

La  Granja:  La  Fama,  Fuente  de  los  Jardines  .  116 
Burgos:    Monumentos  que  Conmemoran  el  Solar 

DEL  Cid 128 

Burgos  y  la  Catedral    .         .         .         .         .         .130 

San  Sebastian:    La  Concha    .....     134 

Barcelona:    Monumento  a  Colon  .         .         .     138 

Valencia:    La  Calle  de  la  Paz      .         .         .         .164 

Mapa  de  Sud  America,  con  Indicaciones  del  Viaje 

DE  Miguel  y  Pedro  .  .  Between  pages  175  and  176 
Bahia,  Brasil:    El  Barrio  Marinero  y  la  Ciudad 

Alta 182 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  Mirado  desde  el  Pan  de  Azucar  190 
Rio  de  Janeiro:    Una  Vista  Nocturna  .         .         .194 


XIV 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK: 


Rio  de  Janeiro:    La  Cascatinha  de  Tijuca 

Montevideo:    La    Plaza    de    la    Republica 

Catedral     ...... 

Montevideo:    El  Teatro  Solis 

Buenos  Aires:    Los  Elevadores 

Buenos  Aires:    El  Palacio  del  Congreso 

Buenos  Aires:    La  Avenida    de    Mayo 

El  Ferrocarril  Transandino 

Santiago:    El  Cerro  de  Santa  Lucia     . 

Lima:    La  Plaza  de  Armas  y  la  Catedral 

Dos  Jovenes  Incas  del  Peru  . 

Llamas  en  un  Pueblo  Minero  del  Peru 


Y     LA 


206 

216 
218 
224 
226 

234 
248 
250 
264 
266 
272 


ELEMENTARY 
SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

I 

A.  MIGUEL 

Miguel  es  un  joven  de-  unos  veiAte  afios  de 
edad.  Es  norteamerjcario,'  Kijo  del  ^,e^oi:  P^oberto 
Davis  y  de  la  seiioi*a  Teresa  i'BU'ricQrdt^ 'i)avis, 
peruana,  con  quien  se  caso  don  Roberto  cuando 
estuvo  en  Lima  de  viajante  de  una  casa  comercial5 
norteamericana.  Miguel  nacio  en  Lima  y  cuando 
muy  nino  hablaba  espanol,  pero  al  trasladarse 
sus  padres  a  los  Estados  Unidos,  Miguel,  que 
tenia  entonces  solo  seis  aiios,  ingreso  en  una 
escuela  elemental  donde  no  se  hablaba  mas  que  lo 
el  ingles.  Asi  se  le  olvido  casi  todo  el  espanol. 
Por  eso,  al  entrar  en  la  escuela  superior  de  la 
ciudad,  empezo  el  estudio  del  castellano,  conforme 
al  deseo  de  sus  padres,  y  al  cabo  de  dos  aiios  ya 
podia  hablar  bastante  bien  el  idioma  de  su  madre.  15 
Su  acento  era  muy  bueno.  Al  graduarse  de  la 
escuela  superior,  no  se  matriculo  en  la  universidad 
sino  que  entro  en  el  comercio  de  su  padre.  Es 
un  joven  muy  competente,  trabajador  y  honrado. 


2  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Su  padre  tiene  en  el  mucha  confianza  y  muchos 
asuntos  importantes  de  comercio  pasan  por  sus 
manos. 

En  este  momento  Miguel  va  caminando  por  la 

scalle  principal  de  la  ciudad.     Es  un  dia  frio  de 

primavera.     Al  doblar  una  esquina  tropieza  con 

Pedro    Carter,    antiguo    amigo    suyo,    quien    le 

saluda  en  espanol. 

Repaso  de  ^ramatlca.     ,.,^ 

Regular  conjugations  in  the  isidicative,  simple  and  compound 

tenses— Tenet  i^-,  ser  16.     Tt^er  in  expressing  age  (tenia 

seis  aflos)- — j.     Al  'witFi   tht.  infinitive  (al  trasladarse) 

El  with  names  of   languages  (el    castellano) Predicate 

noun   without    article   (es   norteamericano) Plural   of 

nouns  and  adjectives   (joven,  elemental) Use  of  sino 

que  (sino  que  entr6  en  el  comercio) 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

casarse  con  doblar  la  esquina 

estar  de  viajante  ingresar  en  1  1 

se  le  olvido  el  espafiol  entrar  en     / 

conforme  a  tropezar  con 

caminar  por  la  calle 

B 

Trabajo  oral.     Traduzcanse    al    espanol    las    ora- 

lociones  que  siguen. 

I.    I  v^as  born  in  the  United  States  and  have  entered 

this  school  to  study  languages.     2.    I  speak  v^ell  only 

English  but  my  parents  speal^  Spanish  with  a    very 

^Expressions  here  and  elsewhere  bracketed  together  are  usually 
synonymous. 


MIGUEL  .  3 

good  accent.  3.  On  beginning  the  study  of  Spanish 
my  father  was  very  young.  4.  At  the  end  of  three 
years,  I,  too,  shall  speak  it  fairly  well.  5.  I  shall  not 
go  into  business  but  shall  enter  the  high  school. 

Traduccion.  I  was  walking  along  the  street  one  5 
day  last  spring  when  I  came  across  an  old  friend  of 
mine.  When  very  young  we  entered  together  an 
elementary  school  of  our  city  and  at  the  end  of  several 
years  he  graduated  from  the  high  school  and  entered 
the  university.  I  did  not  study  in  the  university  but  10 
entered  a  commercial  house  where  they  have  always 
had  confidence  in  me  and  where  important  matters 
pass  through  my  hands. 

On  seeing  this  friend,  I  greeted  him  in  Spanish.  We 
had  begun  the  study  of  that  language  in  the  high  school.  15 
He  had  not  forgotten  the  Spanish  language  but  spoke 
it  with  a  good  accent.  He  was  always  industrious  and 
able.  We  turned  the  corner  and,  in  keeping  with  his 
desire,  we  walked  along  the  main  street  talking  of  the 
friends  who  had  removed  to  other  cities.  Two  of  them  20 
were  in  Lima  as  traveling  salesmen  and  had  married 
Peruvian  ladies.     An  inhabitant  of  Peru  is  a  Peruvian. 


II 

A.    LA  CONVERSACION  DE  PEDRO  Y  MIGUEL 

jHola,  amigo!  cque  tal?  —  jHombre!  ique 
sorpresa!  jVd.  por  aqui!  ,iDe  donde  sale  Vd.  ? 
Hace  tanto  tiempo  que  no  le  veo.  lY  donde  ha 
estado  Vd.,  Pedro?  —  Contestar  a  eso  seria  mucho 
contar;  pero  para  abreviar,  acabo  de  llegar  hoys 
mismo  a  esta  poblacion  despues  de  haberme 
ausentado  durante  dos  anos. —  jY  que  hacia  Vd. 
durante  esa  epoca  ?  —  Pues,  mi  padre  me  mando 
a  estudiar  en  la  universidad  donde  me  quede  por 
un  afio  dedicandome  sobre  todo  al  estudio  del  lo 
hermoso  idioma  castellano,  al  cual  siempre  he 
tenido  mucha  aficion,  como  ya  sabe  Vd.,  Miguel. 
—  Eso  SI  lo  recuerdo  muy  bien  por  haber  empezado 
nosotros  a  estudiar  espanol  en  la  misma  clase  de 
la  escuela  superior.  Lo  hablabamos  siempre,  Vd.  15 
y  yo,  cuando  nos  encontrabamos  juntos.  Vd. 
fue  siempre  el  mas  aventajado  de  la  clase  mientras 
que  yo  no  me  aproveche  tanto  como  Vd.  a  pesar 
de  tener  yo  sangre  espaiiola.  Pero  mi  padre, 
que  habia  vivido  muchos  aiios  en  el  Peru,  se  em- 20 
peno  en  que  yo  lo  estudiase,  diciendo  que  era  la 
lengua  extranjera  mas  util  para  el  norteamericano. 
En  casa  lo  hablo  con  el  y  con  mi  mama.     Pero 

5 


6  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

se  conoce  que  Vd.  lo  habla  mejor  que  nunca. 
(jHa  practicado  Vd.  mucho  recientemente?  —  Ya 
lo  creo.  Al  dejar  la  universidad  viaje  por  un  ano 
como  representante  de  la  casa  de  mi  tio  por  el 

5  sudoeste  de  nuestro  gran  pais  donde  se  habla 
mucho  el  espanol.  Me  aproveche  de  todas  las 
ocasiones  para  hablarlo.  —  Bueno.  Asi  se  ade- 
lanta.     Se  aprende  a  hablar  hablando. 

Pero  Vd.  dispense,  Pedro.     Tengo  que  largarme 

10  ahora.  Desearia  que  Vd.  viniese  a  visitarme  esta 
noche  o  manana  por  la  noche.  Tengo  un  asunto 
de  importancia  que  consultar  con  Vd.  Hemos 
mudado  de  casa  y  residimos  ahora  en  la  calle 
Clark,  numero  191   al  oeste,  donde  tiene  Vd.  su 

15  casa.  —  Muchas  gracias.     Vd.  me  vera  por  alli 

manana   por  la   noche   a  las  ocho   sin   faltar.  — 

Esta  bien.     Pues,  hasta  la  vista.  —  Que  Vd.  siga 

bien,  Miguel. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Haber  7,  decir  5.  Verbs  in  -zar,  -car,  -gar  (empezar, 
dedicar,  largar)  34,  30,  32.  Imperfect  and  preterite  distin- 
guished in  usage Verbs  taking  a  before  a  following  infini- 
tive (empezar   a   estudiar;    se  aprende  a  hablar) The 

infinitive   after    prepositions    (despues    de   haberme    ausen- 

tado) .     The  .gerundio  to  express  English  present  participle 

with  by,  while,  etc (se  aprende  a  hablar  hablando) 

Por  +  infinitive  to  express  on  account  of  +  present  parti- 
ciple (por  haber  empezado  nosotros) Negative  adverbs 

after  comparative  (mejor  que  nunca) Time  of  day  (a  las 

ocho) . 


LA  CONVERSACION  DE  PEDRO  Y  MIGUEL  ^ 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

hace  tanto  tiempo  que  no  le  ya  lo  creo 

veo  tener  que  largarse 

acabar  de  llegar  manana  por  la  noche 

hoy  mismo  mudar  de  casa 

dedicarse  a  tener  aficion  a 

a  pesar  de  tener  yo  sangre  aprovecharse 

espanola  se  conoce 

empeiiarse  en  sangre  espanola 

en  casa  consultar  algo  con  alguien 

mejor  que  nunca  donde  Vd.  tiene  su  casa 

B 

Trabajo    oral.     Substituyanse    las    palabras    ingle- 
sas  por  espanolas. 

I.  A  pesar  de  having  Vd.  sangre  espanola,  Vd.  no 
progress  en  esta  lengua.  2.  jFor  what  lengua  tiene 
Vd.  aficion?  3.  It  is  not  las  diez  todavia.  4.  J  Have  5 
you  just  llegar?  5.  Hablamos  mejor  que  ever.  6.  Vd. 
no  tiene  to  say  it  ahora.  7.  They  have  learned 
hablar  bien  el  espafiol.  8.  Resido  aqui  donde  I  shall 
be  glad  to  have  you  call. 

Traduccion.  Hello!  How  goes  it?  You  have  been  10 
away,  haven't  you? — Yes;  to  make  a  long  story  short, 
I  devoted  myself  to  my  studies  for  two  years  and  then 
on  leaving  this  town,  I  traveled  through  the  southwest 
of  the  United  States  where  I  profited  by  the  many 
opportunities  which  are  found  there  to  speak  Spanish.  15 

You  know  that  I  have  a  great  liking  for  that  beautiful 
language. —  Yes,  my  father  has  just  asked  me  if  you 
still  speak  it.  He  remembers  that  I  used  to  tell  him 
that  you  were  the  most  remarkable  student  in  our 


8  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

class  in  the  high  school.  I  have  told  him  that  you 
speak  it  better  than  ever  in  spite  of  not  having  lived 
in  a  Spanish  country.  Well,  I  shall  progress  as  well 
as  you  by  practicing  it  more.     But  I  must  go  now. — 

5  Tomorrow  I  shall  consult  you  about  a  matter  of  im- 
portance. Where  do  you  live  now.^ — My  parents 
removed  last  year  and  we  live  now  at  75  West  Clark 
Street,  where  we  shall  be  glad  to  have  you  call.  It 
is  a  long  time  since  my  father  has  seen  you. —  Thanks, 
10  I  shall  not  be  able  to  stay  long.  I  shall  have  to  be  at 
home  at  nine  o'clock. 


Ill 

A.    PEDRO  VISITA  A  MIGUEL;  UNA 
PROPOSICION 

Buenas  noches.  —  Muy  buenas,  don  Pedro  — 
(contesta  la  criada)..  — ,iEsta  en  casa  don  Miguel? 
—  Si,  senor;  pase  Vd.  Le  esta  esperando  en  el 
gabinete.  {En  esto  sale  Miguel  al  vestibulo  a 
recibir  a  Pedro.)  —  Buenas  noches,  Pedro.  Pases 
Vd.  al  gabinete.  Alii  estan  mis  padres.  Mama, 
papa,  aqui  os  traigo  a  Pedro  a  quien  conocereis.  — 
Si  que  le  conozco.  Tanto  gusto  en  volver  a 
saludarle,  Pedro.  —  Para  servir  a  Vd.,  serior 
Davis.  Saludo  a  Vd.,  seiiora.  —  Estoy  muy  con-  lo 
tenta  de  tenerle  con  nosotros.  Sientese  aqui 
cerca  de  la  chimenea.  Hace  frio  en  la  calle, 
^'verdad.?  —  Si,  seiiora,  y  no  estoy  acostumbrado 
por  haber  venido  directamente  de  un  clima 
caluroso,  el  sur  de  la  California.  (Todos  se  stent  an  15 
y  el  senor  Davis  entabla  una  conversacion  con 
Pedro.)  Me  alegro  mucho,  Pedro,  de  oirle  hablar 
espaiiol  tan  correctamente.  Es  la  lengua  de 
nuestra  casa.  La  empleamos  para  no  olvidarla, 
ya  que  no  nos  es  posible  servirnos  de  ella  de  otra2o 
manera.  Aun  tenemos  criados  de  origen  espaiiol 
o  sudamericano. 


lo  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Pero  lo  que  quiero  decide  especialmente  es  que 
intento  establecer  en  Lima  una  sucursal  de  mi 
casa  de  negocios  para  vender  sin  intermediario  en 
ese  mercado  la  maquinaria  que  fabricamos  aqui 
5  mi  hijo  y  yo.  Voy  a  poner  a  mi  hijo  como  jefe  de 
dicha  sucursal.  Pero-  antes  deseo  que  el  recorra 
mucho  mundo  espanol  para  que  se  entere  a  fondo 
de  la  vida,  costumbres  y  tratos  comerciales  de 
Espafia  y  de  los  paises  hispanoamericanos.     Ya 

loconoce  bastante  bien  el  negocio  que  hacemos  aqui 
desde  las  primeras  operaciones  de  la  fabricacion 
hasta  los  metodos  que  empleamos  para  vender 
nuestras  maquinas.  Pero  se  muy  bien  que  le 
falta   adaptar  al  uso  espanol  y  hispanoamericano 

15  sus  conocimientos  actuales.  Por  eso  voy  a 
enviarle  a  viajar  por  Espana  durante  unos  meses 
y  despues  pasara  un  ano  en  las  varias  republicas 
de  la  America  del  Sur,  antes  de  establecerse  en 
Lima.     Ese  es  el  plan  que  he  ideado.     Pero  el 

2onecesita  un  compaiiero  que  pueda  acompanarle 
y  sacar  del  viaje  igual  provecho  que  el.  A  tal 
compaiiero  le  ofrezco  una  colocacion  como  ayu- 
dante  de  Miguel  en  la  oficina  en  Lima  de  Davis  e 
Hijo.     Hemos  pensado  en  Vd.  por  saber  lo  mucho 

25  que  aprecia  Vd.  todo  lo  que  sea  espafiol.  Le 
costeare  la  mitad  de  los  gastos  del  viaje  y  despues, 
si  le  conviene,  le  dare  mil  pesos  anuales  de  sueldo 
al  principio  y  un  aumento  anual  que  estoy  seguro 


PEDRO  VISITA  A  MIGUEL 


ri 


le  convendra.  <iDesea  Vd.  aceptar  mi  pro- 
posicion? 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Traer  19,  estar  6,  venir  21.     Verbs  with  inceptive  endings 
(conocer,  establecer,  ofrecer)  38.     Reflexive  verbs  (alegrarse 

enterarse) Formation  of  the  present  subjunctive . 

Its  use  in  dependent  clauses  (deseo  que  recorra,  para  que  se 
entere,  un  companero  que  pueda) Hacer  in  weather  ex- 
pressions  (hace  frio) .     Verbs  of  motion  followed    by  a 

before  dependent  infinitive  (sale  a  recibir) Future  of 

probability  or  conjecture  (a  quien  conocereis) fF hat  in 

sense  of  that  which  expressed  by  lo  que  (lo  que  quiero)- 


Volver  a  +  infinitive  to  express  repetition  of  the  act  of  the 
infinitive  (volver  a  saludarle) 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 


si  que  le  conozco 

entablar  una  conversacion 

alegrarse  de  oir 

ya  que 

servirse  de 

recorrer  mucho  niundo 

enterarse  de 

a  fondo 

faltar  algo  a  uno 


id  ear  un  plan 

pensar  en 

lo  mucho  que  Vd.  aprecia 

emplear 

servirse  de 

tener  gusto  en 

alegrarse  de 

estar  contento  de 


B  • 

Trabajo  oral.     Para  traducir  al  espanol. 

I.  Good  evening.  Come  in.  2.  Good  evening. 
Is  Peter  at  home?  3.  Yes,  indeed  he  is.  4.  De- 
lighted to  greet  you.  5.  At  your  service.  Is  it  not 
cold  today?  6.  We  have  heard  her  speak  Spanish. 
7.  Where  were  you  yesterday?     8.  You  must  knov^  me. 


12  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Traduccion.  John  Pla,  a  friend  of  mine,  and  I 
called  upon  Mrs.  Davis  yesterday  at  eight  o'clock  in  the 
evening.  She  and  her  son  were  at  home.  "Reseated/* 
she  said  to  us.  **We  are  very  glad  to  greet  you  again. 
5  Are  you  not  accustomed  to  the  cold.f"'  ''No  ma'am/' 
said  John.  '*It  is  very  cold  today  and  I  have  just 
come  from  California  where  it  is  warm  even  during  the 

winter."     ''Here  is  my  son  Michael  whom  you  prob- 
ably know/'     "Delighted  to  know  you."     "At  your 

lo  service." 

We  all  sat  down  and  the  lady  of  the  house  opened 
up  a  conversation  with  us,  using  the  Spanish  language 
very  correctly  for  she  was  of  Spanish  origin.  The  son 
said  that  his  father  had  established  a  branch  of  his 

15  business  in  a  Spanish-American  republic  after  having 
traveled  over  a  good  deal  of  the  world.  He  had  become 
acquainted  with  the  ways  of  doing  business  of  South 
America  and  knew  all  the  manufacturing  steps  of  the 
business. 

20  "What  I  wish,"  said  his  mother,  "is  that  my  son 
should  know  well  the  life  and  customs  of  Spain  as  well 
as  of  Spanish-American  countries."  Because  of  knowing 
how  much  Pla  and  I  had  always  esteemed  everything 
Spfnish  or  Spanish-American,  they  had  thought  of  us 

25  and  wished  to  offer  us  positions  in  the  South  American 
branch  of  the  business  house  of  Davis  and  Son.  But 
before  settling  down  in  Lima,  John  and  I  would  have 
to  become  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  business 
of  the   company.      Afterwards  we  would   accompany 

30  Peter  in   a  trip  through   Spain   and   South  America. 


PEDRO  VISITA  A  MIGUEL  13 

Michael's  father  has  thought  out  this  plan  and  we  shall 
derive  great  benefit  from  it.  He  will  bear  the  expenses 
of  the  trip  and  will  give  us  an  annual  increase  in  salary. 
The  proposition  suits  and  v^e  shall  accept  it. 


IV 

A.    PEDRO  ACEPTA  LA  PROPOSICION 

jSi  yo  la  acepto!  —  Senor  Davis,  Vd.  es  muy 
amable  para  conmigo.  Vd.  me  ofrece  lo  inmejor- 
able,  lo  que  deseo  con  todo  el  corazon  desde  hace 
muchos  anos.     Por  supuesto  que  lo  acepto  gusto- 

5  sisimo  y  de  mil  amores.  —  Pero,  hombre,  pienselo 
bien.  No  corre  prisa.  Mariana  o  pasado.manana 
podra  Vd.  darme  su  respuesta.  —  Se  la  doy  a  Vd. 
ahora  mismo.  No  es  preciso  aguardar  ni  un 
momento  siquiera.     Yo  soy  asi  para  todas   mis 

locosas.  No  tengo  inconveniente  alguno  en  aceptar. 
Tengo  gana.s  vivisimas  de  asociarme  a  una  casa 
comercial  que  haga  negocios  con  Sud  America 
y  de  vivir  alii  en  el  sur.  Ademas  anhelo  visitar 
la  antigua  Espafia,  la  madre  patria,  hacia  la  cual 

15  se  dirigen  todos  cuantos  usan  la  sonora  lengua  de 
Cervantes.  En  mis  sueiios  me  he  visto  pase- 
andome  por  esas  calles  de  Madrid,  penetrando  en 
sus  cafes  y  tiendas,  observando  mil  y  tantos  deta- 
lles  de  la  vida  madrileiia;  he  sonado  con  estar  en 

2oaquellas  ciudades  tan  pintorescas  de  Andalucia, 
fijandome  en  las  costumbres  medio  moriscas  y 
medio  espanolas,  y  saboreando  cop  los  cinco 
sentidos  la  poesia  y  hermosura  de  la  vida  sono- 

14 


PEDRO  ACEPTA  LA  PROPOSICION  15 

lienta  de  aquellas  tierras;  me  he  visto  caminando 
por  las  carreteras  tortuosas  de  La  Mancha  en 
medio  de  un  sol  abrasador;  me  he  imaginado 
abismado  en  la  vida  activa  y  moderna  de  Barce- 
lona; me  he  conmovido  de  admlracion  ante  I0S5 
ejemplos  maravillosos  del  arte  de  Espana,  sus 
pinturas,  su  arquitectura,  su  literatura,  su  teatro. 

Pero  dejando  a  un  lado  por  ahora  lo  poetico 
que  haya  sobre  una  visita  a  Espana  soy  del  parecer 
que  me  ayudara  a  simpatizar  con  los  de  habla  10 
espanola  del  Nuevo  Mundo  el  trato  con  los 
naturales  de  la  madre  patria,  manantial  purisimo 
de  todo  lo  espafiol.  Creo  poder  aprovecharme 
mejor  de  las  oportunidades  del  mundo  mercantil, 
conociendo  bien  el  caracter  y  genio  espanoles  en  15 
el  terruno  original,  la  Peninsula  Iberica. 

—  iQue  elocuencia!  jMuy  bien  dicho!  Me 
deleita  de  una  manera  indecible  el  entusiasmo  de 
Vd.,  Pedro,  por  las  cosas  de  Espana.  Me  place 
sobremanera  que  consienta  en  acompaiiar  a  20 
Miguel  y  en  dedicarse  al  comercio  hispano- 
americano. — Y  a  mi  tambien.  Pedro  me  en- 
loquece  con  sus  ideas  de  Espaiia  —  dice  Miguel. 
—  Lo  que  acaba  de  decir  me  recuerda  el  entusias- 
mo que  experimente  al  hacer  mi  primer  viaje  por 25 
Espaiia  —  ariade  la  senora  Davis.  —  Venga  a 
verme  matiana  en  mi  oficina  y  haremos  los  arreglos 
necesarios.  —  Con  mucho  gusto.     Buenas  noches, 


1 6  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

senor  Davis. — Hasta  maiiana,  Pedro. — A  los  pies 
de  Vd.,  senora. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Hacer  8,  ver  22,  dar  4.  Hacer  with  time  expressions  (desde 

hace  muchos  afios) Radical  changing  verbs  of  first  and 

second  classes  (recordar,  pensar,  conmover,  consentir)  23,  24, 
25,  26,  27.  Personal  pronouns,  forms,  position  in  sentence  (la 
acepto,  se  la  doy  a  Vd. ;  para  conmigo ;  a  mi  tambien ;  venga 

a  verme) Imperative Subjunctive  as  imperative 

(venga  a  verme,  pienselo) Lo  with  adjectives  (lo  inme- 

jorable) .  Dependent  verb  in  the  infinitive  when  the  sub- 
ject of  both  verbs  is  identical  (creo  poder) Personal  a 

(acompanar  a  Miguel) 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

amable  para  con  no  corre  prisa 

de  mil  amores  ahora  mismo 

yo  soy  asi  para  tener  inconveniente 

pasearse  por  tener  ganas  de 

sonar  con  fijarse  en 

hacer  un  viaje  consentir  en 
ser  del  parecer 

B 

Trabajo  oral.     Para  traducir  al  espanol. 

I.    He  gives  it  to  me.     2.    I  give  it  to  you.  3.    That's 

the  way  with  me  about  everything.     4.  Give  it  to  us.  5. 

5  I  have  given  them  to  you.     6.    We  consent  to  it.    7. 

She  longs  to  speak  to  us.     8.    I  have  dreamed  of  Spain. 

Traduccion.     Of  course  we  accept  your  proposition 

with   great   pleasure.     We   have   been   anxious   many 

years  to  take  a  trip  through  Spain,  the  mother  country. 

10  For  many  years  we  have  longed  to  stroll  along  the 


PEDRO  ACEPTA  LA  PROPOSICION  1 7 

Streets  of  the  picturesque  cities  of  Andalusia  and  to 
enter  their  shops.  I  often  dream  of  the  winding  high- 
ways of  La  Mancha  over  which  Don  Quixote  used  to 
travel  and  I  am  moved  with  admiration  on  reading  the 
literature  of  Spain.  I  also  imagine  myself  observing  5 
the  thousand  and  one  details  of  life  in  Madrid  shops 
and  cafes.  John  tells  me  that  he  recalls  the  burning 
sun  and  the  dreamy  life  of  the  Spanish  city  in  which  he 
resided  when  very  young. 

All  who  have  been  in  Spain  have  noticed  the  half  10 
Spanish,  half  Moorish  customs  of  those  lands  and  have 
enjoyed  the  poetry  and  beauty  of  their  art  and  archi- 
tecture. But  Spain  has  cities  in  which  life  is  modern 
and  active,  as  in  Barcelona.  The  poetical,  the  pictur- 
esque and  the  modern  are  seen  together  in  Spain,  the  15 
source  of  all  that  is  Spanish.  The  natives  of  the  New 
World  who  speak  Spanish  turn  towards  Spain  in  mat- 
ters of  art,  the  stage  and  customs. 

Day  after  tomorrow  we  shall  come  to  see  Mr.  Davis. 
It  pleases  us  beyond  words  to  know  that  you  are  so  20 
kind  to  us.     We  shall  try  to  profit  by  this  opportunity 

to  get  acquainted  with  the  Spanish  spirit  on  its  home 
soil  and  to  enter  the  South  American  business  world. 

**And  I,  too,''  says  Mrs.  Davis,  '*am  delighted  im- 
mensely   with    your    enthusiasm.     John's    eloquence  25 
drives  me  to  distraction.     My  husband  and  Michael 

will  be  glad  to  see  you  at  their  office  and  make  the  nec- 
essary arrangements." 

**Very    well,"    we    reply.     ''Good    night,    madam. 
Accept  our  respects."  30 


V 

A.    PREPARATIVOS  PARA  EL  VIAJE 

La  tarjeta  del  senor  Pedro  Carter  —  dice  el 
dependiente.  Bueno.  Hagale  entrar.  Buenos 
dias,  Pedro. — Tengalos  Vd.  muy  buenos,  senor 
Davis.  —  Miguel,  aqui  esta  Pedro.  Dale  asiento. 
5  —  Hola,  Pedro.  iQue  hay  de  nuevo?  —  Nada, 
absolutamente  nada.  No  hay  cosa  alguna  que 
me  interese  ahora  fuera  de  nuestro  proyectado 
viaje.  iY  que  hacemos  primero.^  —  Lo  primero 
es  ver  los  anuncios  de  las  companias  de  vapores 

10  que  hay  en  los  periodicos  para  averiguar  cuando 
salen  de  Nueva  York  los  buques  que  hacen  escala 
en  los  puertos  de  Espaiia  o  en  Gibraltar.  Aqui 
hay  dos  columnas  de  esos  anuncios  en  la  decima 
hoja  del  Post  de  hoy.     jA  ver!     De  la  Compama 

IS  Trasatlantica  Espanola  hay  el  Montevideo  que 
saldra  el  7  de  mayo  proximo  para  Cadiz  y  Barce- 
lona; de  la  Compania  Lloyd  Nortealemana  hay 
el  vapor  Princesa  Irene  que  zarpara  el  29  de  abril; 
de  la  Compania  Cunard  esta  anunciada  la  partida 

20  del  Carpathia  para  el  25  de  abril;  de  la  linea 
White  Star  hay  el  Canopic  que  partira  de  Boston 
el  1°  de  mayo.  Todos  estos  barcos,  excepto  el 
Montevideo,  tocan  en  Gibraltar.  —  iY  a  cuantos 

18 


PREPARATIVOS  PARA  EL  VIAJE  19 

estamos  hoy?  Hoy  es  el  dia  20  de  abril  y  el  vapor 
que  sale  primero  es  el  Carpathia.  iQut  le  parece, 
Miguel?  iNos  queda  tiempo  suficiente  para 
tomar  pasaje  en  ese  buque?  —  Por  supuesto.  A 
mi  me  sobran  tres  dias  puesto  que  puedo  pre- 5 
pararme  en  dos  dias  para  salir.  —  Y  yo  tambien. 
Entonces  estamos  de  acuerdo  para  tomar  el 
Carpathia  el  25  del  actual,  J  no?  —  Convenido  y 
manos  a  la  obra.  Tu  apruebas  lo  proyectado, 
ino  es  cierto,  padre?  —  Si  que  lo  apruebo,  hijo,  10 
aunque  parece  que  V^s.  tienen  prisa  para  embar- 
carse.  Pero  han  metido  las  manos  hasta  los  codos 
en  esto  y  a  los  de  tanto  celo  no  se  les  puede  rehusar 
nada.  Ahora  conviene  conseguir  los  billetes  en  la 
agencia  de  la  Compaiiia  Cunard,  situada  en  la  15 
calle  Washington.  —  Pues  bien,  vamonos  en  se- 
guida  a  tomarlos. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

ir  9,  salir  15.     Subjunctive,  simple  and  compound  tenses,  of 

regular  verbs;  of  irregular  verbs  studied  up  to  this  point . 

Optative  subjunctive  (tengalos  buenos) Hortatory  sub- 
junctive (vamonos) Causative  verbs   followed   by  the 

infinitive  (or  subjunctive)  (hagale  entrar) .     Verbs  ending 

in  guir  (conseguir)  33;  in    guar   (averiguar)   36.     Agreement 

of  subject  and   verb^ Negative  pronouns  and  adverbs 

(nada,     no    hay     cosa     alguna) ,      Dates     (ia    cuintos 

estamos?;  hoy  es  el   dia  20  de  abril) Months  of  the 

year Prepositional  forms  of  personal  pronouns;  uses  (a 

mi  me  sobran). 


20 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 


tengalos  Vd.  muy  buenos 

ique  hay  de  nuevo? 

lo  primero 

hacer  escala  en 

a  ver 

la.  cuantos  estamos? 

dque  le  parece? 


nos  queda  tiempo 
me  sobran  tres  dias 
estar  de  acuerdo 
tener  prisa 

meter  las  manos  hasta  los 
codos 


B 

Trabajo  oral.    Traduzcanse  al  espafiol  las  siguien- 
tes  oraciones. 

I.  Come  in.  There  is  no  hurry.  2.  I  shall  give 
you  a  seat.  3.  Have  her  come  in.  4.  Let  us  go  see 
5  her.  5.  We  shall  have  them  (w^jT.)  for  you.  6.  Our 
boat  puts  in  at  Cadiz.  7.  How  many  days  have  we 
left?  8.  You  were  there,  were  you  not?  9.  Good 
evening,  John.  Good  evening  to  you,  sir.  10.  It  is 
necessary  for  us  to  go. 

10  Version.  John  and  Peter  will  go  to  your  office 
tomorrow  and  the  clerk  will  show~  them  in.  They 
and  you  are  agreed  to  get  tickets  for  the  Montevideo 
of  the  Spanish  Line,  are  you  not?  This  boat  will  sail 
from  New  York  the  nth  of  November  and  will  stop 

15  at  Cadiz  but  not  at  Gibraltar.  They  have  found  this 
out  by  looking  at  the  advertisements  of  the  steamship 
companies  which  announce  the  departure  of  all  trans- 
atlantic vessels  from  North  American  ports.  Yester- 
day there  were  four  columns  of  these  advertisements  in 

20  the  Sun.  There  are  no  large  ships  that  stop  at 
Algeciras. 


PREPARATIVOS  PARA  EL  VIAJE  21 

Let's  see.  Today  is  the  23rd  of  October  and  you 
have  time  enough  left  to  get  passage  on  the  Espana, 
if  you  wish,  which  will  leave  Boston  the  ist  of  Novem- 
ber. I  should  be  able  to  get  ready  in  a  few  hours  for 
the  trip  planned.  What  do  you  think  about  it?  I  5 
am  of  the  opinion  that  if  you  leave  on  the  Carpathia  of 
the  Cunard  Line,  which  sails  the  28th  of  October,  you 
will  have  a  couple  of  days  to  spare,  though  this  boat 
may  not  touch  at  Cadiz.  It  seems  that  you  are  in  a 
hurry  to  get  aboard  and  the  Carpathia  leaves  first.      10 

The  first  thing  to  do  is  to  get  the  tickets  at  the 
Cunard  Line  agency  if  it  suits  you  to  sail  on  the  Car- 
pathia.—  Yes,  indeed  it  suits  us. —  Well  then,  it  is 
necessary  for  your  father  to  approve  the  plan,  isn't  it.? 
—  Yes,  but  he  can't  refuse  us  anything  now.  We  have  15 
gone  far  in  this  and  we  must  leave  soon. —  All  right. 
Let's  go  see  him. 


VI 

A.    EN  LA  AGENCIA  DE  TURISTAS     . 

Buenos  dias,  caballero.  Vd.  parece  espanol.  — 
Si,  senor,  lo  soy.  Soy  salmantino.  Hace  doce 
anos  que  soy  empleado  de  esta  agenda  en  varias 
partes    del   mundo.     iY   que   deseaban   Vds.?  — 

5  jPuede  Vd.  hacer  que  se  nos  reserve  pasaje  en  el 
Carpathia  que  saldra  de  Nueva  York  el  25  del 
corriente?  —  Si,  senor;  ciertamente.  Eso  es  muy 
facil.  Telegrafiare  hoy  pidiendo  que  les  reserven 
pasaje  y  no  cabe  duda  de  que  lo  habra  para  Vds. 

10  jY  cuanto  se  pide  por  el  billete?  Nos  meteremos 
los  dos  en  el  mismo  camarote.  —  En  ese  caso  se 
pide  no  pesos  cada  uno  por  un  buen  camarote 
exterior.  —  Bueno.  i  Se  come  bien  en  el  Car- 
pathia?—  Si,   senor.     Las  comidas  son  insuper- 

15  ables. — J  Cuanto  tiempo  durara  la  travesia?  — 
Unos  diez  u  once  dias  a  lo  mas,  estando  bueno  el 
tiempo.  —  Entonces  haga  todo  lo  posible  para 
conseguirnos  un  camarote  comodo.  Tambien 
deseamos  dos  billetes  de  tren  para  Nueva  York. 

2oPartiremos  de  aqui  el  24  por  el  expreso  de  la 
mafiana.  Ademas  necesitamos  dos  billetes  kilo- 
metricos  para  uso  en  los  ferrocarriles  de  Espana. 
Que  cada  uno  sea  de  cinco  mil  kilometros  y  de 


EN  LA  AGENCIA  DE  TURISTAS  23 

primera  clase.  Aqui  estan  nuestros  retratos  que 
se  pegan  a  los  billetes  para  identificarnos.  — 
Bueno.  Pero  debo  advertirles  que  no  vale  el  tal 
billete  en  el  ramal  de  Algeciras  a  Bobadilla. — 
Perfectamente.  iA  cuanto  asciende  todo  esto?  — 5 
Por  los  billetes  de  buque  220  pesos.  Por  los  de 
ferrocarril  a  seis  pesos  y  seis  centavos  cada  uno, 
doce  pesos  con  doce  centavos.  Por  los  de  kilo- 
metros  a  76  pesos  y  70  centavos  cada  uno,  153 
pesos  40  centavos.  Total  385  pesos  52  centavos.  10 
—  Esta  bien.  Deme  Vd.  una  nota  de  eso  y  mi 
padre,  el  seiior  Roberto  Davis,  le  enviara  hoy  un 
cheque  por  dicha  cantidad.  —  Bueno.  Los  bi- 
lletes los  puede  Vd.  obtener  pasado  manana.  — 
Yo  mismo  pasare  por  aqui  a  tomarlos.  Hasta  15 
otra  vez,  caballero. —  A  la  disposicion  de  Vds. 

Ahora,  Pedro,  nos  debemos  proveer  de  algunas 
cosillas  para  el  viaje.  —  Si,  pero  seran  muy  pocas 
las  que  necesitamos  comprar.  A  mi  parecer, 
Pedro,  sera  mas  conveniente  viajar  con  poco2o 
equipaje,  comprando  de  vez  en  cuando  lo  neces- 
ario.  —  Vd.  tiene  razon.  Un  pequeiio  haul  y 
una  maleta  para  cada  uno  de  nosotros  bastaran. 
Caben  en  ellos  todas  nuestras  cosas  y  podemos 
arreglar  los  baules  manana.  Ahora  vamos  alis 
banco  a  comprar  una  carta  de  credito  para  usar 
en  Espaiia.  —  Eso  es  lo  mas  esencial.  Por  dinero 
baila  el  perro^  y  por  pan^  si  se  lo  dan  —  dice  el 


24  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

proverbio.  —  Dineros  son  calidad.     Con  plata  nada 
falta  —  segun  dicen. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

caber  2,  valer  20.     Sequence  of  tenses   (telegrafiare  que 

reserven) .     Radical-changing  verbs  of  third  class  (pedir, 

conseguir)  29.     Pedir  and  preguntar  distinguished Re- 
flexive verbs  used  impersonally  (se  come) ;  as  substitute  for  the 

passive  (se  nos  reserven,  se  pide) Present  participle 

phrase  used    as    equivalent   of  if  clause    (estando    bueno   el 

tiempo) Redundant  object  pronouns  (los   billetes  los 

puede  Vd.  comprar) Lo  as  predicate  nominative  repeat- 
ing a  previous  idea  or  statement  (lo  soy) Numerals; 

cardinals  i  to  500 . 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 
el  cinco  del  corriente  ascender  a 

no  cabe  duda  pasar  por 

a  la  disposicion  de  de  vez  en  cuando 

a  mi  parecer  tener  razdn 

arreglar  los  baules 

B 

Para  traducir  oralmente  al  castellano. 

I.    Are  you  Spanish?     Yes,  I  am.     2.    He  has  re- 
served   passage   for   us.     3.    We   have   been   here   for 

^  twelve  years.  4.  I  have  not  seen  him  for  twelve 
years.  5.  He  asked  us  to  do  it.  6.  I  tell  you  to  go. 
7.  I  called  there  to  get  the  tickets.  8.  How  much  do 
the  tickets  come  to?  9.  My  father  was  right.  10. 
The  food  was   good   on   the   boat.     11.    There  is   no 

10  room  for  you  here. 
Para  poner    en  ,  buen    espaiiol.     Michael  and  John 
•went  to  buy  the  tickets  they  needed  for  their  trip. 


EN  LA  AGENCIA  DE  TURISTAS  2$ 

They  asked  to  have  passage  reserved  for  them  on  a 
transatlantic  steamer  which  sails  the  loth  inst.  The 
clerk  of  the  agency  telegraphed  to  New  York  and 
obtained  for  them  three  outside  cabins  at  one  hundred 
dollars  each.  There  was  no  doubt,  he  said,  that  they  5 
would  be  comfortable.  Moreover,  they  bought  rail- 
way tickets  to  the  great  city  and  first  class  kilometer 
tickets  to  use  on  the  Spanish  railways.  These  tickets 
are  good  on  all  branches  of  the  railways  of  that  country. 
A  good  deal  of  money  was  asked  for  all  these  tickets  10 
and  Michael,  giving  him  his  card,  told  the  clerk  to 
bring  them  to  the  office  of  Davis  &  Son  where  he  would 
receive  a  check  for  the  sum  to  which  they  amounted. 
This  the  clerk  did  after  affixing  to  the  kilometer  tickets 
the  pictures  of  the  young  men  so  as  to  identify  them.    15 

John  said  that  in  his  opinion  there  would  be  room  in 
a  valise  for  all  the  little  things  he  would  need,  but 
Michael  insisted  on  their  having  each  a  trunk  also. 
"It  is  well  to  travel  light,"  he  said;  '*but  a  valise  will 
not  suffice  for  my  things.  I  shall  provide  myself  with  20 
what  is  necessary.  We  ought  to  have  what  is  most 
essential  for  a  comfortable  journey.'' 

John  said  that  Michael  was  right  and  cons^ented  to 
buy  a  small  trunk  for  which  there  might  be  room  in 
his  cabin.  The  trunk  he  packed  at  once  but  the  valise  25 
he  left  at  one  side  until  the  day  of  departure.  Michael's 
father  gave  them  a  letter  of  credit  for  use  in  Spain, 
saying  to  them,  **  Money  makes  the  mare  go."  *'Yes," 
said  John;  *' money  talks." 


VII 
A.    LA  DESPEDIDA 

El  24  de  abril,  a  las  ocho  y  media  de  la  manana, 
don  Roberto  hizo  subir  al  asiento  trasero  de  su 
automovil  a  Pedro  y  Miguel  para  conducirlos  a  la 
estacion    del    ferrocarril.     La    senora    Davis    los 

5  acompaiio  a  los  tres  colocandose  en  el  delantero  al 
lado  de  su  marido,  quien  guiaba  el  automovil. 
Pasaron  rapidamente  por  las  calles  y  llegaron  a  la 
estacion  con  unos  veinte  minutos  de  anticipacion 
para  la  salida  del  tren.    Ya  habian  facturado  sus 

lobaules.  Todos  estaban  parados  en  la  sala  de 
espera  cuando  don  Roberto  exclamo  de  repente:  — 
Se  me  antoja  acompanar  a  estos  muchachos  hasta 
Nueva  York.  Tengo  negocios  que  hacer  alli  y  si 
voy  hoy  puedo  hacer  a  la  vez  lo  que  debo  y  lo  que 

isquiero. —  Pero  tu  no  has  traido  maleta  ni  nada,- — 
exclama  su  mujer.  —  No  importa.  Lo  mismo  da. 
Puedo  pasarme  sin  esas  cosas  o  comprarmelas  alli. 
Y  tanto  se  empeiio  el  bueno  de  don  Roberto  en  su 
proposito  que  al  fin  ella  consintio  en  ello.     Ella 

2osabia  guiar  el  automovil,  pudiendo  asi  regresar  a 
casa.  En  esto  se  oyo  la  estrepitosa  llegada  del  tren. 
La  senora  beso  muchas  veces  a  su  hijo  dicien- 
dole: — Que  Dios  te  proteja.     Estrecho  la  mano  a 

26 


i 


LA  DESPEDIDA  2^ 

Pedro  y  dio  un  beso  a  su  marldo.  Se  despidio  de 
ellos  a  la  entrada  del  anden  desde  donde  los  vio  su- 
bir  a  uno  de  los  coches  del  tren  y  perderse  de  vista. 

El  expreso  andaba  a  toda  velocidad  y  no  se  paro 
mas  de  dos  veces  en  todo  el  recorrido  de  seis  horas.  s 
Despues  de  hacerse  Uevar  en  taximetro  a  su  hotel 
en  la  gran  villa,  los  tres  tomaron  comida  y  salieron 
a  ver  la  ciudad.   Visitaron  un  cinematografo  donde 
a    todos    les    gustaron    mucho   las    peliculas.     Se 
acostaron    a    medianoche,    durmieron    profunda- lo 
mente  y  despues  del  desayuno  todos  fueron  en 
tranvia  al  muelle  donde  les  estaba  esperando  el 
Carpathia.    Subieron  a  bordo  y  el  camarero  les  con- 
dujo  al  camarote  reservado  para  los  dos  jovenes,  el 
cual  les  agrado  mucho.     Entonces  visitaron  todo  15 
el  buque  y  se  sentaron  a  charlar  un  rato. 

Entretanto  se  aumentaba  la  confusion  y  la  ida 
y  venida  de  la  gente.  Pronto  sono  un  silbido  pro- 
longado  indicando  que  todas  los  visitantes  debian 
desembarcarse.  Don  Roberto  abrazo  a  su  hijo  y2o 
le  dijo  muy  seriamente:  — Ten  presente  todos 
mis  consejos  y  escribenos  a  menudo.  A  Pedro  le 
dio  un  apreton  de  manos  y  se  marcho  apresurada- 
mente  por  el  tablazon  de  embarque. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Conducir  18,  saber  14,  querer  13,  andar  i.     Saber  in  differ- 
ent meanings  (saber  guiar)  ;  distinguished  from  conocer 

.,     Verbs  of  perception  followed  by  the  infinitive  (verlos 


28  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

subir) Progressive  forms  with  estar  (estaba  esperaado) 

Use  of  gustar  (les  gustaron  las  peliculas) Rela- 
tive pronouns   (el  cual  les  agrado) To  express  than 

after  mas  (mas  de  dos  veces) Anticipatory  and  re- 
dundant object  pronouns  (los  acompano  a  los  tres,  a  todos  les 
gustaron 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

con  veinte  minutos  de  anticipacion  para  la  salida  del  tren 

de  repente  tomar  comida 

estar  parado  tener  presente 

se  me  antoja  dar  un  apreton  de  manos  a 

a  la  vez  uno 

no  importa      1  estrechar  la  mano  a  uno 


lo  mismo  da   J  consentir  en  algo 

pasarse  sin  algo  en  esto 

el  bueno  de  don  Roberto  a  toda  velocidad 

a  menudo  hacerse  Uevar 

B 

Deberes  verbales.  Substituyanse  las  palabras 
inglesas  por  espafiolas.  i.  Al  arriving  alli,  me  con- 
ducted al  hotel.  2.  Despues  de  hearing  el  silbido, 
subimos  al  coche.  3.  El  quiere  que  yo  take  dinner 
q  now.  4.  El  quiso  que  yo  take  dinner  entonces.  5.  I 
Hke  este  automovil.  6.  Ella  me  ve  coming.  7.  We 
liked  aquellos  baules.  8.  Ellos  estaban  standing  still 
en  la  sala.  9.  Le  vi  kiss  a  su  madre.  10.  No  queremos 
leave  you. 
10  Traduccion.  We  took  it  into  our  heads  to  get  into 
the  rear  seat.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Davis  sat  in  front,  since 
John  and  I  did  not  know  how  to  drive  the  car,  and 


LA  DESPEDIDA  29 

conducted  us  at  full  speed  to  the  station.  Michael 
had  himself  taken  there  in  a  taxicab  in  which  he  also 
brought  our  three  valises.  We  arrived  fifteen  minutes 
before  the  departure  of  the  train,  had  our  trunks 
checked  and  stood  chatting  on  the  platform  when  the  5 
train  pulled  in.  Thereupon  we  took  leave  of  those 
good  friends  and  turned  towards  the  train.  First 
Mrs.  Davis  shook  hands  with  us  and  said  to  Michael, 
*'Bear  in  mind  all  that  I  have  told  you.'^  To  his 
mother  Michael  gave  several  kisses  and  she  embraced  10 
him  exclaiming,  **May  God  protect  you.  Write  me 
often."  We  had  wished  Mr.  Davis  to  accompany  us 
but  he  had  business  to  attend  to  and  could  not  leave 
the  city. 

After  getting  seats  together  in  the  car,  we  began  to  15 
chat  of  what  we  would  do  on  reaching  New  York. 
"Wouldn't  you  Hke  to  go  to  the  theater  .f*"  John  said  to 
me.  *'With  pleasure,"  I  exclaimed.  "But  it  is  all  the 
same  to  me.  What  does  Michael  want  to  do.'*"  "I 
don't  care  much,  but  let's  go  to  a  moving-picture  20 
show." 

We  all  consented  to  this.  Thereupon  I  placed 
myself  in  another  seat  and  being  very  tired,  slept 
soundly  during  the  three  hour  run  in  spite  of  the 
noisy  train.  When  the  train  stopped  in  the  station  in  25 
New  York,  we  hastily  left  the  coach,  took  our  handbags 
and  got  into  a  trolley  car  which  carried  us  to  the  dock 
where  the  boat  was.  On  going  aboard,  the  steward 
showed  us  to  our  cabins  which  were  very  comfortable 
and  pleased  us  greatly.    To  the  steward  Michael  said,  30 


30  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

**Have  our  trunks  placed  in  our  cabins  without  fail." 
**Yes,  sir;  of  course/'  he  replied. 

Since  it  was  now  six  o'clock  in  the  evening  we  went 

to  take  dinner  at  a  hotel  and  then  visited  a  theater, 

5  returning  later  to  the  ship  which  would  sail  the  next 

day  at  eight  in  the  morning.    It  was  midnight  when  we 

went  up  the  gangplank  and  we  retired  at  once. 


VIII 

A.  LA  TRAVESIA 

Miguel  y  Pedro  salen  del  gran  salon  y  suben  al 
puente  donde  se  colocan  junto  al  brazal,  fijando 
la  vista  en  el  muelle  que  ya  esta  abandonando  el 
navio.  Entre  la  muchedumbre  que  grita  y  agita 
las  manos  divisan  por  fin  a  don  Roberto  meneando  s 
el  panuelo  en  ademan  de  decirles  adios.  Le  res- 
ponden  energieamente,  perdiendole  al  cabo  de 
vista.  Se  vuelven  entonces  a  contemplar  los 
"rascacielos"  de  la  metropoli,  los  cuales  se  des- 
tacan  en  lontananza.  Al  fin  desaparece  la  ciudad  lo 
y  ya  estan  en  alta  mar. 

Transcurren  tranquilamente  los  dias  y  los  j6- 
venes  se  divierten  muchisimo.  Juegan  al  tejo, 
dan  largos  paseos  por  el  puente  antes  del  desayuno 
y  despues  del  almuerzo  y  la  comida,  leen  las  no-  15 
velas  espanolas  que  hay  en  la  biblioteca,  hablan 
mucho  con  los  pocos  espanoles  y  sudamericanos 
que  viajan  en  el  vapor,  toman  parte  en  los  con- 
ciertos  y  programas  dramaticos  que  se  representan 
todas  las  noches  familiarizandose  con  todas  las  20 
personas  de  a  bordo,  las  cuales  son  todas  muy 
simpaticas.  Las  singladuras  del  buque  son  de 
400  a  500  millas  geograficas  inglesas. 

31 


32  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

El  tiempo  sigue  bueno  hasta  llegar  cerca  de  las 
islas  Azores  que  se  divisan  al  estribor.  Entonces 
se  pone  recio  el  viento,  el  mar  se  agita,  y  el  tiempo 
se  pone  lluvioso.     Cae  un  diluvio,  una  verdadera 

5  inundacion.  Y  al  mismo  tiempo  se  ve  que  casi 
todos  bajan  con  precipitacion  a  sus  camarotes  y 
alli  se  quedan  muchos  durante  los  dos  dias  de 
tiempo  borrascoso.  No  se  presenta  casi  nadie  en 
el  comedor  y  el  medico  del  buque  se  encuentra 

loocupadisimo.  No  se  marean  nuestros  dos  amigos 
aunque  hay  cierto  panameno,  conocido  suyo,  que 
esta  para  morirse.  No  obstante  este  conserva  su 
buen  humor  y  les  cita  a  Pedro  y  Miguel  la  sen- 
tencia  popular:  — 

15  Si  aprender  quieres  a  orar 

Vete  a  la  orilla  del  mar, 

Al  acercarse  el  navio  a  la  costa  de  Espafia,  de 
la  noche  a  la  manana  para  de  Hover,  disminuye  el 
balanceo  del  barco,  se  aclara  y  empieza  a  hacer  un 
2ocalor  muy  sofocante. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Caer  3,  oir  10,  disminuir  44.  Reflexive  of  certain  intransi- 
tive verbs  (morirse;  se  vuelven) Demonstrative  ad- 
jectives and  pronouns  (este  conserva  su  buen  humor)  , 

Possessive   adjectives    and    pronouns    (conocido    suyo)    = 

Use  of  no  with  nada,  nunca,  etc.  (no  se  presenta  nada) 

Weather  expressions  (el  tiempo  sigue  bueno ;  se  pone  lluvioso ; 
se  aclara,  etc.)  .     Numerals;  cardinals  500  to  1,000,000. 


LA  TRAVESiA  33 

Hay  que  aprender  de  memoria,  las  siguientes  locu- 
ciones,  con  sus  equivalentes,  los  cuales  no  se  en- 
cuentran  en  el  texto. 

Locucion  Equivalente 

fijar  la  vista  en  mirar,  observar 

perder  de  vista  no  ver  mds 

estar  en  alta  mar  estar  lejos  de  la  tierra 

dar  paseos  pasearse,  ir  a  paseo 

familiarizarse  con  conocer  bien 

ponerse  hacerse,  volverse 

agitarse  picarse 

marearse  ponerse  mareado 

estar  para  estar  a  punto  de 

de  la  noche  a  la  mafiana  durante  la  noche 

parar  de  cesar  de 

B 

Ejercicio  verbal.  Para  expresar  afirmativamente 
en  imperativo  y  en  frases  completas  usando  el  singular 
en  la  forma  cortes: — 

I.  divertirse  2.  marearse  3.  perder  de  vista  4.  caer 
Lo  mismo,  eh  el  negativo  de  imperativo: —  5 

I.  seguirme     2.  decirselo     3.  acercarse  a     4.  leerla 

Traducci6n.  Although  the  weather  may  continue 
fine  tomorrow,  I  shall  not  go  up  on  deck.  No,  I  have 
not  become  seasick.  I  wish  to  stay  in  my  cabin  to 
read  those  Spanish  novels  that  you  have  just  brought  10 
me.  I  should  like  you  and  Michael  to  have  a  good 
time  playing  shuffle-board  and  getting  well  acquainted 
with  those  South  Americans.  They  seem  very  nice 
and  it  is  evident  that  they  have  seen  much  of  the 
world.     It  is  fitting  that  we  should  be  kind  to  them.  15 


34  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

They,  too,  are  Americans  and  are  from  some  of  the 
principal  cities  of  the  New  World.  One  of  the  gentle- 
men opened  up  a  conversation  with  me  a  couple  of 
hours  ago  when  I  was  seated  near  them  on  deck.  We 
5  greeted  each  other  like  acquaintances  and  chatted  a 
long  while. 

Yesterday  when  the  boat  left  the  pier,  I  could  not 
make  out  among  the  crowd  anyone  I  knew  but  I  saw 
a   lady  waving   her   handkerchief  by  way   of  saying 

lo  good-bye  to  the  Panamanian  who  was  near  the  rail 
and  I  heard  him  answer  by  shouting  loudly,  *'Good- 
bye!" 

John  says  it  will  be  hot  tomorrow  and  that  later  we 
shall  have  several  days  of  stormy  weather.     If  the  sea 

15  gets  rough,  the  doctor  will  be  very  busy  and  no  one 
will  appear  in  the  dining  saloon.  Don't  get  seasick, 
Michael,  and  keep  your  good  humor.  If  it  rains  hard 
and  the  rocking  of  the  boat  increases,.  I  shall  quote 
to  you  that  popular  saying,  "If  you  wish  to  learn  to 

20  pray,  go  to  the  seashore  and  stay."  But  would  it 
not  be  better  to  say,  "Go  out  on  the  open  sea"? 

Having  lost  sight  of  the  skyscrapers,  we  shall  often 
amuse  ourselves  by  gazing  at  the  sea  and  the  ships 
that  stand  out  in  the  distance  and  then  disappear. 

25  The  days  will  pass  quietly  and  later  we  shall  approach 
the  coast  of  Spain.  Although  the  wind  became  strong 
this  afternoon,  the  day's  run  will  be  rather  good. 


IX 
A.     SE  LLEGA  A  GIBRALTAR 

A  medida  que  se  aproximaba  el  vapor  al  estrecho 
de  Gibraltar,  se  veian  con  mas  frecuencia  buques 
de  todas  clases;  de  carga,  de  pasajeros,  de  pesca, 
de  guerra,  remolcadores  y  lanchas.  Por  ambos 
lados  se  distinguia  la  tierra;  las  montanas  des 
Africa  a  la  derecha  y  las  vertientes  de  la  costa  de 
Espana  a  la  izquierda.  Se  quedaban  ensimisma- 
dos  Miguel  y  Pedro  ante  la  primera  vista  de  tierra 
espanola  cuando  oyeron  gritar  bromeando  a  una 
senorita:  —  jMire  la  roca,  el  peiion  de  Gibraltar!  lo 
Pero  no  veo  pintado  alli  el  anuncio  de  esa  compania 
de  seguros  de  vida  que  publican  las  revistas.  — 
Senorita,  —  repuso  un  caballero  —  antes  de  darse 
por  desilusionada  hay  que  ver  el  otro  lado  del 
penon,  ino  le  parece?  —  Si,  no  hay  duda  de  ello.  15 
Asi  lo  veremos  al  salir  el  buque  para  Napoles. 

Mientras  tanto,  el  vapor  fondeo  lentamente  a 
eso  de  las  dos  de  la  tarde  en  medio  de  la  bahia  de 
Algeciras  al  oeste  de  Gibraltar  y  las  lanchas  de  la 
compania  se  lanzaron  al  encuentro  del  gran  navi0  2o 
para  llevar  a  la  orilla  a  los  que  querian  desembar- 
carse.  Solo  unos  diez  viajeros  iban  a  dejar  el  vapor 
para  no  volver;    sin  embargo,  casi  todos  los  de  a 

35 


3^  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

bordo  se  aprovecharon  de  la  ocasion  para  poner 
pie  en  tierra  firme  y  pasearse  por  las  calles  de  esta 
poblacion  donde  hay  fortaleza  inglesa. 

Al  llegar  al  desembarcadero  los  pasajeros  su- 

5  bieron  en  tropel  por  las  empinadas  calles  y  se 
metieron  en  las  tiendas  por  aqui  y  por  alia,  no 
pudiendo  resistir  a  los  porfiados  vendedores  de 
prendas  de  recuerdo,  encajes,  mantillas,  tabacos, 
etc.     Se  veian  por  todas  partes  soldados  ingleses 

10 con  sus  chaquetas  rojas,  moros  de  Argel  con  sus 
vestidos  blancos  y  gorros  rojos,  turcos  y  espanoles 
de  todas  categorias.  Era  en  verdad  un  lugar  cos- 
mopolita.  Se  oia  hablar  espaiiol,  ingles,  Frances, 
italiano  y  arabe.     Pero  en  cuanto  a  la  forteleza  no 

15  se  les  permitio  visitarla  a  menos  que  fuesen  ingleses 
los  turistas. 

En  un  par  de  horas  la  mayoria  de  los  turistas 
tuvieron  que  regresar  al  vapor.  Se  despidieron 
muy  amistosamente  de  Pedro  y  Miguel,  con  quie- 

2ones  cambiaron  tarjetas,  prometiendose  todos 
volver  a  verse  en  el  porvenir. 

Los  dos  jovenes  se  dirigieron  a  un  pequeno 
muelle  donde  tomaron  un  vaporcito  para  atravesar 
la  bahia  y  entrar  en  Espana.     A  la  puesta  del  sol 

25  se  desembarcaron  en  Algeciras,  y  se  les  hicieron  las 
preguntas  consagradas  al  pasar  la  frontera  de  un 
pais.  — iTiene  Vd.  algo  que  declarar?  — No 
senor;    no  llevo  sino  efectos  de  mi  uso  personal. 


SE  LLEGA  A   GIBRALTAR  37 

^'Quiere  Vd.  ver  por  si  mismo?  Los  aduaneros 
marcaron  con  tiza  las  maletas  y  cofres  de  Miguel 
y  Pedro,  los  cuales  fueron  en  seguida  a  pie  a  un 
hotel  cerca  de  la  estacion  de  ferrocarriles. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Reciprocal    verbs    (prometiendose    todos) Use    of 

prepositions  after  verbs  before  a  following  infinitive  (se 
lanzaron  .  .  .  para  Uevar;  iban  a  dejar;  aprovecharse   de; 

resistir  a) La  mayoria  de  with  a  plural  verb  (la  mayoria 

tuvieron  que  regresar) Que  after  expressions  of  quan- 
tity before  the  infinitive  (dtiene  Vd.  algo  que  declarar?)  . 

Indefinite  pronouns  and  adjectives  (ambos,  unos,  etc.) 

Use  of  sino  (no  Uevo  sino  efectos,  etc.) Use  of  definite 

article  instead  of  demonstrative  before  de  and  que  (los  de  a 
bordo) ..     Distinction  between  por  and  para  (por  si  mismo) 


Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria.    Equivalentes 
de  las  mismas. 

Locucion  Equivalente 

aproximarse  a  acercarse  a 

quedarse  estar 

ino  le  parece?  ino  cree  Vd.  asi? 

reponer  contestar,  replicar,  responder 

darse  por  tenerse  por,  considerarse 

como 

no  hay  duda  no  cabe  duda 

aprovecharse   de  valerse  de 

hay  que  ver  es  necesario  ver 

fondear  echar  anclas,  anclar,  surtir 

meterse  en  penetrar  en,  entrar  en 

a  menos  que  a  no  ser  que 

hacer  una  pregunta  preguntar,  interrogar 

volver  a  verse  verse  otra  vez,  de  nuevo 


38  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Ponganse  las  preposiciones  que 
convengan  en  las  frases  que  siguen.  Despues,  tra- 
duzcanse  al  ingles  las  oraciones  formadas  asi. 

I.    Soiie mi  hermano.     2.    Va  a  acercarse 

5  la   costa.     3.    El   se   dio  desilusionado.     4.    No 

pensaremos Vd.     5.    Volvio darmelo.    6.    Oi 

gritar los  hombres.    7.    Tropece el.     8.    Ella 

va  a  casarse el.    9.    Fijese  Vd lo  que  hacemos. 

Version.  Many  of  the  travelers  will  have  disem- 
10  barked   before  sunset.     They  want  to  leave  the  ship 

which  has  anchored  in  the  bay  and  take  a  stroll  through 
the  streets  of  Gibraltar.  From  the  deck  of  the  ship 
they  can   make   out  on  the   right  the   great   rock  of 

.   Gibraltar  and  on  the  left  in  the  distance  the  Spanish 

15  city  of  Algeciras.  On  all  sides  are  seen  boats  of  many 
kinds,  warships,  fishing  boats,  passenger  vessels  and 
tugs.  .The  Americans  on  board  recall  the  advertise- 
ment of  a  certain  insurance  company  which  the  maga- 
zines publish,  which  says,  "As  strong  as  Gibraltar!" 

20  But  of  course  there  is  no  such  advertisement  painted 
on  the  rock. 

About  fifty  passengers  get  into  the  company's 
launches  and  have  themselves  taken  to  the  docks 
where  they  go  ashore.     Some  of  them  have  been  seasick 

25  for  several  days  and  are  now  in  a  hurry  to  put  foot 
on  terra  firma.  Although  many  streets  of  the  city 
are  very  steep,  the  tourists  hastily  go  up  them  in  a 
throng.     The  sellers  of  souvenirs  rush  to  meet  them 


SE  LLEGA  A  GIBRALTAR  39 

offering  laces,  mantillas  and  many  other  things. 
The  most  of  them  are  persistent  and  speak  several 
languages,  especially  English,  Spanish  and  French. 
The  tourists  cannot  resist  them. 

The  white  garments  of  the  Moors,  and  the  red  5 
jackets  of  the  English  soldiers  are  seen  here  and  there 
and  the  city,  in  truth,  is  picturesque  and  cosmopoli- 
tan. Arabic  is  often  heard  spoken  in  the  streets.  At 
sunset  all  the  travelers  must  return  to  the  ship  or  cross 
the  bay  and  enter  Spain.  They  are  not  allowed  to  10 
remain  unless  they  first  get  permission  to  do  so  in  the 
office  of  the  police. 

At  about  half-past  five  our  three  friends  will  take 
leave  of  those  with  whom  they  got  acquainted  on  the 
boat  and  will  go  aboard  the  small  steamer  which  will  15 
take  them  to  Algeciras.  They  know  that  the  usual 
questions  will  be  put  to  them  on  crossing  the  Spanish 
frontier.  When  the  customs  officers  ask,  "Have  you 
anything  dutiable?"  they  will  answer,  "We  have  only 
articles  for  our  personal  use." 


X 

A.    EN  ALGECIRAS 

Buenas  tardes,  caballeros.  jEn  que  puedo  ser- 
virles?  — Muy  buenas.  Deseamos  habitacion 
para  esta  noche,  comida  y  un  desayuno  temprano, 
teniendo  que  salir  manana  en  el  tren  de  las  seis  y 
5  media  para  el  norte.  —  Eso  se  arregla  facilmente. 
jPrefieren  Vds.  un  cuarto  que  de  a  la  calle  o  al 
patio?  iHay  mucho  ruido  en  la  calle?  —  De  fijo 
que  no.     Es  mas  quedito  el  patio  que  la  calle. 

—  Bueno.     Haganos  ver  uno  que  de  al  patio  y 
10  que  tenga  dos  camas.     —  Esta  bien,  seiior.    Pablo, 

sube  las  maletas  de  los  caballeros  al  numero  23, 
primer  piso.  Dispensen  Vds.  Hagan  el  favor  de 
inscribir  en  el  libro  de  entradas  sus  nombres  con  la 
profesion  y  lugar  natal  de  cada  uno  de  Vds.  Asi 
15  lo  requiere  la  ley.  —  De  buena  gana,  senor  ho- 
telero.     jY  cual  sera  la  cuenta  por  hospedarnos? 

—  Para  cada  uno,  cuatro  pesetas  por  la  comida, 
cinco  por  la  habitacion  y  dos  por  el  desayuno; 
total   22   pesetas.     —  Ahora,    a   subir  .  .  .  Pero 

20  Miguel,  ique  cuarto  mas  grande  y  comodo!  Aqui 
estaremos  a  nuestras  anchas.  Nos  quedamos  con 
el  cuarto,  mozo  .  .  . 

iQue  comida  tan  abundante  tuvimos!    Habia  de 
40 


EN  ALGECIRAS  41 

todo.  Ahora  demos  una  vuelta  por  las  calles. 
Mire  las  luces  de  Gibraltar  y  la  luna  que  se  riela 
en  las  aguas  de  la  bahia.  - —  Si,  ique  bonito!  Pero 
me  viene  a  la  memoria  el  adagio:  Quien  madruga 
Dios  le  ayuda.  Nos  conviene  acostarnos  con  lass 
gallinas  por  ser  menester  levantarnos  tan  tem- 
prano. 

{Saliendo  en  el  tren.)     Ya  que  nos  hemos  des- 
ayunado,  vamos  a  tomar  los  billetes  y  facturar  los 
baules.     Pero   primero   paguemos    al   hotelero   el  10 
hospedaje.     La    cuenta,    haga    el    favor.     —  Si, 
senor.     Importa    22    pesetas    como    ya    les    dije. 

—  Le  doy  un  billete  de  banco  de  cincuenta  pesetas. 

—  Y  alia  van  veinte  y  ocho  pesetas  de  vuelta. 

—  Hasta    otra    vez,    senor    hotelero.     —  Que    se  15 
vayan  con  Dios,  caballeros.     Les  deseo  feliz  viaje. 

—  Gracias.  Mozo,  jha  llevado  Vd.  nuestro  equi- 
paje  a  la  estacion?  — ^  Si,  senor.  — Gracias. 
Tome  esta  moneda  de  propina  {ddndole  media 
peseta  0  cincuenta  centimes) .  20 

Deme  Vd.   dos  billetes  de  primera  clase  para 
Ronda.     — i'Los    desea    Vd.    de    ida    y    vuelta? 

—  No,  senor;  sencillos.    i  Cuanto  valen  ?  —  Trein- 

ta  pesetas  por  ambos Tenga  Vd.  la  bondad 

de  pesar  estos  dos  baules.     —  Si,  serior.     No  son  25 
muy  pesados.     Aquel  pesa  veinte  y  ocho  kilogra- 
mos  y  este  veinte  y  cinco.     Ya  que  se  le  permite  a 
cada  viajero  llevar  gratis  treinta  kilogramos  de 


42  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

equipaje,  Vds.  no  tienen  que  pagar  exceso.  Aqui 
estan  los  talones  mediante  los  cuales  podran 
obtenerlos  a  su  llegada. 

Pedro  y  Miguel  muestran   al  empleado  en  la 

5puerta  del  anden  sus  billetes  para  que  los  revise; 
luego  se  apresuran  a  subir  en  un  carruaje  que  Ueva 
puesto  el  cartel,  ^^Fumadores".  Entran  por  el 
pasillo  angosto  y  escogen  un  departamento  libre, 
poniendo  en  la  red  sus  maletas.     En  este  momento 

loun  empleado  canta:  —  jSenores  viajeros  al  tren! 
El  jefe  de  la  estacion  toca  la  campana  en  el  anden, 
el  maquinista  hace  silbar  la  locomotora,  el  jefe  del 
tren  da  la  ultima  senal  con  su  bocina  y  en  menos 
que  canta  un  gallo  esta  andando  el  tren  a  toda 

15  prisa. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Requerir  27.     Haber  used  impersonally  (habia  de  todo)  7 

(for  forms).     Infinitive   used   in   commands    (a   subir) 

Exclamations  (ique  cuarto  mas  grande!) The  former , 

the  latter  expressed  by  forms  of  the  demonstrative  pronouns 

(aquel  pesa) Money  system  of  Spain  (pesetas,  centimos, 

etc.) 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

estar  uno  a  sus  anchas  tenga  la  bondad  de  1 

quedarse  con  haga  el  favor  de       J 

dar  una  vuelta  ya  que 

ocho  pesetas  de  vueka  venirle  a  uno  a  la  memoria 

de  ida  y  vuelta  nos  conviene 

llevar  puesto 


EN  ALGECIRAS  43 


B 


Para  expresar  verbalmente  en  castellano. 

I.  He  has  gone  to  bed.  2.  We  have  to  get  up 
early.  3.  Please  check  our  trunks.  4.  They  were 
taking  a  walk.  5.  It  is  fitting  for  us  to  say  so.  6.  We 
shall  always  be  at  our  ease  here.  7.  There  came  to 
my  mind  what  you  said.  8.  That  car  had  a  signs 
on  it. 

Traduccion  escrita.  Good  morning,  proprietor. — 
Good  morning,  sir.  How  can  I  serve  you  ? —  Have 
you  a  room  which  looks  out  upon  the  street .? —  Surely 
I  have.  The  boy  will  show  you  a  quiet  room  on  the  10 
first  floor  up.  .  .  That  one  looks  upon  a  court  and 
this  one  looks  upon  the  street.  There  are  two  beds 
in  this  room  and  both  are  large  and  comfortable. — 
But  show  us  the  other  one,  please. —  Here  it  is.  Does 
it  suit  you  ? —  What  do  you  think  about  it,  John  ?  15 
Shall  we  take  this  one .? —  Yes,  I  think  so.  But  it 
doesn't  matter  to  me. —  All  right.  Bring  up  our  bags. 
—  Excuse  me,  gentlemen,  but  first  it  is  necessary  for 
you  to  put  your  names  in  the  register.  The  law 
requires  you  to  give  your  place  of  birth  and  occupa-20 
tion. —  Very  well,  since  it  is  necessary  to  do  so,  take 
us  to  the  proprietor.  We  shall  also  wish  to  dine 
soon. 

What  will  be  the  bill  for  putting  us  up?    We  shall 
have  to  leave  at  seven  o'clock  in  the  morning  and  shall  25 
wish  an  early  breakfast.     For  each  one,  four  pesetas 
for  room,  three  pesetas  for  dinner  and  for  breakfast 


44  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

seventy-five  centimos.  Total,  fifteen  pesetas  and 
fifty  centimos.—  Agreed. —  I  hope  you  may  be  at 
your  ease  in  the  room  you  have. —  Thanks. 

What  a  good  dinner!  There  is  in  truth  something 
5  of  everything.  We  must  give  the  waiter  a  good  tip. 
After  eating  we  shall  take  a  walk  about  the  city  and 
shall  go  to  bed  with  the  chickens  since  we  shall  have 
to  get  up  at  about  five  o'clock.  God  helps  the  early 
riser,   say  the   Spaniards,   and   this   saying  has   often 

locome  to  my  mind  today.  .  .  How  pretty  the  lights 
of  Gibraltar  are!  See  the  moon  glimmering  in  the 
water.     Now  to  go  to  bed. 

It  is  five  o'clock,  gentlemen. —  Thanks,  boy,  we  are 
already  up.     John,   after  we  breakfast,  you  pay  the 

15  hotel  keeper  and  I  will  have  our  baggage  taken  to 
the  station  and  we  will,  get  the  tickets. 

I  wish  two  second  class  tickets  for  Ronda. —  Round 
trip? — No  sir,  one  way.  How  much  are  they.? — Eleven 
pesetas   and   5    centimos   each   or  22   pesetas   and    10 

20  centimos  for  the  two. —  Here  is  a  bank  note  for  fifty 
pesetas. —  And  there  you  have  27  pesetas  and  90 
centimos  in  change. 

How  much  do  our  trunks  weigh  ? —  Thirty  kilograms 
each,  sir,  and  therefore  you  will  not  have  to  pay  for 

25  overweight,  each  traveler  being  permitted  to  carry 
free  that  amount  of  baggage. —  In  the  United  States 
we  are  allowed  to  carry  about  67  kilograms.  Please 
give  me  the  checks. 

On  showing  our  tickets  to  the  employee  at  the  gate, 

30  he  examined  them  and  told  us  to  hurry  and  get  into 


EN  ALGECIRAS  4$ 

the  train.  Then  he  cried,  **A11  aboard,"  the  station 
master  rang  the  bell,  the  engineer  made  the  engine 
whistle,  the  train  master  gave  the  final  signal  on  his 
trumpet  and  at  last  we  set  out. 


XI 

A.    TROZO  TOMADO  DEL  DIARIO  DE  MIGUEL 

El  tren  constaba  de  siete  carruajes  para  viajeros, 
dos  de  primera  clase,  dos  de  segunda  y  tres  de 
tercera,  marchando  sobre  una  via  mucho  mas 
ancha   que   la   usada   en   los    Estados   Unidos,   y 

5  alcanzo  un  promedio  de  40  kilometros  la  hora. 
Un  kilometro  equivale  a  cinco  octavas  partes  de 
una  milla  inglesa. 

Estabamos  muy  comodos  en  nuestro  departa- 
mento  con  sus  dos  hileras  de  asientos  opuestas  una 

10  a  otra.  Hay  cinco  departamentos  en  cada  coche. 
Nos  quedamos  solos  hasta  que  vino  a  sentarse  con 
nosotros  una  pareja  de  guardias  civiles  que  viajan 
en  los  trenes  espanoles.  Eran  muy  simpaticos  y 
nos  hablaron  mucho.     El  tren,  aunque  era  correo, 

15  se  detuvo  en  todas  las  estaciones  por  pequenas 
que  fuesen.  A  poco  rato  de  partir  de  Algeciras 
empezo  a  ir  cuesta  arriba,  pasando  por  entre  tri- 
gales,  naranjales,  olivares,  almendrales,  alcorno- 
cales  y  sembrados  regados  por  medio  de  la  noria 

20  antigua,  hasta  entrar  en  una  region  montaiiosa 

donde   se   veian   grandes   barrancos   y   cascadas, 

utilizadas  en  instalaciones  hidroelectricas.     Des- 

pues  de  ascender  por  siete  tuneles  y  muchos  puen- 

46 


TROZO  TOMADO  DEL  DIARIO  DE  MIGUEL  47 


Copyright  by  Underwood  6*  Underwood,  N .  Y , 

Ronda:  El  Tajo  Formado  por  el  GuadalevIn 


48  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

tes  hasta  una  meseta  de  2500  pies  de  altura,  llega- 
mos  a  Ronda,  dejamos  las  maletas  en  la  oficina  de 
consignaciones  y  alquilamos  un  coche  para  ir  a 
ver  la  ciudad. 
5  Ronda  tiene  unos  20,000  vecinos  y  esta  colocada 
en  medio  de  la  serrania  del  mismo  nombre,  la  cual 
esta  dividida  por  el  rio  Guadalevin  formando  asi 
un  gran  tajo.  El  tajo  este  es  de  unos  500  pies  de 
profundidad  y  muy  estrecho;    por  el  fondo  de  la 

locuenca  se  abalanza  un  torrente  de  agua.  Desde  el 
Puente  Nuevo  o  el  Paseo  de  la  Merced  hay  una 
vista  del  barranco  que  da  miedo  a  la  vez  que 
encanta.  Pedro  exclamo: — Ya  me  considefo  pa- 
gado  del  largo  viaje  por  mar.     Antiguamente  la 

15  serrania  de  Ronda  fue,  y  lo  es  todavia  ahora,  cen- 
tro  de  los  contrabandistas.  Ronda  fue  rendida  a 
los  Reyes  Catolicos  el  20  de  mayo  de  1485,  siendo 
en  aquel  entonces  una  poblacion  mora. 

Volvimos  a  la  estacion,  facturamos  los  baules 

20  de  nuevo,  sacamos  las  maletas  y  nos  pusimos  otra 
vez  en  camino  para  Granada  en  el  tren  de  las  dos 
de  la  tarde.  Al  llegar  a  Bobadilla,  una  esrtacion 
de  empalme,  tuvimos  que  cambiar  de  trenes, 
subiendo  al  de  Granada.     A  la  caida  de  la  tarde 

25  atravesamos  la  fertil  vega  de  Granada,  Uegando  a 
la  ciudad  al  primer  brillo  de  los  focos  electricos. 
Nos  hospedamos  en  una  casa  de  huespedes  dentro 
de  las  mismas  murallas  de  la  Alhambra. 


TROZO  TOMADO  DEL  DIARIO  DE  MIGUEL        49 

Al  dormirme  apenas  si  pude  tener  por  cierto  el 
que  me  encontrase  al  fin  en  el  sitio  predilecto  de 
los  antiguos  moros,  duenos  de  Andalucia  durante 
mas  de  siete  siglos.  Se  me  metio  en  la  cabeza 
repasar  en  la  mente  mucho  de  lo  que  habia  leidos 
en  los  escritos  de  mi  compatriota,  Washington 
Irving,  quien,  muchos  anos  ha,  paso  aqui  encan- 
tado  un  par  de  anos  dedicado  a  escribir  sus  Tales 
of  the  Alhambra.  Y  antes  que  me  rindio  el  sueno 
oi  el  canto  dulce  y  triste  del  ruiseiior  y  me  repeti  10 
el  dicho  aprendido  en  mis  clases  de  espanol: 

Hizo  Dios  a  la  Alhambra  y  a  Granada^ 
Por  si  le  cansaun  dia  su  morada, 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Subjunctive  after  por+  adjective  +  que  (por  pequenos  que 

fuesen) Intransitive  reflexive  verbs  (dormirse)  , 

Use  of  definite  article  before  a  noun  clause  (el  que  me  en- 
contrase)   Irregular  past  participles  (volver)  45.     A  + 

time  expression  +  de  +  infinitive  (a  poco  rato  de  partir) 

Demonstrative  adjectives  following  the  noun   (el  tajo   este) 

Expressions   of  dimension    (de   2500   pies   de   altura) 

Meanings    of   mismo    (las    mismas    murallas)    . 

Metric  system 


Locuciones   para   aprender   de   memoria.      Hay   que 
fijarse  en  las  expresiones  sinonimas  de  ellas. 

Locucion  Expresion  sinonima 

constat  de  consistir  en 

detenerse  en  pararse  en 

abalanzarse  precipitarse 


so  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

vecinos  habitantes 

en  aquel  entonces  en  aquella  epoca 

cambiarse  de  trenes  transferirse  a  otro  tren 

hospedarse  en  albergarse  en 

metersele  en  la  cabeza  a  uno  antojarsele  a  uno 

repasar  en  la  mente  recordar 

ir  cuesta  arriba  subir  la  cuesta 

dar  miedo  asustar 

dicho  refran,     proverbio,     adagio, 

sentencia  popular 

ponerse  en  camino  salir,  marcharse,  irse 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Usando  el  future  de  indicative, 
pongase  en  una  oracion  original  cada  una  de  las  ex- 
presiones  sinonimas  arriba  citadas  que  contenga  un 
verbo. 
5  Version.  The  three  young  men  are  very  comfort- 
able in  their  compartment,  two  of  them  sitting  in  one 
of  the  rows  of  seats  and  one  in  the  opposite  row. 
It  is  evident  that  there  is  easily  room  for  them  as  eight 
individuals     can    travel    in    one    compartment.     The 

lo  train  consists  of  only  five  cars  and  attains  a  speed  of 
about  25  miles  an  hour.  But  the  track  is  very  wide 
and  steep  and  the  locomotive  has  to  pull  the  cars 
uphill  the  greater  part  of  the  distance,  and  it  is  neces- 
sary   to    stop    at    every    station,    however    small    it 

15  may  be. 

An  hour  after  leaving  the  city,  the  train  passes 
among  olive  orchards,  cork-tree  groves  and  many 
wheat  fields  which  are  irrigated  by  the  ancient  water 
wheels  of  the  Moors.     Hydro-electric  plants  are  seen 


TROZO  TOMADO  DEL  DIARIO  DE  MIGUEL        5 1 

in   the  great  ravines   and   gorges   and   falls   of  water 
rush  down  hill. 

Soon  the  travelers  will  find  themselves  on  a  table- 
land some  2500  feet  high.  First  it  will  be  necessary 
for  the  train  to  pass  through  tunnels  and  over  bridges  5 
but  at  last  they  will  reach  Ronda,  leave  their  bags  in 
the  checking-room  and  go  out  and  hire  a  cab.  They 
will  remain  in  the  small  city  of  Ronda  only  a  few 
hours  but  they  will  be  able  to  see  enough  to  repay 
them  for  the  trip.  10 

The  mountain  ridge  on  which  Ronda  is  located  has 
been  for  many  years  the  headquarters  of  the  smugglers. 
The  civil  guards  are  always  busy  here.  In  ancient 
times  the  town  was  a  chosen  spot  of  the  Moors  and 
was  not  surrendered  to  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  until  15 
the  year  1485.  The  Americans  stop  on  the  New 
Bridge  to  look  at  the  gorge  which  is  about  500  feet 
deep.  This  delights  them  at  the  same  time  that  it 
frightens  an  English  lady  who  is  standing  near  them. 

The  young  men  have  taken  it  into  their  heads  t02o 
return  to  the  station  and  set  out  on  the  next  train  for 
Granada.  After  changing  cars  at  Bobadilla,  a  junc- 
tion, they  find  themselves  on  the  way  to  Granada, 
where  they  arrive  at  sunset,  having  traversed  the 
great  Granada  plain  in  the  late  afternoon.  At  the  25 
first  glow  of  the  electric  street  lamps  they  will  reach 
the  boarding  house  where  they  intend  to  stay. 
This  is  situated  within  the  very  walls  of  the  Alhambra. 

They    take    out    Washington    Irving's    book    *'The 
Tales  of  the  Alhambra"  and  amuse  themselves  reading  30 


52  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

it.  They  will  hardly  be  able  to  go  to  sleep  because  of 
talking  about  the  ancient  Moorish  possessors  of  the 
Alhambra  and  of  Andalusia.  Hearing  the  nightingale 
sing  so  sweetly,  they  recall,  before  sleep  overtakes 
5  them,  the  Spanish  saying  they  have  often  heard  re- 
peated: **The  Alhambra  and  Granada  God  made  to 
please  His  eye,  lest  some  day  He  should  weary  of 
His  heavenly  home  on  high." 


XII 

A.    UNA  CARTA 

Sevilla, 
2  de  junio  de  191-. 
Queridisimos  padres  mios: 

Venimos  pasando  unos  dias  inolvidables  en  el 
mediodia   de    Espafia.     Primero   voy   a   contaross 
algo  de  Granada.     Permitidme  repetir  mucho  de 
lo  que  ya  sabeis,  pero  se  imprime  mas  hondamente 
en  mi  memoria  si  os  lo  escribo. 

La  Alhambra  se  principio  a   construir  en    1232. 
Esta  situada  en  un  cerro  que  domina  la  ciudad  y  10 
la  vega.     Era  el  palacio  de  los  monarcas  moros. 
Por  su  exterior  parece  una  fortaleza  al  contrario 
del  interior  que  consiste   en   un  serie  de  salones, 
patios  y  habitaciones  de  varios  tamanos,  todas  con 
azulejos  dando  reflejos  metalicos  y  con  guarnecido  15 
pintado  de  azul,  verde,  oro  y  rojo.     Tienen  mucho 
merito  la  sala  de  los  Abencerrajes,  la  de  las  Dos 
Hermanas,  el  Salon  de  Embaj adores,  el  Tocador 
de  la  Reina  y  el  Mirador  de  Lindaraja.     Es  muy 
afamado  el  patio  de  los  Arrayanes  como  lo  es  tam-20 
bien  el  de  los  Leones. 

Al  otro  lado  de  un  barranco  inmenso,  en  el  Cerro 
del  Sol,  esta  colocado  el  Generalife,  antigua  casa 

53 


54  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  &•  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Granada:  Tumba  de   los   Reyes   Catolicos  en  la  Catedral 


UNA  CARTA  SS 

de  campo  (residencia  de  verano)  de  los  reyes 
arabes.  Es  una  verdadera  joya  de  estilo  moro- 
granadino,  con  fuentes  y  acequias  en  medio  de 
cipreses,  magnolias  y  flores  olorosas. 

De  lo  mas  alto  del  Generalife  se  ve  el  Camino  de  $ 
Sacro  Monte  en  el  barrio  denominado  el  Albaicin. 
Este  camino  pasa  por  un  valle  apartado  al  pie  del 
monte  San  Miguel.  Aqui  viven  los  gitanos  en 
cuevas  excavadas  en  la  ladera  del  monte.  Dicen 
la  buenaventura  a  los  granadinos  y  a  los  turistas,  lo 
bailan  a  su  manera  las  danzas  espanolas,  com- 
pran,  venden  y  truecan  caballos,  siendo  el  gitano 
el  chalan  sobresaliente  de  las  cinco  partes  del 
mundo. 

En  la  ciudad  lo  que  mas  llama  la  atencion  es  la  15 
majestuosa  catedral  calificada  como  el  mejor  edi- 
ficio  del  Renacimiento  de  toda  Espaiia.  En  ella 
estan  sepultados  los  Reyes  Catolicos,  Fernando  V 
e  Isabel  I,  los  primeros  monarcas  de  la  Espana 
unida  o,  mejor  dicho,  de  todas  las  Espanas,  y  pro- 20 
tegedores  de  Cristobal  Colon.  De  todas  partes 
de  la  ciudad  se  divisan  a  lo  lejos  las  empinadas 
crestas  de  la  Sierra  Nevada  y  otras  Cordilleras 
coronadas  todas  de  blanca  nieve. 

Hace  ocho  dias  que  estamos  en  Sevilla,  ciudad  25 
principal  del  mediodia  y  la  cuarta  de  Espana  por 
su  poblacion,  centro  de  los  toreros,  de  los  bailes 
andaluces  y  renombrado  por  la  sal  (o  ingenio)  de 


56 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH   PROSE  BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  6*  Underwood,  N.  Y, 

Sevilla:  Un  Patio 


UNA  CARTA  57 

sus  mujeres.     La  sal  andaluza  vale  mas  que  her- 
mosura  al  parecer  de  los  naturales. 

Lo  predominante  en  la  rica  llanura  en  donde  se 
encuentra  Sevilla  es  La  Giralda,  una  torre  cuadra- 
da  de  estilo  mudejar  de  unos  300  pies  de  alto,  5 
antiguamente  un  alminar  de  la  mezquita  de  los 
moros  quienes  la  construyeron  en  1196.  Hoy  dia 
es  el  campanario  de  la  catedral.  Por  encima  esta 
una  estatua  de  bronce  figurando  la  Fe,  la  cual  gira 
como  veleta  al  menor  soplo  de  viento  aunque  pesa  10 
mas  de  una  tonelada.  Esta  figura  se  llama  el 
giraldillo.  La  catedral  gotica  es  por  su  grandeza 
una  de  las  mas  celebradas  de  la  cristiandad.  Fue 
construida  en  los  anos  1402-1506.  Lo  que  mas 
interes  tiene  para  nosotros  los  americanos  es  el  15 
sepulcro  de  Colon  que  se  ve  en  este  templo. 
Apoyado  en  hombros  de  cuatro  figuras  heroicas,  en 
simbolo  de  Aragon,  Castilla,  Leon  y  Navarra,  se 
percibe  el  feretro  Inmenso  en  que  yacen  los  restos 
mortales  del  que  es  inmortal.  En  otra  parte  dezo 
la  iglesia  esta  enterrado  en  el  suelo  Fernando,  el 
ilustrado  hijo  de  Cristobal,  y  se  lee  alii  la  inscrip- 
cion  en  lengua  antigua:  —  A  Castilla  y  a  Leon 
mundo  nuebo  die  Colon. 

La  Biblioteca  Colombina  fundada  por  Fernando  25 
Colon,  la  hermosa  fabrica  de  tabacos,  el  antiguo 
ayuntamiento,   el   Alcazar,   palacio   de   los   reyes 
moros,   la   amplia   Plaza   de  Toros,   las   murallas 


58  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

romanas,  la  casa  de  Murillo,  los  muelles  en  la 
libera  del  rio  Guadalquivir  a  donde  llegah  buques 
de  menor  calado  de  todos  los  puertos  del  mundo, 
la  Torre  del  Oro  y  la  Casa  de  Pilatos  se  pueden 
5  citar  entre  las  curiosidades  mas  notables  de  Sevilla 
y  de  ellos  os  dire  mucho  en  mis  proximas  cartas. 

La  vida  sevillana  se  concentra  en  la  estrecha 
Calle  de  las  Sierpes,  la  dilatada  Plaza  de  San  Fer- 
nando y  la  Plaza  de  la  Constitucion. 
10  Os  escribiria  mas  largamente  si  tuviese  tiempo. 
Tan  entusiasmado  esta  Pedro  que  no  habria  escrito 
hoy  a  su  tio  si  yo  no  se  lo  hubiera  instado. 
Sin  mas  por  hoy  me  despido  de  vosotros 

Muy  carinosamente, 

Miguel. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

The  progressive  tenses  formed  by  the  use  of  estar,  venir,  ir, 

andar  (venimos  pasando) FamiHar  and  polite  forms  of 

pronouns  and  verbs  distinguished  (contaros,  sabeis,  etc.) , 

Verbs   used  with  the  infinitive  or  subjunctive   (per- 

mitidme   repetir) Conditional   sentences   contrary   to 

fact  in  present  time  (os  escribiria  ...  si  tuviese)  ;  in 

past  time  (no  habria  escrito  ...  si  no  se  lo  hubiera  instado) 

Use  of  definite  article  when  a  noun  is  in  apposition  with 

a  pronoun  (nosotros  los  americanos) 


Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

decir  la  buenaventura  hoy  dia 

Uamar  la  atencidn  por  encima 

calificar  come  figurar  algo 


UNA  CARTA  $9 


B 


Trabajo  oral.  a.  Distinganse  enterar  y  enterrar; 
hombro,  hombre,  y  hambre.  b.  Completense  las 
oraciones  que  siguen,  usando  los  verbos  y  otras  pala- 
bras  que  convengan: 

I.    Si  Vd.  estuviese  aqui,  yo  .     2.    El  hubiera  5 

visitado  la  Alhambra,  si 3.    Al  en  Sevilla, 

vi  la  Giralda.     4.    Nos  iremos  sin  a  los  gitanos. 

5.  He    oido    que    el    Generalife    es    una    joya. 

6.  Compre  Vd.  un  billete  para  que  yo 7.    El 

guarnecido  no  es  azul  verde.     8.    No  lo  habria  10 

sabido  nunca,  si  Vd 

Para  verier  en  buen  castellano. 

Dear  son:  Your  mother  and  I  have  just  received 
your  letter  written  in  southern  Spain,  and  I  shall 
answer  it  at  once  so  that  you  may  find  a  letter  awaiting  15 
you  when  you  reach  Madrid.  Your  mother  would 
write  to  you  if  she  were  not  so  tired  but  she  asks  me  to 
tell  you  that  she  will  write  the  next  letter.  If  we  had 
not  received  this  letter,  I  should  have  written  you 
nevertheless,  knowing  that  you  would  be  anxious  to  20 
be  informed  of  how  things  are  going  here. 

All  that  you  write  about  the  Alhambra  and  the 
Generalife  interests  us  beyond  words.  Your  mother 
and  I  still  recall  with  great  pleasure  our  stay  in  Granada 
of  several  years  ago.  At  that  time  we  knew  very  well  25 
the  Ibaiiez's  who  lived  in  the  Generalife  and  their 
daughter  Ana  often  conducted  us  to  the  highest  tower 
from   which    could    be   seen  the  Albaicin   where   the 


6o  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

gypsies  live  in  their  caves,  the  Alhambra  situated  on 
the  other  side  of  the  ravine,  and  far  in  the  distance 
the  snow-crowned  crests  of  the  Sierra  Nevada.  It 
was  an  unforgettable  sight,  and  has  been  deeply 
5  impressed  upon  my  memory. 

Often  the  king  of  the  gypsies  took  us  to  see  the  gypsy 
women  dance  and  to  have  them  tell  our  fortunes. 
Their  horse-dealers  were  then  the  most  excellent  of 
the  four  quarters  of  the  globe. 

lo  We  used  to  spend  many  hours  strolling  through  the 
halls  and  rooms  of  the  Alhambra,  looking  at  the  tilings 
of  various  colors  and  sizes.  You  remember  that  I 
always  liked  so  much  the  Court  of  the  Myrtles  that 
we  have  a  photograph  of  it  in  the  sitting-room. 

15  The  Moorish-Granadine  style  of  architecture  we 
liked  better  than  that  called  mudejar,  which  is  seen 
in  Seville  in  the  Giralda.  We  often  went  up  this  tower 
which  is  the  belfry  of  the  Gothic  Cathedral.  From 
the  top  we  looked  out  over  the  rich  plain  that  sur- 

20  rounds  Seville  and  could  see  the  Guadalquivir  river, 

the    bull-ring,    Triana,    the   Tower   of  Gold    and    the 

Alcazar.     On  top  the  statue  which  represents  Faith  used 

to  turn  like  a  weather  vane  at  the  least  breath  of  wind. 

We  used  to  remain  absorbed  before  the  greatness 

25  of  the  Seville  cathedral,  called  Santa  Maria  de  la 
Sede.  This  temple  seemed  too  immense  for  the 
imagination.  The  four  heroic  figures  representing  the 
ancient  kingdoms  of  Spain  bore  on  their  shoulders  the 
bier  in  which  lay  the  mortal  remains  of  him  who  is 

30  immortal. 


UNA   CARTA 


6l 


Copyright  by  Underwood  fir  Un<icru'no  /,  A^.  F. 

C6rdoba:    Interior  de  la  Vieja  Mezquita 


62  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

The  Seville  women  are  probably  still  renowned  for 

their  wit.     We  used  to  see  them  in  the  ample  Plaza 

de   San  Fernando  and  in  the  narrow  Sierpes  Street, 

chatting   with    the    bull    fighters    and    attracting   the 

5  attention  of  all. 

But    excuse    me.      I    have    become    so    enthusiastic 
thinking  of  Spain  that  I  imagined  myself  there  once 
more.     We  hope  you  are  having  a  good  time.     Write 
us  again, 
lo  Affectionately, 

Your  Father. 


XIII 

A.    LA  LLEGADA  A  MADRID 

Pedro  y  Miguel  se  encuentran  en  un  tren 
expreso  que  se  acerca  a  Madrid.  Han  venido  de 
Cordoba,  cuya  ciudad  visitaron  de  paso  despues 
de  dejar  a  Sevilla.  Pernoctaron  alli  y  fueron  a 
ver  la  catedral  que  fue  mezquita  arab«.  Vierons 
con  asombro  las  860  columnas  de  porfido,  jaspe, 
marmol  bianco  y  marmol  brecha  en  medio  de  las 
cuales  principiaron  los  crisdanos  a  construir  en 
1523  la  catedral,  destruyendo  en  esto  mucho  de  la 
hermosura  original.  Se  acordaron  los  jovenes  de  10 
que  Carlos  V,  emperador  de  Alemania  y  rey  de 
Espana,  al  ver  lo  que  habian  hecho  sus  subditos, 
exclamo:  —  Vosotros  habeis  edificado  lo  que  se 
hubiera  podido  construir  en  cualquier  parte,  pero 
habeis  derribado  lo  que  fue  unico  en  su  genero  en  15 
el  mundo. 

Asi  que  se  detiene  el  tren  bajo  el  cobertizo  de  la 
hermosa  Estacion  del  Mediodia,  bajan  los  cansados 
americanos,  saliendo  a  buscar  un  coche  de  punto. 
—  Cochero,  jesta  Vd.  libre.?  — Si,  seiior;  suban2o 
Vds.  iA  donde  desean  Vds.  ir?  —  Conduzcanos 
a  la  calle  del  Barquillo,  numero  tal.  —  Es  una 
casa  de  huespedes,  Jverdad?     — Si,  la  del  seiior 

63 


64  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Ricardo  Azabache.  Mire,  Pedro,  la  tarifa  mar- 
cado  en  el  cartelito  **Por  horas,  2.50  pesetas  la 

hora.     For    la     carrera,    "     Ya    estamos. 

(iCuanto  es?  — Una  peseta  y  50  centimos. 
5 — Tome  Vd.  esta  pieza  de  dos  pesetas,  guardan- 
dose  de  propina  lo  sobrante.  —  Muchas  gracias. 
— Sean  Vds.  bienvenidos,  caballeros,  aqui  estan 
Vds.  en  su  casa.  Recibi  su  carta  y  segun  lo  que 
me  pidieron,  les  he  reservado  dos  alcobas  y  un 

10  gabinete  que  creo  seran  de  su  gusto.  —  i  En  que 
piso?     — En    el    primero,    derecha.     Subamos    a 

verlos iNo  les  convienen?    — Ya  lo  creo. 

Con  tal  que  pongan  en  el  gabinete  un  sillon  mece- 
dor.     —  For  supuesto  eso  se  hara.     Las  camas  las 

15  hallaran  Vds.  provistas  de  buenos  colchones  y 
muelles.  Aunque  dan  a  la  calle  las  dos  ventanas, 
no  hay  transito  de  vehiculos  que  pueda  estorbar- 
les.  Sacando  la  cabeza  por  la  ventana,  se  puede 
ver  hasta  la  calle  de  Alcala.     —  Bueno,  don  Ri- 

2oCardo.     Y    por    esto,    ecuanto    hay    que    pagar? 

—  Siete  pesetas  diarias,  cada  uno,  o  40  pesetas  por 
semana,    pagando    por    quincenas     adelantadas. 

—  eTodo  comprendido?  — Si,  senor;  compren- 
diendo  alcoba  con  gabinete,  desayuno,  dos  comidas 

25  con  vino  al  dia,  servicio  y  alumbrado.  —  Bueno; 
cosa  hecha.  dEsta  servida  la  comida.^  Vd,  sabe 
que  hamhre  y  esperar  hacen  rabiar,  —  Si,  senor. 
Bajen  Vds.  a  matar  el  hambre  cuando  gusten. 


LA  LLEGADA  A  MADRID  65 

— Senor  Carter,  Senor  Davis,  permitanme  que  les 
presente  a  Vds.  al  senor  Cespedes  y  a  su  senora  y 
a  la  senorita  Valverde.  —  Tanto  gusto  en  cono- 
cerles  a  Vds.  —  Servidor  de  Vds.  —  Caballeros. 
—  A  las  ordenes  de  Vds.     —  Sientense  Vds.  aqui.  5 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Verbs  in  -iar  (principiar;  enviar)  39.     The  passive  voice, 

formation  and  uses   (ser  bienvenido) Prepositions  in 

distributive  time  expressions  (por  semana,  al  dia,  etc.) 

Designation  of  floors  and  apartments  in  Spain  (el  primero, 

derecha) Cualquiera,  forms  and  uses  .     Ordinals, 

first  to  twentieth 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

de  paso  sacar  la  cabeza 

ya  estamos  cosa  hecha 

sea  Vd.  bienvenido  a  las  ordenes  de  Vd. 

para  servir  a  Vd. 

B 

Deberes  orales.  a.  Dese  una  sinopsis  de  la  expre^ 
sion  acordarse  de  algo  en  los  tiempos  simples  y  com- 
puestos  de  indicative  y  de  subjuntivo,  empleando  la 
primera  persona  del  singular,  b.  Expliquese  el  uso 
del  modo  subjuntivo  en  los  siguientes  casos  del  texto:  10 
conduzcanos,  scan  bienvenidos,  subamos,  pongan, 
pueda,  gusten,  presente,  sientese. 

Traduccion.    If  they  had  been  on  an  express  they 
would    have    reached    Madrid   yesterday.      But   they 
stopped  at  Cordova  to  spend  the  night  there,  getting  up  15 
early  this  morning  and  going  to  visit  the  ancient  cathe- 


66  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

dral  which  many  centuries  ago  was  a  Moorish  mosque. 
When  the  Christians  built  the  cathedral  in  the  midst 
of  the  marble  columns  of  various  kinds,  many  of  them 
were  destroyed.  The  king  of  that  time,  Charles  V, 
5  was  right  in  telling  his  Christian  subjects  that  they 
had  torn  down  there  what  could  never  be  rebuilt 
anywhere. 

''Here  we  are  at  last,"  exclaimed  Peter  as  soon  as  the 
train    had    stopped    in    the    train-shed    of   the    South 

lo  Station.  ''Let's  get  out  at  once  and  seek  a  public 
cabman.  I  see  one  there  in  the  plaza."  The  cabrrian 
was  disengaged  and  told  the  travelers  to  get  into  the 
cab  and  he  would  take  them  to  the  boarding-house  in 
Alcala  Street.     On  passing  through  the  streets  they 

15  enjoyed    themselves    looking    at   the    people    and    the 
buildings.   Stopping  in  front  of  the  number  they  desired, 
the  cabman  turned  towards  them.     They  asked  him 
how  much  it  was  and  he  replied  that  according  to  the . 
tariff  on  the  card  in  the  carriage  it  would  be  three 

20  pesetas  for  the  trip.  They  gave  him  one  duro  or  five 
pesetas  and  he  was  about  to  give  them  two  pesetas 
in  change  when  they  told  him:  "Keep  a  half  peseta 
as  a  tip".    This  he  did,  thanked  them  and  left. 

The  proprietor  came  out  to  meet  them  and  showed 

25  them  into  the  sitting-room.  "Welcome,  gentlemen," 
he  said.  "Make  yourselves  at  home,  I  have  reserved 
rooms  for  you  which  leave  nothing  to  be  desired.  They 
are  on  the  third  floor,  right.  Let's  see  if  you  like 
them.    Here  they  are.    A  sitting-room  and  a  bed-room 

30  for  each  one  of  you.     What  do  you  think  of  them  ?" 


LA  LLEGADA  A  MADRID  67 

"As  for  me,  I  like  them,  provided  the  traffic  does  not 
disturb  us/'  *'But  put  your  head  out  of  the  window 
and  you  will  see  that  there  are  no  vehicles  passing." 
"All  right.  But  please  put  a  rocking  chair  in  this  room. 
Are  the  springs  and  mattresses  comfortable?''  "You  5 
can  see  for  yourself, —  unsurpassable."  "And  how 
much  do  we  pay  for  all  this.?"  "Eight  and  a  half 
pesetas  a  day  each  or  55  pesetas  a  week,  payment 
made  every  two  weeks  in  advance."  "Does  that 
include  everything .?"  "Yes,  sir;  care  of  your  room  10 
and  light,  light  breakfast,  lunch  and  dinner." 
"Agreed/'  "Lunch  is  served,  gentlemen.  I  know  that 
to  wait  when  you  are  hungry  drives  you  frantic." 

When  they  went  down  to  satisfy  their  hunger,  the 
three  were  introduced  to  the  other  guests.     "Pleased  15 
to   meet   you,"    said    one   lady.      "At   your   service," 
replied  Michael. 


XIV 

A.    UNA  COMIDA 

J  Hay  lista  de  platos?  — No,  sefior;  no  la 
hay,  —  dice  la  criada;  —  pero  se  lo  traere  todo  a 
ver  si  les  gusta.  —  Bueno;  traiganoslo  sin  tar- 
danza,  haga  el  favor.    Tenemos  mucha  hambre. 

5    — eQuiere  Vd.  probar  la  sopa  de  fideos?    — Gra- 

cias.     Es   muy  buena.     —  Para   entremeses   hay 

aceitunas  y  anchoas.     — iQue  clase  de  pescado 

tenemos?     — Este  se  llama  mero,  el  del  refran: 

—  De  la  mar  el  mero,  y  de  la  tierra  el  carnero. 

lo — jDesea  Vd.  huevos?  —  jEn  que  estilo?  —  Son 
revueltos  o  en  tortilla.  —  Gracias.  Los  omito 
hoy.  — iQue  sabrosa  es  esta  carnfe  de  vaca  poco 
asada!  — Si;  me  trae  el  agua  a  la  boca  solo  el 
verla.     Es   como  la   prefiero,   magra   a  la  grasa. 

15 — Haga  el  favor  de  acercarme  el  salero.  — ^'No 
quiere  Vd.  repetir  de  las  zanahorias?  —  Gracias. 
Soy  muy  partidario  de  las  legumbres.  Las  patatas 
son  buenas  a  no  dejar  mas  que  pedir. —  Ya  se  ve 
que  la  cocinera  sabe  a  fondo  su  oficio.     Esta  ensa- 

2olada  de  escarola  esta  aderezada  enteramente  a  mi 
gusto.  La  salsa  es  exquisita.  —  Pero  Vd.  no 
toma  mucho  vino.  —  Si  que  tomo.  El  vino 
tinto  espanol  lo  considero  como  vino  de  mesa  el 

68 


UNA  COMIDA  69 

mas  apetecible  de  todos  los  existentes.  No  po- 
demos  conseguirlo  con  facilidad  en  nuestro  pais 
pero  aqui  voy  a  gozar  de  el  en  toda  comida, 
bebiendolo  bautizado  un  poco.  — iY  aun  en  el 
desayuno?  —  No;  me  contentare  con  chocolate  y  5 
panecillos  a  la  espaiiola.  — eNo  toma  Vd.  queso 
manchego?  — Por  supuesto.  He  oido  hablar 
tantas  veces  del  queso  manchego.     Es  delicioso. 

—  i  Quiere  Vd.  frutas  ^  —  i  Cuales  hay  ^  —  Hay 
higos,  peras,  uvas,  sandias  y  melones.  — ^Algoio 
mas  de  queso?  — Gracias.  He  cerrado  la  Have 
de  mi  apetito.  He  comido  por  cuatro.  iVd.  se 
va,  senorita? — Si;  con  permiso  de  Vds.  jBuen 
provecho!     —Gracias.      Igualmente. 

—  (i'Me  permite  Vd.,  senora,  fumar  un  puroi5 
mientras  tome  el  cafe.?  — Puede  Vd.  fumar 
cuanto  guste.  Estoy  acostumbrada.  El  humo  del 
tabaco  no  me  molesta. — Pedro,  tenga  Vd.  la  bon- 
dad  de  darme  lumbre. — Se  lo  dare  de  buen  grado. 
En  cambio,  voy  a  pedirle  un  cigarillo  de  papel.  20 

—  Tome  Vd.  —  Gracias.  Sefior  Cespedes, 
J  puede  Vd.  decirme  cuales  son  los  mejores  perio- 
dicos  de  la  noche?  — Pues,  caballero;  segun  y 
conforme.  A  mi  me  gusta  mas  La  Correspondencia 
de  Espana;  los  vendedores  lo  llaman  "La  Corr^".  25 
Pero  a  mi  mujer  le  gusta  El  Heraldo.  Vd.  sabe  que 
sohre  gustos  no  hay  nada  escrito.  Yo  que  Vd.  leeria 
El  Imparcial  y  El  Liberal  por  la  maiiana  y  La  Co- 


70  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

rrespondencia  y  El  Heraldo  por  la  noche.  —  ?De 
que  partidos  son  estos  diarios?  — Son  liberales 
El  Imparcialy  El  Liberal  y  El  Heraldo;  conserva- 
dores  ABC^  El  Mundo  y  La  Epoca;  independientes 

5  La  Corre  y  El  Diario  Universal,     —  En  cuanto  a 

,     las  revistas  ilustradas  semanales,  son  las  mejores 

Blanco  y  Negro  y  el  Nuevo  Mundo,    Aqui  tiene  Vd. 

el  primero.     — iQue  hermosos  dibujos!       Parece 

muy  interesante.     Si  no  tuviese  tanto  sueno,  lo 

loleeria  ahora.  Vamonos,  Pedro,  a  acostarnos.  Ya 
se  hace  tarde.  Hasta  manana.  —  Que  descansen 
bien. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Querer  and  gustar  distinguished  (iquiere  Vd.  frutas?) 

The  indirect  object  pronoun  se  (se  lo  traere)  .     Use  of 

the  present  tense  where  Enghsh  requires  the  future  (los  omito 

hoy)  .     Si  used  for  emphasis  (si  que  tomo)  .     Todo 

as  object  dupHcated  by  lo  (se  lo  traere  todo) . 

Locuciones   sacadas   del  texto   con   sus   expresiones 
equivalentes. 

Locucion  Expresion  equivalente 

tener  hambre  desear  comer 

bueno  a  no  dejar  mas  que  inmejorable 

pedir 

ya  se  ve  se  conoce 

gozar  de  disfrutar  de 

cerrar  la  Have  del  apetito  no  comer  mas 

de  buen  grado  de  buena  gana,  de  buena 

voluntad 

segun  y  conforme  eso  depende 


UNA  COMIDA  71 

yo  que  Vd.  si  yo  fuera  Vd. 

ibuen  provecho!  ique  aproveche! 

repetir  de  aceptar  mas  de 

saber  a  fondo  saber  absolutamente  bien 

B 

Ejercicios  verbales.  a.  Tomense  del  texto  veinte 
palabras  espanolas  que  tengan  la  misma  etimologia 
que  ciertas  palabras  inglesas;  por  ejemplo: —  lista, 
list\  refran,  refraiuy  etc.  b.  Dese '  una  sinopsis  del 
verbo  traer  en  los  tiempos  simples  y  compuestos  de  5 
indicative  y  de  subjuntivo,  empleando  la  primera 
persona  del  singular. 

Version.     Please  hand  me  the  bill  of  fare.    Thanks. 

—  What  ought  we  to  take,  waiter.? — That  depends. 
Tastes  differ. —  Well  then,  bring  us  everything.  First  10 
we  shall  try  the  vermicelli  soup,  then  some  fish. — What 
kind  do  you  wish? — I  like  sea-bass  best.  Then  bring 
some  mutton,  that  of  the  proverb,  'Trom  the  sea  give 
me  the  sea-bass;  from  the  pastures,  I  prefer  mutton.'' 

—  You  will  take  beef,  will  you  not  ? —  Yes;  rare  beef.     1 15 
prefer  fat  to  lean.     I  am  very  fond  of  roast  beef  pro- 
vided it  is  prepared  by  a  cook  that  knows  her  business 
thoroughly.      What   vegetables    have   we } —  Potatoes 
and  carrots.    Are  you  going  to  take  an  omelet .? —  No. 

I  shall  ask  for  scrambled  eggs,  doing  without  the  salad.  20 
I  do  not  like  that  dressing  on  endive  salad.  Please 
pass  the  olives.  They  are  very  tasty.  We  can't  get 
olives  of  this  kind  in  the  United  States,  can  we .? —  No, 
nor  Spanish  table  wine,  either.  It  is  delicious  when  it 
is  drunk  diluted.  25 


^2  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

I  was  very  hungry  as  I  took  only  one  roll  and  coffee 
for  breakfast.  I  have  already  eaten  enough  for  four. 
—  May  it  do  you  good.  Don't  you  wish  some  cheese 
from  La  Mancha  and  some  grapes? — Thanks,  just 
5  to  look  at  those  grapes  and  cantaloupes  makes  my 
mouth  water.     But  I  have  satisfied  my  hunger. 

Let's  go  ^moke  in  the  sitting-room.  Ask  the  ladies 
to  allow  us  to  smoke. —  They  have  already  consented 
to  that,   saying  that  they  were  used  to  it  and  that 

lo  tobacco  smoke  does  not  annoy  them.  Please  give  me 
a  cigarette  and  a  light. —  Here  you  are.  What  news- 
paper do  you  read  in  the  evening? —  La  Correspon- 
dencia,  an  independent  daily. —  I  like  the  Heraldo  in 
the  evening  and  the  Imparcial  in  the  morning. —  It 

15  is  evident  that  you  are  a  Liberal. —  Yes,  I  have  inclined 
to  the  Liberals  since  I  have  been  here.  My  best  friend 
is  a  Conservative.  What  weekly  magazine  do  you 
like  best  ? —  That  depends.  The  Blanco  y  Negro  is 
well  illustrated  and  the   Nuevo  Mundo  is  interesting. 

20  —  You  do  not  read  thern  often,  do  you? — Indeed  I 
read  them.  As  for  today's  Nuevo  Mundo,  I  have  just 
read  it.  Where  are  you  going? — To  bed. —  Pleasant 
dreams. —  Thanks,  same  to  you. 


XV 
A.  POR  LAS  CALLES  DE  MADRID,  VILLA  Y  CORTE 

Al  dia  siguiente  se  levantaron  de  madrugada 
los  dos  jovenes  y  despues  de  tomar  el  desayuno 
ligero  de  los  espanoles,  se  lanzaron  a  la  calle.  Solo 
acababan  de  abrirse  los  mas  de  los  establecimien- 
tos.  Siguiendo  por  la  calle  de  Alcala  Uegaron  as 
la  Puerta  del  Sol.  Es  esta  gran  plaza  de  forma 
irregular  el  centro  de  las  actividades  y  vida  de  los 
600,000  madrilenos.  Aqui  se  pueden  ver  los  de 
todos  los  rangos  y  de  todas  las  comarcas  de  Espa- 
iia.  Es  en  ciertos  respeetos  parecida  a  una  plaza  10 
de  cualquiera  otra  ciudad  cosmopolita  de  Europa 
pero  en  mayor  grado  que  en  ninguna  otra  capital 
Madrid  simboliza  el  pais  del  cual  es  la  cabeza 
•  administrativa.  De  esa  plaza  arrancan  todos  los 
tranvias;  por  ella  circulan  a  centenares  los  pasean-  15 
tes;  en  ella  estan  colocados  algunos  de  los  mejores 
cafes,  hoteles,  librerias,  joyerias,  estancos  y 
salones  de  limpiabotas;  al  sur  de  ella  esta  el 
Ministerio  de  la  Gobernacion. 

"Aqui  se  cambia  dinero"  —  leyo  Miguel  en  un2o 
letrero  y  se  acordo  de  que  todavia  le  quedaban 
varios  billetes   americanos.     — iA  como  esta   el 
cambio?  —  pregunto    al   cambista.     — Esta    a    5 

73 


74 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  &"  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

La  Fuente  de  Cibeles,  el  Banco  de  Espana 

Y  LA   CalLE  de  AlCALA 


POR  LAS  CALLES  DE  MADRID,  VILLA  Y  CORTE    75 

pesetas  y  SS  centimos  por  el  dolar, —  replico  este. 
Miguel  tenia  22  dolares  y  20  centavos.  Haciendo 
un  calculo  rapido,  el  gerente  de  la  casa  de  cambio 
le  entrego  123  pesetas  con  21  centimos.  Pidio 
Miguel  3  pesetas  en  calderilla  porque  son  muys 
necesarios  las  perras  chicas  y  gordas  para  pagar  el 
sitio  en  el  tranvia,  franquear  cartas,  y  comprar 
periodicos.  Al  salir  de  la  tienda,  se  les  aproximo 
una  vi^ja  chillando:  —  Por  Dios,  caballeros,  una 
limosnita;  —  y  le  dieron  a  la  pobre  mendiga  una  10 
perra  grande  de  limosna.  —  Que  Dios  se  lo 
pague,  —  gimio  ella.  Pero  cuando  un  sujeto  an- 
drajoso  les  alargo  la  mano,  le  dijo  Pedro:  —  Per- 
done,  hermano;  no  tengo  nada.  Por  insistir  el 
tanto  le  dijo  Miguel  finalmente  al  pedigiienoiis 
—  Que  Dios  le  ampare  —  ^  lo  cual  se  alejo  no 
queriendo  poner  en  duda  el  amparo  de  Dios.  Son 
muy  soberbios  estos  limosneros  o  pordioseros  y 
conviene  no  agraviarles.  Igualmente,  hay  que 
recordar  el  refran:  —  Contra  el  vicio  de  pedir  hay  la  20 
virtud  de  no  dar. 

Por  ser  ya  tarde,  se  habia  aumentado  la  anima- 
cion  de  la  Puerta  del  Sol.  Se  veian  transeuntes, 
coches,  automoviles,  pacientes  bueyes  gigantescos 
tirando  de  galeras  inmensas  cargadas  de  carbon  de25 
coque;  mulas  enjaezadas  en  fila,  la  mas  pequefia 
en  vanguardia,  arrastrando  todas  una  tartana; 
burros   cargados   de  botijos   para  vender;    y  un 


76  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

maremagnum  de  tranvias  cruzandose  en  todas  las 
direcciones.  Se  entregaron  regocijados  los  ameri- 
canos  a  la  observacion  de  esta  mezcla  pintoresca 
de  lo  moderno  y  lo  antiguo.  Me  sorprende,  — 
5  dijo  Miguel  —  que  vengan  tan  pocos  turistas  a 
visitar  a  Espaiia.  Parece  que  no  saben  en  nuestro 
pais  lo  divertido  que  es  aqui. 

Repaso  de  gramdtica. 

Preposition  retained  before  que  introducing  a  clause  (se 

acord6  de  que) Adjectives  ending  in  a  of  common  gender 

(cosmopolita)  .     Comparison  of  adjectives,   regular  and 

irregular  (mayor) .     Position  of  comparatives  (los  mejores 

cafes) Verbs  usually  having  no  preposition  in  Spanish 

but  requiring  one  in  English  (pagar  el  sitio) ;  compare  use  of 

pedir,  buscar,  etc Order  of  words  in  a  present  participle 

phrase  (arrastrando  todas  una  tartana) Use  of  lo  to  ex- 
press how  before  an  adjective  or  past  participle  in  an  indirect 
exclamation  in  a  dependent' clause  (lo  divertido  que  es) . 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

de  madrugada  a  lo  cual 

arrancar  de  tirar  de 

da  como  esta  el  cambio?  lo  divertido  que  es 
alargar  la  mano 

B 

Trabajo  oral.     a.  Dese  una  sinopsis  de  la  expresion 

seguirme    en   los   tiempos    simples    y   compuestos   de 

loindicativo   y    subjuntivo,    usando  la  primera  persona 

del  singular,    b.  Para  contestarenespaiiol.     I.    jAque 

hora  se  levanto  Vd.  hoy?    2.  ^A  quien  se  puede  ver  en 


POR  LAS  CALLES  DE  MADRID,  VILLA  Y  CORTE    77 

Madrid?  3.  J  Para  que  sirve  la  calderilla?  4.  J  Que 
nombre  o  titulo  se  da  a  Madrid?  5.  De  Vd.  dos 
palabras  sinonimas  de  mendigo.  6.  ^*Que  se  dice  a  un 
mendigo  para  que  se  aleje?  7.  J  Que  animales  se  ven 
en  las  calles  de  Madrid  ?  5 

Para  traducir  al  espaiioL  Look  at  the  oxen,  Michael. 
How  large  they  are.  They  pull  those  large  wagons 
as  if  they  were  very  light  but  they  are  loaded  with 
coke  and  are  very  heavy.  One  must  stand  on  a  corner 
of  the  Puerta  del  Sol  and  watch  this  confusion  in  order  10 
to  know  well  the  street  life  of  the  city.  If  I  had  time, 
I  should  stay  here  all  day.  The  animation  of  the 
Puerta  del  Sol  is,  of  course,  not  so  great  as  that  of  many 
squares  in  Chicago,  Boston  or  New  York,  but  it  is 
more  picturesque.  How  irregular  this  square  is.  1 15 
always  thought  it  was  square.  The  life  of  its  hotels 
and  stores  represents  Madrid  and  Madrid  typifies  all 
Spain,  for  Spaniards  from  all  the  regions  of  the  country 
make  their  way  to  the  ''city  and  court". 

The  trolley  cars  are  like  ours,  being  smaller,  however.  20 
I  noticed  one  the  other  day  and  saw  on  it  the  name  of 
the  American  company  that  had  built  it.  I  am 
surprised  that  the  mules  that  pull  the  tartanas  are 
hitched  tandem,  with  a  small  donkey  in  the  lead.  How 
patient  these  donkeys  are!  I  did  not  know  how  small  25 
they  were.  And  there  goes  a  gigantic  automobile. 
Thus  we  have  a  mixture  of  the  modern  and  the  old- 
fashioned. 

Here  comes  a  ragged  beggar  asking  for  alms.     "Ex- 
cuse me,  brother,  I  have  nothing  for  you.     May  God  30 


7 8  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

.  protect  you!"  Now  he  goes  away  since  he  does  not 
wish  to  put  God's  protection  in  doubt.  I  never  insult 
these  poor,  proud  men,  and  when  I  take  it  into  my 
head  to  give  one  an  alms  he  always  says,  "May  God 
5  repay  you!"  That  reminds  me  that  I  must  go  to  a 
money-changer's  and  exchange  these  American  bills 
for  Spanish  silver  and  copper  so  that  I  can  pay  for 
the  books  that  I  am  going  to  buy  at  the  book  store. 
There  is  the  sign,   '*Money  changed  here".     Let's 

lo  go  in.  What  is  the  rate  of  exchange  today  for  American 
money? — Five  pesetas  and  53  centimos  on  the  dollar. 
—  All  right.  Here  are  seven  dollars  and  a  half.  I 
have  a  dollar  left.  That  I  shall  keep  as  a  souvenir. 
After  making  a  rapid  calculation  the  money-changer 

15  hands  over  to  me  41  pesetas  and  48  centimos,  con- 
sisting of  one  twenty-five-peseta  bill,  three  silver  coins 
of  one  duro  each,  a  silver  peseta  and  a  silver  half 
peseta  or  two  reales.  Not  having  a  three-centimo 
piece,  he  can  not  give  me  the  exact  amount.     Thus  I 

20  have  two  centimos  extra.     I  immediately  ask  him  to 

give   me  ten  perras  grandes  for  the   peseta   and   ten 

perras  chicas  for  the  half  peseta.    This  he  does  willingly. 

Then  we  visit  a  shoe  shining  parlor  and  afterwards  a 

tobacco  shop  where  I  buy  some  stamps  to  stamp  my 

25  letters  and  Michael  asks  for  cigarettes.  It  has  now 
become  late.  We  shall  return  to  our  boarding-house 
and  after  dinner  we  shall  retire  early  since  we  shall 
have  to  get  up  early  tomorrow. 


XVI 

A.    DE  TIENDAS 

Necesito  Pedro  comprar  un  sombrero,  siendole 
pesado  el  de  fieltro  que  Uevaba.     Entraron  en  una 
sombrereria  y  les  saco  un  dependiente  varios  som- 
breros pero  ninguno  le  gusto  a  Pedro  hasta  que 
vio  uno  de  alas  anchas  y  copa  alta.     Se  lo  probos 
y   al   mirarse   en   el   espejo  exclamo:  —  Este   me 
sienta  bien.     iCuanto  importa?     — Vale  14  pese-. 
tas.     — Eso  es  mucho.     Debe  Vd.  rebajar  algo. 
jCual  es  su  ultimo  precio?     No  me  gusta  regatear. 
—  Pues,  se  lo  dejo  a  Vd.  en  12  pesetas,  el  mismoio 
precio  que  a  mi  me  cuesta.     —  Bueno.    Me  quedo 
con  el.     Voy  a  llevarlo  puesto.     Sirvase  envolver 
el  viejo  y  enviarmelo.     —  De  buena  gana.    Ponga 
Vd.  aqui  su  direccion. 

Atravesaron  la  plaza  para  comprar  en  una  casa  15 
de  antigiiedades  un  abanico  para  la  madre  de 
Miguel.  Al  hacer  esto,  poco  falto  para  que  fuese 
atropellado  Pedro  por  un  lando  suntuoso  en  que 
se  paseaban  unos  adinerados.  — jCuidado!  — 
gritaron  todos  los  circunstantes,  y  Pedro  se  llev6  2o 
un  susto  mayusculo. 

Lograron  encontrar  un  abanico  sevillano  muy 
precioso  y  antiguo  el  que  consiguieron  muy  barato. 

79 


8o  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Estuvo  con  ellos  muy  amable  la  senora  del  tendero 
la  cual  les  enseno  como  maneja  una  espanola  el 
abanico,  pero  por  mucho  que  tratasen  de  imitarla 
no  pudieron.  Hicieron  empaquetar  bien  el  aba- 
5  nico  en  una  cajita  para  poder  enviarlo  por  correo. 
Advirtio  Miguel:  —  Si  supiesen  los  anticuarios 
americanos  de  los  objetos  de  arte  arrinconados  en 
lugares  desviados  de  Espaiia,  vendrian  en  el 
proximo  buque  a  buscarlos. 

10      Deseando    comprar    sellos    para    franquear    el 

paquete,  entraron  en  un  estanco  donde  lo  hicieron 

•pesar  por  el  estanquero  quien  les  dijo  que  faltaba 

pegar  80  centimos  de  sellos  para  el  franqueo  y  25 

centimos  para  certificarlo. 

15  Tomaron  los  dos  el  almuerzo  en  el  Hotel  de 
Francia  para  evitar  la  necesidad  de  volver  a  casa 
y  para  probar  la  comida  a  la  francesa  a  la  sombra 
de  los  toldos  del  pasaje  de  Matheu  muy  cerca  de  la 
Puerta  del  Sol.    Tomado  el  almuerzo,  salieron  y 

20  en  la  primera  bocacalle  pregunto  Pedro  a  un 
guardia  de  orden  publico,  despues  de  haber  llevado 
la  mano  al  sombrero:  —  ePor  donde  se  va  a  la 
Universidad  Central?  — Crucen  Vds.  la  Puerta 
del  Sol,  tomando  despues  la  calle  de  Preciados. 

25  Al  Uegar  a  la  Plaza  de  Santo  Domingo  vuelvan  a 
la  derecha  siguiendo  por  la  calle  de  San  Bernardo 
hasta  llegar  a  la  Universidad.  —  i  No  hay  tranvia 
que  nos  lleve  alla.^     —  Si,  senor;   lo  hay.     Suban 


DE  TIENDAS  8l 

al  que  lleva  puesto  el  rotulo  "Quevedo".  Faltan 
solo  diez  minutos  a  lo  mas  para  recorrer  la  dis- 
tancia.  — jEs  menester  cambiar  de  carruajes? 
—  De  ninguna  manera.  No  hay  combinaciones 
en  los  tranvias  de  Madrid.  — jHay  libreria  por  s 
aqui  cerca,  donde  se  pueda  comprar  una  guia  de 
la  ciudad?  — Si,  sefior;  alii  derecho,  la  Libreria 
de  San  Martin.  —  Dispense  Vd.  la  molesria  con- 
rinua,  pero  jvamos  bien  para  Uegar  al  Palacio 
Real?  — No  es  nada.  Sigan  el  camino  que  yaio 
llevan,  recorriendo  todo  el  largo  de  la  Calle  Mayor. 
Al  final  de  ella,  doblen  Vds.  la  esquina  a  la  derecha 
y  lo  veran  en  la  calle  de  Bailen. 

Dieron  las  gracias  al  guardia  por  su  bondad  en 
orientarlos  y  emprendieron  el  camino,  llegando  al  15 
fin  al  Palacio  sin  extraviarse. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Adjectives  used  as  nouns   {el  vie  jo)   .     Order  of  ad- 
jectives and  noun  (un  abanico  sevillano  muy  precioso  y  antiguo) 

.     Definite  article  instead  of  the  possessive  (como  maneja 

una  espanola  el  abanico)  .     Past  participle  phrases  used 

as  equivalent  of  a  clause  (tornado  el  almuerzo) .     A  with 

verbs  of  deprivation  (comprar  algo  a  uno)  . 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

sentar  bien  a  uno  Uevarse  un  susto  mayusculo 

Uevar  puesto  por  mucho  que  tratasen 

poco  falto  para  que  fuese  lograr  encontrar 

atropellado  extraviarse ;   lo  contrario  es 

orientarse 


82  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


B 

Deberes  orales*  a.  Dese  una  sinopsis  del  verbo 
hacer  en  los  tiempos  simples  y  compuestos  de  indicativo 
y  de  subjuntivo,  empleando  la  tercera  persona  del 
singular,  b.  Expresense  en  correcto  espaiiol  las  frases 
5  que  siguen.  i.  Don't  send  it  (masc.)  to  me.  Send  it 
to  him.  2.  This  hat  will  become  you.  3.  Bring  me 
out  a  big  hat,  please.  4.  I  almost  fell  down.  5.  We 
shall  succeed  in  finding  our  way.  6.  Let's  try  a 
dinner    in    French    style.      7.  Turn    the    corner   here. 

10  8.  We  have  thanked  the  policeman.  9.  Are  there 
transfers  on  the  Madrid  cars?  There  are  not.  10. 
Don't  get  lost. 

Traduccion  escrita.     How  does  one  go  to  the  Plaza 
Mayor? —  I  asked  a  policeman  yesterday. —  Please  put 

15  me  on  the  right  way. —  Gladly,  sir.  Follow  the  way 
you  are  now  pursuing  until  you  reach  the  first  cross- 
street,  there  turn  the  corner  to  the  left  and  within- a 
few  minutes  you  will  find  yourself  in  the  Plaza  itself. 
—  Is  there  a  trolley  car  that  will  take  me  there  ? — 

20  No,  there  isn't  unless  you  walk  first  to  the  Puerta  del 
Sol  and  there  get  on  a  car  bearing  the  placard  **Sol  — 
Argiielles". —  How  many  minutes  are  needed  to  reach 
the  Plaza  Mayor,  going  afoot  ? —  Only  fifteen  at  the 
most. 

25  I  thanked  him  for  his  kindness  and  went  on  my 
way.  After  having  gone  part  of  the  distance  I  got  lost 
and  had  to  ask  a  bystander  which  was  the  way  to  the 
Plaza. —  Cross  the  Puerta  del  Sol  continuing  straight 


DE  TIENDAS  83 

ahead  on  the  Calle  Mayor  until  you  come  to  Philip  III 
Street.  Then  turn  to  the  left  on  that  corner  and  you 
will  see  the  Plaza. —  Thanks. —  Don't  mention  it. 

Not  wishing   to   return   home,    I    took   lunch   in   a 
French  cafe  near  the  Puerta  del  Sol  and  enjoyed  this  5 
meal  greatly,  seated  in  the  shade  of  the  awnings  of  a 
passage-way.      Having   satisfied   my   hunger,    I   made 
my  way  to  an  antique  shop  where  I  found  a  valuable 
old  fan.     I  had  long  been  seeking  an  object  of  art  of 
this  kind   and   I  succeeded  in  buying  it  very  cheap.  10 
I  had  it  packed  in  a  small  box  and  was  going  to  the 
nearest  tobacco  shop  to  have  it  weighed  so  as  to  send 
it  to  my  sister  by  mail.     While  thinking  of  how  kind 
the  shopkeeper's  wife  had  been  to  me,  I  was  crossing 
the  street  slowly  when  I  was  almost  run  over  by  a  15 
street  car.     I  got  a  terrible  scare  when  I  heard  the 
people  shout,  "Watch  out!" 

I  hope  my  sister  will  appreciate  the  fan  when  she 
receives  it  as  it  nearly  cost  me  my  life.  But  she  will 
never  be  able  to  handle  it  like  a  "Spanish  girl,  however  20 
much  she  tries  to  do  so.  The  tobacconist  said  that 
I  had  to  affix  70  centimos  in  stamps  as  postage  and 
25  centimos  for  registration. 

Afterwards  I  entered  a  hat  store  and  asked  for  a 
felt  hat  with  high  crown  and  broad  brim.  On  the  25 
clerk's  bringing  out  several  hats,  I  tried  them  all  on 
but  they  were  too  heavy.  Finally  I  came  across  a 
lighter  one  which  became  me  and  I  took  it 
after  bargaining  a  good  deal.  The  clerk  said  it  was 
worth  20  pesetas  but  when  I  asked  him  what  was  his  30 


84  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

lowest  price  he  consented  to  come  down  somewhat 
and  let  me  have  it  at  15  pesetas.  After  giving  him  my 
address,  I  told  him  to  wrap  up  the  old  one  and  send 
it  to  me  and  I  would  wear  the  new  one. 


XVII 

A.    EL  PALACIO  REAL;  PORCION  SAC  AD  A  DE 
LOS  APUNTES  DE  PEDRO 

En  lo  mas  alto  de  una  cuesta  a  orillas  del  rio 
Manzanares  esta  situado  el  palacio  de  los  reyes 
de  Espana.  En  tiempo  de  los  moros  se  encon- 
traba  aqui  un  alcazar  que  fue  tornado  mas  tarde 
por  los  cristianos  durante  la  Reconquista,  sirviendo  5 
como  real  sitio  para  los  monarcas  castellanos. 
Aqui  Felipe  II  mando  construir  un  palacio  im- 
ponente,  el  cual  fue  destruido  el  ano  1734  por 
un  incendio.  Felipe  V,  que  era  rey  en  aquella 
epoca,  hizo  que  cierto  Juvara  trazase  los  pianos  10 
de  un  nuevo  palacio.  Luego,  se  murio  Juvara, 
y  otro  italiano,  Giovanni  Sacchetti,  llevo  a  cabo 
en  los  afios  de  1738  a  1764  la  construccion 
actual. 

Segun  el  parecer  de  muchos  bien  entendidos  en  15 
cosas  por  el  estilo,  este  es  el  mas  imponente  y 
grandioso  de  los  palacios  reales  del  mundo.  Es 
un  cuadrado  cuyos  lados  miden  500  pies  de  largo. 
Tiene  seis  pisos.  Es  todo  granito  con  quiciales, 
pilastras  y  adornos  de  piedra  de  Colmenar.  Por  20 
dentro  hay  un  patio  principal,  tambien  cuadrado, 
con  lados  de  145  pies  de  longitud.     Hasta  el  ano 

85 


86^  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

de   1808  ya  habia  costado  unos    75    millones  de 
pesetas  y  todavia  no  esta  acabado. 

La  entrada  principal  esta  en  la  fachada  del  sur 
que  da  a  la  Plaza  de  Armas.  Encima  de  esta 
5  entrada  se  hallan  las  habitaciones  de  gala,  com- 
prendiendo  el  Salon  del  Trono,  llamado  tambien 
el  Salon  de  Embajadores,  la  Camara  de  Recep- 
ciones,  la  Camara  de  Gasparini  y  otras. 

Si  estan   SS.  MM.,  no  se   admite   al  publico   a 

10  visitar  estas  salas  ni  tampoco  otras.  Pero  estando 
fuera  los  reyes,  es  decir,  cuando  estan  ausentes,  se 
puede  conseguir  permiso  para  ver  toda  la  parte 
publica  del  edificio.  Aun  en  ese  caso  tuvimos  que 
obtener  la  recomendacion  del  Embajador  de  los 

15  EE.  UU.  antes  de  poder  alcanzar  nuestros  deseos 
de  contemplar  los  lugares  en  donde  se  domicilia 
el  poder  real.  Pero  al  presentarla  en  la  Inten- 
dencia  General  se  nos  atendio  debidamente,  dan- 
donos  de  guias  dos  criados  muy  inteligentes  quienes 

20  nos  lo  explicaron  todo  a  maravilla. 

El  Salon  del  Trono  es  como  debe  ser,  grande, 
rico,  resplandeciente,  soberbio.  El  de  Gasparini 
es  una  verdadera  joya.  Nos  dijo  el  guardia  que 
estaba  alii  de  servicio  que  se  pasaron  32  aiios  en 

25  la  fabricacion  de  las  colgaduras  de  las  paredes, 
todas  bordadas  a  mano.  El  comedor  de  gala 
parece  que  es  mas  grande  que  ninguna  otra  sala. 
De  mucho  merito  son  los  jarrones  antiguos  que  se 


EL  PALACIO  REAL  87 

ven  en  todos  los  lados  de  la  sala  y  las  arafias  son 
de  un  arte  irreprochable. 

Cada  peldano  de  la  escalera  principal  consiste 
en  una  sola  laja  de  marmol  bianco.  Al  pie  de  ella 
paro  Napoleon,  al  tomar  posesion  del  palacio  en  5 
el  ano  1808  para  su  hermano  Jose,  puso  la  mano 
sobre  uno  de  los  leones  de  marmol  bianco  y  dijo: 
—  Al  fin  la  tengo,  esta  Espana  tan  deseada.  —  Y 
volviendose  a  su  hermano  exclamo:  Aqui  estas 
mejor  alojado  que  yo.  —  Pero  no  fue  de  muchaio 
duracion  la  estancia  de  "Pepe  Botellas",  como  le 
motejaron  los  madrilenos. 

Se  ha  transmitido  la  tradicion  poco  verosimil 
que  al  arquitecto  que  construyo  este  edificio  le 
cortaron  los  brazos  y  le  sacaron  los  ojos   a   fin  15 
de  que  no  pudiera  edificar  otro  palacio  igual   a 
este. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Poco  used   as  a  negative  modifier  of  an  adjective   (poco 
verosimil)  .     Prepare  to  give  synopsis  of  construir  44. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

Uevar  a  cabo  permiso  para 

bien  entendido  en  estar  de  servicio 

por  el  estilo  bordado  a  mano 

por  dentro  conseguir 

si  estan  SS.  MM.  obtener 

es  decir  alcanzar 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Trabajo  oral.  a.  Saquense  del  texto  todos  los 
verbos  que  cambian  la  vocal  del  radical.  Dense  de 
dichos  verbos  las  siguientes  formas;  el  gerundio,  el 
presente  de  indicativo,  el  presente  de  subjuntivo,  el 
5  preterito  de  indicativo.  b.  Formense  frases  originales 
en  que  se  usen  todas  las  locuciones  arriba  citadas. 

Traduccion.  The  three  young  men  obtained  per- 
mission yesterday  to  visit  the  Royal  Palace  of  Madrid. 
Their  Majesties  are  now  away  and  the  public  is  ad- 

lo  mitted  in  that  case  to  visit  the  gala  rooms  of  the 
palace.  First,  however,  they  had  to  secure  a  letter  of 
recommendation  from  the  United  States  Ambassador. 
When  they  presented  this  in  the  superintendent's 
office  they  were  properly  looked  after  and  two  attend- 

15  ants  accompanied  them,  explaining  everything  to 
them  in  a  fine  way. 

So  beautiful  is  this  palace  that,  in  the  opinion  of 
many,  there  is  no  other  in  the  world  equal  to  it.  Those 
who  are  well  versed  in  things  of  this   kind    say  that 

20  PhiHp  V  had  this  palace  built  by  the  Italian  architects 
Juvara  and  Sachetti  who  made  the  present  structure 
habitable  in  1764,  although  it  may  be  said  that  even 
yet  it  is  not  finished.  It  stands  on  the  top  of  a  hill 
on  the  bank  of  the  Manzanares  river  on  the  site  of 

25  the  ancient  Moorish  alcazar  which  the  Christians  took 
during  the  Reconquest  and  which  the  Castilian  mon- 
archs  used  as  their  royal  seat.  Later  Philip  II  had  a 
new  palace  built  there  but  fire  destroyed  that  one  in 


EL  PALACIO   REAL  89 

1734.     Thus  it  is  evident  that  this  is  the  third  royal 
palace  which  has  been  erected  there. 

Each   side  of  this  huge,   square  building  measures 
500  feet  in  length.    Inside  there  is  a  great  square  court- 
yard and  to  the  south  is  the  famous  Plaza  de  Armas.   5 
The  structure  is  almost  entirely  of  granite  with  door- 
jambs  and  columns  of  Colmenar  stone. 

The  gala  rooms  are  superb.  There  should  be  men- 
tioned the  throne  room,  the  state  dining  room  and  the 
Gasparini  chamber.  They  are  all  resplendent  and  10 
rich.  Of  course  the  royal  family  does  not  reside  in 
these  rooms.  Visitors  are  nevet  admitted  to  the 
apartments  of  the  king  and  queen.  The  ancient 
vases  of  great  size,  the  chandeliers,  the  hangings  and 
the  adornments  are  of  great  artistic  merit.  '     15 

Tradition  says  that  Napoleon  remarked  when  he 
took  possession  of  this  palace  in  1808:  *'At  last  I 
possess  this  land  of  Spain  I  have  so  much  desired." 
Then  he  turned  to  his  brohter  Joseph,  later  nicknamed 
'*Joe  Bottles"  by  the  Madrilenians,  and  said:  *'You  20 
are  better  lodged  here  than  I."  But  Joseph  did  not 
stay  long  and  Napoleon  did  not  often  go  up  this  main 
stairway  which  has  a  single  slab  of  marble  for  each 
step.  Tradition  also  says,  although  the  story  is  not 
at  all  probable,  that  the  architect  who  built  this  25 
palace  had  his  arms  cut  off  and  his  eyes  removed  so 
that  no  other  structure  could  be  built  by  him. 


90         ELEMENTARY   SPANISH   PROSE   BOOK 


Madrid:  El  Teatro  Espanol 


XVIII 

A.    DIVERSIONES  DE  LOS  ESPANOLES 

Pregunta  Miguel  una  tarde:  —  dQue  hacemos 
esta  noche  para  recrearnos,  don  Ricardo?  —  Pues, 
alia  veremos.  Por  lo  que  a  mi  me  toca,  me  quedo 
en  casa  para  agasajar  a  unos  contertulianos  mios. 
—  Por  lo  visto,  Vd.  tiene  tertulia  esta  noche.  —  Si;  5 
los  tertulianos  somos  siete  u  ocho  y  nos  reunimos 
de  vez  en  cuando  por  las  noches  para  hablar  de 
varias  cosas.  Nos  divertimos  charlando,  aunque 
muchos  extranjeros  llaman  a  los  espanoles  callados 
o  poco  locuaces.  Pero  una  vez  reunida  la  tertulia  10 
y  soltada  la  lengua,  cada  uno  se  echa  a  hablar  a 
tontas  y  a  locas.  Oiry  ver  y  collar  es  un  proverbio 
util,  pero  entre  amigos  lo  es  tambien  el  otro  que 
dice:   A  palabras  locas ^  orejas  sordas, 

(iVan  Vds.  al  teatro?  — No;  fuimos  anoche  al  15 
Apolo  a  ver  la  segunda  de  las  cuatro  comedias  que 
se  representaban  alii.  Estaba  atestado  y  habia 
muy  pocas  localidades  disponibles  para  la  segunda 
tanda;  asi  es  que  tuvimos  que  meternos  en  el 
paraiso.  —  Si;  estos  teatros  que  dan  funciones  20 
por  horas  son  siempre  muy  concurridos  mientras 
que  la  asistencia  al  Teatro  Espaiiol  o  al  Lirico,  es 
poca  muchas  veces  cuando  ponen  obras  de  Lope 

91 


92  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

de  Vega,  Calderon  o  Zorrilla.  Y  ahora  el  "cine" 
es  un  factor  innegable  en  los  asuntos  teatrales. 
A  mi  no  me  atraen  los  "cines".  Vale  muchisimo 
la  voz  humana  en  la  interpretacion  de  un  papel. 

siDigo  algo?  — Si,  mucho,  don  Ricardo.  Vd.  da 
en  el  bianco  con  su  acostumbrado  acierto.  Ma- 
riana habra  corrida,  iverdad?  — Si,  y  sera  una 
muy  buena.  Van  a  luchar  Gaona,  Joselito  y 
Bombita.     Da  gloria  ver  torear  a  esos  diestros. 

loHay  que  verlos.     — jDonde  esta   Pedro?     Hele 

por  aqui.     Mire,  Jno  vamos  a  los  toros  manana? 

—  Por  supuesto.     Salgamos  a  comprar  los  billetes 

en  la  oficina  de  la  empresa,  calle  de  la  Victoria. 

Toman  dos  asientos,  sombra,  tendidos,  y  al  dia 

IS  siguiente  se  dirigen  a  la  Plaza  de  Toros.  Prin- 
cipia  la  fiesta  a  las  cuatro  y  medio  en  punto  y 
llegan  los  americanos  a  las  tres  para  ver  entrar  a 
la  gente.  Visitan  primero  las  caballerizas,  la 
capilla  donde  rezan  los  toreros  y  el  redondel.     Al 

2osentarse  ven  que  hay  un  lleno  y  oyen  sonar  el 
clarin  en  seiial  de  haber  comenzado  la  corrida. 
Salen  a  caballo  los  alguaciles  y  saludan  al  presi- 
dente;  despues  desfila  la  procesion  de  las  tres 
cuadrillas,  estando  en  primera  fila  los  tres  mata- 

25dores  seguidos  de  sus  respectivos  banderilleros  y 
picadores.  Es  un  magnifico  espectaculo  de  colores 
vivos.  Toman  sus  puestos  los  de  una  de  las  cua- 
drillas, suena  el  clarin  y  se  agolpa  con  furia  al 


DIVERSIONES  DE  LOS  ESPANOLES  93 

redondel.un  toro  bravo.  Primero  ocurre  la  suerte 
de  varas  €n  que  el  toro  embiste  y  mata  a  los  pobres 
caballos  que  montan  los  picadores.  Esto  —  dice 
un  viejo  aficionado  —  es  lo  feo.  Y  no  quiero 
mirarlo.  5 

Sigue  la  suerte  de  banderillas  en  que  ponen  los 
banderilleros  en  la  nuca  del  toro  tres  pares  de 
banderillas  o  palos  cortos  armados  con  puas.  Eso 
requiere  suma  agilidad  y  destreza.  Finalmente 
sale  el  matador  a  dar  la  ultima  mano,  es  decir,  a  10 
matar  el  toro  con  la  espada  que  lleva.  Esto  lo  hace 
despues  de  mucho  maniobrar,  clavando  el  estoque 
en  el  morrillo  entre  las  espaldillas  del  bicho  cuando 
esta  este  en  la  posicion  debida.  Cae  el  toro  con 
el  corazon  atravesado  por  la  espada.  El  diestrois 
recibe  muchas  palmas  y  da  la  vuelta  al  redondel, 
devolviendo  a  los  concurrentes  entusiasmados  los 
sombreros,  bastones  y  otras  prendas  que  le  arrojan 
sus  admiradores. 

Esto  se  repite  hasta  que  cada  uno  de  los  tres  20 
toreros  haya  matado  dos  toros.  A  mi  me  dis- 
gusta,  —  dice  Miguel  —  y  me  siento  enfermo. 
Vamonos.  —  Es  verdad  que  este  deporte  no  se 
permitiria  en  los  Estados  Unidos,  —  advierte 
Pedro,  —  pero  a  cada  nacion  hay  que  concederle  25 
el  privilegio  de  divertirse  a  su  gusto.  Otra  gente, 
otra  vida.  Por  donde  fueres^  haz  como  vieres. 
Este  recreo  me  entristece  y  me  fascina.     iQue  des- 


94  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

treza!     iQue  agilidad  y  atrevimiento !    Tengo  que 
volver  a  ver  eso. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

U  used  for  o  (siete  u  ocho) .     Prepare  to  give  synop- 
sis of  dar  4. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

alld  veremos  dar  gloria 

por  lo  que  a  mi  me  toca  hay  un  lleno 

por  lo  visto  dar  la  ultima  mano 

hablar  a  tontas  y  a  locas  dar  la  vuelta  a 

ddigo  algo?  agolparse  a 
dar  en  el  bianco 

B 

Deberes  orales.  a.  Pongase  el  verbo  subrayado  en 
la  forma  conveniente  de  subjuntivo.  Expliquese  el 
5  uso  del  subjuntivo  en  cada  frase.  i.  Me  quede  hasta 
que  morir  dos  toros.  2.  A  fin  de  que  Vd.  lo  oir,  sone  el 
clarin.  3.  Yo  ire  con  Vd.  con  tal  que  comprar  Vd.  los 
billetes.  4.  Entre  en  el  redondel  sin  que  los  otros  me 
ver.    5.  Me  dice  que  me  jr.      6.  No  vamos  a  los  toros 

10  a  menos  que  torear  Gaona.  7.  Ensefieme  Vd.  un 
sombrero  que  me  sentar  bien.  b.  Escribase  una 
sinopsis  del  verbo  dar  en  todos  los  tiempos  de  los 
modos  indicativo  y  subjuntivo,  empleando  la  tercera 
persona  del  plural. 

15  Para  expresar  en  buen  espaiiol.  Our  circle  of  friends 
met  last  night  at  don  Ricardo's.  We  had  a  good  time 
chatting  about  many  things.    The  members  are  usually 


DIVERSIONES  DE  LOS  ESPANOLES  95 

very  silent  and  seem  always  to  recall  the  proverb, 
"Hear,  see,  be  silent."  Don  Ricardo  entertained  his 
fellow  members  and  when  all  had  arrived,  their  tongues 
were  loosened  and  soon  they  were  talking  without 
rhyme  or  reason.  Then  don  Ricardo  cited  the  proverb,  5 
"To  foolish  words  give  a  deaf  ear,"  thus  hitting  the 
mark  with  his  accustomed  skill. 

Later  in  the  evening  we  all  went  to  a  moving-picture 
theatre  to  see  the  last  section.  The  films  were  very 
good  and  the  attendance  large.  In  Spain,  as  in  other  10 
parts  of  the  world,  the  moving  picture  is  an  undeniable 
factor  in  theatrical  matters,  ajthough  those  theaters 
which  give  performances  by  the  hour  of  comedies  in 
which  the  human  voice  is  heard  are  usually  well  at- 
tended and  it  is  often  difficult  to  secure  seats  in  them.  15 
When  a  theater  is  full,  one  cannot  even  get  into  the 
top  gallery.  It  seems  that  many  people  like  to  hear 
as  well  as  see  the  interpretation  of  a  role.  Therefore 
they  prefer  the  theater  to  the  moving-picture  house. 

There  was  a  bull-fight  yesterday  and  don  Ricardo  20 
said  we  should  see  it  as  the  best  fighters  in  Spain  were 
going  to  fight.  We  got  our  seats  at  the  office  of  the 
management  and  made  our  way  to  the  bull-ring, 
reaching  there  an  hour  before  the  entertainment  began. 
We  visited  the  arena,  the  chapel  and  the  stables  and  25 
were  taking  our  seats  in  the  tendidos  when  the  con- 
stables came  out  and  saluted  the  president.  The 
procession  of  the  teams  was  a  fine  sight,  all  the  fighters 
wearing  gay-colored  dress. 

There  are  three  events  in  the  killing  of  each  bull  .-30 


96  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH   PROSE   BOOK 

that  of  the  pikes,  that  of  the  darts  and  that  of  the 
rapier.  In  the  first  the  bull  rushes  into  the  ring  and 
attacks  the  poor  horses  which  the  picadors  ride.  In 
the  second  the  dart-throwers  plant  with  great  agility 
5  and  skill  three  pairs  of  darts  in  the  bull's  neck.  In  the 
third  the  matador  drives  the  rapier  between  the 
shoulder-blades  of  the  animal  who  falls  with  his  heart 
transfixed  by  the  sword.  Yesterday  Joselito  finished 
off  his  two  bulls  with  so  much  skill  that  he  had  to  make 

lo  the  circuit  of  the  arena  and  return  to  the  enthusiastic 

admirers  the  cigars  and  hats  which  they  threw  to  him. 

As  we  left  the  bull-ring,  I  felt  ill  and  told  John  that 

the  sport  displeased  me  greatly  and  that  we  would  not 

permit  it  in  our  country.     "No",  he  replied.     "But 

15  perhaps  there  are  things  in  American  life  that  would 
displease  the  Spaniards  as  much  as  their  bull-fights 
displease  us.  We  must  grant  them  the  privilege  of 
amusing  themselves  to  their  own  taste.  But  as  for 
me,  I  am  going  to  see  other  bull-fights.    They  fascinate 

20  me  as  well  as  sadden  me.  The  death  of  the  horses 
is  the  most  unpleasant  part  of  it. 


XIX 

A.    LOSPINTORES  DE  ESPANA;  APUNTES  DE 
MIGUEL 

Anteayer  fui  con  Pedro  a  visitar  la  gran  pina- 
coteca  o  galeria  de  pinturas  de  Madrid,  denomi- 
nada  el  Museo  del  Prado.  Pasamos  por  el  her- 
moso  Salon  del  Prado  entre  los  muchos  grupos  de 
niiieras  y  ninos,  ojeamos  un  rato  el  obelisco  del  5 
Dos  de  Mayo  conmeitiprando  a  los  heroes  que 
atacaron  en  balde  a  los  invasores  Franceses  en 
1808,  vimos  con  interes  en  la  calle  de  Felipe  IV  el 
edificio  ocupado  por  la  Real  Academia  Espanola 
y  subimos  por  la  graderia  del  famoso  museo.  10 

Nos  dirigimos  sin  demora  al  salon  de  Velazquez, 
el  maestro  sobresaliente  de  la  pintura  espanola  y 
llamado  uno  de  los  pintores  mas  afamados  de  todas 
las  epocas  y  de  todas  las  naciones.  Hay  reunidas 
aqui  Unas  60  de  las  obras  maestras  de  este  sevillano  15 
Diego  de  Silva  y  Velazquez  (murio  en  1660),  tal 
vez  la  mejor  coleccion  del  mundo  de  los  cuadros 
de  un  solo  artista.  Nos  sumergimos  en  la  con- 
templacion  de  Las  Hilanderas,  Don  Baltasar,  La 
Rendicion  de  Breda,  El  Duque  de  Olivares,  Los  20 
Borrachos  y  Las  Meninas  (este  ultimo  apellidado 
el  cuadrc  mas  maravilloso  del  mundo)  y  otros  mu- 

97 


98         ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Photograph  by  Franzen,  Madrid 

SOROLLA 


LOS  PINTORES   DE  ESPANA  99 

chos.  No  era  de  maravillarse  —  nos  dijimos  — 
que  el  pintor  italiano,  Luca  Giordano,  lleno  de 
arrobamiento,  exclamase  al  rey  Carlos  II:  — 
Senor,  esto  es  la  teologia  de  la  pintura.  Me 
acorde  tambien  de  haber  leido  que  la  actrizs 
italiana,  Eleanora  Duse,  cuando  estaba  en  Madrid 
solia  pasar  horas  tras  horas  abismada  ante  Las 
Meninas  y  que  una  vez  aturdio  a  uno  de  los  em- 
pleados,  arrojandose  sobre  el  y  gritando:  —  jEso 
es  un  teatro  real!  lo 

La  fuerza  caracteristica  de  los  espanoles  parece 
que  es  el  individualismo,  y  domina  en  Velazquez 
esta  calidad,  junto  con  el  naturalismo,  lo  mismo 
que  en  Cervantes. 

Entre  otros  grandes  pintores  de  Espana  de  pri-15 
mera  categoria  sobresalen  Murillo  (f.  1682),  tam- 
bien sevillano  versatil  y  reputado  por  sus  cuadros 
figurando  a  la  Virgen  y  por  los  de  ninos  mendi- 
cantes;   Zurbaran  (f.  1661),  extremeno  religioso  y 
realista   poderoso;     Ribera    (f.    1656),   valenciano2o 
realista  y  dramatico  quien  representa  con  suma 
destreza  lo  esencial  de  lo  espanol;    Theotocopuli 
llamado  El  Greco  (f.  1625),  un  toledano  de  origen 
griego,  bastante  limitado  por  sus  amaneramientos; 
Goya  (f.    1828),  vivo,   energico,  pintor  moderno25 
de  la  vida   diaria  y   escenas  tipicas  de   Espaiia. 
De  casi  todos  estos  vimos  obras   mas   o  menos 
numerosas  en  el   Prado  aunque  se  hallan  espar- 


lOO  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

cidas    por  todas   las    partes    del   mundo    las   de 
Murillo  y  otros. 

Hoy  dia  los  mas  renombrados  pintores  son  el 
vascongado  Ignacio  Zuloaga  (nacio  1870)  y  el 
5  valenciano  Joaquin  Sorolla  y  Bastida  (nacio  1863). 
Del  primero  dice  un  critico  italiano:  —  *'Mientras 
titubean  los  artistas  que  nada  tienen  que  decirnos, 
Ignacio  Zuloaga  avanza,  confiando  en  sus  propias 
fuerzas,  por  el  camino  que  se  trazo.     Ha  sabido 

loprescindir  del  tiempo  en  que  vive  para  realizar 
en  su  arte  algo  absoluto:  la  verdad  del  propio 
mundo  interior."  Pero  a  mi  me  gustan  mas  las 
obras  de  Sorolla,  profeta  de  la  luz  y  de  colores 
vivos  ya  sea  cogiendo  a  maravilla  los  reflejos  de 

IS  los  rayos  del  sol  sobre  la  arena  o  sea  entre  las  hojas 
de  los  naranjos  imprisionandolos  para  siempre  en 
sus  lienzos.  Sus  retratos  son  de  una  naturalidad 
y  expresion  inimitables.  Sorolla  posee  la  imagi- 
nacion  fogosa  y  alegre,  y  es  digno  representante 

20  de  la  nueva  Espaiia. 

Ayer,  en  contestacion  a  una  carta  que  enviamos 
a  Sorolla,  presentandonos  a  el,  recibimos  una 
invitacion  para  visitarle.  En  su  magnifico  pa- 
lacio  en  la  calle  de  Martinez  Campos  nos  recibio 

25  como  a  amigos  antiguos.    Vimos  sus  dos  estudios  y 

nos  deleitamos  mirando  sus  pasmosos  cuadros  col- 

gados  a  todos  lados,  mientras  nos  pedia  informes 

de  America  y   de  The  Hispanic  Society,  la  cual 


LOS  PINTORES  DE  ESPANA 


lOI 


dio  a  conocer  a  SoroUa,  entre  \o^  pQrteamericanos, 
por  medio  de  una  expo6,i,cipii :  dis' Jien'z?ds'  en  el 
Museo  Hispanico  de  Nueva  yo?:lc.*.*l:e; h^Mamos 
de  la  poderosa  atraccion  que  hxVteriSn  sCis  cuadros 
en  dicho  museo  y  en  el  Metropolitano  de  la  misma  5 
ciudad. 

Asi  hemos  pasado  dos  dias  valiendonos  de  las 
oportunidades  artisticas  que  hay  en  Madrid. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Spanish  family  names  (SoroUa  y  Bastida) Synopsis 

of  ir  9,  avanzar  34,  atacar  30. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 


denominar 

llamar 

apellidar 

decir 

no  es  de  maravillarse 

prescindir  de 


pedir  informes 
dar  a  conocer 
valerse  de 
abismado 
sumergido 
ensimismado 


B 

Trabajo   oral.      Palabras   espanolas   conteniendo   el 
mismo  radical,     Expliquese  en  espaiiol  el  significadoio 
de  cada  una  de  las  palabras  que  siguen. 


niiio 

heroe 

dia 

niiiera 

heroina 

diario 

ninez 

heroico 

diariamente 

nineria 

fama 

reunir 

aninado 

famoso 

reunion 

aninarse 

afamado 

union 

I02  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


ojo 

real 

reinante 

ojear 

rey 

pintar 

ojeada  .  ..-^ ./.  ^  . 

^    rejna 

pintor 

ojai     "    '    .    ' 

reinu 

pintura 

ojeroso 

reinar 
reinado 

pintoresco 

Traduccion.  You  do  not  know  how  entertaining 
it  is  to  visit  the  great  Prado  Museum  unless  you  have 
spent  several  hours  in  that  picture  gallery.  To  reach 
there  one  goes  through  the  Salon  del  Prado  where 
5  usually  may  be  seen  many  children  with  their  nurses. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  the  buildings  and  monuments 
in  this  part  of  Madrid  are  very  beautiful.  One  should 
mention  the  shaft  which  commemorates  the  Second 
of  May,  1808,  and  the  heroes  who  fell  while  attacking 

10  the  invading  soldiers  of  Napoleon;  the  building  which 
the  Royal  Spanish  Academy  occupies;  and  the  long 
building  of  the  Prado  Museum  where  are  housed  the 
best  paintings  of  Spain. 

One  mounts  the  steps,  enters  a  vestibule,  pays  a 

15  small  sum  to  the  employee  on  duty  and  soon  finds 
himself  in  a  long  hall  with  masterpieces  on  every 
hand.  Usually  tourists  make  their  way  at  once  to 
the  Velazquez  hall  where  may  be  studied  the  works 
of  this  leading  master  of  Spanish  painting.     There  are 

20  those  versed  in  artistic  matters  who  call  the  picture 
'*The  Maids  of  the  Court"  the  most  marvellous  paint- 
ing in  the  world.  One  may  see  the  portrait  of  Velazquez 
himself  in  this  picture.  **The  Drunkards",  ''The 
Spinners",  ''The  Surrender  of  Breda"  and  many  others 


LOS   PINTORES   DE  ESPANA  103 

delight  and  amaze  the  visitor.  No  wonder  the  two 
Italian  artists,  Giordano  the  painter  and  Duse  the 
actress,  although  they  lived  in  different  centuries, 
cried  aloud,  full  of  rapture,  on  seeing  these  paintings. 
''This  is  a  royal  theatre,"  exclaimed  the  latter  and  the  5 
former  cried,  ''This  is  the  theology  of  painting." 

The  works  of  great  Spanish  painters  are  scattered 
throughout  the  world.  The  most  famous  of  the  old 
masters  are  Velazquez,  the  naturalist;  Murillo,  versatile 
and  religious;  El  Greco,  very  religious  and  rather  10 
limited  by  his  mannerisms;  Ribera,  a  skilful  realist; 
Goya,  more  modern  and  lively,  and  Zurbaran,  a  power- 
ful realist. 

We  Americans  can  study  in  our  own  land  the  works 
of  the  two  greatest  modern  painters,  Sorolla  and  15 
Zuloaga,  the  former  a  Valencian  and  the  latter  a 
Basque.  The  paintings  of  these  two  artists  may  be 
seen  especially  in  the  Metropolitan  Museum  and  the 
Hispanic  Museum  of  New  York  City.  Mr.  Sorolla  is 
much  interested  in  all  that  refers  to  the  United  States,  20 
having  been  in  that  country  when  The  Hispanic 
Society  made  him  known  to  North  Americans  by  means 
of  an  exposition  of  his  pictures  in  1909.  He  gladly 
receives  like  old  friends  in  his  fine  residence  in  Madrid 
those  Americans  who  have  letters  of  introduction  to  25 
him.  He  has  two  large  studios  in  which  are  hung 
some  of  his  wonderful  canvases.  His  portraits  of 
Galdos  and  of  the  King  and  Queen  of  Spain,  which  may 
be  seen  in  the  Hispanic  Museum,  are  of  an  inimitable 
naturalness  of  expression.     Some  have  called  him  the  30 


I04  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

prophet  of  light  and  bright  colors  because  he  catches 
and  imprisons  in  his  canvases  the  reflections  of  the 
sunbeams  upon  the  sand  or  among  the  leaves  of  the 
orange  trees.  He  is  of  fiery  imagination,  a  skilled  and 
5  worthy  representative  of  the  art  of  modern  Spain. 
Zuloaga  transmits  the  traditions  of  the  ancient  Spanish 
painters  and  never  wavers  in  what  he  has  to  tell  us. 
He  trusts  in  his  own  strength  and  knows  how  to  get 
out  of  the  time  in  which  he  lives  and  to  represent  the 
lo  truth  of  the  very  inner  world. 

These  masters  advance  on  the  way  that  they  have 
marked  out  for  themselves  and  their  works  have  a 
powerful  attraction  for  those  who  like  paintings. 


XX 
A.   EN  UNA  CASA  DE  COMERCIO  MADRILENA 

Don  Ricardo,  quisieramos  visitar  alguna  em- 
presa  mercantil  de  Madrid  para  enterarnos  de  la 
manera  en  que  se  hacen  los  negocios  aqui.  iTen- 
dria  Vd.  la  amabilidad  de  darnos  una  carta  de 
presentacion  para  un  comerciante  que  conozca?5 
—  Tendre  gran  placer  en  darsela.  Tengo  un 
cunado  que  esta  de  gerente  y  socio  comanditario 
en  una  casa  que  lleva  la  razon  social  de  Artigas  e 
Hijos.  Esta  se  dedica  al  por  mayor  y  vende  ar- 
ticulos  coloniales.  La  clientela  es  muy  numerosa  lo 
y  la  casa  abastece  a  muchos  de  los  detallistas  de 
Madrid  y  otras  poblaciones,  siendo  nombrada 
tambien  proveedora  de  la  familia  real.  Esta  mi 
cunado  muy  abismado  en  su  negocio,  creyendo, 
segun  el  refran,  que  quien  tiene  tienda  que  atienda;  15 
y  si  no,  que  la  venda,  —  Pero  debe  de  estar  ocu- 
padisimo.  —  Y  i que?  —  Que  no  queremos  mo- 
lestarle  a  el.  —  Nada.  Se  complace  sobremanera 
en  mostrar  a  los  interesados  su  establecimiento. 
Empezo  de  muchacho  sin  un  cuarto  hace  muchos  20 
alios  y  esta  para  retirarse.    Voy  a  preparar  la  carta. 

Celebro  la  ocasion  de  conocer  a  Vds.,  caballeros. 
Yo  he  oido  hablar  de  Vds.  a  don  Ricardo.     Me 

105 


lo6  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

pongo  por  completo  a  la  disposicion  de  Vds. 
—  Gracias.  Ya  se  ve  que  Vd.  tiene  un  personal 
muy  numeroso.  —  Si;  hay  unos  cuatro  tene- 
dores  de  libros,  cinco  mecanografos,  tres  corres- 
5  ponsales  que  dominan  todas  las  lenguas  modernas, 
un  cajero,  unos  catorce  dependientes  y  seis  via- 
jantes  o  comisionistas.  En  los  almacenes  hay 
veinte  y  pico  de  obreros  y  mozos  y  tantos  son  los 
pedidos  que  se  nos  hacen  que  todavia  nos  faltan  a 

loveces  dependientes  para  servirlos  con  prontitud. 
En  este  momento  no  son  muy  activos  los  negocios 
por  causa  de  una  huelga  que  ha  estallado  entre  los 
carreteros,  la  que  imposibilita  el  transporte  de 
mercancias  desde  el  ferrocarril  a  nuestro  almacen. 

15  Pero  creo  que  volveran  maiiana  los  huelguistas  a 
su  trabajo.  Estan  en  via  de  arreglarse  las  con- 
diciones  de  trabajo  que  piden.  Como  ya  han 
reparado  Vds.,.llevamos  un  surtido  grandisimo  de 
ultramarinos.  — ^*  En  que  consiste?  — En  frutas  de 

20  una  infinidad  de  generos  de  ultramar,  de  Africa, 

Asia  y  America  del  Sur,  nueces,  tes,  cafes,  especias, 

mantequilla  danesa,conservas  alimenticias,  quesos, 

arenque  ahumado,  carne  y  pescado  en  latas,  etc. 

—  iCuales  son  las  condiciones  bajo  las  cuales 

25  expiden  Vds.  sus  efectos.?  —  Por  lo  comun,  desde 
ocho  hasta  sesenta  dias  fecha.  Cuando  vence  una 
factura  giramos  contra  los  compradores  por  la 
suma  debida.     Acompaiiamos  con  los  envios  la 


EN  UNA   CASA  DE   COMERCIO  MADRILENA     107 

factura  y  si  son  para  el  extranjero  remitimos  a  la 
vez  conocimiento  de  embarque.  Para  su  reem- 
bolso  los  que  nos  venden  mercaderias  libran  di- 
rectamente  sobre  nosotros.  Preferimos  pagar  al 
contado  cuando  sea  posible.  — iComo  llevan  5 
Vds.  sus  libros  de  contabilidad?  — Siempre  por 
partida  doble.  La  ley  exige  que  conservemos  por 
cierto  tiempo  estos  libros  y  que  a  cada  hoja  de  ellos 
se  pegue  un  sello.  Lo  mismo  pasa  con  los  recibos 
los  cuales,  para  que  tengan  valor,  deben  llevario 
ademas  de  la  firma  del  acreedor  un  timbre.  Los 
pagares  y  los  cheques  van  igualmente  escritos  en 
papel  timbrado,  y  para  poner  un  telegrama  es  pre- 
ciso  pagar  una  tasa  por  medio  de  un  sello.  Se 
pone  en  claro  que  hay  mucho  mas  expedienteo  aqui  15 
en  los  negocios  que  en  los  Estados  Unidos.  —  Asi 
lo  parece.  jHay  muchas  fundiciones  o  fabricas 
de  tejidos  en  Madrid?  — Muy  pocas.  Esas  las 
encontraran  Vds.  en  Bilbaoy  mas  particularmente 
en  Barcelona  que  es  el  centro  del  comercio  de2o 
Espana. 

Al  salir  los  jovenes  del  almacen  son  las  doce  en 
punto  y  Pedro  pregunta:  —  d'Que  hora  sera  ac- 
tualmente  en  Nueva  York?  — Son  ahora  las 
siete  y  cuatro  minutos  de  la  maiiana  segun  lo  que  25 
lei  anoche  en  un  almanaque  de  bolsillo,  —  replica 
Miguel.  —  Y  yo  no  veo  la  hora  de  comer  —  dijo 
Pedro  bromeando. 


Io8  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE    BOOK 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Use  of  the  imperfect  subjunctive  instead  of  the  conditional 

(quisieramos) Use  of  different  tenses  of  debar,  deber  de 

(debe    de    estar) Pleonastic   que    (que   no   queremos 

molestarle) Synopsis  of  veneer  35,  estar  6,  tener  17. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

enterarse  de  servir  un  pedido 

y  d  que  ?  estar  en  via  de 

complacerse  en  librar  sobre 

sin  un  cuarto  poner  un  telegrama 

estar  para  las  doce  en  punto 

dominar  una  lengua  no  ver  la  hora  de 

veinte  y  pico  al  por  mayor. 
B 

Deberes  verbales.  Para  cada  una  de  las  palabras 
que  siguen,  dese  una  o  dos  palabras  inglesas  que 
tengan  la  misma  etimologia:  negocio,  amabilidad, 
socio,  dedicar,  vender,  poblacion,  familia,  refran, 
5  atender,  deber,  molestar,  mostrar,  establecimiento, 
conocer,  corresponsales,  dependientes,  cajero,  pedido, 
prontitud,  transportar,  infinidad,  expedir,  ley,  sello, 
recibo,  acreedor,  valor,  tasa,  fabrica. 
Traduccion.     We  had  often  heard  cited  the  saying, 

10  "Let  him  who  owns  a  shop  either  give  it  his  attention 
or  sell  it",  and  we  wished  to  find  out  about  the  way 
Spaniards  give  attention  to  their  business.  Therefore 
we  asked  Mr.  Ramirez,  an  acquaintance  of  ours,  to 
give  us  a  letter  of  introduction  to  some  manager  of  a 

15  mercantile  enterprise  whom  he  might  know.  He  said 
he  would  take  great  pleasure  in  giving  it  to  us.  On 
receiving  the  letter  he  was  kind  enough  to  prepare  for 


EN  UNA   CASA  DE  COMERCIO  MADRILENA      109 

US,  we  noted  that  it  was  directed  to  a  certain  Mr. 
Artigas  y  Marin,  a  silent  partner  of  the  firm  of  Conde 
Brothers.  This  house  had  been  selHng  overseas  prod- 
ucts for  many  years  at  wholesale  and  had  been  ap- 
pointed purveyor  to  the  royal  household.  5 

A  strike  having  broken  out  among  the  employees 
of  the  street-car  line,  we  had  to  hire  a  cab  and  have 
oufselves  taken  to  the  warehouse  where  Mr.  Artigas 
was  awaiting  our  arrival.  There  were  so  many  strikers 
in  Alcala  Street  that  they  blocked  the  traffic.  Truck  10 
drivers  and  coachmen  had  to  return  to  the  Puerta 
del  Sol  and  leave  that  plaza  by  means  of  other  streets. 
Although  we  arrived  late,  Mr.  Artigas  said  that  he  was 
glad  to  meet  us  and  that  he  placed  himself  entirely 
at  our  service.  "But  you  must  be  very  busy,"  we  15 
remarked.  "And  what  of  that  ?"  he  replied.  "We  do 
not  wish  to  trouble  you.''  "Not  at  all.  I  shall  be 
delighted  beyond  measure  to  show  you  our  establish- 
ment." 

It  was  evident  that  they  carried  a  very  large  stock  of  20 
overseas  goods  such  as  canned  beef,  fish  and  fruit,  also 
teas,  coffees,  spices,  cheeses,  nuts,  butter,  and  so  forth. 
The  office  staff  was  large,  for  there  were  thirty-odd 
clerks,  typists,  bookkeepers,  cashiers,  correspondents 
and  traveling  salesmen.  At  that  time  business  was  25 
very  brisk  and  they  needed  workmen  who  could  help 
in  filling  promptly  the  many  orders  which  were  given 
to  the  clerks. 

They  carried  on  their  accounting  system  by  double 
entry  and  had  to  pay  a  tax  by  affixing  a  stamp  to  every  30 


no  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

page  of  their  account  books,  to  receipts,  checks  and 
notes  as  well  as  to  all  telegrams  that  they  might  send. 
This  the  law  required.  We  did  not  like  so  much  red- 
tape.  They  sent  a  bill  of  lading  with  each  shipment, 
5  drew  directly  upon  purchasers  who  did  not  pay  cash  and 
on  sending  goods  abroad  they  sold  them  under  the 
conditions  of  60  days  from  date.  When  a  bill  of  goods 
fell  due,  they  drew  upon  the  customer  at  sight  for  the 
amount  due,  if  he  had    not   paid   it.      Many   of  the 

10  clerks  were  masters  of  several  modern  languages. 

We  took  leave  of  Mr.  Artigas  at  six  o'clock  sharp 
in  the  afternoon  and  I  asked  Peter  what  time  it  probab- 
ly was  then  in  New  York.  He  consulted  a  pocket 
almanac  and  said  that  it  was  four  minutes  after  one 

E5  in  the  afternoon  in  New  York.  But  he  said  he  didn't 
care  what  time  it  was  since  he  was  anxious  to  have 
dinner. 


XXI 

A.    EN  SEGOVIA  Y  LA  GRANJA 

Despues  de  haber  visto  las  mayores  curiosidades 
de  Madrid,  la  Armeria  Real,  el  Museo  de  Arte 
Moderno,  el  Senado,  el  Palacio  del  Congreso,  el 
Ayuntamiento,  el  Parque  de  Buen  Retire,  la 
Biblioteca  nacional,  la  iglesia  de  San  Francisco  el  5 
Grande  y  el  Hipodromo,  recurrieron  los  america- 
nos  a  las  ciudades  cercanas,  haciendo  excursiones 
a  Segovia,  La  Granja,  El  Escorial,  El  Pardo, 
Alcala  de  Henares,  Toledo  y  Aranjuez.  De 
Madrid  a  Segovia  hay  63  millas  y  se  emplean  10 
tres  horas  en  el  viaje.  Palpitando  y  dando 
bufidos,  la  locomotora  tiro  del  tren  cuesta  arriba 
hasta  llegar  a  Segovia  a  una  altura  de  3250  pies. 

Es  muy  vistosa  la  situacion  de  Segovia  en  una 
de  esas  mesetas  asoleadas  de  Castilla  la  Vieja.  Se  15 
la  tuvo  como  plaza  fuerte  durante  la  Edad  Media; 
pero  esta  durmiendo  ahora  en  su  eminencia  en 
medio  del  silencio  y  del  sol  que  la  inunda.  Poca 
es  la  animacion  de  sus  calles,  y  contados  son  los 
paseantes.  Aunque  cuenta  unas  15,000  almas,  20 
hay  pocas  industrias;  solo  la  guarnicion  de  sol- 
dados  impide  que  parezca  una  ciudad  muerta. 
No  obstante  de  eso,  le  cae  a  uno  en  gracia  por 


112 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


EN  SEGOVIA  Y  LA  GRANJA  1 13 

causa  de  su  misma  sonolencia  y  monumentos  an- 
tiguos.  El  acueducto,  nombrado  popularmente 
el  Puente,  fue  construido  hace  unos  1800  afios  por 
los  romanos.  Pasa  por  el  centre  del  mercado  y 
aun  provee  de  agua  a  los  habitantes.  Sus  119  5 
arcos  son  de  granito  y  las  piedras  carecen  de 
mortero  u  hormigon  para  allegarlas.  Quizas  sea 
el  Alcazar,  situado  en  una  roca  escarpada,  el 
mejor  ejemplo  existente  de  un  antiguo  Castillo 
espanol.  Aqui  residieron  en  otro  tiempo  los  10 
Reyes  Catolicos.  Alfonso  el  Sabio  (f.  1284)  tenia 
aqui  su  corte  y  hace  seis  siglos  que  elevo  a  su  era 
de  gloria  la  vida  segoviana.  La  catedral,  de  pie- 
dra  amarilla  clara,  la  ultima  obra  de  Juan  Gil,  se 
considera  el  mejor  ejemplo  del  estilo  gotico  de-15 
cadente.  Su  organo  es  famoso  por  lo  dulce  de  sus 
tonos.  Por  todas  partes  de  la  poblacion  derramo 
Alfonso  iglesias  de  estilo  romanico.  Los  campesi- 
nos  de  los  alrededores  se  visten  todavia  a  lo  an- 
tiguo y  al  visitar  la  ciudad  le  prestan  a  ella  una  20 
nota  alegre  y  pintoresca. 

Subiendo  a  un  omnibus,  Pedro  y  Miguel  par- 
tieron  para  San  Ildefonso  que  se  halla  a  11  kilo- 
metros  al  sudeste  en  la  Sierra  de  Guadarrama. 
Habia  mucho  polvo  en  el  camino,  el  calor  era  casi  25 
insoportable  y  el  faeton  rebosaba  de  gente  la  cual 
se  pasmaba  al  oir  hablar  a  los  dos  extranjeros  de 
los  Estados  Unidos.     En  San  Ildefonso  se  encuen- 


114  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Segovia:  El  Acueducto 


EN  SEGOVIA  Y  LA  GRANJA  115 

tra  La  Granja,  el  real  sitio  predilecto  del  rey  don 
Alfonso  XIII  y  de  la  reina  Victoria.  El  palacio, 
obra  de  los  arquitectos  del  palacio  de  Madrid,  fue 
edificado  por  Felipe  V,  el  primer  rey  borbon,  en  el 
aiio  1724.  Para  sorprender  y  complacer  al  rey,  5 
la  reina  Isabel  Farnese  mando  trazar,  durante 
una  larga  ausencia  de  aquel,  los  jardines  que  co- 
lindan  el  palacio  y  en  ellos  se  dispusieron  unas 
veinte  fuentes  que  superan  en  hermosura  y  di- 
versidad  a  cuantas  existen  en  el  mundo.  Del  10 
surtidor  de  la  fuente  llamada  La  Fama  surge  el 
agua  hasta  una  altura  de  115  pies.  La  cascada 
nueva  es  hermosisima.  Corre  la  voz,  —  dijo 
Pedro  —  que  al  serle  regalados  a  Felipe  estos  jar- 
dines  por  la  reina,  el  se  encogio  de  hombros  y  dijo:  15 
—  "Esto  me  costo  tres  millones  y  me  ha  distraido 
por  tres  minutos."  —  Y  me  extrana  que  la  reina 
no  premiara  el  agradecimiento  de  su  amable 
consorte  con  tres  buenas  bofetadas.  Asi  lo  hu- 
biera  hecho  yo,  de  haber  estado  en  su  lugar.  20 

Mientras  iban  a  ver  en  La  Colegiata  las  tumbas 
de  estos  monarcas,  dieron  por  casualidad  con  Su 
Alteza,  la  muy  popular  Infanta  Isabel,  tia  del  rey 
actual,  quien  les  saludo  muy  atentamente. 

Aqui  en  La  Granja  en  el  aiio  1832  Fernando  VII,  25 
creyendose  al  punto  de  morir,derog6  la  Pragmatica 
de  1830,  la  cual  habia  anulado  la  Ley  Salica  de 
1713,  reconociendo  asi  como  sucesor  suyo  a  don 


Ii6  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  6*  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

La  Granja:  La  Fama,  Fuente  de  los  Jardines 


EN  SEGOVIA  Y  LA  GRANJA  1 17 

Carlos,  su  hermano.  Pero  cuando  se  restablecio 
de  salud,  cambio  de  parecer  y  reintegro  la  Pragma- 
tica,  declarando  que  habia  de  sucederle  su  hija, 
la  que  fue  mas  tarde  Isabel  II.  De  ahi  provinieron 
las  guerras  civiles  carlistas  que  turbaron  el  reino  5 
por  varios  aiios.  Ira  de  hermanosy  ira  de  diablos. 
Do  quieren  reyeSy  alia  van  leyes, 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Use  of  subjunctive  after  quizas,  tal  vez  (quizds  sea  el  lugar) 

Weather  expressions  (habia  polvo) Synopsis  of 

caer  3,  provenir  21. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

dar  bufidos  encogerse  de  hombros 

caerle  a  uno  en  gracia  dar  con  algo  o  aiguien 

carecer  de  restablecerse  de  salud 

rebosar  de  cambiar  de  parecer 
correr  la  voz 

B 

Trabajo  oral.    Completense  las  siguientes  oraciones 
de  manera  que  tengan  sentido  comun.     i.  Las  mayores 

curiosidades  de  Madrid  son  ,  ,  ,  etc.    2. 10 

Quizas mucho  polvo  en  el  camino.     3.  La  reina 

mando  —  algunos   jardines.      4.  Me    extraiia    que 

Vd.  no  me 5.  i que  carece  Vd.  ?     6.  Dimos 

nuestro   amigo.     7.  El   impide   que   yo 8. 

No  se Vd.  de  hombros.     9.   Espero  que  ella  se  15 

de  salud.    10.  Me en  gracia  estas  fuentes. 


Ii8  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Version.  Tell  me,  John,  what  was  the  Salic  Law? 
—  According  to  what  I  have  read,  this  law  prevented 
women  from  occupying  the  throne  of  a  country. 
Philip  V  first  declared  it  in  Spain  in  171 3.  By  the 
5  Pragmatic  Sanction  of  1830  Ferdinand  VII  annulled 
this  law  in  Spain,  but  believing  himself  about 
to  die,  he  abolished  the  Pragmatic  Sanction  in  1832, 
thus  restoring  the  Salic  Law.  Having  recovered,  he 
again  changed  his  mind,  for  he  wished  his  daughter 

10  Isabella  to  succeed  him  instead  of  his  brother  Charles. 
When  Ferdinand  died  in  1833,  Isabella  was  proclaimed 
queen  and  her  uncle  Charles  tried  to  obtain  the  throne 
by  means  of  his  army.  Hence  arose  the  Carlist  war 
which  disturbed  the  kingdom  especially  from  1833  to 

15  1840  and  even  many  years  later.  All  this  recalls  the 
saying,  "Laws  are  made  as  kings  will." —  Ferdinand 
was  living  in  La  Granja  then,  was  he  not? 

—  Yes,   and   Philip  V  lived    here    too.      It  was   to 
please  Philip  that  his  wife,  Isabella  Farnese,  presented 

20  him  these  beautiful  gardens  which  you  see,  together 
with  these  fountains. —  That  is  true.  And  the  report 
goes  that  when  Philip  returned  from  a  long  absence 
the  queen  presented  them  to  him,  and  that,  shrugging 
his  shoulders,  the  king  said:    "This  has  cost  me  three 

25  millions  and  has  amused  me  three  minutes." —  His 
gratitude  was  touching.  I  would  have  given  him  three 
good  slaps,  if  I  had  been  the  queen. —  It  is  probable 
that  she  did  give  them  to  him.  But  look  at  those 
fountains!    Of  all  that  exist  in  the  world  there  are  none 

30  that  surpass  them  in  beauty  and  variety.    The  water 


EN  SEGOVIA  Y  LA  GRANJA  119 

from  La  Fama  rises  to  a  great  height.  They  say  that 
it  may  be  seen  in  Segovia,  which  is  found  seven  miles 
to  the  northwest. 

—  I  do  not  wonder  that  this  royal  seat  pleases  the 
present  king  and   queen.     They  say  that  it  is  their  5 
favorite  palace. —  I  like  very  much  that  waterfall  after 
having  traversed  those  seven  miles  in  a  carryall  that 
was  overflowing  with  peasants  and  soldiers.     How  hot 
and  dusty  it  was!    And  how  astonished  they  all  were 
on  hearing  us  talk  English.     Evidently  they  had  never  10 
before  come  upon  foreigners  from  the  United  States. 
The   peasants  were    all   dressed   in   the   old-fashioned 
way  and  imparted  a  picturesque  note  to  our  group. 
When   they  entered   the   Colegiata,   the   Infanta   Isa- 
bella  saw  them   and    greeted   them  very  cordially. — 15 
Yes.     Her  Highness  is  very  popular  because  she  is  so 
friendly. 

—  Let's  return  to  Segovia. —  All  right.  Here  comes 
the  carryall  and  there  is  easily  room  for  us  and  we 
shall  be  quite  comfortable.  Get  in. —  Do  you  like  20 
Segovia  ? —  Indeed  I  do.  I  shall  always  remember  the 
Roman  aqueduct,  the  Alcazar,  the  cathedral  and  the 
Romanesque  churches.  The  aqueduct  was  built  of 
granite  stones  without  mortar  or  cement  to  bind 
them.  I  wonder  that  it  still  provides  the  inhabitants  25 
with  water.  The  Alcazar  on  its  steep  rock  seems  to 
me  to  be  a  huge  ship  on  the  open  sea.  The  old  cathe- 
dral, the  last  one  built  by  Juan  Gil,  is  a  good  example 
of  the  late  Gothic  style.  Its  light  yellow  stone  is 
beautiful. —  Yes.     Alphonso  the  Wise  raised  Segovianao 


I20  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

life  to  its  period  of  glory  some  600  years  ago  and  the 
city  was  considered  a  great  stronghold  when  Their 
Catholic  Majesties  resided  there  a  couple  of  centuries 
later,  but  now,  although  she  has  some  15,000  inhabi- 
5  tants,  few  passersby  are  seen  in  the  streets.  The  city 
sleeps  on  her  height  in  the  midst  of  the  silence  and  the 
sun  that  flood  it. 


XXII 

A.    EL  ESCORIAL;  UNA  CARTA  DE  MIGUEL 

Madrid,  i°  de  ybre  de  191-. 
Querida  mama: 

No  te  apures  por  mi.     Estoy  m*uy  en  caja  y 
paso  muy  buenos  ratos  aqui.     Nos  atienden  muy 
cuidadosamente  en  la  casa  de  huespedes  de  don  5 
Ricardo.     No  nos  hace  falta  absolutamente  nada. 

Excusado  es  decir  que  estabamos  por  unos  dias 
en  Toledo,  la  ciudad-centinela  de  Espana.  Asi 
se  le  titula  a  la  poblacion  la  mas  antigua  de  toda 
Europa  y  parece  que  lo  es.  Un  sinnumero  de  10 
seres  humanos  de  muchas  razas  distintas  ban 
pasado  aqui  sus  breves  dias.  Todo  huele  y  siente 
a  lo  antiguo  y  la  ciudad  entera,  lo  mismo  que 
Segovia,  parece  que  esta  muriendose  alia  en  lo 
mas  alto  de  un  pefion.  Hay  tantos  monumentos  15 
arquitectonicos  que  cansa  enumerarlos.  Solo 
quiero  citar  la  fabrica  de  armas  que  hasta  hoy 
dia  produce  las  espadas  y  obras  de  cuchilleria  que 
dieron  fama  a  Toledo  en  tiempos  remotos. 

Pero  no  puedo  pasar  por  encima  de  El  Escorial,  20 
a  donde  fui  solo,  porque  a  Pedro  no  le  dio  la  gana 
de  acompaiiarme.     Esta  colocado  El  Escorial  en 
las  faldas  de  las  montarias  del  Guadarrama,  a  unos 

12; 


122  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

50  kilometros  al  noroeste  de  Madrid.  La  gran 
mole  de  este  edificio,  erigido  por  Felipe  II  en  honor 
de  San  Lorenzo,  tiene  la  forma  de  unas  parillas,  por 
haber  sido  estas  el  instrumento  en  que  quemaron 
5  a  dicho  santo.  Acudiendo  este  a  la  ayuda  de 
Felipe  en  la  batalla  de  San  Quintin  (segun  la  tradi- 
cion),  el  rey  quiso  mostrar  asi  su  agradecimiento 
al  santo  y  edificar  a  la  vez  lo  que  habia  de  ser, 
segun  dijo,  *'un  templo,  un  claustro  y  una  tumba". 

10  Y  como  tumba  me  parecio  muy  imponente  esta 
construccion.  El  Panteon  de  los  Reyes  es  verda- 
deramente  augusto,  solemne,  y  soberbio,  el  domi- 
cilio  de  la  muerte.  Esta  debajo  del  altar  mayor 
y  asi  todas  las  misas  se  rezan   sobre  este  gran 

15  sepulcro.  Solo  los  reyes  o  sus  madres  se  entierran 
aqui.  Hay  cuatro  filas  de  nichos  para  los  reyes, 
a  la  izquierda  del  pequeiio  altar,  y  otras  cuatro  a 
la  derecha  para  las  reinas.  Los  sarcofagos  son  de 
marmol  negro  con  los  nombres  en  letras  de  oro. 

20  Al  verlos  colocados  uno  sobre  otro  en  filas  regu- 
lares,  receptaculos  todos  de  los  restos  de  los  que 
fueron  monarcas  poderosos,  senti  intensamente  la 
nulidad,  vanidad,  e  insignificancia  de  la  vida  Hu- 
mana,    (^on  el  animo  humillado  subi  los  escalones 

25  que  habia  bajado  entrando  en  el  Panteon.  Du- 
rante toda  mi  vida  me  acordare  de  aquellas  tum- 
bas  puestas  alli  en  medio  de  un  silencio  profundo 
y  de   una   obscuridad   nocturna.     Me    pregunte 


EL   ESCORIAL;  UNA  CARTA  DE  MIGUEL         1 23 

cuales  serian  los  sentimientos  del  rey  actual  al  mi- 
rar  estos  sepulcros  y  el  suyo,  preparado  para 
recibirle  en  compania  de  los  reyes  muertos. 
A  rey  muertOy  rey  puesto. 

Despues  del  Panteon  lo  mas  interesante  para  mi  5 
fueron   las   habitaciones   de   Felipe  en   las   cuales 
vivia  sin  ostentacion,  dedicado  fielmente  a  su  tra- 
bajo  de  gobernar  el  mundo  cristiano  y  a  sus  ora- 
ciones  casi  continuas.     La  silla  que  usaba,  la  ban- 
queta  en  que,  padeciendo  de  la  gota,  apoyaba  la  10 
pierna  doliente,  la  mesa  en  que  escribia,  el  dimi- 
nuto  cuarto  en  que  murio,  los  tinteros,  los  libros, 
todo,  era  interesantisimo.     En  el  alto  coro  se  veia 
en  un  rincon  la  silla  que  Felipe  ocupaba  cuando 
entro  un  soldado  a  enterarle  del  resultado  feliz  de  15 
la  batalla  de  Lepanto  en  1571.     Se  dice  que  no  se 
turbo  y  que  quedo  sentado  hasta  acabada  la  misa. 

En  la  biblioteca  hay  muchos  libros  preciosos  y 
manuscritos  de  un  valor  incalculable.  For  ejem- 
plo,  hay  un  ejemplar  de  un  manuscrito  del  siglo2o 
VII,  el  mas  antiguo  de  la  coleccion;  el  Coran  de 
Mahoma  capturado  en  la  referida  batalla  de  Le- 
panto; tambien  pergaminos  ilustrados  a  mano  por 
los  monjes  y  de  una  preciosidad  indecible. 

Da  mis  recuerdos  a  cuantos  amigos  pregunten  25 
por  mi  y  recibe  un  abrazo  carinoso  de 

Tu  hijo  que  te  quiere  mucho, 

Miguel. 


124  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Use  and  meaning  of  haber  de  (habia  de  ser) Head- 
ings and  salutations  of  letters Synopsis  of  ser   i6, 

oler  26a,  suponer  12. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

apurarse  por  excusado  es  decir 

estar  en  caja  pasar  por  encima  de 

pasar  un  rato  le  da  la  gana  a  uno 

hacer  falta  rezar  una  misa 

B 

Para  hacef  oralmente.  a.  Distingase  entre  enterar 
y  enterrar.  b.  Dese  una  expresion  sinonima  de  cada 
una  de  las  que  siguen. 

estar  en  caja  mostrar 

me  hace  falta  un  libro  edificar 

solo  sepulcro 

hoy  dia  enterar 

le  da  la  gana  a  cuantos   amigos 

estar  colocado  pregunten 

Expresese  en  espaiiol  el  trozo  que  sigue.     Philip  II 
5  lived  in  small  apartments  in  the  midst  of  the  great 
mass  of  that  structure  called    El  EscoriaL     Here  he 
thought  out  his  plans  for  governing  the  world.     He 
suffered   from  the  gout  and   had   to  sit  with  his  leg 
.    supported  by  a  stool.     It  is  most  interesting  to  see  the 
rotable,  inkstand,  chair,  and  books  which  he  used  and 
which   are   still  well   preserved.      From  the  tiny  bed- 
room  in  which   he   died   September   13,    1598,   Philip 


EL  ESCORIAL;  UNA  CARTA  DE  MIGUEL  125 

could  see  the  altar  of  the  church,  or  the  Capilla  Mayor. 
He  was  always  very  religious  and  at  the  same  time 
very  severe.  He  was  well  versed  in  many  things  and 
he  himself  aided  the  architect  in  drawing  the  plans  of 
El  Escorial.  One  may  still  see  on  the  side  of  a  moun-  5 
tain  situated  two  miles  to  the  west  of  the  building  a 
place  called  La  Silla  del  Rey.  From  there  Philip 
watched  the  construction  of  this  temple,  cloister, 
library  and  tomb  which  was  finished  in  1584. 

This  is  one  of  the  largest  structures  in  the  world  and  10 
was  erected,  they  say,  in  honor  of  St.  Lawrence,  who 
was  burned  on  a  gridiron.  Thus  it  has  the  shape  of 
that  instrument.  Because  of  there  having  been  mines 
here  previously  in  these  foothills  of  the  Guadarrama, 
there  was  much  slag  on  the  spot.  Hence  the  name  15 
EscoriaL 

Beneath  the  high  altar  of  the  church  is  the  Kings' 
Pantheon.  Here  are  buried  only  kings  and  mothers 
of  kings.  Every  mass  in  the  chapel  is  said  over  their 
remains.  My  friend  Michael  who  visited  this  pantheon  20 
said  that  on  seeing  these  sarcophagi  of  black  marble 
placed  in  niches  on  all  sides,  he  felt  intensely  the  insig- 
nificance of  human  life.  He  did  not  wonder  that  the 
present  king  did  not  often  feel  like  visiting  this  room 
and  seeing  his  own  tomb,  the  only  one  that  remains  25 
vacant.  On  leaving  that  imposing  abode  of  death 
and  silence,  he  wanted  to  cry:  "No  sooner  does  one 
king  die,  than  another  takes  his  place."  Needless 
to  say  he  did  not  do  so.  Instead  of  that,  he  went  to 
see  the  superb  library  in  which  there  are  books  and  30 


126  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

manuscripts  of  inexpressible  worth.  He  was  greatly 
pleased  with  the  parchments  of  the  12th  century  which 
monks  had  illustrated  by  hand. 

One  who  travels  in  Spain  must  not  omit  Toledo, 
5  which  is  called  the  most  ancient  city  of  all  Europe. 
Situated  on  the  top  of  a  cliff,  it  seems  to  be  dying  there 
just  like  many  old  towns  in  Old  Castile.  But  this 
sentinel-city  will  continue  to  live  no  doubt  for  many 
centuries  more  and  a  great  number  of  human  beings 

10  will  pass  here  their  brief  days  in  the  midst  of  many 
architectural  monuments  such  as  the  cathedral,  the 
Alcazar,  the  famous  bridges  and  the  winding  streets. 
The  very  houses  smell  ancient.  The  cutlery  and  the 
swords  of  Toliedo  which   are  still  made  there  in  the 

15  weapon  factory,  give  fame  to  the  city  just  as  in  the 
centuries  gone  by. 

We  are  worried  about  Michael.  He  is  not  very  well. 
We  tell  all  his  friends  who  ask  about  him  that  what  he 
needs  is  to  spend  a  while  at  the  seashore.    So  we  shall 

20  leave  soon  for  San  Sebastian. 


XXIII 

A.    POR  LEON  Y  CASTILLA  LA  VIEJA 

A  los  pocos  meses  de  estar  en  Madrid,  se  deci- 
dieron  los  jovenes  a  partir  para  el  norte.  Sintieron 
tener  que  hacerio  por  haber  ido  aumentando  su 
amor  a  la  villa  y  corte  y  decian  lo  mismo  que  los 
madrilenos:  —  De  Madrid  al  cielo  y  en  el  cielo  un  $ 
ventanillo  para  ver  a  Madrid,  Los  muchos  amigos 
y  conocidos  que  ahora  tenian  les  agasajaron  con 
una  tertulia  de  despedida  en  su  honor.  Concu- 
rrio  mucho  mundo  elegante. 

—  Estoy  a  punto  de  llamarme  andana  en  lo  deio 
dejar  Madrid  —  dijo  Miguel  a  una  de  las  huespe- 
das.  —  i Bravo!  —  replico.  —  Quedese  aqui  en- 
tonces.  Ahora  domina  Vd.  nuestra  lengua  como 
un  verdadero  madrileno.  —  Gracias.  Es  favor 
que  Vd.  me  hace.     —  No;  es  justicia.  15 

Pero  no  hay  hien  ni  mal  que  cien  anos  dure  y  a  la 
manana  siguiente  salieron  de  la  Estacion  del  Norte 
en  el  expreso,  baja^ndose  al  fin  del  dia  en  la  de  Sala- 
manca. Es  esta  ciudad  un  museo  arquitectonico, 
pero  lo  que  les  intereso  particularmente  fue  la  20 
Universidad.  Habia  alii  cierto  catedratico  de 
literatura  y  arte  a  quien  conocio  Pedro  en  Nueva 
York  y  al  hacerle  saber  de  su  Uegada,  vino  el  a 

127 


128       ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


:C— 


•A*.  y'.JVk 


■'■**  ,> 


Burgos:  Monumentos  que  Conmemoran  el  Solar  del  Cid 


POR  LEON  Y  CASTILLA  LA  VIEJA  129 

saludarles    muy    amigablemente    y    tuvo    mucho 
gusto  en  acompanarles  explicandoselo  todo. 

La  Universidad  fue  fundada  por  Alfonso  IX  de 
Leon  (f.  1230).  El  Papa  Alejandro  IV  decreto 
en  1254  que  fuese  tenida  en  un  igual  con  las  uni- 5 
versidades  de  Paris,  Oxford  y  Bolona.  Los  Reyes 
Catolicos  la  hicieron  reconstruir  en  1480  y  ahora 
es  tal  vez  el  ejemplar  mas  notable  que  existe  en  el 
mundo  de  estilo  platerescp  combinado  con  el  del 
Renacimiento.  El  profesorado  de  esta  universi-io 
dad  transmitio  a  la  Europa  occidental  los  conoci- 
mientos  de  los  arabes,  muy  instruidos  en  aquel 
entonces.  Interesantisimo  fue  para  los  jovenes 
la  sala  antigua  en  donde  conferenciaba  Fray  Luis 
de  Leon,  profesor  de  teologia,  y  donde,  despues  15 
de  salir  de  cuatro  anos  de  encarcelamiento  por 
orden  de  los  oficiales  de  la  Inquisicion,  reanudo  el 
hilo  de  su  discurso,  diciendo:  —  Como  deciamos 

ayer En  una  de  las  salas  daba  Colon  sus 

conferencias  sobre  sus  descubrimientos  del  Nuevo  20 
Mundo.    Hoy  no  hay  mas  de  1000  estudiantes  en 
lugar  de  los  7,000  que  habia  en  otro  tiempo. 

La  vieja  catedral  terminada  en  1200,  es  de  estilo 
romanico  y  la  catedral  nueva  es  una  mezcla  gran- 
diosa  de  lo  gotico  y  lo  plateresco.     La  inmensa25 
Plaza  Mayor  descuella  a  cualquier  otra  de  Europa 
por  sus  edificios  suntuosos  y  de  merito  sin  rival. 

En  Valladolid  fueron  a  ver  la  casa  en  que  murio 


130  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  6*  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Burgos  y  la  Catedral 


POR  le(5n  y  castilla  la  vieja        131 

Colon  el  21  de  mayo  de  1506.  Los  restos  del  gran 
descubridor  quedaron  sepultados  en  el  convento 
de  la  Cartuja  de  Sevilla  hasta  1540  en  cuyo  aiio 
fueron  trasladados  a  Hayti  y  de  alii  en  1796  a  la 
catedral  de  la  Habana.  Terminada  la  guerra  5 
entre  Espafia  y  los  Estados  Unidos,  fueron 
traidos  de  nuevo  a  Sevilla  a  fines  de  1898.  Visi- 
taron  tambien  la  casa  de  Cervantes  en  la  calle 
del  mismo  nombre,  anteriormente  nombrada  la 
de  Miguel  Iscar.  Se  interesaron  tambien  en  las  10 
muchas  tenerias  y  molinos  de  Valladolid;  produ- 
ciendo  estos  la  mejor  harina  de  Espaiia  y  aquellas 
los  mejores  curtidos.  Aqui  se  casaron  los 
Reyes  Catolicos  en  1469.  En  tiempo  de  los  reyes 
Carlos  V  y  Felipe  II  fue  Valladolid  la  capital  del  15 
imperio  espanol  hasta  serlo  Madrid  en  1560. 

En  Burgos  vieron  los  viajeros  la  hermosa  cate- 
dral gotica  francesa,  el  asombroso  Arco  de  Santa 
Maria  y  subieron  al  cerro  del  Castillo  ahora  de- 
rribado,  donde  fue  puesta  la  primera  fortaleza  en  20 
884,  la  cual  dio  principio  a  la  ciudad.  Aqui  nacio 
en  1040  el  valiente  heroe  nacional  de  Espana, 
llamado  el  Cid  Campeador,  Rodrigo  Diaz  de  Vivar, 
casandose  aqui  con  Jimena  en  1074.  Aqui  se 
casaron  tambien  el  rey  Eduardo  I  de  Inglaterra  y  25 
Eleanora  de  Castilla,  en  1254;  tambien  vivieron 
aqui  varios  reyes  fuertes  de  Castilla  la  Vieja. 

A  mediados   de  septiembre  entraron   Pedro  y 


132  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Miguel  en  San  Sebastian,  la  mejor  playa  de  Es- 
pana  y  el  lugar  veraniego  favorito  de  la  gente 
pudiente  de  Madrid.  Aqui  esta  la  residencia 
oficial  de  la  corte  durante  el  verano  y  tanto  aqui 
scomo  en  Santander  veranea  la  familia  real.  No 
se  hartaron  nunca  los  americanos  de  tomar  los 
bafios  y  tenderse  despues  en  la  arena,  de  ir  a  gan- 
dulear  en  la  Concha,  paseo  muy  concurrido  por  el 
mundo  elegante,  y  de  ver  pasar  en  carruaje  al  rey 
loacompanado  de  su  sequito.  Una  vez  vieron  a 
don  Alfonso  banandose  con  los  infantes  y  holgan- 
dose  en  la  arena.  Pero  los  jovenes  tambien  se 
trataban  a  cuerpo  de  rey, 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Use  of  lo  de,  eso  de,  esto  de,  aquello  de  (lo  de  dejar  Madrid) 
Synopsis  of  sentir  27,  oir  10. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

a  los  pocos  meses  de  estar  reanudar  el  hilo  de  un 
decidirse  a  discurso 

llamarse  andana  dar  una  conferencia 

es  favor  que  me  hace  dar  principio  a 

tener  en  un  igual  con  hartarse  de 

B 

Trabajo   oral.      Pongase   en   imperative   afirmativo 

15  cada    una    de    las    expresiones    verbales    que    siguen, 

empleando  para  esto  el  singular  de  la  forma  cortes. 

I.  explicarmelo    2.  llamarse  andana  en  eso    3.  hacerle 


POR  LEON  Y  CASTILLA  LA  VIEJA  133 

saber  de  mi  llegada  4.  bajarse  en  la  estacion  5.  tenerlo 
en  un  igual  6.  decirnoslo  7.  interesarse  en  ello 
8.  casarse  con  el  9.  tenderse  en  la  arena  10.  ir  a 
gandulear  alli 

Traduccion. 

San  Sebastian,  August  i,  191—.      5 

Dear  father:  We  are  living  like  kings  here.  We 
amuse  ourselves  taking  sea  baths  in  the  mornings  and 
loafing  about  in  the  Concha  in  the  afternoons.  We 
often  see  don  Alphonso  pass,  accompanied  by  his  suite. 
This  is  the  favorite  summer  resort  of  the  people  of  10 
consequence  of  Spain.  The  stylish  set  leave  Madrid 
the  middle  of  June  and  come  to  pass  the  summer  here. 

We  regretted  having  to  leave  Madrid  because 
our  liking  had  increased  for  the  city  and, court.  I 
almost  backed  out  when  our  Madrid  friends  begged  15 
me  to  stay.  Together  with  them  I  like  to  say,  *Trom 
Madrid  to  heaven  and  in  heaven  a  peep-hole  to  look 
back  on  Madrid.''  But  everything  must  come  to  an 
end  and  one  morning  after  being  in  Madrid  a  few 
months,  our  friends  and  acquaintances  accompanied  20 
us  to  the  Northern  Station  to  see  us  off. 

Although  we  were  leaving  for  the  Cantabrian  coast, 
we  decided  to  stop  on  the  way  in  Salamanca,  Valladolid 
and  Burgos.  I  telegraphed  to  Mr.  Contreras,  pro- 
fessor of  literature  of  the  University  of  Salamanca,  25 
informing  him  that  we  would  arrive  there  at  nightfall. 
You  remember  that  I  met  him  in  New  York  a  couple 
of  years  ago.     He  came  to  the  station  to  greet  us  and 


134 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


POR  le(5n  y  castilla  la  vieja    *      135 

said  that  the  next  day  he  would  explain  to  us  the 
architectural  monuments  of  the  city. 

There  are  many  of  them.  What  particularly  inter- 
ested us  was  the  old  university.  It  is  doubtless  the 
best  example  in  the  world  of  the  Plateresque  style  5 
combined  with  that  of  the  Renascence.  Professor 
Contreras  showed  us  in  this  building  the  room  in  which 
Fray  Luis  of  Leon  used  to  lecture.  This  was  most 
interesting  and  we  recalled  how  he  said  on  taking  up 
again  the  thread  of  his  discourse,  "As  we  were  saying  10 
yesterday"  .  .  .  And  the  poor  man  had  just 
come  from  four  years  of  imprisonment.  I  do  not 
wonder  that  the  faculty  of  this  university  was  very 
famous.  Their  Catholic  Majesties  were  interested  in 
this  university  and  a  few  years  after  its  foundation,  15 
the  Pope  Alexander  IV  decided  to  decree  that  Sala- 
manca should  be  considered  the  equal  of  Bologna, 
Paris  and  Oxford.  There  are  very  few  students  now 
although  formerly  7,000  attended  the  courses  of  this 
university.  20 

We  thanked  Professor  Contreras  for  his  kindness 
and  left  for  Valladolid.  Here  we  visited  the  house 
where  Columbus  died.  We  had  already  seen  in  Sala- 
manca the  room  in  which  he  first  lectured  upon  his 
discoveries.  His  remains  were  transferred  from  this  25 
house  to  Seville,  then  to  Hayti,  then  to  Havana  and 
finally  in  1898  they  were  carried  to  Sevi^lle  again.  We 
also  saw  the  house  in  which  Cervantes  lived  and 
worked.  The  tanneries  of  Valladolid  are  famous  for 
their  leathers  and  the  mills  for  their  flour.    Ferdinand  II 30 


136        *  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

of  Aragon  and  Isabella  I  of  Castile  were  married  in  this 
city  in  1469  and  Philip  II  was  born  here  in  1527.  It 
was  for  a  long  time  the  capital  of  the  empire. 

Burgos  is  a  very  ancient  city  and  was  once  the  capital 
5  of  Old  Castile.     It  is  famous  for  being  the  home  of  the 
Cid,  the  national  hero  of  Spain.     The  high  hill,  where 
formerly  was  the  Castillo,  dominates  the  city  and  the 
fertile  plain.     In  this  place  the  Cid  married   Ximena 
and   King  Edward   I   of  England   Eleanor  of  Castile. 
10  It  is  said  that  in  Burgos  is  spoken  the  best  Castilian. 
But  I   must  finish  now.     I   shall  write  you   again 
from  Barcelona.     Don't  forget  to  write  me  there. 
Your  affectionate  son, 
Michael 


XXIV 

A.    CIUDADES  INDUSTRIALES  DE  ESPANA 

Ahora  dejemonos  de  la  Edad  Media  —  dijo 
Miguel  al  entrar  en  Bilbao  —  y  pongamonos  en 
medio  del  siglo  XX.  Es  preciso  que  despertemos. 
jMucho  ojo!  —  Bueno.  Ya  lo  tengo  a  todo  lo 
que  pasa.  Pero  i  que  hermoso  museo  de  lo  antiguo  5 
es  esta  bendita  Espaiia!  La  tendre  para  siempre 
en  grata  memoria.  —  Si;  pero  ahora  son  los  re- 
cursos  del  pais,  lo  que  nos  atrae.  Mire  el  humo 
que  despiden  las  fundiciones  de  Bilbao.  Aqui  se 
encuentran  algunas  de  las  mejores  fabricas  de  10 
acero  del  reino.  En  la  margen  izquierda  del 
Nervion  que  pasa  por  la  ciudad  y  en  las  comarcas 
vecinas  hay  buenas  minas  de  hierro.  Solo  en  la 
provincia  de  Oviedo  cerca  de  aqui,  hay  mas  de 
1 100  millas  cuadradas  de  depositos  de  carbon  deis 
piedra.  —  Por  eso  a  Bilbao  se  le  puede  llamar  el 
Pittsburgh  de  Espaiia,  jno?  — Precisamente. 
Ademas,  tiene  puerto  y  muelles  a  donde  llegan 
buques  de  hasta  4000  toneladas.  Estamos  entre 
los  vascongados,  gente  de  tipo  muy  distinto  de  los  20 
castellanos  y  los  andaluces.  Tienen  su  propia 
lengua,  el  vascuence,  que  no  se  parece  en  nada 
al   castellano  y  conservan   todavia   sus   fueros  o 

137 


138  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  &'  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Barcelona:  Monumento  a  Col6n 


CIUDADES  INDUSTRIALES  DE  ESPANA  139 

leyes  concediendoles  privilegios  otorgados  por 
reyes  de  epoca  remota.  —  Si,  y  se  dice  que  es  tan 
dificil  este  idioma  que  trataba  el  diablo  por  siete 
afios  de  aprenderlo  y  habiendo  dominado  entonces 
solo  una  palabra  se  dio  por  vencido  y  no  volvio  a  5 
acosar  a  los  vascongados.  —  iQue  raza  mas  afor- 
tunada!  jOjala  que  yo  fuera  uno  de  ellos!  Pero 
ruego  me  diga  mas  de  los  minerales  de  Espaiia. 
Es  Vd.  una  enciclopedia  minera.  —  Si,  lo  soy  por 
haber  tomado  apuntes  sobre  estas  minas.  No  10 
hay  otro  pais  alguno  de  Europa  que  tenga  tanta 
diversidad  de  minerales  en  grandes  cantidades. 
En  la  produccion  de  cobre  minado  en  Rio  Tinto, 
provincia  de  Huelva,  de  plomo  excavado  en  las 
provincias  de  Murcia  y  Jaen  y  de  azogue  extraido  15 
en  Almaden  de  la  provincia  de  Ciudad  Real,  des- 
cuella  Espaiia  a  cualquier  otra  nacion  europea. 
Se  explotan  tambien  buenas  minas  de  plata,  oro, 
cobalto,  azufre,  manganeso,  antimonio,  etc.  Y 
hasta  ahora  apenas  si  se  ha  valido  de  estos  re- 20 
cursos.  A  mas  de  sus  minas,  esta  region  canta- 
brica  es,  a  pesar  de  sus  costas  rocallosas  y  abrup- 
tas,  muy  productora  de  pescado  y  lo  es  tambien  la 
costa  de  Levante.  En  el  aiio  de  1910  habia  en  Es- 
paiia 67,000  individuos  que  se  ganaban  la  vida  con  25 
la  pesca.  El  bonito,  la  sardina,  el  bacalao,  y  la 
merluza  son  los  pescados  mas  comunes. 

Dedicaron  los   americanos   un   par  de  dias  en 


I40  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

visitar  las  fundiciones  y  fabrlcas  de  Bilbao  y  en- 
tonces  se  pusieron  en  camino  para  Barcelona. 
Pasaron  por  paisajes  muy  variados;  algunos  se 
asemejaron  a  los  de  la  Suiza;    otros  se  parecieron 

5  a  Uanuras  sin  termino  alguno.      Mucho  del  reco- 
rrido  fue  pasando  a  orillas  del  rio  Ebro. 

Si  apellidaron  a  Bilbao  moderno,  supieron  que 
Barcelona  lo  es  en  grado  supremo.  Hace  tres 
siglos  que  la  califico  Cervantes  como  "una  ciudad 

logrande,  rica,  y  bien  establecida".  Hoy  por  hoy 
cuenta  un  millon  de  habitantes,  la  mayor  ciudad  de 
la  Peninsula,  y  solo  le  falta  poco  para  ser  la  mayor 
en  las  costas  del  mar  Mediterraneo.  Como 
poblacion  maritima  no  hay  ninguno  de  los   119 

15  puertos  de  Espafia  que  le  lleve  ventaja.  Por  sus 
muelles  pasa  una  cuarta  parte  del  comercio  extran- 
jero  de  Espaiia,  y  en  ellos  gasta  el  gobierno  grandes 
sumas  anuales  en  nuevas  construcciones  y  re- 
formas.     Domina  el  puerto  y  la  misma  ciudad  el 

2oelevado  monumento  a  Colon,  colocado  en  la 
Plaza  de  la  Paz  a  orillas  de  las  aguas  del  puerto 
y  lindante  con  el  hermoso  Paseo  de  Colon. 

Los  americanos  habituados  a  todas  las  comodi- 
dades  modernas  las   habian  echado  de  menos  en 

25  muchos  de  los  pueblos  que  visitaron  anterior- 
mente,  pero  ahora  tenian  ocasion  de  volver  a  dis- 
frutar  de  todo  lo  mas  comodo  en  su  casa  de  hues- 
pedes. 


CIUDADES  INDUSTRIALES   DE  ESPANA  141 

Era  Barcelona  la  capital  del  antiguo  Principado 
de  Cataluna,  territorio  que  comprende  hoy  las 
provincias  de  Gerona,  Lerida,  Barcelona  y  Tarra- 
gona. Siempre  ha  sido  el  centro  de  las  ideas  mas 
avanzadas  e  independientes  de  Espafia,  debido  5 
al  progreso  de  los  catalanes  que  lo  habitan. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Omission  of  que  after  verbs  of  supplication  (ruego  me  diga) 

Meaning  of  saber  in  the  preterite  tense  (supieron  que 

Barcelona) The  optative  expression  ojala  followed  by 

the  subjunctive  (ojala  que  yo  fuera) Omission  of  s  and 

d  in  certain  forms  of  reflexive  verbs  (dejemonos) Use  of 

cardinal   numerals    instead    of  ordinals    (el    siglo   XX) 

Synopsis  of  rogar  24,  32,  valerse  de  algo  20,  despertarse  23. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

dejarse  de  apenas  si 

mucho  ojo  a  mas  de 

parecerse  a    j  hoy  por  hoy 

asemejarse  a  J  Uevar  ventaja  a 

darse  por  vencido  echar  de  menos 
descollar  a 

B 

Para  expresar  en  buen  espaiiol.  Bilbao,  situated 
near  the  Cantabrian  coast,  may  be  called  the  Pitts- 
burgh of  modern  Spain.  To  visit  it  after  living  a  v^hile 
in  certain  Andalusian  and  Castilian  towns  is  to  leave  10 
behind  the  Middle  Ages  and  to  place  oneself  suddenly 
in  the  twentieth  century.  Or  it  is  to  exchange  a 
museum  of  antiquities  for  steel  factories  that  send  forth 


142  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

smoke  on  every  hand.  To  the  docks  of  Bilbao,  which 
are  situated  on  the  shore  of  the  river  Nervion,  come 
boats  from  the  four  quarters  of  the  world.  In  the 
neighboring  regions  are  found  many  square  miles  of 
5  coal  beds.  The  inhabitants  of  this  region  are  Basques 
who  speak  an  ancient  tongue  called  Basque,  which  in 
no  way  resembles  Spanish  and  is  so  difficult  that  the 
devil  could  not  learn  it,  though  tradition  says  that  he 
tried  to  learn  it  but  finally  gave  up   after  studying 

lo  seven  long  years. 

When  I  visited  the  Basque  provinces  a  few  years 
ago,  the  inhabitants  told  me  that  the  devil  no  longer 
bothered  them,  that  their  laws  were  given  them  by 
kings  of  long  ago  and  that  they  still  keep  them.    They 

IS  are  fortunate  people.  The  landscapes  of  that  region 
resemble  those  of  Switzerland. 

The  mineral  resources  of  Spain  are  immense  and  up 
to  the  present  the  Spaniards  have  hardly  made  use  of 
them.    They  have  developed  them  sufficiently  to  know 

20  that  there  is  no  other  land  in  Europe  that  has  such  a 
diversity  of  minerals.  A  Basque  friend  of  mine  lacks 
little  of  being  a  mining  encyclopedia  because  of  having 
read  so  much  about  Spanish  mines  and  having  taken 
notes  about  them.     Would  that  I  knew  as  much  as 

25  he!  I  begged  him  to  tell  me  where  the  different  kinds 
of  mines  were  being  developed.  I  learned  that  Spain 
surpasses  other  European  nations  in  the  production  of 
copper,  which  is  mined  in  the  province  of  Huelva,  of 
mercury,  which  is  taken  out  in  Almaden,  Ciudad  Real, 

30  and  of  lead  obtained  in  Murcia  and  Jaen.    Manganese, 


CIUDADES  INDUSTRIALES  DE  ESPANA  143 

cobalt,  sulphur,  silver,  gold,  etc.,  are  found  in  many 
places. 

On  the  rocky  Cantabrian  coast  and  on  the  Levant 
coast  there  are  many  who  earn  their  living  fishing  for 
the  cod,  the  sardine,  and  the  tunny  fish.     Spain  has  5 
always  been  a  great  producer  of  fish. 

Barcelona  is  the  most  modern  city  of  the  Peninsula 
and  has  been  so  for  many  years.  The  Catalonians  who 
inhabit  it  have  always  been  famous  for  their  advanced 
ideas  and  their  progress  and  they  enjoy  all  the  modern  10 
conveniences  in  their  homes.  The  Spanish  government 
nowadays  spends  a  great  deal  of  money  each  year  upon 
the  alterations  of  the  docks  and  harbor.  Barcelona 
surpasses  the  other  118  ports  of  Spain  and  is  one  of 
the  largest  maritime  provinces  on  the  shores  of  the  15 
Mediterranean. 

Besides  having  the  conveniences  that  I  had  missed 
in  other  Spanish  towns,  Barcelona  recalled  to  me  both 
Columbus  and  Cervantes.  The  monument  to  Colum- 
bus commemorates  the  greatest  sailor  that  ever  left  20 
a  Spanish  port  and  the  city  itself  Cervantes  described 
in  the  seventeenth  century  as  ''large,  rich  and  well 
established". 


XXV 

A.    LA  GUERRA  DE  LA  INDEPENDENCIA 

En  Barcelona  Miguel  y  Pedro  llegaron  a  conocer 
intimamente  a  un  anciano  muy  distinguido,  don 
Jose  Abreu  y  Llovet,  catedratico  jubilado  de 
historia  en  la  Universidad  de  alli.     Con  el  trataron 

5varios  puntos  historicos  y  mercantiles,  por  ser 
don  Jose  muy  entendido  en  tales  asuntos.  Di- 
rigiendose  a  el  Pedro  le  dijo  un  dia: — Quedaria 
reconocidisimo,  don  Jose,  si  quisiera  Vd.  decirme 
algo    de    la    influencia    que    desempenaron    los 

lo  Franceses  en  la  Peninsula. — De  buen  grado — 
replico  el  profesor. — Pregunte  lo  que  se  le  ocurra 
y  me  esforzare  en  satisfacerle  a  Vd.  Quien  lengua 
ha  a  Roma  va. 

Pues,    actualmente    los    Franceses    se    interesan 

ismucho  en  el  desarrollo  industrial  y  comercial  de 
Espana  pero  no  tanto  como  los  ingleses  o  los 
belgas  quienes  ban  invertido  un  capital  muy 
cuantioso  en  empresas  espaiiolas.  Nosotros  los 
catalanes  tenemos  mas  parentesco  con  los  Franceses 

20  que  lo  tienen  los  castellanos.     Pero  no  somos  ni 

Franceses     ni     castellanos,     como     lo     demuestra 

nuestro  idioma  que  no  es  de  los  unos  ni  de  los 

otros,    aunque    es    una    lengua    romana.     Somos 

144 


LA   GUERRA   DE  LA  INDEPENDENCIA  145 

mas  asentados  y  juiciosos  que  aquellos  a  la  vez 
que  nos  tenemos  por  mas  vigorosos  e  inventivos 
que  estos.  Nos  jactamos  de  ser  el  brazo  y  los 
sesos  del  pais  mientras  que  a  los  andaluces  se  les 
puede  llamar  el  corazon  de  Espana.  Pero  dis-  5 
pense,  voy  seguidamente  al  grano.  A  los  Fran- 
ceses, muy  amigos  nuestros,  los  llamamos  en 
broma  "gabachos"  y  todavia  no  nos  hemos 
olvidado  por  entero  de  la  Guerra  de  la  Inde- 
pendencia.  10 

Napoleon  habia  determinado  apoderarse  de 
Espana  y  en  1808  supo  entretener  con  falsas 
promesas  y  halagos  a  Carlos  IV,  pasando  sus 
ejercitos  ocultamente  por  la  frontera.  Los  reyes 
estaban  para  huir  a  America,  ayudandoles  en  estois 
el  ministro  favorito  Godoy.  El  pueblo  se  amotino, 
impidio  la  fuga,  hizo  destituir  a  Godoy  y  forzo  a 
Carlos  a  abdicar,  el  19  de  marzo  de  1808,  la  corona 
en  favor  de  su  hijo,  Fernando  VII.  Napoleon 
consiguio  que  los  reyes,  padre  e  hijo,  fuesen  a  20 
entenderse  con  el  en  Bayona,  Francia.  Al  saber 
el  2  de  mayo  que  los  otros  dos  infantes  tendrian 
que  ir  alia  tambien,  se  alboroto  la  multitud  y  el 
general  Murat  a  la  cabeza  del  ejercito  frances  en 
Madrid,  hizo  disparar  contra  los  madrilefios.  25 
Dos  heroicos  oficiales,  Daoiz  y  Velarde,  llevaron 
a  cabo,  con  unos  cuantos  soldados  y  paisanos,  la 
defensa   del   Parque   de  Artilleria   contra   fuerzas 


146  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

cien  veces  mayores.  Fue  un  dia  sangriento  pero 
glorioso  para  los  madrilefios  quienes  armados  de 
palos,  navajas  y  escopetas  lucharon  cuerpo  a 
cuerpo  con  los  veteranos  franceses  probados  en 
5  cien  combates. 

El  6  de  mayo  renunciaba  Fernando  VII  la 
corona  en  favor  de  su  padre  y  este  cedio  sus 
derechos  a  Napoleon.  Pero  el  pueblo  en  general 
se   aprestaba   a   resistir   al   invasor   de  la   patria. 

loEl  20  de  Julio  entro  en  Madrid  Jose  Bonaparte, 
nombrado  rey  de  Espafia  por  su  hermano 
Napoleon.  En  la  batalla  de  Bailen  que  se  dio 
el  19  de  Julio,  el  ejercito  espanol,  bajo  el  mando 
del  general  C^stanos,  derroto  a  las  fuerzas  fran- 

iscesas  mandadas  por  el  general  Dupont  quien 
tuvo  que  entregar  su  espada  vencedora  en  num- 
erosos  conflictos.  Jose  Bonaparte  se  retiro  en- 
tonces  a  Burgos  al  enterarse  de  esta  derrota,  estable- 
ciendo  su  cuartel  general  en  Miranda.     Siguieron 

20  las  heroicas  defensas  de  Zaragoza  y  Gerona  cuyas 
ciudades  se  vieron  finalmente  precisadas  a  capi- 
tular despues  de  haber  luchado  con  el  mayor 
denuedo  y  de  haberse  cubierto  de  gloria  inmar- 
cesible.     Despues     de     varias     victorias     de     las 

25  armas  espafiolas  e  inglesas,  dirigidas  estas  por  el 
duque  de  Wellington,  termino  la  guerra  con  el 
tratado  de  Valenzey,  celebrado  en  el  ano  de  1814. 
Realizando  Napoleon  lo  inutil  que  era  retener 


LA  GUERRA   DE  LA   INDEPENDENCIA  147 

a  Fernando  VII  y  seguir  con  la  campana  contra 
Espana,  puso  en  libertad  al  monarca  espanol. 

Asi  se  ve  que  en  Espana  empezo  la  caida  del 
gran  dictador  Frances. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Impersonal   reflexive   verbs    (se   les   puede   Uamar)   . 

Use  of  e  for  y  (padre  e  hijo) Synopsis  of  conocer  38, 

poder  II,  querer  13. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

Uegar  a  conocer  ir  al  grano 

ocurrirse  algo  a  uno  luchar  cuerpo  a  cuerpo 

esforzarse  en  aprestarse  a 

tenerse  por  '  darse  una  batalla 

entenderse  con  verse  precisado 

jactarse  de  poner  en  libertad 

B 

Para  hacer  oralmente.  Substituyase  el  infinitive  5 
subrayado  de  cada  frase  que  sigue  por  la  forma  con- 
veniente  de  subjuntivo.  Despues  traduzcanse  al  ingles 
las  oraciones  asi  formadas.  i.  Fue  preciso  que  el 
irse.  2.  Haga  Vd.  que  el  nifio  esforzarse  en  contestar. 
3.  Digales  Vd.  que  no  jactarse  de  eso.  4.  Le  pedimos  10 
a  Vd.  que  ir  al  grano.  5.  Voy  a  conseguir  que  ellos 
darmelo.  6.  Me  rogaron  yo  poner  en  libertad  al 
Catalan. 

Version.     Make  use  of  your  tongue  and  you'll  find 
out,  is  a  useful  proverb.     Believing  that  it  v^as  true,  15 
it  occurred  to  me  to  ask  a  distinguished  old  gentleman 
to  tell  me  something  about  the  War  of  Independence, 


148  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

as  it  is  called  in  Spain.  He  was  a  Catalonian  and  a 
retired  professor  of  European  history  and  he  told  me 
to  ask  him  what  I  wished  and  he  would  try  hard  to 
satisfy  me.  I  was  most  grateful  to  him  for  having 
5  consented  to  discuss  historical  matters  with  me. 

He  continued  by  explaining  to  me  the  influence  that 
the  French  had  exercised  in  Spain  during  the  past 
century.  For  many  years  they,  the  Belgians,  and  the 
English    have    been    investing    abundant    capital    in 

10  Spanish  railways,  factories,  and  mines,  but  the  Span- 
iards have  not  yet  entirely  forgotten  the  year  1808  when 
Napoleon  tried  to  take  possession  of  Spain.  Neither 
have  they  forgotten  Gibraltar  which  the  English  took 
in  1704. 

15  When  the  invader  Napoleon  sent  his  armies  across 
the  boundary  Charles  IV  and  Maria  Cristina,  helped 
by  Godoy  the  favorite,  were  about  to  flee  to  America, 
but  the  people  stopped  the  flight  and  Charles  abdicated 
the  crown  in  favor  of  his  son  Ferdinand.     Attracted 

20  by  the  promises  and  the  cajolery  of  Napoleon,  father 
and  son  went  to  Bayonne  to  have  an  understanding 
with  Napoleon.  The  people  of  Madrid  began  to  riot 
when  they  learned  this  and  General  Murat  had  the 
French  army  fire  upon  the  peasants  and  soldiers  who 

25  resisted  the  French.  Although  they  were  armed  only 
with  k;iives,  clubs  and  shotguns,  the  Madrilenians 
fought  hand  to  hand  during  the  whole  day  against  the 
much  larger  forces  of  the  French  veterans. 

Ferdinand  had  abdicated  the  crown  in  favor  of  his 

30  father  Charles  who  renounced  his  rights  to  it;  therefore 


LA   GUERRA  DE  LA  INDEPENDENCIA'  149 

Napoleon  proclaimed  his  brother  Joseph  King  of 
Spain  and  the  latter  went  to  reside  in  the  Royal  Palace 
of  Madrid.  General  Castanos  later  routed  the  army  of 
General  Dupont  at  the  battle  of  Bailen,  and  Joseph, 
or  "Joe  Bottles",  established  his  headquarters  at  5 
Miranda,  withdrawing  from  Madrid.  After  having 
covered  themselves  with  imperishable  glory,  the  cities 
of  Zaragoza  and  Gerona  were  compelled  to  surrender 
to  the  French.  Afterwards  followed  several  victories 
of  the  Spanish  and  of  the  English  who,  under  the  com- 10 
mand  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  were  aiding  the 
Spanish.  The  treaty  that  ended  the  war  was  effected 
in  1814.  Napoleon  liberated  Ferdinand  VII  who 
returned  to  Spain  and  to  his  throne.  The  great 
French  dictator  realized  how  useless  it  was  to  continue  15 
with  his  campaign  against  Spain  and  withdrew  his 
forces  from  that  land.  It  is  interesting  to  remember 
that  his  fall  began  in  Spain. 

The  professor  said  that  the  Catalonians  were  more 
closely  related  to  the  French  than  the  Castilians  were,  20 
since  they  had  always  lived  in  a  province  close  to  the 
French  frontier.  He  boasted  of  the  Catalonian  tongue 
which,  he  said,  was  neither  French  nor  Spanish  but  a 
language  different  from  them  both.  He  said  that 
the  Catalonians  were  more  calm  and  sensible  than  the  25 
"gabachos"  and  more  inventive  than  the  Castilians  or 
the  Andalusians.  He  said  to  me,  "We  consider  our- 
selves the  brains  and  the  arm  of  Spain  and,  if  you  wish, 
you  may  call  Andalusia,  with  its  poetry  and  pictur- 
esque life,  the  heart  of  Spain."  30 


XXVI 

A.    EL  GOBIERNO  MODERNO  DE  ESPANA 

Encontramos  que  en  el  centro  del  pais — ^dijo 
Miguel  un  dia  a  don  Jose — el  pueblo  con  raras 
excepciones  se  entusiasma  a  la  primera  alusion 
al  rey  don  Alfonso  XIII.     Hacian  lenguas  de  el 

5por  todas  partes.  jCaramba!  jEso  no  es 
ser  popular  que  digamos!  Vd.,  como  vecino  de 
la  poblacion  que  mas  fama  tiene  de  republlcana 
y  revolucionaria,  Jcree  Vd.  que  va  a  ser  republica 
este   pais? — iCuando? — Pongamos   dentro   de   20 

loarios. — No,  serior;  dado  caso  que  viva  por  tanto 
tiempo  don  Alfonso. — eComo  es  eso? — Que  si 
hubiese  republica  el  primer  presidente  elegido  por 
votacion  popular  seria  el  rey  actual. — jLo  cree 
Vd.? — Sin  ningun  genero  de  duda. — J  En  que  se 

15  funda  Vd.  para  poder  creerlo  asi? — En  el  temple  de 
los  espaiioles;  en  la  tradicion,  de  la  cual  somos  muy 
amantes  y  en  el  caracter  mismo  del  rey  actual. 
Tenemos  nuestros  males  en  numero  grande  pero 
el  adoptar  un   gobierno  republicano,    siendo  rey 

20  Alfonso,  solo  seria  salir  del  lodo  y  caer  en  el  arroyo, 
Muchas  gracias :  aunque  soy  republicano,  Catalan  y 
por  eso  quejumbroso  arraigado,  me  contentare  con 
la  monarquia.     Algun  dia  .  .  .  pero  iquien  sabe? 

ISO 


EL  GOBIERNO  MODERNO  DE  ESPA5TA  151 

— ^'Por  que  hay  tanta  confianza  en  el  rey? — Se 
puede  citar  muchas  razones.  Ahi  van  algunas. 
Primero,  nacio  en  un  periodo  critico  de  nuestra 
historia,  cuando  nos  hizo  falta  un  soberano  en 
quien  pudieramos  concentrar  nuestras  esperanzas;  5 
segundo,  encarna  en  su  persona  el  espanolismo  jun- 
to con  las  ideas  mas  modernas:  tercero,  es  aplicado 
y  sagaz  y  anhela  intensamente  el  bien  de  la  patria, 
dedicandose  muchas  horas  al  dia  a  los  grandes 
problemas  que  le  confrontan. — Es  borbon,  ino?      10 

— Si;  desde  el  principio  de  la  Edad  Moderna  ha 
habido    dos    casas    reales    en    Espaiia,    la    de    los 
Hapsburgos  y  la  de  los  Borbones.     Carlos  I  de  • 
Espaiia  y  V  de  Alemania,  el  nieto  de  los  Reyes 
Catolicos,  era  el  primer  rey  austriaco.     El  entro  15 
de  rey  en  Valladolid  en  1517.     Los  cinco  reyes  de 
la  casa  de  Austria  fueron  Carlos  V  el  emperador 
y  Felipe  II  en  el  siglo  XVI;  Felipe  III,  Felipe  IV 
y  Carlos  II  en  el  siglo  XVII.     Carlos  II  no  tenia 
sucesion   y  lego   la   corona   a   Felipe   de   Borbon,  20 
duque  de  Anjou,  nieto  de  Luis  XIV  de  Francia. 
Asi  es  que  la  casa  de  Borbon  principio  a  reinar  en 
Espaiia  en  el  aiio  1700  y  esta  dinastia  continua 
sin  otra  interrupcion  que  la  de  1868  a  1875.     Los 
reyes .  borbones    eran    Felipe    V,    Fernando    VI,  25 
Carlos  III  y  Carlos  IV  en  el  siglo  XVIII;  Fernando 
VII,  Isabel  II,  interregno  durante  el  cual  fue  el 
breve  reinado  del  italiano  Amadeo  de  Saboya  y 


152  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

la  republica,  Alfonso  XII  y  Alfonso  XIII  en  el 
siglo  XIX. 

Habiendo  sido  malisimo  el  reinado  de  Isabel  II 
de  1843  a  1868,  fue  ella  destronada  por  la  revolu- 
s  cion  de  septiembre  de  este  ano.  Al  general  Serrano 
se  le  puso  a  la  cabeza  del  gobierno  provisional 
hasta  que  las  Cortes  eligieron  al  trono  a  D. 
Amadeo  de  Saboya  quien  entro  en  Madrid  el 
dia  2  de  enero  de  1871  y  abdico  la  corona  el  11  de 

lofebrero  de  1873.  En  el  acto  se  proclamo  la 
republica  que  duro  hasta  diciembre  de  1874, 
ocupando  la*  presidencia  cuatro  estadistas,  a 
saber:  Figueras,  Pi  y  Margall,  Salmeron,  y 
Castelar.     En    dicho    mes    el    general    Martinez 

15  Campos,  al  frente  de  sus  tropas,  proclamo  rey  de 
Espana  a  D.  Alfonso  XII,  el  Pacificador,  en  quien 
habia  abdicado  la  corona  Isabel  II  su  madre 
el  25  de  junio  de  1869.  Entro  en  Madrid  el  14 
de  enero  de   1875.     Bajo  D.  Alfonso  XII  habia 

2otolerancia  y  renovacion,  se  mejoro  el  estado  de  la 
hacienda,  se  desarrollo  la  instruccion  publica  y 
se  aumento  la  riqueza  del  pais.  Murio  este 
soberano  el  25  de  noviembre  de  1885  quedando 
como  reina  regente  Da.  Maria  Cristina  de  Haps- 

25burgo  quien  se  hizo  amar  dando  a  luz  el  17 
de  mayo  de  1886  un  hijo  varon  proclamado  rey 
Alfonso  XIII  el  dia  que  nacio.  Este  es  el  que 
rige  hoy  los  destinos  de  la  nacion. 


EL  GOBIERNO  MODERNO  DE  ESPATsTA  1 53 

— Gracias,  don  Jose,  por  su  buena  conferencia. 
Aunque  soy  ciudadano  orguUoso  de  la  mayor  y 
mejor  republica  del  mundo,  aqui  me  tiene  Vd. 
dispuesto  a  lanzar  el  grito  monarquico  de: — 
jViva  el  reyJ  5 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Use  of  article  with  infinitives  used  as  nouns  (el  adoptar  un 

gobierno) Exclamatory     expressions     in     Spanish 

(icaramba!) Synopsis  of  saber  14,  continuar  40,  enviar 

39,  elegit  37. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

hacer  lenguas  de  uno  ser  amante  de 

eso  no  es  ser  popular  que  hacer  falta  algo  a  uno 

digamos  en  el  acto 

poner  tantos  anos  a  saber 

fundarse  en  hacerse  amar 

dado  caso  que  viva  dar  a  luz 
tener  fama  de 

B 

Deberes  orales.  Para  contestar  en  espanol.  i. 
iPor  que  es  popular  el  rey  don  Alfonso  XIII?  2.  jDe 
que  casa  es  el  rey  actual?  3.  jEn  cuales  anos  existio 
la  republica  espanola?  4.  jQuienes  eran  los  cuatro 
presidentes  de  la  republica?  5.  Nombre  Vd.  los  reyes  10 
borbones  de  los  siglos  XVIII  y  XIX.  6.  Cite  Vd. 
los  reyes  hapsburgos  del  siglo  XVI;  del  siglo  XVII. 
7.  J  Por  que  se  le  llamo  a  D.  Alfonso  XII  el  Pacifi- 
cador?  8.  ^De  que  nacion  procedio  Amadeo  de 
Saboya  ?  15 


154  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Traduccion.  Who  was  the  father  of  the  present  king 
of  Spain  ?  —  Alphonso  XII,  who  was  called  the 
Pacificator. —  And  who  ruled  the  destinies  of  the 
nation  before  him  ? —  His  mother  was  Isabella  II, 
5  daughter  of  Ferdinand  VII.  But  between  the  years 
1868,  when  Isabella  was  dethroned,  and  1875,  when 
Alphonso  entered  Madrid  as  king,  the  government 
changed  often.  First  there  was  a  provisional  govern- 
ment until  the  Cortes  chose  Amadeus  of  Savoy  king. 

10  He  reigned  two  years,  giving  up  the  crown  the  nth  of 
February,  1873.  The  republic,  which  was  at  once 
proclaimed,  lasted  less  than  two  years,  Castelar  being 
the  last  of  four  statesmen  who  occupied  the  presidency. 
f^    In  December  1874,  General  Martinez  Campos  at  the 

15  head  of  his  troops  proclaimed  Alphonso  XII  king  of 
Spain.  His  mother  had  given  up  the  crown  in  his 
favor  soon  after  fleeing  to  Paris. —  What  did  Alphonso 
XII  do  for  the  welfare  of  his  country? — During 
the  ten  years  of  his  reign  the  country  settled  down,  the 

20  condition  of  the  treasury  was  improved  and  the 
country's  wealth  increased.  The  Carlists,  who  had 
been  very  active  during  the  interregnum,  no  longer 
troubled  the  government.  He  even  made  himself 
beloved   by   the   Catalonians  who   have   always   been 

25  reputed  as  republicans  and  revolutionists. 

—  And  is  Spain  going  to  be  a  republic  within  a  few 
years.? —  Not  So  long  as  Alphonso  XIII  lives. — 
How  is  that.f^  Is  there  such  confidence  in  him? — 
Great  Scott,  man,  he  is  so  popular  that  he  is  praised 

30  on   every  hand.    Alphonso  would  at  once  be  elected 


EL  GOBIERNO  MODERNO  DE  ESP  ANA  155 

president  by  popular  vote  if  there  were  a  republic  in 
Spain. —  That  is  not  being  popular,  is  it?  On  what  do 
you  base  your  opinion? — On  the  character  of  the 
king,  on  the  temperament  of  the  Spaniards  and  on 
tradition,  of  which  we  Spaniards  are  very  fond.  We  5 
already  have  a  constitutional  monarchy.  We  do  not 
need  a  republic.  To  establish  a  republican  form  of 
government  would  be  out  of  the  frying-pan  into  the 
fire. —  Although  you  are  a  chronic  fault-finder  and  a 
Catalonian,  you  become  enthusiastic  at  the  first  men-  10 
tion  of  your  Bourbon  king. —  Yes,  although  a  Repub- 
lican, here  I  am,  ready  to  ut:ter  the  cry,  "Long  live  the 
king!"  It  is  true  that  he  is  a  Bourbon  and  that  his 
mother,  Maria  Cristina,  is  a  Hapsburg  but  in  the 
person  of  don  Alphonso  is  incarnated  true  devotion  15 
to  Spain.  He  is  industrious,  energetic  and  discerning. 
He  enjoys  excellent  health  and  is  fond  of  sports,  though 
he  gladly  devotes  several  hours  a  day  to  the  problems 
that  confront  a  king. 

—  He  was  born  after  his  father's  death,  was  he  not?  20 
— Yes,  Maria  Cristina,  the  father's  second  wife,  gave 
birth  to  a  male  child  the  17th  of  May,  1886,  at  a  critical 
period  in  the  history  of  Spain.  Upon  him  we  have 
centered  all  our  hopes.  I  could  cite  many  reasons  why 
we  are  proud  citizens  of  a  monarchy,  but  I  content  25 
myself  by  asking  you  to  read  the  history  of  our  land 
in  the  volumes  written  by  Mr.  Martin  Hume. 


XXVII 

A.     OFICIOS 

No  hay  mejor  sitio  en  el  mundo  hispano  para 
estudiar  los  oficios  que  aqui  en  esta  bendita  Bar- 
celona— dijo  don  Jose. — Hay  muchos  barrios  y 
arrabales    entregados    exclusivamente    a    las    in- 

5  dustrias  manufactureras.  Por  ejemplo,  en  Sans 
hay  fabricas  de  algodon,  chocolate,  harina, 
maquinas  y  productos  quimicos  mientras  que  en 
San  Andres  de  Palomar  y  San  Martin  de  Pro- 
vensals  hay  fundiciones,  tintorerias,  fabricas  de 

lolana,  seda  y  porcelana.  Sobre  todo  hay  muchas 
fabricas  de  tejidos  de  algodon  por  todas  partes. 
— Si — dijo  Pedro — por  el  humo  que  echan  las 
chimeneas  nos  creeriamos  en  un  centro  manu- 
facturero  de  Nueva  Inglaterra.     Quisieramos  ver 

15  de  cerca  algo  de  este  hormigueo  industrial. 
(iPuede  Vd.  o  su  sobrino  servirnos  de  guia? — Yo 
no;  no  me  siento  bastante  fuerte  para  poder 
acompafiarles.  Pero  el  si.  Pablo  ira  con  Vds. 
gustosisimo,     i.no    es     cierto,     Pablo  .^ — De     mil 

2oamores,  tio  mio. 

Era  Pablo  muy  listo  e  inteligente  y  como  guia 
no  hubiera  podido  ganarle  nadie.  Mientras  cami- 
naban  a  paso  lento  por  la  Rambla  los  americanos 

156 


OFICIOS  157 

aprendian  mucho  en  su  trato  con  Pablo  acerca  de 
las  artes  mecanicas,  logrando  a  la  vez  datos 
suficientes  para  poder  discutir  los  diferentes 
oficios.  Por  ejemplo:  que  a  los  empleados  de 
las  fabricas  se  les  llama  obreros  u  operarios,  los  $ 
cuales  cobran  por  jornales  o  a  destajo;  que  son 
hilanderos  e  hilanderas  los  que  hilan  en  las 
fabricas  de  tejidos;  que  el  jefe  se  llama  el  patron; 
que  un  tintorero  tine  los  panos  en  una  tintoreria; 
un  sastre  hace  trajes  en  una  sastreria;  un  armero  10 
fabrica  armas  blancas  y  de  fuego;  el  cuchillero 
hace  cuchillos,  navajas  y  tijeras;  el  herrero  labra 
el  hierro  en  un  yunque  por  medio  de  martillos, 
tenazas  y  una  forja;  el  herrador  pega  herraduras  a 
las  patas  de  los  caballos  y  asnos;  el  curtidor  curteis 
o  zurra  los  cueros  en  una  teneria;  el  sombrerero 
hace  o  vende  sombreros;  el  panadero  hace  los 
panes  que  se  cuecen  en  el  horno  y  se  venden  en  la 
panaderia;  el  zapatero  hace  del  cuero  zapatos, 
zapatillas  y  botas;  el  albanil  se  sirve  de  ladrillos  20 
o  piedra  y  argamasa  para  construir  casas  y  otros 
edificios;  el  molinero  muele  en  su  molino  los 
cereales  como  el  trigo,  el  centeno,  la  cebada;  el 
carpintero  construye  de  madera  casas,  etc.;  el 
relojero  tiene  relojeria  y  fabrica  y  compone2s 
relojes  de  varias  clases;  el  joyero  fabrica  prendas 
de  oro  y  plata  y  las  adorna  con  multitud  de 
piedras  preciosas. 


158  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH   PROSE   BOOK 

Para  aprender  un  oficio — advirtio  Pablo — hay 
que  ponerse  de  aprendiz  y-trabajar  con  ahinco  y 
sin  sueldo  por  varios  aiios.  Yo  no  me  pinto 
para  estas  cosas;  me  traen  arrastrado.  Prefiero 
5  una  profesion  y  estoy  estudiando  para  abogado. 
Tal  vez  me  diga  alguien  algun  dia: — Zapatero^  a 
tus  zapatosy  queriendo  decir  que  no  me  conviene 
una  profesion  tan  encumbrada. — Nos  hemos 
fijado — dijo  Miguel — en  que  en  Espafia  hay  unos 

looficios,  si  se  puede  denominarlos  asi,  muy  raros. 
Por  ejemplo,  hay  el  de  sereno  quien  canta  las 
horas  de  la  noche.  Tambien  hay  en  algunos 
hoteles  un  despertador  el  cual  despierta  a  los 
individuos  que  tienen  que  levantarse  temprano. 

15  Eso  constituye  en  verdad  una  division  de  labor 
muy  detallada. 

Le  agradecieron  mucho  a  Pablo  su  amabilidad 
en  guiarles  por  las  fabricas  y  talleres  pues  sus 
servicios  les  resultaron  de  suma  utilidad. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Use  of  si  and  no  in  elliptical  sentences  (yo  no ;  el  si)  

Synopsis  of  ver  22,  tenir  29,  42,  cocer  26,  35. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

ver  de  cerca  con  ahinco 

ir  gusto sisimo  pintarse  para 

de  mil  amores  traer  arrastrado  a  uno 

ganar  a  uno  como  guia  querer  decir 

a  destajo  estudiar  para 

ponerse  de  aprendiz  resultar 


OFICIOS  150 

B 

Trabajo  oral.     Completese  el  siguiente  cuadro. 

Articulo  Oficio  Taller  0  tienda      Verbo 

reloj  relojero  relojeria  cornponer, 

fabricar 

pan  

zapato  

sombrero         ^        ^ 

cuchillo  ^^______         . 


joy  a 
cueros 

(curtidos) 
hilo 
herradura 


Traduccion.  Paul,  I  should  like  to  discuss  with  you 
the  different  trades. —  All  right.  Most  willingly.  Or 
I  would  gladly  serve  you  as  guide,  if  you  would  like 
to  visit  the  industrial  districts  of  the  city  or  of  the 
suburbs. —  Thank  you.  Tomorrow  I  should  like  to  5 
see  at  close  range  the  manufacturing  centers  of  this 
region. —  There  are  some  districts  given  up  entirely 
to  foundries  and  dye-works.  Flour,  chocolate  and 
chemical  products  are  made  in  certain  suburbs  of 
Barcelona.  In  all  this  industrial  hurly-burly  the  10 
textile  mills  predominate. 

— Let's  take  a  walk  along  the  Rambla  and  as  we  go 
along  slowly  you  can  tell  me  what  I  ought  to  know 


i6o  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

about  the  mechanic  arts  as  they  are  seen  in  Spain. — 
Well  then,  let  us  begin  by  speaking  of  the  employees 
in  different  industries.  Barcelona  surpasses  all  the 
other  cities  of  the  Spanish  world  for  its  opportunities 
5  to  study  them.  It  would  be  well  for  you  to  ask  me 
questions  and  I  shall  try  hard  to  answer  them. —  All 
right.  How  are  the  workmen  or  the  operators  in  the 
factories  paid  ? —  By  the  piece  or  by  day-wages, 
according  to  the  work  they  do. —  How  are  the  employ- 

lo  ees  of  a  textile  mill  called  i^ —  Spinners,  male  and  female. 
—  What  does  a  mason  do  ? —  He  constructs  buildings, 
using  stone  or  bricks  and  mortar.  The  carpenter  uses 
wood  to  build  them. —  What  is  sold  in  a  bakery.? — 
The  loaves  and  rolls  that  the  baker  makes  and  bakes 

15  in  the  oven.  A  person  who  is  very  good  a  Spaniard 
calls  ''better  than  bread".  The  miller  grinds  cereals 
in  his  mill  and  sells  the  flour  to  the  baker. 

—  Who  makes  fire-arms  ? —  The  armorer,  who  also 
makes   steel    arms,   that   is,   swords  and  daggers;   the 

20  cutler  makes  knives,  razors,  and  shears. —  Who  makes 
and  repairs  timepieces  I —  The  watchmaker  does  this 
in  his  shop.  He  may  also  sell  gold  and  silver,  jewels 
and  precious  stones  and  he  is  then  called  a  jeweler. — 
What  do  they  call  the  factory  where  cloth  is  dyed  ^ — 

25  A  dye-works,  and  the  employees  are  dyers.  The 
tailor  uses  the  cloth  to  make  suits. —  Where  is  leather 
tanned  i^ —  In  a  tannery  which  produces  tanned  hides 
with  which  the  shoemaker  makes  in  his  shop  boots, 
shoes,  and  slippers.     We   also   need    a   hat-maker   to 

30  provide   us  with   hats   and   caps   of  various   kinds. — 


OFICIOS  i6i 

What  do  they  call  those  who  work  iron  in  forges? — 
They  are  blacksmiths  or  horseshoers.  The  blacksmith 
fashions  many  kinds  of  iron  articles.  The  horseshoer 
attaches  horseshoes  to  the  feet  of  donkeys,  mules, 
oxen,  and  horses.  5 

Thanks  for  these  data.  There  is  no  one  who  could 
excel  you  as  a  guide  through  the  factory  district. 
Are  you  going  to  be  an  artisan  ? —  Not  I,  but  my 
brother  is.  These  trades  bore  me.  I  am  not  apt  in 
these  things.  I  am  studying  earnestly  to  be  a  doctor.  lo 
I  hope  you  will  not  tell  me,  ''Shoemaker,  to  your 
shoes." —  What  does  that  mean  ? —  It  means  that  one 
should  not  seek  a  lofty  profession  or  position  which 
does  not  suit  him. —  Here  comes  the  night-watchman. 
What  a  queer  trade  his  is!  I  have  also  noticed  that  in  15 
some  hotels  there  is  an  awakener  who  awakens  those 
who  have  to  get  up  early.  Good  night.  Thanks  for 
your  kindness.  Come  tomorrow.  I  know  that  your 
services  will  prove  to  be  useful. 


XXVIII 

A.    DOS  GRANDEZAS  DE  ESPANA 

Nos  halagaria  mucho,  don  Jose,  oirle  hablar 
del  Cid.  Vimos  en  Burgos  su  solar,  su  cofre 
fuerte  y  sus  restos  mortales.  No  sabemos  si  se 
debe  creer  todo  lo  que  se  dice  de  el  en  leyendas, 

5  poesias  y  tradiciones. — Pues,  existia  realmente, 
no  cabe  duda,  y  lo  creible  referente  a  el  parece  que 
es  de  este  modo:  Rodrigo  Diaz  de  Vivar,  fuerte 
vasallo  del  rey  Alfonso  VI  de  Castilla,  fue  muy 
celebrado    por    sus     hazaiias    guerreras     que    le 

lovalieron  el  nombre  de  El  Cid  Campeador.  Cid 
es  una  palabra  derivada  del  arabe  Sidi  o  Said 
que  significa  en  espafiol,  caudillo  o  jefe.  Cuando 
los  espaiioles  nombraron  rey  a  Alfonso  VI  en  el 
alio  1073,  le  exigieron  que  jurase  no  haber  tenido 

15  parte  en  la  muerte  de  su  hermano  don  Sancho. 
No  habia  sino  el  Cid  que  tuviese  valor  para  pedir 
tal  juramento  al  rey,  quien  no  le  perdono  nunca 
tamaiia  osadia,  desterrandole  de  Castilla  y  despo- 
seyendole  de  sus  bienes. 

20  El  Cid  fue  entonces  en  auxilio  del  rey  Alcadir  de 
Valencia  contra  varios  alcaides  rebeldes,  obligan- 
doles  a  pagar  a  su  senor  el  tributo  que  acostum- 
braban.     Vencio  a  Berenguer  de  Barcelona  y  le 

162 


DOS  GRANDEZAS  DE  ESP  ANA  163 

hizo  aliado,  recibiendo  tribute  de  el,  del  rey  de 
Valencia,  de  los  musulmanes  de  Tortosa,  Jatiba 
y  Denia  y  de  los  senores  de  otras  muchas  regiones. 
Cuando  volvio  a  Castilla  en  1092  olvidando  sus 
agravios,  para  ayudar  a  Alfonso  contra  los  5 
almoravides,  nueva  tribu  de  arabes  que  apretaban 
a  los  castellanos,  encontro  que  todavia  le  aborrecio 
ese  ingrato  monarca.  En  esto  regreso  el  poderoso 
vasallo  a  su  tierra  de  Valencia  donde  en  1094 
derroto  a  unos  insurrectos  que  habian  quitado  la  10 
corona  y  vida  al  rey  valenciano.  Esto  lo  repitio 
cuando  en  1096  un  numeroso  ejercito  de  almora- 
vides pretendia  apoderarse  de  Valencia.  Muerto 
el  Cid  en  1099,  su  esposa  Dona  Jimena  conserve  a 
Valencia  durante  tres  aiios  y  todavia  hoy  se  honra  15 
esta  ciudad  con  el  nombre  de  Valencia  del  Cid. 
De  desagradecidos  estd  el  infierno  lleno. — i Bravo! 
— exclamaron  los  jovenes — ahora  cuentenos  algo 
.  de  ese  otro  heroe,  el  Manco  de  Lepanto. 

—  Cuando  los  turcos  tomaron  a  Constantinopla  20 
y  se  enseiiorearon  del  Mediterraneo  con  sus 
escuadras,  formaron  una  liga  para  hacerles  la 
guerra  Venecia,  Genova,  el  papa  Pio  V  y  Felipe 
II.  Don  Juan  de  Austria,  hermano  natural  de 
Felipe,  mando  la  escuadra  de  la  liga,  que  se  hizo  25 
a  la  mar  el  16  de  septiembre  de  1571  y  trabo 
batalla  con  los  turcos  el  7  de  octubre,  en  el  Golfo 
de  Lepanto.     La  victoria,  mucho  tiempo  indecisa, 


1 64  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Copyright  by  Underwood  &•  Underwood,  N.  Y. 

Valencia:  La  Calle  de  la  Paz 


DOS  GRANDEZAS  DE  ESPAIN^A  165 

se  inclino  al  fin  en  favor  de  los  cristianos,  pere- 
ciendo  20,000  turcos  y  quedando  presos  12,000. 
Enfermo  de  calentura  en  la  galera  Marquesa 
yacia  un  joven  espanol  alistado  en  la  compania 
de  Diego  de  Urbina.  Al  escuchar  el  ruido  del  5 
combate,  abandono  la  cama;  sin  armarse  apenas, 
tomo  su  espada  y  tambaleandose  salto  a  cubierta. 
En  vano  sus  camaradas  intentaron  disuadirle; 
se  empeiio  en  pelear  y  peleaba  bizarramente, 
siendo  herido  en  el  pecho  y  teniendo  mutiladaio 
para  siempre  la  mano  izquierda,  ^*para  la  mayor 
gloria  de  la  derecha"  como  solia  el  decir.  Recibida 
su  licencia  en  1575,  embarcose  para  Espaiia  pero 
fue  apresado  por  un  corsario  y  quedo  cautivo  en 
los  banos  de  Argel  hasta  que,  despues  de  muchos  15 
sufrimientos  y  de  arriesgar  la  vida  cien  veces  por 
salvar  a  sus  compaiieros  de  cautiverio,  fue  res- 
catado. 

El  Manco  de  Lepanto  se  llamo  Miguel  de 
Cervantes  Saavedra,  el  regocijo  de  las  musas,  el  20 
inmortal  autor  de  don  Quijote  de  la  Mancha. 
Durara  su  nombre  mientras  haya  una  persona  que 
sepa  leer  en  el  hermoso  idioma  de  Castilla.  Para  el 
escribio  Leopoldo  Cano,  poeta  ilustre,  tambien  sol- 
dado:  25 

Si  por  la  gloria  de  Espaiia 

que  en  el  Quijote  se  encierra 

Europa  nos  arm  a  guerra, 


1 66  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

decid  con  desden  profundo: 

el  mejor  libro  del  mundo 

lo  escrlbio  un  manco  en  mi  tierra. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Synopsis  of  haber  7,  obligar  32,  creer  43. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria 

tener  parte  en  hacer  la  guerra  a 

tener  valor  para  hacerse  a  la  mar 

pedir  juramento  a  ensenorearse  de 

desposeer  de  trabar  batalla  con 

ir  en  auxilio  de  enfermo  de 

quitar  algo  a  alguien  embarcarse  para 

Trabajo  oral.  a.  Traduzcanse  al  castellano  las 
sfrases  que  siguen.  i.  Have  you  heard  about  the  Cid  ? 
2.  It  is  said  that  his  deeds  won  for  him  the  name 
'The  Valiant".  3.  I  had  no  part  in  that.  40  I  shall 
go  to  aid  my  brother.  5.  I  compelled  the  man  to 
leave.  6.  Cervantes  was  wounded  in  the  left  hand. 
10  7.  I  stumbled  about  on  entering  the  room.  8.  Is  there 
anyone  here  who  can  read  Arabic  ?  9.  As  long  as  you 
have  fever,  do  not  leave  your  bed.  10.  I  have  insisted 
on  seeing  you.  11.  He  has  taken  it  away  from  me. 
b.  Aprendase  de  memoria  los  versos  de  Leopoldo  Cano. 

B 

15  Version.  Many  of  the  authors  of  Spain  were  also 
soldiers  celebrated  for  their  war-like  deeds.  It  is  said 
that  Miguel  de  Cervantes  Saavedra  was  prouder  of 


DOS  GRANDEZAS  DE  ESP  AN  A  167 

the  name  *'the  one-handed  man  of  Lepanto"  than  of 
that  of  "author  of  Don  Quijote  of  La  Mancha."  It 
was  in  the  battle  with  the  Turks  the  7th  of  October, 
1571  that  Cervantes  had  his  left  hand  mutilated 
*'for  the  greater  glory  of  the  right",  as  is  wont  to  be  said.  5 

He  had  been  ill  with  fever  on  one  of  the  galleys  of 
the  fleet  of  the  allies,  who  were  waging  war  on  the 
Turks.  When  he  heard  the  noise  of  the  fight,  he  left 
his  bed  and  seizing  his  sword  jumped  on  deck  where  he 
fought  bravely.  In  this  battle  many  thousands  of  10 
Turks  perished  and  many  were  captured,  the  Chris- 
tians losing  about  8000  men.  It  was  the  last  great  battle 
between  great  fleets  of  galleys.  The  Turks  were  thus 
dispossessed  of  much  of  the  territory  of  which  they 
had  had  control.  Philip  II,  Venice  and  Genoa,  to- 15 
gether  with  Pope  Pius  V,  formed  this  league  which 
routed  their  common  enemy. 

After  having  received  his  discharge,  Cervantes  set 
sail  for  Spain  but  was  captured  by  a  Moorish  pirate 
who  took  him  to  Algiers.  Here  he  remained  in  a  20 
Moorish  bano  or  prison  until  at  last  he  was  ransomed 
by  his  family  in  1580.  Many  times  he  risked  his  life 
to  save  his  comrades  from  their  captivity.  As  long  as 
Spanish  is  read  and  spoken  the  name  of  Cervantes  will 
last.  He  and  the  immortal  Shakespeare  died  April  23,  25 
1616.  Cervantes  was  buried  in  the  church  in  Canta- 
rranas  Street,  Madrid. 

Another  great  man  of  Spain  was  the  Cid,  Rodrigo 
Diaz  de  Vivar,  who  was  born  near  Burgos  in  1030. 
He  was  not  an  author  but  he  was  one  of  the  greatest  30 


l68  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

soldiers  Spain  has  ever  had,  although  we  know  that 
much  of  what  has  been  told  of  him  in  legends  and 
poems  can  not  be  true.  At  any  rate,  we  know  that  he 
was  a  vassal  of  Alphonso  VI  of  Castile,  whom  he  aided 

5  against  the  Moors.  These  tribes  had  had  control  of 
the  larger  part  of  Spain  for  many  years  and  Alphonso 
pressed  them  hard  and  took  possession  of  much  of 
their  territory.  This  ungrateful  monarch  could  never 
forgive  the  Cid  for  having  made  him  swear  that  he  had 

lo  had  no  part  in  the  death  of  Sancho,  the  brother  of 
Alphonso.  He  exiled  the  Cid  and  dispossessed  him 
of  his  property. 

The  Cid  put  himself  at  the  head  of  his  small  army 
and  went  to  aid  other  leaders,  some  of  whom  were 

15  Spaniards  and  others  Moors.  He  conquered  various 
kings  and  chieftains  and  received  tribute  from  them 
after  making  them  his  allies.  He  took  Valencia  in 
1094  when  certain  rebels  deprived  his  friend,  the  King 
Alcadir,  of  life  and  throne.    Later  he  routed  the  Almora- 

20  vides  who  tried  to  gain  possession  of  that  city.  He 
died  in  1099  on  learning  that  this  tribe  had  finally 
defeated  his  army  at  Cuenca,  but  his  widow,  Ximena, 
for  a  few  years  after  his  death  held  the  city  for  Alphon- 
so, who  never  ceased  to  hate  the  name  of  the  Cid. 

25  Hell  is  full  of  ingrates,  says  the  proverb. 

The  Cid  and  his  wife,  Ximena,  were  buried  in  the 
Convent  of  San  Pedro  of  Cardena  near  Burgos,  but  his 
remains  have  been  transferred  to  the  town  hall  of 
Burgos  where  they  may  now  be  seen  together  with  his 

30  strong-box  in  which  he  kept  his  gold. 


XXIX 

A.    EL  RENACIMIENTO  DE  ESPANA 

Miguel  pregunto  a  don  Jose  una  vez: — jPor 
que  desconocen  los  espanoles  a  mis  paisanos? 
iNo  le  parece  que  se  debe  a  la  guerra  que  hubo 
entre  ambos  paises? — No;  absolutamente  no. 
No  existe  en  Espafia  rencor  alguno  contra  los  5 
Estados  Unidos.  No;  los  dos  pueblos  se  hallan 
alejados  por  pura  indiferencia  del  uno  al  otro. 
Y  esta  indiferencia  se  debe  a  dos  cosas  muy 
sencillas  pero  importantes:  la  distancia  y  la 
lengua.  La  raza  espanola  siempre  ha  mostradoio 
poca  aptitud  en  aprender  el  ingles,  idioma  que 
nos  resulta  dificil  por  sus  muchas  irregularidades 
de  pronunciacion  y  de  gramatica,  asi  como  por 
lo  poco  que  se  asemeja  al  castellano.  Se  estudia 
aqui  el  Frances  mucho  mas  que  el  ingles. — (i  Pero  15 
no  cree  Vd.  que,  siendo  inglesa  la  reina  de  Espana, 
se  deberian  establecer  mas  cursos  en  ingles  en  los 
institutos,  colegios  y  universidades? — J  Que  tiene 
que  ver  la  procedencia  de  la  reina  con  el  estudio 
del  ingles  en  el  reino?  Poco  o  nada.  Con  los  20 
Franceses  tenemos  ciertas  aproximaciones  de  raza, 
vecindad  y  comercio;  por  eso,  es  logico  estudiar 
Frances  en  Espana.     Y  Vds.  los  norteamericanos 

169 


I70  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

se  interesan  en  Espafia  tan  poco,  y  ese  poco  pro- 
cede  principalmente  del  interes  que  tienen  Vds. 
en  los  paises  hispanoamericanos  donde  esperan 
"capturar  el  comercio". 
5  — Dispense  Vd.  que  le  interrumpa,  don  Jose, 
pues  me  parece  que  se  equivoca  Vd.  hasta  cierto 
punto.  En  •  nuestras  escuelas  el  estudio  del 
castellano  ha  tornado  recientemente  un  gran 
incremento.     Si  es   verdad   que  nuestros   comer- 

lociantes  se  interesan  en  el  espanol  solo  por  ser  la 
lengua  de  60  millones  de  habitantes  del  Nuevo 
Mundo,  no  obstante  hay  que  tener  en  cuenta  el 
que  corra  parejas  ahora  con  los  otros  idiomas 
modernos  en  los  programas  academicos  y  que  en 

15  muchas  universidades  se  acepte  ahora  a  la  par 
con  el  Frances  y  el  aleman  como  materia  de  estudio 
requerida  a  los  matriculantes.  Tambien  los 
alumnos  yanquis  estan  interesados  en  conocer 
la  gloriosa  historia  de  Espafia  en  tiempos  en  que 

20  su  poderio  fue  predominante  en  el  mundo,  la 
Espafia  de  los  Reyes  Catolicos,  de  Carlos  V  y  de 
Felipe  II,  Espafia  vencedora,  descubridora  y 
colonizadora.  Tambien  America  admira  y  venera 
de  Espafia  los  grandes  literatos  del  '*siglo  de  oro", 

25  Cervantes,  Lope  de  Vega,  Calderon,  y  Ercilla. 
Principiamos  tambien  a  apreciar  debidamente  la 
literatura  moderna  espaiiola  como  lo  indican  las 
recientes    palabras    de    nuestra    gran    escritor    y 


EL  RENACIMIENTO  DE  ESPANA  171 

critico,  William  Dean  Howells: — La  literatura 
novelesca  espanola  supera  facilmente  a  la  de 
cualquier  otro  pueblo  contemporaneo.^  En  Nueva 
York  hay  el  magnifico  Museo  Hispanico  el  cual 
da  a  conocer  a  nuestra  nacion  lo  que  es  Espafia  5 
y  las  republicas  espaiiolas  en  arte,  historia  y 
literatura. 

— Gracias,  amigo,  por  habermelo  explicado  con 
tanta  claridad.  jY  que  nos  dice  Vd.  sobre  la 
carencia  de  turistas  yanquis  en  la  Peninsula? — 10 
Creo  que  es  debido  al  aislamiento  en  que  se 
encuentra  y  a  la  ignorancia  de  lo  que  tiene  que 
ofrecer  Espaiia  al  turista  juntamente  con  el 
descuido  de  Vds.  en  hacer  la  debida  propaganda 
para  atraer  a  los  extranjeros.  Francia,  Alemania,  15 
Suiza  e  Italia,  todos  se  esfuerzan  para  ganar  los 
duros  americanos. 

— Si;  tenemos  mucho  que  aprender  en  estos 
asuntos  y  la  letra  con  sangre  entra.  Pero  toda  la 
nacion,  aunque  pareciendo  dormida,  se  estremece2o 
y  despierta  a  una  vida  nueva.  El  espanolismo 
florece  como  nunca  y  la  perdida  de  nuestras  co- 
lonias  de  ultramar  fue  un  verdadero  beneficio 
dandonos  causa  y  ocasion  para  reconcentrar 
nuestros  empenos  en  la  rehabilitacion  y  explota-25 
cion    de    recursos    interiores.     Por    ejemplo:     el 

^W.  D.  Howells,  Harper's  Monthly  Magazine,  vol.   cxxxi, 
p.  957. 


172  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

gobierno  ha  contribuido  unos  50  millones  de  duros 
para  restituir  los  sistemas  de  riego  construidos 
hace  siglos  por  los  romanos  y  los  arabes,  y  tan 
necesarios   para   la    agricultura   de   Espana.     La 

5producci6n  del  arroz  valenciano  y  del  trigo  se 
esta  mejorando  y  ensanchando  cada  dia.  El 
vino  se  exporta  en  cantidades  crecientes  y  bajo 
marcas  espanolas.  La  exportacion  del  aceite  de 
oliva  sigue  aumentando  lo  mismo  que  la  de  las 

10  aceitunas.  La  caiia  de  azucar  de  Europa  solo  se 
produce  en  Espana  y  se  cultiva  en  cantidades 
siempre  crecientes.  Hay  mas  de  cincuenta 
fabricas  de  remolacha  en  la  vega  granadina. 
Si  Europa  fuese  a  pique  en  el  mar,  solo  Espana 

15  podria  sobrenadar,  siendo  productora  de  seis 
libras  de  corcho  para  cada  habitante.  Se  exportan 
a  la  Argentina  y  al  Uruguay  mucha  sal  y  patatas, 
tambien  caballos,  toros  y  mulas.  Se  mejoran 
por  el  gobierno  y  por  capital  privado  los  puertos, 

2ocanales5  plantas  de  telegrafia  inalambrica,  asti- 
Ueros  e  instalaciones  electricas.  Las  Islas  Canarias 
exportan  millares  de  racimos  de  bananas  y  muchas 
hortalizas.  Aunque  es  Espana  quince  veces 
menor  en  territorio  que  los  Estados  Unidos,  su 

25  poblacion  equivale  aproximadamente  a  una  quinta 
parte  de  la  que  puebla  la  nacion  americana. 

— Una     autora     americana     lo     resumio     bien 
diciendo:    **E1  mas  joven  y  liberal  monarca  de 


EL  RENACIMIENTO  DE  ESP  ANA  173 

Europa  parece  que  infunde  vitalidad  de  un 
extremo  al  otro  de  su  reino  y  la  Fortuna,  que 
destina  el  levantamiento  y  la  caida  de  las  naciones, 
seiiala  ahora  la  senda  hacia  la  cumbre."^ 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Synopsis  of  reir  29a,  desconocer  38. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

tener  que  ver  con  correr  parejas  con 

tomar  incremento  dar  a  conocer 

tener  en  cuenta  estremecerse 

B 

Deberes    verbales.      Formense    en    espanol    diez  5 
preguntas  basadas  sobre  el  texto  antecedente.    Despues, 
contestese  a  esas  preguntas. 

Traduccion  escrita.  Is  there  ill-will  in  Spain  against 
us  Yankees? — No;  the  Spaniards  are  strangers  to  us 
because  we  are  separated  from  them  by  distance  and  10 
language. —  Then  the  indifference  of  one  people  to  the 
other  is  not  due  to  the  war  of  1898.? — Absolutely  not. 
—  I  have  noticed  the  lack  of  North  American  tourists 
in  Spain. —  Yes,  there  exists  a  great  ignorance  in  the 
United  States  of  what  Spain  has  to  offer  to  the  tourist,  15 
who  usually  does  not  know  how  interesting  and  pictur- 
esque Spain  is.  He  travels  in  Italy,  Switzerland, 
France,  England  and  Germany  but  does  not  think  of 
Spain,    which    nation    does    not   try    hard    to    attract 

^'''Espana  pacific  a  y  prospera'  per  Harriet  Chalmers  Adams. 
La  Revista  del  Mundo,  N.  Y.,  Octubre  de  191 5. 


174  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

foreigners. —  That's  so.  The  geographical  isolation 
of  the  Iberian  Peninsula  and  the  negligence  of  the 
Spaniards  in  carrying  on  a  propaganda  to  attract 
tourists  make  that  nation  appear  asleep. 
5  — Is  English  studied  much  in  Spain  ? —  No;  Spaniards 
have  never  shown  much  aptitude  in  learning  English. 
It  is  a  language  which  proves  to  be  hard  for  them 
because  of  its  irregularities  of  grammar  and  of  pro- 
nunciation. French  is  studied  there  more  than  English 
lo  because  of  relations  of  race,  commerce  and  proximity. 
Spaniards  learn  it  more  easily  than  English  because  of 
its  resemblance  to  Spanish.  English  is  spoken  in  very 
few   places   in   the   Peninsula. 

—  Queen  Victoria  is  an  Englishwoman,  the  cousin  of 
15  the  King  of  England. —  Yes,  but  that  has  little  to  do 

with  the  study  of  English  in  the  kingdom. —  The 
students  in  our  schools  have  always  been  interested 
in  the  history  of  Spain  in  the  period  when  she  was  a 
discovering,  conquering,  and    colonizing   nation.   *,  We 

20  owe  much  to  Spain  of  the  15th,  i6th  and  17th  cen- 
turies.—  We  are  also  beginning  to  appreciate  properly 
how  much  modern  Spanish  fiction  surpasses  that  of 
many  other  nations.  Our  great  literary  man  and 
critic,  William  Dean  Howells,  made  known  to  North 

25  America  the  names  and  the  works  of  Galdos  and  Valdes 
and  today  praises  a  great  deal  the  novels  of  Blasco 
Ibanez. 

—  Excuse  me  for  interrupting  you,  but  one  must  take 
into  account  also  the  great  increase  that  the  study  of 

30  Spanish    has    recently    taken    on    in   North   American 


EL  RENACIMIENTO  DE  ESP  ANA  175 

schools.  It  is  true  that  tradition  says  that  one  should 
study  French  and  German,  but  if  we  wish  to  "capture 
the  South  American  trade",  we  must  learn  the  language 
of  the  merchants  of  South  America,  which  is  either 
Spanish  or  Portuguese.  Moreover,  Spanish  is  now  on  5 
a  par  with  French  and  German  in  most  of  the  courses 
of  study  of  our  high  schools  and  universities.  Most 
of  the  latter  now  accept  it  on  a  par  with  other  modern 
languages  as  a  subject  of  study  required  of  entering 
students. —  We  are  also  learning  much  about  the  10 
80  million  inhabitants  of  the  Hispano-American  republics 
although  it  is  true  that  learning  is  not  an  easy  matter. 
—  They  say  that  the  renascence  of  Spain  is  wonder- 
ful.—  Yes,  the  nation  is  awakening  to  a  new  life.  The 
loss  of  her  last  overseas  colonies  made  her  concentrate  15 
her  efforts  upon  the  development  of  her  internal 
resources.  Public  and  private  capital  is  being  con- 
tributed to  restore  and  improve  the  harbors,  irrigation 
systems,  beet-sugar  factories,  electric  plants,  canals  and 
wireless  stations.  The  exportation  under  Spanish  20 
brands  of  olive  oil  and  wines  continues  to  increase. 
The  production  of  rice,  sugar-cane,  wheat,  garden 
produce,  and  potatoes  is  daily  increasing.  Spain  is  the 
greatest  producer  of  cork  in  the  world  and  could,  it 
seems,  keep  afloat  if  the  Peninsula  sank  into  the  sea.  25 
Her  donkeys,  mules,  horses,  and  bulls  are  exported  in 
increasing  numbers  to  Argentina.  Devotion  to  Spain 
seems  to  flourish  as  never  before.  Peaceful  and 
prosperous,  the  land  of  don  Alphonso  seems  to  be 
journeying  now  on  the  upward  path,  30 


XXX 

A.    LA  SALIDA  PARA  SUD  AMERICA 

De  Barcelona  fueron  los  jovenes  a  visitar 
Valencia,  la  tercera  ciudad  del  reino  por  su 
importancia  comercial  y  la  de  mas  aspecto  oriental 
que  hay  en  Espana  con  su  cielo  tan  azul  y 
sdespejado,  su  clima  benigno  y  su  vegetacion 
tropica.  Segun  dice  la  cancion  antigua,  se  lamen- 
taron  asi  los  moradores  arabes,  al  ver  acercarse 
al  Cid  para  darles  batalla: 

Cuanto  mas  la  vee  hermosa 
lo  Mas  le  crece  su  pesar  .  .  . 

O  Valencia,  O  Valencia, 
Dios  te  quiera  remediar. 

La  rodean  extensos  y  fertiles  huertos  poblados  de 
naranjos   que   le   valen   el   titulo    de   "Jardin    de 

15  Espaiia''. 

A  mediados  de  diciembre  dijo  Miguel  a  Pedro: 
Vamos  a  veranear  ahora. — d'Que  me  dice  Vd. 
de  su  veranear?  Pero,  Jen  donde?  Ya  ha 
pasado  el  verano  y  estamos   en   pleno  invierno. 

20*1  Que  cosas  tiene  Vd.!  Vd.  esta  burlandose  de 
mi,  (jno.^ — Que  no.  Que  nos  precisa  ahora  partir 
para  la  America  del  Sur  donde  reina  actualmente 

176 


LA  SALIDA  PARA  SUD  AMfiRICA  1 77 

el  verano. — Ah;  jesas  tenemos!  Eso  es  ya  otro 
cantar.  Pero,  Miguel,  dice  el  refran: — Planta 
muchas  veces  traspuesta^  ni  crece  ni  medra.  Me 
gusta  con  delirio  esta  vida  barcelonesa.  Aunque 
es  invierno,  no  hace  frio  y  casi  siempre  hay  sol.  5 
\Y  que  vida  tan  agradable  es  la  que  se  pasa 
holgandose  en  las  aceras  y  en  los  cafes  de  la 
Rambla  o  en  el  Paseo  de  Colon!  iQue  ratos 
mas  divertidos  son  los  pasados  en  el  Gran  Teatro 
del  Liceo  o  en  las  Novedades.  Si  me  quedase  10 
aqui  durante  algunos  meses  mas,  podria  aprender 
a  hablar  Catalan  y  gozar  de  las  representaciones 
del  Teatro  Catala. — En  todo  eso  estamos  com- 
pletamente  de  acuerdo  pero  estoy  en  que  conviene 
cumplir  con  nuestro  plan  original,  saliendo  a  15 
visitar  aquellas  tierras  tan  desconocidas  por 
nosotros  como  lo  fue  Espana.  Y  nos  cabe  re- 
cordar  que  es  en  esas  republicas  sudamericanas 
que  vamos  a  establecernos  y  no  en  la  vieja  Espana. 
— iCree  Vd.  que  nos  divertiremos  y  nos  apro-20 
vecharemos  alli  tanto  como  aqui? 

— A  muertos  y  a  idos  no  hay  amigos — repitio 
Pedro  al  bueno  de  don  Jose  a  quien  le  peso 
mucho  la  proyectada  partida  de  los  americanos. 
— Pero  para  Vds.  los  hay, — replico  el  an- 25 
ciano  tristemente; — no  pierdo  nunca  de  mi 
memoria  a  los  que  tanto  aprecio.  Y  les  pido  a 
Vds.  que  me  envien  a  menudo  sus  noticias  y  me 


178  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH   PROSE   BOOK 

pongan  entre  el  numero  de  sus  buenos   amigos. 
—  Se  lo  prometemos,  don  Jose. 

Por  fin  se  despidieron  en  un  vapor  de  la  Com- 
pafiia  Trasatlantica  que  salio  del  Muelle  Nuevo, 
5  paso  por  las  aguas  del  Mediterraneo  y  el  estrecho 
de  Gibraltar,  entrando  en  alta  mar.  A  medida 
que  avanzaron  desde  los  36  grados  de  latitud 
septentrional  de  Gibraltar  hacia  el  sudoeste  iba 
poniendose  bochornoso  el  tiempo  hasta  llegar  el 

iccalor  a  una  altura  casi  inaguantable  al  cruzar  el 
ecuador.  Todos  los  ventiladores  electricos  fun- 
cionaban  de  dia  y  de  noche  y  los  pasajeros  se 
vestian  de  bianco,  se  quedaban  quietos  a  la  sombra 
y  hacian  todo  lo  posible  para  buscar  el  bienestar. 

15  Cuando  cruzaron  el  ecuador,  se  efectuo  una 
ceremonia  curiosa,  la  del  ''bautizo  de  la  linea" 
en  la  cual  los  que  cruzan  la  linea  por  vez  primera 
se  someten  a  ser  bautizados  por  el  que  representa 
al  dios  Neptuno,  quien  en  traje  ridiculo  y  acom- 

2opanado  de  su  sequito  extravagante,  bautiza  a 
estos  neofitos  en  un  tanque  de  la  cubierta. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

I  que  cosas.tiene  Vd.!  enviar  uno  sus  noticias  a 

iesas  tenemos!  otro 

eso  es  otro  cantar  efectuarse 

estar  de  acuerdo  someterse  a 

estar  en  que  {-^clause)  nos  cabe  recordar 

cumplir  con  el  bueno  de  don  Jose 

pesar  a  uno 


LA  SALIDA  PARA  SUD  AMERICA  179 

B 

Trabajo   oral.      Pongase   la   forma   conveniente   del 
verbo  pasearse  en  los  espacios  en  bianco  de  las  siguien- 

tes    expresiones.      i.  despues    de 2.  para    que 

el 3.  sin 4.  si  me  Vd.,  se tam- 

bien.     5.  al 6.  el  me  da  gusto.     7.  habi- 5 

endose 8.  para 9.  el  esta 

Traduccion.     A  rolling  stone  gathers  no  moss,  but 
it  behooved  Peter  and  Michael  to  remember  that  it  was 
necessary  for  them  to  leave  for  lands  unknown  where 
they   were   going   to   settle.      They  were   exceedingly  10 
delighted  with  Barcelona  life  and  with  that  of  Valencia, 
the  city  of  the  Cid.     The  latter  city  is  surrounded  by 
tropical    vegetation    and    fertile    orchards    set    with 
orange  trees.     These  orchards  and  the  mild  climate 
have  won  for  the  region  the  name  of  "the  garden  of  15 
Spain".     When   the   Moorish   residents   saw  the   Cid 
approaching,  they  gave  him   battle   and   cried:  "Oh, 
Valencia,  may  God  be  willing  to  help  you!"    Although 
it   was    mid-winter   it    seemed    to   the   travelers    that 
summer  reigned  there.     The  sky  was  clear  and  blue,  20 
it  was  not  cold  and  the  sun  shone  always. 

Before  beginning  their  proposed  journey  to  South 
America,  the  middle  of  December  the  Americans  went 
to  visit  good  don  Jose.  He  thought  that  the  young 
men  were  making  sport  of  him  when  they  told  him  that  25 
soon  they  were  going  to  leave  to  pass  the  summer  in 
other  lands.  "How  you  do  carry  on!"  he  exclaimed. 
But  on  learning  that  they  had  to  establish  in  Peru  a 


l8o  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

branch  of  the  business  house  of  Michael's  father,  he 
said,  "So  that's  it!  That  is  indeed  another  story. 
But  what  do  you  tell  me  about  passing  the  summer 
somewhere?  We  are  now  having  winter.  Ah,  yes, 
5 1  remember.  When  winter  reigns  here,  they  are 
enjoying  summer  there." 

What  entertaining  times  they  spent  idling  on  the 
Rambla  and  enjoying  the  performances  in  the  Lyceum 
Theatre!     They  were  of  the  opinion  that  the  Cata- 

lolan  language  was  highly  interesting.  They  said  that 
if  they  had  remained  longer  in  Barcelona  they  would 
have  been  able  to  speak  it.  Don  Jose  agreed  with 
them. 

But  at  last  the  two  Americans  had  to  fulfill  their 

15  duty  and  they  had  themselves  taken  to  the  New  Pier 
in  the  magnificent  harbor  of  Barcelona  where  they 
went  on  board  a  steamer  of  the  Transatlantic  Company. 
Don  Jose  accompanied  them  to  the  boat.  "Don't 
forget  us,  don  Jose,"  said  the  two  Americans.     "The 

20  dead  and  the  absent  are  friendless,  says  the  proverb. 
Let  us  hear  from  you  often."  "I  never  forget  my 
friends,"  replied  don  Jose;  "please  count  me  in  the 
number  of  your  good  friends."  "Most  gladly.  That  we 
promise  you  willingly." 

25  Having  passed  through  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar  and 
entered  upon  the  open  sea,  the  heat  kept  on  increasing 
in  proportion  as  they  advanced  towards  the  southwest. 
The  weather  became  sultry  and  almost  unendurable. 
The  passengers  had  to  dress  in  white  and  it  was  neces- 

30  sary  for  them  to  remain  in  the  shade,  seeking  comfort 


LA  SALIDA  PARA  SUD  AMfiRICA  l8l 

there.  Day  and  night  the  electric  fans  were  working. 
They  traversed  some  36  degrees  of  latitude  before 
reaching  the  equator  which  they  crossed  at  mid-day. 
Those  of  the  passengers  who  were  crossing  the  line 
for  the  first  time  had  to  be  christened  by  the  retinue  of 
the  God  Neptune  who  appeared  on  deck.  The  names 
which  these  neophites  received  were  quite  ridiculous. 


l82  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


XXXI 

A.     EN  BAHIA 

El  primer  puerto  en  que  hace  escala  el  buque 
es  el  de  Bahia  que  esta  a  unos  13  grades  al  sur 
del  ecuador  a  orillas  de  la  bien  abrigadaensenada 
de  Todos  OS  Santos  de  la  costa  oriental  del  Brasil. 
Despues  de  su  travesia  tan  larga,  en  que  mas  5 
padecieron  de  nostalgia  de  Espana  que  de  mareo, 
Pedro  y  Miguel  se  alegran  de  volver  a  pisar  tierra 
firme.  Fondeado  el  vapor,  se  desembarcan  los 
jovenes,  aprovechandose  de  la  ocasion  para 
estirar  las  piernas  y  familiarizarse  un  poco  con  10 
su  primera  ciudad  hispanoamericana  durante  la 
breve  estancia  alli  del  buque. 

Para  salir  del  barrio  marinero  y  subir  a  la 
ciudad  alta,  los  pasajeros  se  valen  de  algunos  de 
los  ascensores;  otros  hacen  uso  de  los  tranvias  15 
movidos  por  cables.  La  subida  desde  la  ciudad 
baja  es  muy  empinada  pero  una  vez  en  lo  alto  se 
goza  de  la  vista  muy  hermosa  de  la  bahia  punteada 
de  barcos  de  todos  los  tamanos  entre  los  cuales  se 
destacan  varios  trasatlanticos.  Ninguno  de  los  20 
dos  puede  hablar  portugues,  el  idioma  del  Brasil, 
pero  se  encuentran  con  que  se  entiende  el  espaiiol 
muy  comunmente  en  las  tiendas  y  cafes,  aunque 

183 


1 84  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

exista  cierto  desagrado  contra  el  uso  del  castellano 
a  causa  de  la  antigua  rivalidad  entre  el  Brasil  y 
la  Argentina. 

Se  sorprenden  mucho  de  ver  tantos  negros  por 

Stodas  partes,  pero  un  cuerdo  tendero  brasileno 
informa  a  Pedro  en  espanol  muy  castizo  que 
algunos  Uaman  a  Bahia  *Ma  ciudad  de  los  negros'' 
por  consistir  en  ellos  una  gran  parte  de  los  250,000 
habitantes. — En  todo  el  Brasil, — continua, — hay 

10  mas  de  20  millones  de  personas  y  solo  hay  6 
millones  que  son  blancos  puros. — Es  la  nueva 
Africa,  al  parecer. — No,  seiior;  porque  conviene 
tener  presente  que  hay  casi  un  millon  y  medio  de 
indios  y  los  restantes  son  de  sangre  mixta.     Por 

iseso  aqui  no  se  porien  reparos  en  los  matrimonios 
de  los  de  distintas  razas.  En  cuanto  a  los  negros, 
fueron  importados  por  vez  primera  en  el  Brasil 
en  1563  por  los  hacendados  que  necesitaron 
*'brazos"    u    obreros    en    su    cafetales    y    fincas. 

2oMedraron  aqui  y  se  les  dio  la  libertad  en  1888  sin 
efusion  de  sangre  alguna. — d'Que  exportan  Vds. 
de  Bahia. ^ — Principalmente  cacao,  azucar,  tabaco, 
naranjas  y  palo  del  Brasil,  la  madera  colorante. 
Se   conocia   esta   madera   en   Europa,   tres   siglos 

25  antes  del  descubrimiento  de  America,  siendo 
importada  del  Asia,  y  al  traer  Amerigo  Vespucci 
al  rey  de  Portugal  una  cantidad  de  ella,  se  empezo 
a  nombrar  la  nueva  tierra  que  la  produjo  el  Brasil. 


EN  BAHIA  185 

Al  volver  a  abordar  su  buque  se  ponen  los  nor- 
teamericanos  a  discurrir  sobre  sus  experiencias  y 
sobre  los  datos  que  antes  tenian  apuntados 
referentes  al  Brasil. — Es  mas  grande  el  Brasil — 
dijo  Pedro — que  los  Estados  Unidos  si  se  exceptua  5 
Alaska.  Tiene  2000  millas  de  longitud  y  2000 
millas  de  latitud.  Un  solo  estado,  o  mejor  dicho 
el  territorio  de  Amazonas,  es  casi  tres  veces  mas 
grande  que  Tejas.  Si  se  reuniesen  en  Amazonas 
todos  los  1600  millones  de  seres  humanos  del  10 
mundo,  cada  uno  tendria  por  suyo  un  cuadrado 
de  tierra  cuyos  lados  medirian  115  pies  de  longitud. 
No  solo  es  grande  el  pais,  sino  que  tambien  florecen 
alii  algunas  industrias  vastisimas  y  variadisimas 
como  la  produccion  de  cafe,  de  "hule"  o  caucho,  15 
y  de  ganado.  La  clase  gobernante  es  de  raza 
portuguesa  o  lusitana. 

— Dejelo,    Pedro — grit  a   Miguel   al   fin — por  el 
amor   de   Dios.     Son   chocantes   tantos   informes 
a    un   tiempo.     Me   rompen    los   cascos.     Dejelo  20 
hasta  otra  vez. 

Repaso  de  gramatica. 

Difference  between  tener  and  haber  with  the  past  participle 
(que  antes  tenian  apuntados) 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

hacer  escala  en  romper  los  cascos 

padecer  de  constat  de 

poner  reparos  en 


l86  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Para  expresar  negativamente  en 
imperative,  usando  el  singular  de  la  forma  cortes. 
I.  romperme  los  cascos  2.  hacer  escala  en  Bahia 
3.  poner  reparos  en  4.  desembarcarse  en  el  puerto 
55.  tenerlo  presente  6.  reunirse  aqui  7.  dejarlo 
hasta  otra  vez  8.  familiarizarse  con  ellos  9.  sorpren- 
der  a  Pedro     10.  continuar  el  viaje 

Version.     As  soon  as  the  steamer  anchored  in  the 
bay  of  Todos  os  Santos,  I  disembarked  and  got  ac- 

10  quainted  a  bit  with  the  city.  This  was  the  first  Hispano- 
American  city  at  which  our  boat  had  stopped.  During 
the  trip  across  I  had  suffered  from  seasickness  and  I 
longed  to  tread  terra  firma  and  stretch  my  legs  by 
taking  a  walk  through  the  streets.    Our  stay  there  was 

15  to  last  an  entire  day.     I  took  advantage  of  it  at  once. 

The  ascent  from  the  water  front  or  the  lower  town 

being  very  steep,   I   used  the  elevator  which   carries 

people  to  the  upper  town.     Other  travelers  used  the 

cable  cars  to  ascend.     Having  once  reached  the  top, 

20  one  saw  the  beautiful  bay  dotted  with  many  boats. 
The  transatlantic  steamers  of  course  stood  out  among 
the  other  boats  of  all  sizes.  The  houses  of  this  city  of 
many  thousands  of  inhabitants  were  of  many  colors, 
similar  to  those  I  had  seen  in  towns  of  southern  Spain. 

25  A  shrewd  old  Castilian  shopkeeper,  speaking  to  me 
in  the  purest  Spanish,  said  that  although  I  could  not 
speak  Portuguese,  I  would  find  that  Spanish  was  quite 
generally  understood  in  the  cafes  and  shops.     He  also 


EN  BAHIA  187 

told  me  that  Bahia  was  called  by  some  "the  city  of 
the  negroes"  because  of  so  many  of  that  race  being 
found  there.  The  rich  landowners  needing  **hands" 
on  their  coffee  plantations,  first  imported  the  negroes 
into  Brazil  from  Africa  in  1563.  They  were  given  their  5 
liberty  in  1888.  They  are  found  now  in  large  numbers 
in  the  states  to  the  north  of  Bahia.  "But,"  said  the 
shopkeeper,  "we  must  bear  in  mind  that  in  Brazil 
there  are  many  Indians,  negroes  and  those  of  mixed 
blood.  It  behooves  us  not  to  give  heed  to  the  race  of  10 
an  individual."  The  governing  class  is  of  Portuguese 
origin. 

I  was  surprised  to  find  that  there  existed  in  Bahia 
and  in  other  Brazilian  cities  a  certain  dislike  for  the 
Spanish  language,  although  many  of  the  inhabitants  15 
spoke  it  well.  Perhaps  this  was  on  account  of  the 
ancient  rivalry  between  the  Brazilians  and  the  Argen- 
tinians. 

CoflFee,  cattle,  sugar  cane,  rubber,  oranges,  and  Brazil 
wood  thrive  in  Brazil.  This  dye-wood  was  imported  20 
into  Europe  from  Asia  even  in  the  12th  century  and 
was  known  as  hrasile  or  hresill  wood.  Therefore  when 
this  wood  was  found  by  Amerigo  Vespucci  in  this  part 
of  South  America,  this  name  was  given  to  the  new  land. 

Before  reaching  South  America,  I  had  many  data  25 
noted  down  and  they  proved  to  be  very  useful.  For 
example,  I  knew  that  Brazil  was  larger  than  the 
United  States  excepting  Alaska  and  that  the  single 
territory  of  Amazonas  was  nearly  three  times  as  large  as 
Texas.    There  would  be  ropm  for  all  the  human  beings  30 


1 88  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

in  the  world  in  the  state  of  Amazonas  and  each 
would  have  some  13,000  square  feet  of  area.  Brazil 
measures  about  2000  miles  in  length  and  2000  miles  in 
width.  But  in  order  that  I  may  not  rack  your  brains 
5  by  giving  too  much  information  at  once,  I  shall  leave 
the  rest  until  later. 


XXXII 

A.    LA  SEGUNDA  CIUDAD  DE  SUD  AMERICA; 
UNA  CARTA  DE  MIGUEL 

Rio  de  Janeiro 
2  de  febrero  de  191- 
Mi  muy  querido  padre: 

Hace  mas  de  un  mes  que  te  escribi  pero  no 
queria  volver  a  hacerlo   antes   de  llegar   a  esta.  5 
Espero    que   tu    y    mama    sigais    bien    de    salud. 
Pedro  y  yo  estamos  sin  novedad. 

Nos  parece  mentira  que  vosotros  tengais  ahora 
invierno  con  sus  heladas  y  nevadas  mientras  que 
aqui  rige  el  verano.  Hoy  Uueve  a  cantaros,  lo  10 
cual  ocurre  muy  frecuentemente  en  los  meses  de 
enero  y  febrero  cayendo  12  pulgadas  de  agua  en 
enero  y  mas  de  40  en  todo  el  ano.  Aqui  la  nieve 
es  cosa  desconocida.  No  es  facil  darse  cuenta  de 
que  Rio  dista  4775  millas  de  Nueva  York  poris 
via  de  vapor  y  que  Nueva  York  esta  a  mas  de 
2000  millas  al  oeste  de  Rio.  Cuando  es  mediodia 
en  Nueva  York,  aqui  son  las  dos  y  siete  de  la  tarde. 

Ya  sabes  tu  que  viste  a  Rio  hace  veinte  aiios 
cuan  hermosa  es  la  ciudad  dotada  por  la  naturaleza  20 
con   sitio  y  contornos  tan   excepcionales.     Vista 
del    mar,    parece    mas    hermosa    que   Napoles   o 

189 


190  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


LA  SEGUNDA  CIUDAD   DE   SUD   AMERICA       191 

Constantinopla;  las  islitas  de  la  bahia  superan  a 
las  del  Mar  Egeo.  Al  entrar  en  la  bahia  se  ve  a 
la  izquierda  la  roca  llamada  Pao  de  Assucar  (Pan 
de  Azucar)  levantandose  precipitosamente  del 
agua  de  la  bahia  hasta  mas  de  1200  pies  de  5 
altura.  Las  escarpadas  montaiias  que  circundan 
el  puerto  tienen  la  belleza  de  las  rias  orilladas  de 
altas  rocas  de  la  costa  noruega,  realzada  la 
belleza  por  la  vistosa  vegetaclon  tropica.  Y  el 
mismo  puerto  por  sus  calidades  practicas  es  unoio 
de  los  mejores  del  mundo.  Los  vapores  de  mayor 
calado  vienen  de  las  cinco  partes  del  mundo  y 
fondean  aqui  facilmente. 

En  nuestro  buque  01  discutir  a  porfia  a  tres 
viajeros  los  meritos  respectivos  de  los  puertos  dei5 
San    Francisco    de    California,    Sidney    y    Rio. 
Resulto  que  dos  de  ellos,  un  ingles  y  un  danes, 
convinieron  en  que  Rio  se  gana  la  palma.     Pero    . 
me  dicen  que  en  nada  se  parece  la  ciudad  de  hoy  por 
hoy  a  la  de  20  aiios  atras  y  creo  que  tu  la  recono-  20 
cerias  ahora  a  duras  penas.     Los  muchos  caserios 
apartados    que    se    vislumbraban    por   los    valles 
entre  los  varios  montes  al  lado  del  agua  no  co- 
municaban  aspecto  urbano  al  Rio    de    entonces. 
Para  mejorar  y  modernizar  la  villa  se  necesitaron  25 
60  millones   de   dolares,   una   contribucion   estu- 
penda.     Se  duda  que  jamas  se  hayan  efectuado 
reformas  tan  grandes  en  una  ciudad. 


192  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Primero  se  construyo  un  muelle  de  dos  millas  de 
largo,  conformandose  este  a  la  curva  de  herradura 
de  la  orilla.  Detras  del  muelle  hicieron  un  paseo 
o  avenida  muy  ancha  llamada  Beira  Mar,  la  cual 

5  se  extiende  casi  cuatro  millas.  Hay  un  canal  de 
la  ciudad  denominado  el  Mangue.  Este  lo 
enderezaron  de  una  manera  admirable,  embe- 
lleciendo  la  margen  con  una  calzada  lindada  de 
focos   electricos.     Por  el  centro  de  la  poblacion 

locondujeron  una  calle  esplendida,  la  que  titularon 
Avenida  Rio  Branco,  hoy  un  gran  centro  de 
comercio.  Se  mejoraron  las  calles  pavimentan- 
dolas  de  asfalto;  se  engrandecio  el  alcantarillado 
y    el    sistema    de    abastecimiento    de    agua.      La 

IS  electricidad,  desarroUada  en  plantas  hidroelec- 
tricas,  da  vida  al  alumbrado  y  a  la  gran  red  de 
tranvias.  Donde  hay  gana  hay  mana  y  por  causa 
de  tantas  mejoras  es  Rio  una  ciudad  modernizada 
a  pedir  de  boca,  colocada  al  lado  de  un  puerto 

2oaparatoso,  una  verdadera  joya  en  una  soberbia 
montadura  natural. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

seguir  bien  de  salud  conformarse  a 

estar  sin  novedad  a  pedir  de  boca 

parece  mentira  ganarse  la  palma 

Hover  a  cdntaros  a  duras  penas 

darse  cuenta  de  vislumbrar 
a  porfia 


JLA  SEGUNDA  CIUDAD   DE  SUD  AMERICA       193 

Deberes  orales.  Substituyanse  las  expresiones 
subrayadas  por  otras  sinonimas.  i.  No  queria  volver 
a  hacerlo.  2.  Hoy  llueve  a  cantaros.  3.  No  es  facil 
darse  cuenta  de  eso.  4.  Ya  sabes  cuan  hermosa  es  la 
ciudad.  5.  Las  islitas  superan  a  las  del  Mar  Egeo.  5 
6.  Las  montanas  circundan  el  puerto..  7.  Fondean 
aqui  facilmente.  8.  Convinieron  en  que  Rio  se  gana  la 
palma.  9.  La  ciudad  de  hoy  por  hoy.  10.  La  que 
titularon  Avenida  Rio  Branco. 

Traduccion.  Well,  Michael,  at  last  we  are  in  Rio  de  10 
Janeiro,  the  second  city  in  size  of  South  America.  It 
seems  strange  that  summer  prevails  here  in  the  middle 
of  February. —  Yes;  snow,  frost  and  snowfalls  are 
unknown  here  at  any  time.  But  it  often  rains  hard 
here  in  this  season.  They  say  that  yesterday  therein 
fell  about  two  inches  of  water. 

—  How  exceptional  are  the  site  and  the  environs  of 
this  city!  Rio  has  been  endowed  by  nature  with  great 
beauty.  Its  showy  harbor,  its  bright  tropical  vegeta- 
tion, the  steep  mountains  that  surround  it  and  the  20 
isles  that  are  found  in  the  bay  heighten  the  beauty 
of  the  city  itself.  When  I  saw  it  for  the  first  time 
from  the  boat  yesterday,  it  seemed  to  me  that  Rio 
surpassed  Naples  or  Constantinople  for  its  picturesque 
quaHties. —  My  father  was  here  twenty  years  ago.  He  25 
used  to  tell  me  that  the  fiords  of  the  Norwegian  coast 
were  not  so  beautiful  nor  so  wonderful  as  the  harbor 
of  Rio.—  Before  our  boat  anchored  yesterday,  I  heard 
you  and  the  Dane  discussing  heatedly  the  respective 


194 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


LA   SEGUNDA  CIUDAD   DE  SUD  AMERICA       195 

merits  of  the  harbors  of  this  city,  Sidney,  and  San 
Francisco.  How  did  the  discussion  turn  out  ? —  It 
turned  out  that  we  all  agreed  that  Rio  carried  off  the 
palm.  I  should  like  my  father  to  see  the  capital  of 
Brazil  now. —  Why  ?  Does  it  not  resemble  the  city  5 
of  twenty  years  ago  ? 

—  Of  course  it  resembles  it,  and  he  would  recognize 
it  easily.  But  it  has  been  improved  and  modern- 
ized as  much  as  one  could  ask.  Huge  appropriations 
were  needed  to  carry  out  the  plans.  I  doubt  whether  10 
any  other  city  has  brought  about  such  great  altera- 
tions in  its  streets,  drives  and  avenues.  They  straight- 
ened some  streets  and  paved  them  all  with  asphalt. 
Many  millions  of  dollars  were  used  to  give  a  city-like 
appearance  to  the  separate  settlements  which  could  15 
be  seen  in  the  valleys  among  the  several  hills. 

A  dock  was  constructed  two  miles  long  which  con- 
formed to  the  horseshoe  curve  of  the  shore.  The  drive 
which  was  made  behind  it  was  called  Beira  Mar  and 
'it  extended  several  miles.  The  sewerage  system,  the  20 
water  supply  system,  the  street  car  system  and  the 
electric  lighting  were  enlarged  and  improved.  The 
bank  of  the  Mangue  Canal  was  beautified  by  a  highway 
well  paved  and  bordered  with  electric  lights.  Great 
hydro-electric  plants  now  develop  the  electric  power  25 
which  the  city  needs.  Rio  Branco  Avenue  was  laid  out 
through  the  center  of  the  city.  This  street  is  today 
the  most  important  one  in  the  commercial  district. 

—  Thus  it  is  seen  that  where  there  is  a  will  there  is  a 
way,  and  Rio  has  proved  to  be  a  real  jewel  in  a  superb  30 


196  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

natural  setting.  How  far  are  we  now  from  New  York  ? 
—  About  4800  miles  by  boat. —  New  York  is  to  the 
north,  is  it  not? — Yes,  and  more  than  2000  miles  to 
the  west. —  It  is  hard  to  reahze  that.  What  time  must 
5  it  be  now  in  New  York,  it  being  now  three  seven  in  the 
afternoon  in  this  city .? —  It  is  now  one  o'clock  in  New 
York. —  Have  your  parents  written  to  you  since  your 
having  arrived  here.f* — Yes,  and  I  have  already 
answered  their  letter. —  Do  they  keep  well  ? —  Yes, 
10  thanks.    They  are  in  their  usual  health. 


XXXIII 

A.    CONTINUACION 

Al  Uegar  sin  amigo  ni  conocido  brasileiio  a 
quien  recurrir,  nos  dirigimos  a  la  Y.  M.  C.  A.  o 
Asociacion  Cristiana  para  Jovenes  donde  nos 
recibieron  con  mucha  cordialidad  y  atencion. 
Por  casualidad  tropezamos  alii  con  Juan  Tucker,  5 
antiguo  amigo  de  escuela  con  quien  estudiamos 
espanol  Pedro  y  yo.  Es  buen  chico,  como  quien 
dice,  y  se  ofrecio  para  todo  lo  que  desearamos. 
Primero  le  tratabamos  en  ingles  pero  al  pro- 
ponerle  nosotros  hablar  castellano,  consintio  en  10 
ello  de  buena  voluntad.  Hacia  casi  cuatro  anos 
que  no  lo  hablaba  ya  y  experimento  al  principio 
alguna  molestia  por  venirle  a  menudo  a  la  lengua 
la  palabra  portuguesa  en  lugar  de  la  espanola. 
Esto  fue  a  causa  de  la  gran  semejanza  que  existe,  15 
como  tu  sabes,  entre  el  portugues  y  el  espaiiol. 
Pero  no  tenia  vergiienza  de  hablar,  lo  cual  dificulta 
a  muchas  personas  la  adquisicion  de  un  idioma 
extranjero.  Tucker  nos  explico  lo  util  que  le 
fue  su  conocimiento  del  espanol  al  principiar  a  20 
estudiar  el  portugues.  Habiendo  adquerido  ya 
un  idioma  romance  el  aprenderotro  fue  tarea  harto 
facil. 

197 


198  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH   PROSE   BOOK 

Todos  los  tres  fuimos  en  tranvxa  el  otro  dia  a 
lo  mas  alto  del  Corcovado,  un  pefion  de  forma  de 
hombre  jorobado.  Es  la  roca  mas  saliente  de  la 
region  que  descuella  a  las  demas.  Desde  alii 
5  gozamos  sobremanera  de  una  vista  insuperable. 
Al  otro  dia  nos  decidimos  a  subir  tambien  al 
Pao  de  Assucar  (Pan  de  Azucar).  Para  trepar 
por  ella  nos  servimos  de  una  especie  de  tranvia 
aereo  en  que  pareciamos  nadar  por  la  atmosfera. 

10  El  viaje  era  sumamente  conmovedor,  tanto  que 
se  desmayo  un  caballero  en  medio  de  la  carrera. 
Volvio  en  si  al  Uegar  el  carro  a  la  cumbre,  solo 
para  perder  otra  vez  el  sentido  al  empezar  la 
vuelta.     Me    dijo   una    anciana: — Parece    que    el 

i5pobre  tiene  cascos  de  calabaza. 

La  Rua  do  Ouvidor  (Calle  del  Auditor)  merece 
fama  como  centro  de  tiendas.  No  se  admiten 
vehiculos  a  esta  calle,  la  cual  esta  atestada  de 
gente  durante    todo    el    dia.     En    los    estableci- 

20  mientos  se  venden  al  menudeo  sus  articulos  que 
consisten  en  una  infinidad*  de  cosas  preciosas 
traidas  de  todas  las  partes  del  mundo  y  que  valen 
cada  una  un  sentido.  Uno  se  pone  a  mirar  los 
escaparates,   y.  cede   a  la   atraccion   hipnotica  de 

25tantas  cosas  bonitas  y  sin  decir  tus  ni  mus  entra 
y  gasta  lo  que  tiene.  En  esta  calle  siempre  hay 
que  echar  manos  a  la  bolsa. 

Como   me   lo   instaste,   vine   en   conocimiento, 


continuaciOn  199 

hace  poco,  del  estado  del  mercado  de  aqui,  en  lo 
que  se  refiere  a  la  maquinaria.  Actualmente  hay 
una .  demanda  bastante  activa  de  maquinas 
norteamericanas  pero  hasta  ahora  son  los  ale- 
manes  quienes  tienen  ventaja  sobre  todos  suss 
competidores  en  ese  ramal.  Esto  es  debido  en 
gran  parte  a  la  actividad  de  los  agentes  alemanes 
que  ban  sabido  constituir  un  mercado  para  sus 
manufacturas.  Estudian  muy  cuidadosamente 
los  gustos  y  las  necesidades  de  los  brasileiios,  10 
logrando  comprender  mejor  que  nadie  lo  conve- 
niente  en  cada  caso.  Nosotros  tendremos  que  hacer 
otro  tanto  si  intentamos  poder  apoderarnos  de  una 
porcion  de  este  comercio.  Habra  que  estudiar  a 
fondo  las  leyes  de  impuestos  que  rigen.  Pero  te  15 
escribire  mas  extensamente  sobre  este  asunto. 

Anhelo  verte  lo  mismo  que  a  mama  pero  ten- 
dremos que  esperar  hasta  mas  tarde. 

Da  un  fuerte  abrazo  a  mama  y  tu  recibe  otro 
de  tu  hijo  que  te  quiere  muchisimo,  20 

Miguel. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

recurrir  a  uno  merecer  fama 

como  quien  dice  vender  al  menudeo 

ofrecerse  para  valer  un  sentido 

tener  vergiienza  de  sin  decir  tus  ni  mus 

trepar  por  echar  manos  a  la  bolsa 

volver  en  si  venir  en  conocimiento  de 
tener  cascos  de  calabaza 


200  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Para  traducir  al  espanol.  i.  Let's 
look  at  the  show  window.  2.  We  know  how  useful  a 
knowledge  of  Spanish  is.  3.  Don't  be  bashful  about 
speaking.  4.  I  haven't  spoken  Spanish  for  two  years. 
55.  I  hadn't  spoken  Spanish  for  two  years.  6.  Tell  him  not 
to  spend  all  he  has.  7.  If  I  acquired  Portuguese,  I  would 
speak  it  with  you.  8.  Let's  consent  to  it.  9.  Don't  use 
the  aerial  tramway.  10.  Climb  up  the  rock  on  foot. 
Version  escrita.    By    chance    the   two   young   men 

10  came  upon  an  old  schoolmate  at  the  Young  Men's 
Christian  Association.  They  had  no  Brazilian  ac- 
quaintance to  whom  to  resort.  Hence,  they  had 
experienced  some  trouble  on  seeking  a  hotel  in  which 
to  lodge.     But  this  friend  Tucker  volunteered  to  take 

15  them  to  his  boarding-house  and  they  gladly  consented 
to  accompany  him.  It  was  several  years  since  they  had 
seen  Tucker  who  told  them  that  he  had  learned  to 
speak  Portuguese  easily  after  having  studied  Spanish 
previously.     They  had  been  addressing  each  other  in 

20  English  until  then  but  soon  the  two  travelers  proposed 
to  Tucker  that  all  should  speak  Spanish.  Tucker  was 
not  bashful  about  speaking  it  although  often  the 
Portuguese  word  came  to  his  tongue  instead  of  the 
Spanish  one.     The  great  resemblance  between  these 

25  two  Romance  languages  frequently  makes  difficult 
the  acquisition  of  one  of  them  if  one  has  already  learned 
the  other.  To  recall  his  knowledge  of  Spanish  was, 
however,  for  Tucker  a  rather  easy  task. 


CONTINUACION  20I 

They  all  went  one  day  to  visit  the  shopping  center 
which  was  crowded  with  people.  They  were  strolling 
along  the  Rua  do  Ouvidor,  looking  at  the  show  windows 
when  they  stopped  before  one  shop  where  were  sold 
"^at  retail  valuable  things  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  5 
some  of  them  being  worth  a  fortune.  Without  saying 
aye,  yes  or  no,  they  all  yielded  to  the  hypnotic  attrac- 
tion and  entered  the  establishment.  They  did  not, 
however,  often  have  to  loosen  their  purse  strings. 
Tucker  understood  better  than  anyone  what  was  10 
proper  and  succeeded  in  getting  the  others  out  of  the 
store  before  they  could  buy  anything. 

One  day  the  three  youths  went  to  the  top  of  the 
Sugar  Loaf  from  where  they  enjoyed  an  unexcelled  view 
of  the  city  and  bay.  They  used  the  aerial  tramway  15 
to  ascend  this  rock,  paying  somewhat  more  than  a 
dollar  for  the  trip.  The  summit  is  1383  feet  high  and 
overtops  all  other  cliffs  of  the  environs  of  the  city. 
While  they  were  swimming  through  the  air  John  cried, 
**Watch  out!  Peter  is  about  to  faint.  Let  him  sit  20 
down."  And  indeed  Peter  lost  consciousness  before 
the  car  reached  the  top.  An  old  Spanish  lady  ex- 
claimed: "Poor  man!  He  must  be  easily  upset,  as 
they  say.  This  kind  of  vehicle  does  not  suit  him. 
But  he  will  soon  regain  consciousness."  And  that  was  25 
w^hat  happened  when  the  car  stopped  at  the  summit. 
'T  am  sorry  I  fainted,"  said  Peter  on  opening  his 
eyes.  "Don't  worry  about  that,"  the  others  told  him. 
"Come  and  enjoy  the  view.  Soon  we  shall  have  to 
begin  the  return  trip."  30 


202  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

Michael's  father  had  urged  him  to  find  out  about  the 
demand  for  North  American  machinery  in  the  market  of 
Brazil.  He  learned  that  the  Germans  had  the  advan- 
tage over  their  competitors  in  this  line,  having  known 
5  how  to  create  a  market  for  their  machines.  They  had 
studied  the  tariff  laws  in  force  and  the  needs  of  the 
Brazihans.  Michael  wrote  his  father  that  the  Yankees 
would  have  to  do  the  same  thing  in  order  to  get  hold 
of  South  American  commerce  and  that  it  would  be 
lo  necessary  to  send  active  agents  to  do  business  there. 


XXXIV 
A.     EN  RIO  DE  JANEIRO 

Amigo  mio — dice  Pedro  a  Miguel — estoy  can- 
sado  esta  manana  a  mas  no  poder. — Y  ipor  que? 
— pregunta  Miguel,  sonriendose ; — digamelo. — 
iPara  que  decirselo  cuando  ya  lo  sabe  Vd.?  Si 
es  que  Vd.  y  Tucker  se  empefiaron  ayer  en  tratars 
de  recorrer  toda  la  ciudad  en  un  solo  dia.  Aqui 
y  alia  me  llevaron  Vds.  a  la  rastra,  primero  por 
todo  el  Jardin  Botanico,  despues  a  la  Biblioteca 
Nacional  y  mas  tarde  al  Palacio  Monroe.  Y 
anoche  aceptaron  Vds.  ese  convite  a  comer  con  lo 
los  Gonzalez  en  el  barrio  de  Cattete  y  yo  tenia 
que  acompanarles.  jUf!  Aqui  me  tiene  Vd. 
muerto  de  cansancio.  Me  quedo  plantado  en 
esta  butaca  todo  hoy. — iQue  lastima  que  este 
tan  postrado!  Pero  ^*no  valio  la  pena  tantais 
actividad.^  Asi  uno  conoce  la  ciudad  y  su  vida. 
— Quizas  tenga  Vd.  razon.  Pero  quien  mas 
corre  menos  vuela.  Mire,  i  quien  esta  en  la 
puerta? — Es  Tucker  riiuy  endomingado  que  viene 
a  entretenernos  con  sus  cuentos  de  Rio.  Pase2o 
Vd. — Bom  dia,  amigos.  Gracias,  no  puedo  sen- 
tarme.  Vengo  a  secuestrarles,  a  llevarles  a 
Petropolis  y  a  Tijuca,  y  en  honor  delaocasion  me 


204  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

he    prendido    de    veinte    y    cinco    alfileres. — j  So- 
corro!     jDios     me     ayude! — grit  a     Pedro; — por 
piedad,     dejenme    Vds.    descansar     hoy.— ^Nada. 
No    hay    remedio.     jEn    marcha! — Pues^    lo    que 
5  no  se  puede  remediar  hay  que  aguantar.    Adios,  mi 
deseado    dia    de    descanso.     iPor   donde   vamos? 
Por  la  Avenida  Rio  Branco  hasta  el  muelle  donde 
.     tomamos  un  vaporcito.     A  una  hora  de  navegar, 
nos   desembarcamos,    subiendo    luego    por  ferro- 
locarril  hasta  llegar  a  unos  3000  pies  de  altura.     Al 
volver,  vamos  en  automovil  a  Tijuca. 

Asi  lo  hicieron  los  tres  y  tuvieron  su  recom- 
pensa,  como  lo  confeso  Pedro  mismo,  en  las 
hermosisimas  vistas  que  presenciaron  desde  alli. 
15  Con  razon  goza  Petropolis  de  fama  de  popular. 
Aqui  reside  tambien  el  cuerpo  diplomafeico.  En 
Tijuca  vieron  con  asombro  la  Cascatinha,  una 
magnifica  caida  de  agua,  la  Cascada  Grande,  la 
Mesa  del  Emperador,  las  Grutas  de  Agassiz  y 
20  la  de  Pablo  y  Virginia. 

Lo  que  les  impresiono  a  los  norteamericanos  fue 
la  falta  de  largos  ferrocarriles  en  el  Brasil.  Aunque 
es  tan  grande  el  pais,  tiene  solo  unas  12,000  millas 
de  vias  ferreas  mal  encadenadas.  Ha  impedido 
25  el  desarrollo  ferroviario  el  ser  dificultosa  de 
atravesar  la  cordillera  paralela  a  la  costa  sudeste, 
donde  estan  las  ciudades  principales.  Ademas, 
estas  ciudades  distan  mucho  unas   de  otras.     De 


EN  RIO  DE  JANEIRO  205 

ellas  arrancan  unas  lineas  cortas  que  no  se  enlazan 
con  las  salidas  de  otros  centros  de  poblacion. 
Pertenecen  al  Estado  la  mayoria  de  los  caminos  de 
hierro,  siendo  algunos  arrendados  a  varias  com- 
panias  que  los  operan.  Estan  en  proyecto  otros  5 
muchos  con  ayuda  de  capital  extranjero,  ingles 
en  su  mayor  parte. 

La  navegacion  de  la  costa  concentrada  en  Rio 
la  tienen  que  mantener  buques  brasileiios  segun 
las  condiciones  de  la  constitucion  del  pais,  y  las  10 
muchas  vias  fluviales  estan  recorridas  por  barcos 
subvencionados  por  el  gobierno.  Una  vez  unido 
el  sistema  de  rios  con  una  gran  red  de  ferroca- 
rriles  se  desenvolvera  el  Brasil  a  las  mil  mara- 
villas.  15 

Por  estar  empleados  Pedro  y  Miguel  en  un 
comercio  basado  en  la  mineria,  pasaron  varios 
dias  en  la  region  minera  del  estado  de  Minas 
Geraes  (Minas  Generales),  penetrando  en  tren 
y  lomo  de  mula  hasta  tierra  muy  adentro.  Aqui2o 
se  explotan  depositos  de  oro,.  diamantes,  hierro 
y  manganeso,  plata  y  cobre.  Se  calcula  que  la 
cantidad  de  quijo  ferruginoso  de  Minas  Geraes 
equivale  a  lo  restante  aun  en  las  minas  de  la 
comarca  del  Lago  Superior  en  los  Estados  Unidos.  25 
Pero  hasta  ahora  falta  un  buen  sistema  de  trans- 
portacion,  lo  mismo  que  carbon  para  poder 
fundir  y  trabajar  el  hierro  crudo. 


2o6 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Copyright  by  Newman  Traveltalks  and  Brown  6»  Dawson,  N.  F. 

Rio  de  Janeiro:    la  Cascatinha  de  Tijuca 


EN  RIO   DE  JANEIRO  207 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 
a  mas  no  poder  valer  la  pena 

Uevar  a  la  rastra  prenderse  de  25  alfileres 

quedar  plantado  a  una  hora  de  navegai 

gozar  de  fama  de  tierra  adentro 

la  navegacion  la  tienen  que        a  las  mil  maravillas 
mantener  buques  brasilefios 

B 

Para  hacer  oralmente.  Pongase  en  la  debida  forma 
del  subjuntivo  el  verbo  subrayado  en  cada  una  de  las 
frases  que  siguen.  i.  Me  gusta  el  que  aceptar  ellos  el 
convite.  2.  Lo  creo  sin  que  Vd.  empenarse  en  repetirlo. 
3.  Digale  que  no  sonreirse.  4.  Pedi  que  el  nos  entre-  5 
tener.  5.  Quiso  que  yo  conocer  a  fondo  la  ciudad. 
6.  Quizas  no  creer  el  el  cuento.  7.  Si  Valeria  pena,  lo 
iria  a  ver.     8.  Nos  mando  que  venir  endomingados. 

Traduccion. 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  March  i,  191-. 
Dear  father:  Tucker  kidnapped  us  yesterday  and  10 
dragged  us  all  through  the  Botanical  Garden  and 
several  suburbs  of  the  city.  Today  I  am  dead  tired. 
We  dressed  up  in  our  best  in  honor  of  the  occasion. 
I  wanted  to  stick  in  an  arm  chair  all  day  but  the  others 
would  not  let  me  rest.  There  was  no  help  for  it  and  I  15 
said  to  myself,  *'Well,  what  can't  be  cured  must  be 
endured."  Hither  and  thither  we  went  at  full  speed. 
.  They  insisted  that  I  should  accompany  them  every- 
where, only  smiling  when  I  cited  to  them  the  saying, 
^*The  more  haste  the  less  speed."  20 


2o8  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Taking  a  small  steamer  we  sailed  for  an  hour,  then 
disembarked  and  got  into  a  train  which  took  us  to 
Petropolis,  a  city  of  some  20,000  souls,  situated  27 
miles  to  the  north  of  Rio.  Here  we  beheld  many  beau- 
5  tiful  views  and  saw  the  homes  of  many  of  the  diplo- 
matic corps. 

On  returning  to  town  we  went  to  dine  with  a  family 
in  the  ward  of  Botafogo  where  many  of  the  moneyed 
people  reside.    I  did  not  enjoy  myself  because  of  being 

10  so  tired.  And  tomorrow  we  shall  go  to  Tijuca  to  see 
the  Great  Falls  and  the  Agassiz  grottoes  and  we  shall 
visit  the  Monroe  Palace  which  indeed  is  worth  while 
seeing. 

The  railway  lines  of  Brazil  seem  short  and  poorly 

15  linked  up.  Railway  development  has  been  hindered 
by  the  fact  that  the  mountain  chain  parallel  to  the 
coast  is  difficult  to  cross  and  by  the  fact  that  the  cities 
are  far  from  each  other.  Several  private  companies 
rent  and  operate  the  railways,  the  majority  of  which 

20  belong  to  the  State.  Many  lines  which  start  from  some 
towns  do  not  connect  with  those  that  leave  other 
centers  of  population.  The  constitution  requires  that 
coast  navigation  be  maintained  by  Brazilian  ships. 
The  boats  that  traverse  the  rivers  are  subsidized  by 

25  the  government. 

The  mines  of  Brazil  are  developed  fairly  well,  but 
coal  and  good  transportation  are  lacking.  One  state, 
called  General  Mines,  has  deposits  of  silver,  gold, 
diamonds,  copper,  manganese,  and  iron.     The  iron  ore 

30  of  the  region  equals  what  is  left  in  the  mines  near  Lake 


EN  RIO  DE  JANEIRO  209 

Superior  in  the  United  States.  Some  day  these  mines 
will  be  wonderfully  developed.  We  shall  go  far  inland 
in  this  region  on  mule  back. 

I  long  to  see  you.     Write  me  soon.     Tell  mother  to 
write  also.     My  love  to  you  and  her. 

Your  loving  son, 

Michael. 


XXXV 

A.    SAO  PAULO:    EXTRACTO  TOMADO  DE  LOS 
APUNTES  DE  PEDRO 

Por  fin  partimos  de  Rio  de  Janeiro,  saliendo  en 

un  tren  expreso  del  Estrado  de  Ferro  Central  do 

Brazil  (Camino  de  Hierro  Central  del  Brasil)  para 

Sao  Paulo,  o  San  Pablo,  para  decirlo  en  castellano, 

5  la   segunda   ciudad   del    Brasil   por   su   poblacion 

numerosa  y  comercio  extranjero.     Es  la  capital 

del  estado  del  mismo  nombre  y  tiene  un  vecindario 

de  400,000  personas  mientras  que  Rio  cuenta  un 

millon  redondo.     Solo  hay  seis  ciudades  en  el  pais 

10  con  una  poblacion  de  mas  de  100,000  habitantes. 

Sao  Paulo  esta    situado   a   unas   300  millas  al 

sudoeste   de   Rio  y   a   35    millas   al   noroeste   de 

Santos,    su    puerto.     Es    el    centro    de    una    red 

ferroviaria  de  mas  de  3,500  millas  de  rieles.     El 

i5Tr5pico  de  Capricornio  pasa  muy  cerca  de  este 

municipio. 

Nuestro  tren  era  de  lujo  y  su  comodo  equipo 
nos  proporciono  un  viaje  muy  ameno.     Dudo  que 
haya  un  tren  norteamericano    que   tenga  tantas 
2ocomodidades  como  las  del  tren  referido. 

Estamos  en  la  tierra  del  cafe.     En  el  piensan  y 
suefian  todos  los  de  este  estado.     Todo  se  expresa 


SAO  PAULO  211 

en  terminos  de  este  grano.  Siendo  buena  la 
cosecha  de  los  cafetales  o  fazendas,  como  se  llaman 
en  portugues,  y  bueno  el  mercado,  florecen  los 
cafeteros  dandose  una  vida  en  grande.  Fracasando 
la  cosecha,  se  necesitan  paciencia  y  cautela.  Al  5 
puerto  de  Santos  llegan  buques  de  todas  las 
partes  del  mundo  civilizado  para  cargarse  de 
cafe  brasileno. 

Los  cafetales  de  Sao  Paulo  estan  dispuestos  en 
terreno  elevado   que  varia   de    1000   a  3000  pies  10 
de  altura.     Se  extienden  de  manera  que  cubren 
miles  de  millas  cuadradas  de  terruno.  Tan  vastas 
son   algunas  de  las  plantaciones  de  cafe  que  se 
emplean   en   ellas   ferrocarriles   particulares   para 
recoger  el  producto.     El  suelo  preferible  para  el  15 
cultivo  del  grano  tiene  color  rojizo  debido  a  las 
trizas  de  hierro  depositadas  en  el.     Es  menester 
todo    un    ejercito    de    jornaleros    para    cosechar, 
lavar,   secar  y  ensacar  el  cafe.     Viven  estos  en 
pequenas    aldeas   en   los   cafetales   y   son   por  I020 
general  negros,  aunque  ahora   trabajan   en   ellos 
muchos    colonos    italianos.     Se    encuentran    de 
vez  en  cuando  jornaleros  japoneses  y  chinos. 

Pero  el  cafeto  no  es  la  unica  planta  que  sirve 
para  aderezar  una  bebida  de  uso  bastante  comun.  25 
En  los  estados  de  Santa  Catharina  y  Rio  Grande 
do  Sul,  donde  viven  muchos  hacendados  alemanes 
y  especialmente  en  todo  el  Parag.uay  se  recoge  la 


212  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

hierba  mate,  especie  de  acebo  silvestre.  De  ella 
se  hace  una  infusion,  que  se  prepara  echando 
las  hojas  ^'en  una  cascara  de  calabaza  con  agua 
caliente  y  azucar,  para  sorber  despues  el  liquido 
5  con  una  bombilla  de  plata.  En  el  Brasil  suele 
tomarse  en  taza,  como  el  te,  y  en  toda  la  America 
Meridional  se  considera  como  bebida  estomacal, 
excitante  y  nutritiva.''  Se  exporta  del  Brasil 
mucho   mate   para   la  Argentina,  donde   se   bebe 

losiete  veces  mas  mate  que  cafe.  La  gente  del 
Uruguay,  del  Paraguay  y  de  Chile  lo  prefiere  al 
te  y  al  cafe,  y  ya  se  empieza  a  usar  en  Francia. 

Fui  hoy  con  Miguel  a  Santos  a  ver  cargar  alii  los 
buques  de  flete  destinados  a  Europa.     Tragaron 

15  sus  inmensas  bodegas  montones  de  cafe,  carne 
de  vaca,  palo  de  rosa  y  tapioca. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

por  lo  general  darse  una  vida  en  grande 

B 

Deberes  orales.     Pongase  en  castellano  cada  una  de 
las  frases  siguientes. 

partir;  decirlo  en  castellano;  vivir  en  el  pais; 
pasar  cerca  de  alli;  pensar  en  el;  expresarse 
J  I       en  otros  terminos;  darse  una  vida  en  grande; 

cargarse  de  el;  cubrir  el  suelo;  secar  el  cafe; 
recoger  el  acebo;  empezar  a  usarlo;  ver  los 
buques;  tragar  el  cafe. 


SAO  PAULO  213 

Traduccion  escrita.  Well,  Michael,  here  is  the  coffee 
country  which  we  were  longing  to  see.  How  large  these 
coffee  plantations  are!  I  do  not  know  whether  there 
are  many  North  American  wheatfields  as  large  as  that 
coffee  plantation  yonder. —  They  say  that  all  the  coffee  5  • 
growers  of  the  State  of  Sao  Paulo  dream  and  think  only 
of  coffee.  Usually  they  lead  a  prosperous. life  if  the 
crop  is  good.  If  the  crop  should  fail,  patience  and 
caution  would  be  needed. 

—  I  have  heard  say  that  the  best  soil  for  the  cultiva-  10 
tion  of  coffee  is  of  reddish  color  and  is  found  in  land 
at  an   altitude  which  varies  from   1000  to  3000  feet. 
This  color  is  due  to  particles  of  iron  deposited  in  the 
soil.      The    coffee    plant    flourishes    especially   on    the 
plateaus  near  the  southeastern  coast  of  the  country.  15 
Here  the  climate  as  well  as  the  soil  provides  the  best 
conditions    for    this    plant. —  Who    are    the    laborers 
who  harvest  the  coffee  ? —  A  whole  army  of  negroes 
gathers,   washes,  dries,  and  sacks   the   berry.      Many 
Italians  also  work  here  and  occasionally  a  few  Chinese  20 
are  found  employed  in  this  way. 

—  But  look!  We  are  approaching  a  large  city. 
Yes,  that  is  the  municipahty  of  Sao  Paulo,  the  capital 
of  the  state  of  the  same  name,  the  second  city  of 
Brazil  in  population  and  commerce  and  one  of  the  six  25 
cities  which  have  a  population  of  more  than  100,000 
souls.  The  railway  system  of  which  Sao  Paulo  is  the 
center  comprises  more  than  3500  miles  of  track. —  I 
am  not  anxious  to  leave  this  comfortable  train  of  the 
Central  Railway  of  Brazil.     It  is  a  long  while  since  I  30 


214  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

have  taken  such  a  comfortable  and  pleasant  trip  by 
train.  But  here  we  are.  Let's  get  out  and  see  if  we 
can  get  lost  in  this  city  of  400,000  people. 

—  What  shall  we  do  tomorrow  .f^ — I  think  that  it 
5  behooves  us  to  spend  a  few  days  in  Santos,  the  port  of 
Sao  Paulo.  It  is  situated  35  miles  southeast  from  here 
and  there,  are  many  trains  a  day  which  will  take  us 
there. —  What  is  to  be  seen  in  Santos  ^ —  A  fine  harbor 
excellent  docks,  great  coffee  warehouses  and  a  large 

10  number  of  ships  whose  great  holds  swallow  up  piles  of 
freight  destined  for  many  cities  of  the  world. —  Of 
what  does  the  freight  consist  .f* — Of  beef,  tapioca, 
rosewood  and  especially  coffee.  —  Is  coffee  the  only 
common  drink  of  this  region  ? —  Indeed  not.    Paraguay 

IS  tea  is  drunk  in  Brazil,  Argentina,  Uruguay,  Chile,  and 
especially  in  Paraguay. —  What  is  this  drink .? —  It  is 
a  kind  of  wild  holly.  Its  leaves  are  put  in  a  gourd 
called  mate  or  cuya  together  with  hot  water  and  sugar. 
The  liquid  is  sipped   up  with   a  bomhilla  which    has 

20  the  shape  of  a  spoon. —  Thanks.  I  prefer  coffee  to 
Paraguay  tea,  although  the  latter  is  beginning  to  be 
used  in  Europe  and  although  it  is  called  good  for  the 
digestion  and  is  nutritious. 


XXXVI 

A.    EN  EL  URUGUAY 

Una  mafiana  de  sol  se  acerco  al  muelle  del 
puerto  de  Montevideo  el  vapor  del  Lloyd  Brazileiro 
que  saliendo  de  Santos  trajo  a  bordo  a  nuestros 
dos  amigos.  De  pie  en  la  cubierta  miraron  estos 
la  primera  ciudad  espaiiola  que  iban  a  visitar  en  5 
el  Nuevo  Mundo.  Calificaron  de  esplendido  el 
puerto  ancho  de  seis  millas  y  provisto  de  darsenas 
y  muelles  espaciosos,  algunos  aun  en  via  de 
construccion.  Al  oeste  se  alza  el  cerro  o  monte  de 
donde  se  deriva  el  nombre  de  la  ciudad.  Les  10 
dijo  el  piloto  que  aqui  tenia  el  Rio  de  la  Plata  50 
millas  de  anchura. 

Este  mismo  piloto  les  dio  la  direccion  de  un 
hotel,  el  Oriental,  a  donde  iban  a  parar.  Ahora — 
dijo  Miguel — podremos  hacernos  entender  en  15 
cualquier  parte  porque  desde  aqui  en  adelante 
estaremos  entre  gente  de  habla  espanola.  Algun 
dia  voy  a  conquistar  el  portugues  pero  ahora  no. 
— (jYa  ha  notado  Vd.  como  se  diferencia  el  habla 
de  aqui  del  castellano  de  Esparia? — Si;  pero  es  20 
poca  cosa.  Hablaban  asi  hasta  cierto  punto  los 
andaluces;  por  consiguiente  estamos  acostum- 
brados   a   ello.     A  mi  no  me  disgusta.     No  sere 

215 


2l6 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


I    S 


EN  EL  URUGUAY  217 

yo  quien  dicte  a  los  sud  americanos  su  manera  de 
hablar  espafiol. — Ni  yo  tampoco.  Pero  sigamos 
con  la  zeta;  aunque  no  la  usan  aqui  la  entienden 
pcrfectamente  y  se  le  respeta  a  quien  la  use. — 
Por  lo  que  a  mi  toca,  voy  a  tratar  de  adoptar  el  5 
uso  sudamericano  con  respecto  de  la  pronunciacion 
de  la  2;  y  de  la  c  que  precede  a  las  vocales  i  o  e^ 
aunque  no  importan  mucho  estas  distinciones  a 
causa  de  la  manera  muy  variada  en  que  hablan  los 
varios  habitantes  de  la  America  Espanola.  10 

Un  viajante  espafiol  les  cercioro  a  los  jovenes  de 
muchas  cosas  de  su  pais.  Entre  otros  datos  les 
dio  estos:  Que  el  Uruguay,  aunque  es  una  de  las 
republicas  mas  pequefias  del  continente,  tiene 
mas  millas  de  rieles  en  proporcion  a  su  tamaiio  que  15 
ningun  otro  pais  de  Sud  America  y  es  casi  dos 
veces  mas  grande  que  el  Estado  de  Nueva  York; 
que  no  hay  barrera  de  montaiias  entre  la  costa  y 
el  interior  como  en  el  Brasil;  que  las  extensas 
llanuras  del  pais  suministran  abundante  pasto  20 
para  la  cria  de  ganado  y  por  eso  es  una  tierra 
casi  exclusivamente  ganadera.  Aunque  el  suelo 
es  muy  feraz  los  campesinos  no  se  dedican  mucho 
hasta  ahora  al  cultivo  de  cereales,  cultivandose 
solo  una  sexagesima  parte  del  terreno.  No  25 
existen  muchas  poblaciones  grandes  pero  son 
numerosas  las  aldehuelas  esparcidas  por  los  llanos, 
siendo  ellas  las  mas  veces  muy  nuevas,  modernas 


2i8  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


EN  EL  URUGUAY  219 

y  adelantadas.  El  ^^gaucho"  o  ^^llanero"  pre- 
domina  entre  los  uruguayos.  Resulta  de  esta 
industria  vacuna,  lanar  y  caballar  que  exporta  el 
Uruguay  estupendas  cantidades  de  lana,  carne 
congelada,  cecina  y  tasajo,  y  cueros  de  bueyes  y  5 
de  caballos.  Hay  muchas  plantas  refrigeradoras 
en  que  se  enfria  la  carne. 

Es  muy  funesta  la  historia  anterior  del  Uruguay, 
por  ser  el  pais  el  tope,  o  una  especie  de  Belgica, 
por  decirlo  asi,  entre  la  Argentina  y  el  Brasil,recla-  10 
mandolo  estos  dos  paises  grandes.  Finalmente  por 
mediacion  de  Inglaterra  en  1828  se  creo  la  repu- 
blica  independiente  del  Uruguay,  llamada  tambien 
la  Banda  Oriental.  Siguieron  guerras  civiles  sin 
limite  ni  termino  y  no  se  calmaron  las  revueltas  15 
hasta  tiempos  muy  recientes. 

Impulsadcs  por  estos  relatos  Miguel  y  Pedro 
iban  por  tren  a  Fray  Bentos  en  el  departamento 
de  Soriano  al  lado  del  rio  Uruguay,  a  ver  el  gran 
establecimiento  industrial  de  la  compania  Liebig2o 
fundada  en  1861  y  llamada  la  Cocina  del  Mundo. 
Aqui  se  matan  4000  reses  diarias  que  se  consumen 
en  la  confeccion  de  extracto  de  carne  de  vaca  y 
en  otros  productos  nutritivos. 

De  vuelta  a  Montevideo  visitaron  los  hermosos  25 
edificios  publicos  y  parques  y  vieron  que  toda  la 
ciudad  era  notable  por  su  limpieza  y  condiciones 
sanitarias.     En  el  magnifico  Teatro  Soils  pasaron 


220  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

muchos  ratos  agradables  y  se  maravillaron  de  la 

hermosura  de  las  mujeres  montevideanas  que  se 

veian  por  las  calles  y  en  funciones  publicas. 

— No  hay  que  tardar  aqui.     Nos  llaman  otras 

stierras, — observe  Pedro. — Vamonos.     Y  otra  vez 

en  camino  los  dos,  a  las  seis  de  la  tarde  se  metieron 

a  bordo  de  uno  de  los  comodos  vaporcitos  de  la 

linea  Mihanovich,  el  cual  surcaba  las  cien  millas 

de   agua   amarillenta   del    Rio   de    la    Plata    con 

lorumbo  a  Buenos  Aires. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 
de  pie  ni  yo  tampoco 

en  via  de  construccion  por  decirlo  asi 

desde  aqui  en  adelante  maravillarse  de 

es  poca  cosa  con  rumbo  a 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Contestese  a  las  preguntas  que  siguen, 
empleando  en  la  contestacion  un  pronombre  en  lugar 
de  cada  nombre  empleado  en  la  pregunta.  i.  J  Dio 
el  piloto  la  direccion  a  los  jovenes  ?    2.  i  Iban  a  visitar 

15  la  ciudad.?  3.  J  Gusto  a  Pedro  la  pronunciacion 
andaluza.^  4.  jVa  Vd.  a  conquistar  el  portugues .? 
5.  J  Precede  jamas  la  2,  a  la  z?  6.  ^Cercioraron  los 
jovenes  al  piloto  de  muchas  cosas  ?  7.  i  Hay  muchas 
plantas  refrigeradoras  en  el  Uruguay.? 

20  Version.  We  noticed  that  the  speech  of  Uruguay 
differed  somewhat  from  that  of  Castile.  The  Uruguay- 
ans spoke,  up  to  a  certain  extent^  like  the  Andalusians; 


EN  EL  URUGUAY  221 

consequently  we  had  no  difficulty  in  understanding 
them  perfectly  nor  in  making  ourselves  understood 
either.  I  continued  using  the  zeta  and  was  respected 
on  account  of  that,  but  Peter  and  John  adopted  the 
South  American  and  Andalusian  pronunciation  of  the  5 
2  and  c  before  the  vowels  e  or  z,  that  is,  like  an  s.  We 
were  glad  to  be  again  among  people  of  Spanish  tongue 
and  were  not  the  ones  who  would  dictate  to  the  Uru- 
guayans their  manner  of  speaking  Spanish.  If  we  had 
remained  longer  in  Brazil,  we  should  have  mastered  10 
Portuguese,  just  as  we  should  have  learned  Catalan 
in  Barcelona. 

We  arrived  in  Montevideo  a  week  ago.  Standing  on 
the  deck  of  the  ship  that  brought  us  to  this  port  we 
beheld  the  first  Spanish  city  that  we  were  going  to  15 
visit  in  South  America.  In  the  distance  could  be  seen 
the  mountain  whence  the  city  derives  its  name.  As 
for  us,  the  harbor  delighted  us  greatly.  We  character- 
ized it  as  splendid  with  its  basins  and  docks.  Some 
14  millions  of  dollars  have  already  been  spent  on  them  20 
and  more  are  in  process  of  construction. 

The  city  has  many  beautiful  public  buildings  and  its 
parks  are  unsurpassable.     When  we  went  to  the  Solis 
Theater  we  always  spent  a  very  pleasant  time,  enjoying 
thoroughly  the   fine   performances   and   wondering  at  25 
the  beauty  of  the  women  of  Montevideo. 

Uruguay  was  for  many  years  the  buffer,  so  to  speak, 
between  its  neighbors,  Argentina  and  Brazil,  and  both 
these  countries  claimed  the  Banda  Oriental,  as  it  was 
called.      The    independent    republic    created    in    182830 


222  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

owes  its  existence  to  the  mediation  of  England.  Al- 
though Uruguay  is  small,  being  only  twice  as  large  as 
New  York  State,  it  has  many  miles  of  railway  and  its 
extensive  and  fertile  plains  provide  forage  for  the 
5  raising  of  cattle,  horses  and  wool-bearing  animals. 
Many  small  villages  are  scattered  here  and  there  in 
the  plains  and  the  cowboys  predominate  among  the 
inhabitants.  Wool,  frozen  beef,  jerked  beef  and  dried 
beef  are  exported.  Only  one  sixtieth  of  the  land  is  cul- 

lotivated  at  present. 

In  Fray  Bentos,  department  of  Soriano,  is  situated 
the  World's  Kitchen,  an  establishment  of  the  Liebig 
Company.  Many  beeves  are  used  up  daily  to  make 
beef  extract  and  other  products.    Moved  by  the  reports 

15  we  had  heard,  we  went  to  visit  this  industrial  plant  and 
saw  that  everything  was  noteworthy  for  its  cleanliness 
and  sanitary  conditions. 

Back  in  Montevideo  again  we  decided  that  we  should 
not  delay  there  since  other  lands  were  calling  us  and  it 

20  was  necessary  for  us  to  leave  at  once.  We  got  aboard 
a  steamer  of  the  Mihanovich  line  which  set  sail  in  the 
evening,  setting  its  course  for  Buenos  Aires  where  we 
were  to  arrive  the  next  morning.  We  plowed  swiftly 
through  the  100  miles  of  yellowish  water. 


XXXVII 

A.    BUENOS  AIRES 

Parandose  los  dos  jovenes  cerca  del  brazal  del 
puente  fijaron  la  vista  en  la  villa  que  se  divisaba 
a  lo  lejos  en  una  ribera  baja,  y  que  iba  creciendo 
rapidamente.  Al  principio  habia  silencio  a  bordo 
pero  cuando  empezo  a  tocar  la  banda  se  emociono  5 
la  muchedumbre  de  inmigrantes  en  la  proa  de 
manera  que  echaron  en  alto  sus  sombreros  y 
gritaron  con  acentos  tan  variados  como  las 
lenguas  que  hablaban: — i Buenos  Aires!  i Buenos 
Aires!  Esto  me  recuerda — dijo  Miguel  a  Pedro — 10 
aquel  pasaje  de  "  Los  Argonautas  "  de  Blasco  Ibanez, 
que  pinta  a  Buenos  Aires  como  ^'una  mujer  de 
porte  majestuoso,  blanca  y  azul  como  las  virgenes 
de  Murillo,  con  el  purpureo  gorro  simbolo  de 
libertad  sobre  la  suelta  cabellera;  una  matronais 
que  sonreia,  abriendo  los  brazos  fuertes,  dejando 
caer  de  sus  labios  palabras  amorosas: — Venid  a 
mi  los  que  teneis  hambre  de  pan  y  sed  de  tran- 
quilidad;  venid  a  mi  los  que  llegasteis  tarde  a  un 
mundo  viejo  y  repleto.  Mi  hogar  es  grande  yao 
no  lo  construyo  el  egoismo:  mi  casa  esta  abierta 
a  todas  las  razas  de  la  tierra,  a  todos  los  hombres 
de  buena  voluntad." 

223 


224 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


BUENOS  AIRES  225 

— A  mi  manera  de  ver — advirtio  Pedro — parece 
muy  chato  y  aplastado  el  sitio  de  la  ciudad  de 
Santa  Maria  de  Buenos  Aires,  como  la  llamo  don 
Pedro  de  Mendoza  al  fundarla  en  1535. — Si;  y 
jque  distinta  de  la  situacion  de  Rio!  Pero  as 
pesar  de  que  le  falten  cercanias  pintorescas,  tengo 
vivisimas  ganas  de  verla  como  cualquier  inmi- 
grante  para  quien  sea  la  Tier^a  Prometida.  jLa 
primera  ciudad  por  su  tamaiio  de  todo  el  mundo 
espaiiol,  la  tercera  del  hemisferio  occidental,  el  Paris  10 
americano,  el  Chicago  argentino!  Algun  dia  le 
tendra  que  ceder  paso  tal  vez  misma  laNueva  York. 
Con  mas  de  millon  y  medio  de  almas  com- 
prende  una  quinta  parte  de  los  habitantes  de  la 
republica.  15 

— iVa  a  venir  a  nuestro  encuentro  el  seiior  Fe, 
representante  de  la  compania  de  su  padre? 
— Asi  lo  creo.  Le  escribi  pidiendo  que  viniese, 
en  caso  que  pudiera.  Si  no  me  engano,  es  el  del 
traje  gris  al  pie  de  la  escala.  Vamos  a  ver  ...  20 
Tanto  gusto,  seiior  Fe.  Creia  que  era  Vd.  y  no 
me  equivoque  en  ello.  Le  presento  a  Vd.  a  mi 
amigo,  el  sefior  Carter. — Caballero. — Servidor  de 
Vd. — J  Que  tal  el  viaje? — Regular.  Sin  novedad. 
Aqui  nos  tiene  Vd.  como  dos  aventureros  o  con-  25 
quistadores,  afanandose  por  conocer  a  fondo  todo 
lo  argentino. — Bueno.  Principiaremos  por  en- 
contrar  hospedaje  para  Vds.  en  un  buen  hotelito 


226 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


P 


o 
"A 
o 


< 
<J 


Q     < 


pq 


BUENOS  AIRES  227 

que  conozco  no  lejos  de  la  Plaza  25   de  Mayo. 
Subamos  a  este  taximetro. 

Asi  empezo  para  los  dos  amigos  una  epoca 
notable  de  indagacion,  de  diversion,  de  visitas 
y  de  trato  social  y  comercial,  en  todo  lo  cual  5 
hacia  de  cicerone  el  bueno  del  seiior  Fe,  hombre 
muy  chapado  y  simpatico.  La  vida  al  aire  libre 
a  la  parisiense,  los  soberbios  edificios,  las  alamedas 
muy  magnificas,  las  manzanas  regulares  de  calles, 
el  ferrocarril  subterraneo,  las  tiendas  moderni-io 
simas,  los  parques  extensos,  les  agradaron  de  una 
manera  imponderable. 

Vieron  en  la  Plaza  25  de  Mayo  la  famosa 
catedral  fundada  en  1752  que  tiene  parecido  con  la 
Madeleine  de  Paris,  la  Casa  Rosada  (del  gobiernois 
federal),  la  Bolsa  y  otros  muchos  edificios.  Pre- 
valece  entre  las  casas  particulares  el  estilo  espanol 
antiguo  con  patio  andaluz,  pero  las  elegantes  cons- 
trucciones  nuevas  son  de  estilo  renacimiento 
Frances.  20 

Las  industrias  de  la  ciudad  son  chocantes  por 
lo  grandes  que  son — dijo  Pedro. — Por  ejemplo,  el 
Mercado  Central  de  Frutos  que  se  dice  es  el 
centro  mas  grande  del  mundo  entero  en  la 
venta  al  por  mayor  de  productos  de  la  tierra;  los  25 
inmensos  mataderos  y  frigoriferos,  los  muelles 
atestados  de  buques  ocupados  en  cargar  o  descar- 
gar  sus  cargamentos,  los  elevadores  para  meter  los 


228  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

cereales  en  las  bodegas  de  los  barcos.  Todo  eso 
es  de  veras  otro  Chicago,  pero  un  Chicago  refinado 
y  embellecido  por  muchas  trazas  artisticas. 

— Si,  pero  a  los  portenos  les  cae  en  gracia  titular 
5  a  su  ciudad  el  ''Paris  de  America"  aunque  haya 
los  de  Rio  que  les  disputan  el  titulo.  De  todos 
modos,  por  su  amor  a  la  musica  parece  Buenos 
Aires  un  Paris  y  un  Milan  combinados.  Fun- 
cionan  en  este  momento  tres  companias  de  opera, 

lopredominando  las  piezas  italianas  y  francesas. — 
iY  canta  por  casualidad  esta  noche  Maria  Ba- 
rrientos? — Si,  en  el  Teatro  Colon  segun  anuncian 
los  carteles.  El  elenco  artistico,  que  comprende 
tambien     a    Titta    RufFo,    es     superior. — Bueno; 

isvamonos,  si  es  dable  conseguir  localidades. — Y 
para  maiiana  por  la  noche  procuraremos  asistir 
al  Odeon  donde  esta  la  compaiiia  de  Maria 
Guerrero  y  Fernando  Diaz  de  Mendoza  que 
interpreta  el  drama  clasico  espaiiol. — d'Que  otros 

2oteatros  hay? — En  primer  lugar  hay  la  Opera, 
famosa  por  su  hermosura  y  grandeza.  Hay 
tambien  el  Coliseo  para  la  opera  comica  italiana; 
el  Nuevo,  compania  argentina  de  comedias  y 
zarzuelas;   igualmente   el   Nacional;   el   Marconi, 

25  compaiiia  tradicionalista  argentina;  el  Mayo, 
zarzuela  espaiiola,  y  otros  muchos.  Ademas  hay 
un  sinnumero  de  circos,  variedades  y  cinemato- 
grafos. 


BUENOS  AIRES  229 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

divisarse  afanarse  por 

emocionarse  tener  parecido  con 

tener  hambre,  sed  caerle  en  gracia  a  uno 

a  mi  manera  de  ver  disputar  algo  a  uno 

ceder  paso  a  de  todos  modos 

venir  al  encuentro  de  uno  si  es  dable 

Deberes  orales.  Pongase  en  la  forma  debida  el 
infinitivo  subrayado  de  cada  frase.  i.  Temi  que  los 
inmigrantes  tener  hambre.  2.  El  desea  que  nosotros 
no  emocionarse.  3.  Crece  Buenos  Aires  sin  que 
nosotros  lo  realizar.  4.  Debe  ir  a  Buenos  Aires  cual-  5 
quier  inmigrante  que  tener  ganas  de  ver  la  Tierra 
Prometida.  5.  Me  alegre  de  que  Vd.  venir  al  encuentro 
de  los  americanos.  6.  No  afanarse  Vd.  por  conocerle. 
8.  No  creo  que  eso  le  caer  en  gracia.  9.  Nos  dijo  que 
nosotros  no  ceder  el  paso  a  nadie.  10.  Puede  que  10 
divisarse  la  ciudad  a  lo  lejos. 

B 

Version.      The    Valencian    author,    Vicente    Blasco 
Ibafiez,    pictures    Buenos    Aires    as    one    of   Murillo's 
virgins    of    majestic    proportions    and    with    loosened 
hair,   smiling   and   telling   those  who   are   hungry   for  15 
bread  and  thirsty  for  peace  to  come  to  her  abode. 

My  emotions  were  stirred  on  reading  **The  Argo- 
nauts" but  when  I  stood  near  the  rail  as  our  boat 
approached  Buenos  Aires  I  was  even  more  moved  on 
seeing  the  crowd  of  immigrants  throw  up  their  hats  20 
and  cry  in  varied  accents,  **Buenos  Aires!  Buenos 
Aires!" 


230  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

The  city  could  be  seen  in  the  distance  situated  on  a 
low,  flat  shore.  From  my  point  of  view,  Buenos  Aires 
lacked  the  picturesque  environs  of  Rio  but  it  is  the 
Promised  Land  for  whatever  race  seeks  liberty  and  a 
5  home.  Thus  these  republics  of  South  America  greatly 
resemble  the  United  States,  offering Jiberty  to  all. 

With  great  difficulty  I  came  to  understand  that 
Buenos  Aires  is  the  third  city  in  size  of  the  New 
Hemisphere  and  the  first  of  the  Spanish  world.    It  has 

lo  always  pleased  the  citizens  of  Buenos  Aires  to  call  it 
the  American  Paris,  but  the  citizens  of  Rio  are  ready 
to  dispute  this  title  with  them.  New  York  itself 
may  have  to  give  way  some  day  to  this  refined  Chicago 
of  Argentina. 

15  An  old  friend  of  mine,  Mr.  Fe,  came  to  meet  me  at 
the  pier.  I  had  written  him  to  be  there  with  a  taxicab. 
We  got  into  it  and  began  by  seeking  lodging  for  me  in 
a  small  hotel  not  far  from  the  Plaza  25  de  Mayo.  I 
told  him  that  I  was  as  eager  to  get  acquainted  with  the 

20  city  as   an   adventurer.     Mr.   Fe  was  very  nice   and 

did  me  the  favor  of  acting  as  my  guide  in  everything. 

The  blocks  of  the  city  are  very  regular,  the  shops 

very    up-to-date,  and   the    parks    extensive.      I    liked 

exceedingly  the  open  air  life  of  the  cafes  and  the  superb 

25  buildings.  I  was  surprised  to  find  a  fine  subway  and 
two  more  in  process  of  construction.  The  private 
houses  are  built  according  to  the  old  Spanish  style 
with  Andalusian  courtyards,  although  among  the 
modern   buildings  the   French   Renascence   style   pre- 

30  vails.     I   shall  always  hold  in   pleasant  memory  the 


BUENOS  AIRES  231 

cathedral  (which  resembles  the  Madeleine  of  Paris) 
and  the  Casa  Rosada.  The  Central  Produce  Market 
is,  without  any  doubt,  the  largest  market  of  this  kind  in 
the  world.  I  wondered  at  the  numerous  refrigerating 
plants  and  slaughtering  houses,  and  the  immense  docks  5 
crowded  with  ships  loading  and  unloading  their 
cargoes. 

But  Buenos  Aires  has  a  great  hking  for  music  and 
art.  Three  opera  companies  are  often  playing  at  the 
same  time.  I  heard  Maria  Barrientos,  Caruso,  and  10 
Titta  Ruffo  sing  at  the  Colon  Theater.  Such  a  cast 
is  unsurpassable.  French  and  Italian  compositions 
predominated.  Often  it  was  impossible  for  us  to 
obtain  seats.  Maria  Guerrero  and  Fernando  Diaz  de 
Mendoza  interpreted  the  classic  Spanish  drama  at  the  15 
Odeon.  There  were  many  other  theaters  for  Italian 
comic  opera,  zarzuelas,  Argentine  plays,  and  countless 
moving  picture  houses  and  circuses. 


XXXVIII 

A.    LAS  NACIONALIDADES  DE  LA  ARGENTINA 

Hoy — dijo  Pedro — fui  a  una  parte  mezquina 
de  la  villa  a  ver  como  viven  los  obreros  en  sus 
ciudadelas  y  al  volver  oi  gritar  a  un  chiquillo: — 
Mira  al  gringo.  J  No  se  usa  ese  termino  solo  en 
sMejico  refiriendose  a  los  yanquis? — No,  senor — 
contesto  el  senor  Fe — tambien  se  usa  mucho  aqui 
para  apodar  a  cualquier  extranjero.  Hablar  en 
gringo  significa  hablar  en  lengua  desconocida, 
siendo    gringo^    segun    dicen,    una    perversion    de 

lo  griego.  Por  eso,'el  que  habla  asi  se  llama  gringo. 
A  nosotros  los  nacidos  en  Espana  nos  tildan  los 
argentinos  de  gallegos,  gachupines^  sarracenosy 
godos  o  pelucones.  Pero  en  verdad  somos  argen- 
tinos tan  buenos  como  el  que  mas.     Y  a  Vds.  los 

15  yanquis  se  les  respeta  cada  vez  mas  aunque  los 
hay  aqui  que  les  temen. — J  Por  que? — Por  creer 
que  ambicionan  Vds.  apoderarse  algun  dia  del 
continente  del  sur.  Pero  los  mas  ilustrados  saben 
que  es   absurda  tal  creencia  como  lo  prueba  la 

2opaciencia  de  los  Estados  Unidos  para  con  Mejico, 
la  liberacion  de  Cuba  y  la  doctrina  Monroe.  Al 
^'Tio  Sam"  se  le  tiene  por  vecino  fuerte  y  pro- 
tector bien  que  es  verdad  que  no  le  conocen  bien 
232 


LAS  NACIONALIDADES   DE  LA  ARGENTINA     233 

aqui.  Es  siempre  la  ignorancia  causa  de  sospechas 
y  malquerencia.  Lo  que  falta  es  que  se  estrechen 
las  relaciones  entre  el  sur  y  la  gran  republica  del 
norte.  La  constitucion  de  la  Republica  Nortea- 
mericana  es  la  madre  y  base  de  las  constituciones  5 
politicas  de  la  America  Latina. 

— Oimos  hablar  italiano  por  todas  partes. — Si; 
son  los  italianos  los  que  emigran  en  mayor  numero 
a  esta  republica  y  se  habla  italiano  muy  comun- 
mente  en  algunos  barrios  de  la  ciudad.  Hay  10 
diarios  italianos  cpmo  los  hay  ingleses,  Franceses  y 
judios. — Por  eso  el  compuesto  de  la  poblacion 
bonaerense  se  asemeja  mucho  al  de  Nueva  York, 
Jverdad? — Si;  solo  que  aqui  es  el  espanol  la  lengua 
regente  en  lugar  del  ingles.  Buenos  Aires  es  15 
esencialmente  latino  de  indole  a  la  vez  que  Nueva 
York  es  anglosajona.  Las  dos  ciudades  son 
grandes  crisoles  en  que  se  funden  muchos  ele- 
mentos  de  vida  europea. — ePero  no  ha  influido 
mucho  el  italiano  en  la  lengua  diaria  de  la  ciudad?  20 
— Indudablemente.  Hay  algunos  individuos  que 
hablan  una  mezcla  italiano-espanola  que  asusta. 
Son  bastante  parecidos  y  al  mismo  tiempo  muy 
distintos  los  dos  idiomas.  No  conviene  de  ningun 
modo  confundirlos. — Si,  pero  lo  que  se  aprende  25 
en  la  cuna  siempre  dura,  y  la  semejanza  que 
existe  entre  las  dos  lenguas  sirve  de  estorbo  a 
menudo  mas  bien  que  de  ayuda. 


234 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


"% 

^^\^'-                '     W'^ 

Htf  J 

->-M. 

^ 

.:s^^  ^^-;^-          -fee- 

^^^Hr^jsjmS 

dfl 

LAS  NACIONALIDADES  DE  LA  ARGENTINA     235 

— i'Cuales  son  los  periodicos  mas  conocidos  de 
Buenos  Aires  ?  —  La  Prensa  y  La  Nacion  son  dos 
de  los  mejores  del  mundo  entero.  La  Prensa 
es  nias  que  un  diario,  es  una  institucion  que  tiene 
una  magnifica  casa  de  administracion  con  habi-  5 
taciones  reservadas  para  el  entretenimiento  de  las 
personas  ilustres  que  visitan  la  republica,  salas  de 
lectura,  un  servicio  gratis  de  distribucion  de  cartas, 
despacho  de  informaciones,  etc. — J  En  donde 
residen  los  pudientes  de  la  ciudad  ? — En  los  10 
arrabales  de  Belgrano  de  Flores,  en  la  Avenida  Al- 
vear  y  en  los  contornos  del  Parque  Palermo  llamado 
tambien  el  del  Tres  de  Febrero.  Ocupa  la  villa 
un  rectangulo  de  72  millas  de  extension  y  la  prin- 
cipal arteria  es  la  Avenida  de  Mayo  que  fueis 
acabada  en  1906  y  en  que  se  gastaron  mas  de  6 
millones  de  pesos  oro.  Ahora  hace  unos  40 
afios  que  se  principio  a  mejorar  el  alcantarillado 
y  el  sistema  de  aguas  de  Buenos  Aires,  resultando 
que  al  costo  de  30  millones  de  pesos  goza  la  20 
ciudad  de  perfectas  condiciones  sanitarias.  En 
casi  todos  estos  mejoramientos  se  conto  con 
capitales  ingleses.  En  las  plazas  del  Retiro  (o 
de  San  Martin),  Once  de  Septiembre,  y  Consti- 
tucion  tienen  sus  estaciones  los  grandes  ferro-25 
carriles  argentinos. 

— (iSe  divierten  mucho  al  aire  libre  los  portenos? 
— Ya  lo  creo.     Su  Jockey-Club  es  famoso  y  las 


236  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH   PROSE   BOOK 

carreras  sin  igual.  Son  muy  dados  al  football, 
polo,  pelota,  paseos  en  canoa  en  el  Delta  y  a  otros 
deportes  por  el  estilo. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

como  el  que  mas  servir  de 

tener  a  uno  por  contar  con 

asemejarse  a  ya  lo  creo 

influir  en  ser  dado  a 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Para  contestar  en  castellano.  i.  J  Que 
5  significa  gringo  ?  2.  i  Como  apodan  los  argentinos  a  los 
nacidos  en  Espafia?  3.  J  Por  que  temen  algunos  al 
Tio  Sam  ?  4.  i  Por  que  son  los  Estados  Unidos  esen- 
cialmente  de  indole  anglosajona?  5.  jQue  se  dice  aqui 
de  La  Prensa?    6.  J  Con  que  conto  Buenos  Aires  para 

lomejorar  sus  condiciones  sanitarias?  7.  J  A  que 
juegos  son  dados  los  bonaerenses  ? 

Version.  We  were  walking  through  the  poor  part 
of  the  city  yesterday  when  we  heard  some  small 
children   cry,   *Took   at  the   gringos!     No,   they   are 

15  Goths  or  big-wigs."  This  was  not  said  with  ill-will 
but  in  jest.  The  Yankees  and  those  of  other  lands  are 
nicknamed  ''gringos"  not  only  in  Mexico  but  also  in 
Argentina,  while  the  Spaniards  are  branded  as  Goths 
or  Saracens.    Mr.  Fe  explained  to  us  that  gringo  was  a 

20  perversion  oi  griego  and  that  he  who  speaks  an  unknown 
tongue  speaks  gringo  and  therefore  is  called  gringo. 

North  Americans  are  respected  more  and  more  in 
Argentina  although  there  are  some  Argentinians  who  fear 


LAS  NACIONALIDADES  DE  LA  ARGENTINA     237 

that  Uncle  Sam  wishes  to  seize  the  southern  continent. 
The  better  informed  know  that  he  is  a  strong,  pro- 
tecting neighbor  and  say  that  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
proves  how  absurd  is  such  a  behef  or  suspicion.  An 
Argentinian  as  good  as  the  best  of  them  said  that  in  5 
his  opinion  ignorance  was  the  cause  of  ill-will  in  such 
cases  and  that  what  was  needed  was  that  the  relations 
between  the  northern  republic  and  Latin  America 
should  be  made  closer. 

We  had  a  very  good  time  last  Sunday  at  the  famous  10 
Jockey  Club  of  Buenos  Aires.    The  races  were  excellent. 
We  have  noticed  that  the  people  of  Buenos  Aires  are 
very  fond  of  polo,  football,  canoeing  on  the  Delta  and 
many  other  open  air  sports. 

Two  of  the  newspapers  of  the  city  are  well  known  15 
everywhere.  They  are  La  Prensa  and  La  Nacion, 
The  former  is  more  than  a  daily;  it  is  an  institution 
and  its  headquaiters  is  provided  with  beautiful  rooms 
(reserved  for  the  entertainment  of  famous  people), 
information  bureau,  reading  rooms,  etc.  There  are  20 
also  Enghsh,  French,  Italian  and  Jewish  daihes, 
although  the  prevailing  language  is,  of  course,  Spanish. 
ItaHan  is  heard  spoken  everywhere,  the  Italians  being 
those  who  have  emigrated  in  greatest  numbers  to 
Argentina.  Nothing  but  Italian  is  spoken  in  certain  25 
districts  of  the  city.  I  have  heard  some  individuals 
speak  a  frightful  mixture  of  Spanish  and  Italian.  Thus 
it  is  seen  that  Italian  influences  greatly  the  speech  of 
that  city.  On  account  of  the  very  similarity  that 
exists  between   Spanish   and   Italian,  one  should  not  30 


238  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

confuse  the  two  languages.  A  knowledge  of  Portu- 
guese or  Italian  often  serves  as  a  hindrance  rather  than 
a  help  to  him  who  is  learning  to  speak  Spanish.  What 
one  learns  in  chilcjhood  always  stays  with  one,  says 
5  the  proverb. 

What  especially  called  my  attention  in  Buenos 
Aires  was  how  much  the  composition  of  the  popula- 
tion resembles  that  of  New  York,  the  two  cities  being 
great  melting  pots  for  fusing  elements  of  European 

10  life. 

When  they  began  to  improve  this  city  some  forty 
years  ago,  they  relied  upon  English  capital.  Now  the 
inhabitants  enjoy  an  unsurpassed  water  system  and 
sewerage  system  and  possess  several  beautiful  railway 

15  stations.  The  well-to-do  reside  in  Belgrano,  Palermo, 
and  Alvear  Avenue.  Six  million  dollars  gold  were 
spent  in  laying  out  the  principal  artery,  the  Avenida 
de  Mayo.  » 


XXXIX 

A.    POR  LA  REPUBLICA  ARGENTINA 

— ^'Cuanto  tiempo  llevamos  aqui,  Miguel? — 
pregunta  Pedro. — Miguel  responde: — Cosa  de  dos 
meses.  Hay  que  pensar  en  largarnos. — Si;  lo 
de  siempre:  Mas  alia,  Creo  que  congeniamos 
bien  con  los  argentinos. — Si,  pero  nos  cabe  conocer  5 
a  los  chilenos,  a  los  peruanos  y  .  .  .  — J  A  donde 
van  a  parar  estas  correrias? — A  Lima,  como  ya 
sabe  Vd.,  donde  nos  dedicaremos  de  Ueno  a  hacer 
valer  nuestra  experiencia  de  varias  partes. — 
Desearia  yo  que  estuvieramos  alii  ahora  porque  10 
quiero  abandonar  la  vida  errante  y  asentarme, 
haciendo  otra  vez  una  vida  comercial. — J  A  quien 
me  recuerda  Vd?  Seguramente  no  es  a  aquel 
Pedro  entusiasta  de  hace  un  afio  que  queria 
verlo  todo. — Si,  el  es,  pero  tantas  veces  va  el  15 
cdntaro  a  la  fuente  que  al  final  se  quiebra.  Pero 
veo  que  se  trama  algo.  ^A  donde  vamos,  al 
Polo  Sur? — No,  hacia  el  norte. 

Tomando  vapor  en  el  muelle,  salen  rio  arriba 
por  el  canal  del  rio.     Les  explica  el  seiior  Fe  que  20 
aqui  el  Plata  tiene  30  y  pico  de  millas  de  ancho, 
que  no  es  un  rio  en  verdad  sino  un  estuario  en 
donde  desembocan  el  Parana,  con  su  afluente  el 

239 


240  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Paraguay,  y  el  Uruguay.  Trae  el  Parana  50 
por  ciento  mas  agua  al  oceano  que  el  Misisipi 
y  al  mismo  tiempo  tanta  tierra  de  aluvion  que 
impiden  mucho  la  navegacion.     Se  practican  sin 

5  cesar  operaciones  de  dragado  para  tener  abiertos 
los  canales  navegables.  Para  efectuar  el  comercio 
fluvial  se  emplean  boyas  iluminadas,  practices 
muy  expertos,  y  barcos  de  menor  calado. 

Dice    el    sefior    Fe: — Podriamos    ir    a    Rosario, 

lonuestro  destino,  por  ferrocarril  pero  deseaba  que 
Vds.  viesen  el  trafico  inmenso  del  Parana.  Miren 
estos  navios.  Van  con  rumbo  a  Europa  o  Norte 
America,  cargados  todos  de  trigo,  maiz,  carne 
congelada,  cueros  de  ganado  y  alfalfa,  productos 

15  originarios  del  Gran  Chaco  y  las  provincias  de 
Santa  Fe  y  Cordoba.  Es  la  Argentina  un  pais 
esencialmente  agricola  aunque  pasan  por  Rosario 
muchos  productos  de  las  minas  de  La  Rioja  y 
Catamarca  del  noroeste  de  la  republica  donde  se 

2oexplotan  minas  de  cobre,  hierro,  oro  y  plata. 

Rosario,  que  dista  200  millas  de  Buenos  Aires, 
puede  llamarse  con  sus  220,000  vecinos  la  segunda 
ciudad  del  pais,  siendo  .centro  ferrocarrilero  y 
teniendo  calles  anchas  y  edificios  muy  modernos. 

25  La  rodean  en  el  campo  muchas  colonias  prosperas 
alemanas,  italianas  y  suizas.  De  alli  salen  los 
tres  hombres  por  ferrocarril  a  visitar  a  Tucuman 
a  unas  600  millas  al  noroeste,  cuna  de  la  libertad 


POR  LA  REPtJTBLICA  ARGENTINA  241 

argentina.  Aqui  se  declare  el  9  de  julio  de  1816 
en  congreso  de  diputados  la  independencia  de 
**las  provincias  unidas  del  Rio  de  la  Plata". 
Visitaron  alii  con  mucho  interes  la  Casa  de  la 
Independencia,  pequeiia  construccion  conservada  5 
con  cuidado  por  los  argentinos  lo  mismo  que  se 
hace  con  el  Independence  Hall  de  Filadelfia. 
Situado  entre  ricos  naranjales  y  limonares  en  una 
region  bien  regada,  Tucuman  es  muy  pintoresco 
y  muy  ''crioUo".  Llegara  un  dia  a  ser  una  10 
gran  ciudad  en  el  camino  de  Bolivia  por  via  de 
Jujuy. 

Tiene  la  Argentina  menos  de  una  mitad  de  la 
extension  de  los  Estados  Unidos  y  mas  de  una 
mitad  de  la  poblacion  de  Nueva  Inglaterra,  15 
contando  con  mas  millas  de  vias  ferreas  que 
ningun  otro  pais  sudamericano,  es  decir,  unas 
20,000  millas  con  muchas  mas  en  proyecto. 
Facil  es  construir  caminos  de  hierro  a  traves  del 
"campo"  o  pampas.  Hay  un  trecho  de  via  20 
donde  no  hay  curva  alguna  en  200  millas  de 
recorrido. 

Al  parar  durante  algunos  dias  en  una  "estancia" 
cerca  de  Rafino,  se  despidio  el  seiior  Fe  camino  de 
Buenos  Aires.  Les  agrado  mucho  a  Pedro  y  a2s 
Miguel  la  vida  de  las  inacabables  pampas  con  sus 
gauchos,  grandes  rebafios  de  ganado,  molinos  de 
viento,     poblaciones     de     vizcachas,     iiandus     o 


242  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

avestruces  sudamericanos  y  sus  muchas  aves 
silvestres.  Una  vez  les  trajo  un  gaucho  un 
guanaco  que  habia  sorprendido  y  matado. 

Tomando  un  tren  en  el  Ferrocarril  Gran  Oeste 
sviajaban  con  la  mayor  comodidad  en  la  via  de 
5>^  pies  de  ancho  y  con  el  equipo  mas  moderno. 
Faltan  solo  38  horas  para  cruzar  las  888  millas 
que  separan  a  Buenos  Aires  de  Valparaiso  en  Chile, 
pero  en  Mendoza,  a  635  millas  al  oeste  de  Buenos 

10  Aires,  se  apearon  los  jovenes  con  motivo  de 
visitar  la  comarca.  Vieron  con  asombro  miles 
de  acres  de  vinedos,cultivados  por  expertos  viiiad- 
ores  Franceses  e  italianos,  donde  se  producen  uvas 
de  una  calidad  superior,  base  de  un  excelente  vino 

15  que  se  consume  casi  enteramente  dentro  de  la 
republica. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

llevar  tanto  tiempo  en  un  de  lleno 

lugar  hacer  valer 

cosa  de  la  quien  me  recuerda  Vd.? 

lo  de  siempre  tramar  algo 

congeniar  con  camino  de 
caberle  a  uno 


B 

Trabajo  oral.  Traduzcanse^al  espanol  las  oraciones 
que  siguen.  i.  How  long  have  you  been  here?  2. 
Whom  does  he  make  me  think  of?     3.  What  is  being 


POR  LA  REPt?BLICA  ARGENTINA  243 

hatched  up  now?  4.  He  had  to  leave  at  once.  5.  We 
shall  put  our  experiences  to  account.  6.  They  were 
leading  a  busy  life.  7.  I  want  you  to  see  the  river 
traffic.  8.  They  did  not  get  alohg  well  with  her. 
9.  Tucuman  has  come  to  be  an  important  city.  5 

Traduccion  escrita.  Although  the  Plata  is  called  a 
river  it  is  not  one  but  is  really  only  an  estuary  which 
at  Buenos  Aires  is  thirty-odd  miles  wide.  Into  it  empty 
the  Parana,  with  its  tributary  the  Paraguay,  and  the 
Uruguay.  We  saw  dredging  operations  carried  on  10 
ceaselessly  so  as  to  be  able  to  effect  river  commerce  in 
the  navigable  channels.  Only  light  draught  boats  can 
be  used  here  but  these  boats  can  also  cross  the  ocean, 
setting  their  course  for  North  America  or  Europe  and 
carrying  in  their  holds  frozen  beef,  corn,  beef  hides,  15 
wheat  and  some  mining  products. 

In  order  that  we  might  see  this  vast  river  traffic  we 
took  boat  and  went  up-stream  to  Rosario.  We  should 
have  made  the  trip  of  200  miles  by  train  had  not 
Mr.  Fe  wanted  us  to  see  the  river  and  the  boats  on  it.  20 
The  Parana  carries  to  the  sea  50  per  cent  more  water 
than  the  Mississippi. 

Rosario,  a  railway  center  of  some  220,000  population, 
is  surrounded  by  many  Italian,  Swiss  and  German 
colonies.  Its  streets  are  wide  and  up-to-date.  At  the  25 
docks  of  this  city  are  loaded  the  many  boats  we  saw. 
The  Gran  Chaco  and  the  provinces  of  Cordoba  and 
Santa  Fe  and  likewise  the  copper,  iron,  silver  and  gold 
mines  of  La  Rioja  and  Catamarca  send  their  agricultur- 
al and  mining  products  to  Rosario.  30 


244  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

From  Rosario  we  went  to  Tucuman,  the  cradle  of 
liberty,  where  we  desired  to  see  the  Independence 
House  in  which,  July  9,  18 19,  was  declared  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  provinces  of  the  River  Plata.  This 
5  small  building  is  now  preserved  inside  of  another 
larger  one.  Tucuman  is  600  miles  to  the  northwest  of 
Rosario  and  is  situated  among  irrigated  orange  and 
lemon  groves.  We  called  it  very  characteristically 
South  American. 

10  There  is  a  stretch  of  railway  across  the  "camp"  or 
pampas  of  Central  Argentina  in  which  there  is  no 
curve  in  a  run  of  200  miles.  It  has  been  easy  to  build 
across  the  interminable  plains  the  20,000  miles  of 
railway  that  this  land   possesses.     Having  less  than 

15  half  the  area  of  the  United  States  and  more  than  half 
the  population  of  New  England,  it  is  evident  that  there 
is  room  in  this  republic  for  many  more  colonists. 

We  stayed  a  few  days  on  an  "estancia"  in  the  central 
part  of  the  country,  enjoying  greatly  the  life  there. 

20  The  great  herds  of  cattle,  the  many  wild  birds  and 
the  windmills  reminded  us  of  the  western  plains  of 
our  own  country.  But  there  were  animals  there  which 
we  had  never  seen  before;  the  nanduy  the  guanaco,  and 
the  vizcacha.    The  cowboys  amused  themselves  bring- 

25  ing  to  us  some  of  these  animals. 

We  had  been  there  a  week  when  we  remembered  that 
we  had  to  leave  soon  although  we  got  along  well  with 
the  Argentinians.  We  had  also  to  get  acquainted  with 
the  Chileans,  the  Peruvians,  and  other  nations.     Peter 

30  was   no   longer   the   enthusiastic   traveler   of  a   year 


POR  LA  REPtJBLICA  ARGENTINA  245 

before.  He  said  he  wished  now  to  settle  down  and 
devote  himself  fully  to  a  commercial  life  and  that  some- 
thing was  always  being  hatched  up  to  make  him 
abandon  the  place  he  was  in.  "The  same  old  story," 
he  said.  **Keep  going.  But  bear  in  mind  that  *so  often  5 
does  the  pitcher  go  to  the  well  that  at  last  it  is  broken'." 
After  taking  a  train  for  Chile,  we  got  off  at  Mendoza 
to  visit  the  thousands  of  acres  of  vineyards  of  that 
region.  The  managers  were  always  French  or  Italian 
wine  growers  and  a  superior  grade  of  wine  was  produced  10 
here,  all  of  which  was  consumed  in  the  nation. 


XL 

A.    CHILE:  APUNTES  TOMADOS  DEL 
CUADERNO  DE  PEDRO 

Subimos  a  un  tren  del  Ferrocarril  Transandino 
que  consistia  en  angostos  vagones  a  causa  de  la 
norma  angosta  de  la  via  y  principiamos  a  ir 
cuesta    arriba    a    poco    de    partir    de    Mendoza. 

5  Ponen  250  millas  de  Mendoza  a  Valparaiso  pero 
para  atravesar  esta  distancia  hay  que  ascender  a 
una  altura  de  casi  13,000  pies,  unos  10,000  pies 
encima  de  la  region  mendocina.  Por  supuesto 
no  fue  rapida  la  marcha  del  convoy.     Al  llegar  a 

10  la  frontera  chilenoargentina,  nos  apeamos  y 
fuimos  a  ver  la  renombrada  estatua  del  Cristo  de 
los  Andes,  usada  como  hito  y  erigida  aqui  por  las 
dos  naciones  el  13  de  marzo  de  1904,  en  serial  de 
haberse   arreglado   para    siempre   la   cuestion    de 

islimites  entre  ellas  por  medio  de  la  mediacion  del 
rey  Eduardo  VII  de  Inglaterra,  quien  dio  su  fallo 
en  1902  despues  de  unos  sesenta  anos  de  querella 
entre  los  dos  paises.  Se  leen  inscritas  en  la  estatua 
estas    palabrais:     Se    desplomaran    primero    estas 

2omontaiias  antes  que  Argentinos  y  Chilenos  rom- 
pan  la  paz  jurada  a  los  pies  del  Cristo  Redentor. 
Vblviendo  al  tren  pasamos  por  un  tunel  de  dos 
246 


CHILE:  APUNTES  247 

millas  de  largo,  excavado  a  una  altura  de  10,460 
pies.  Saliendo  en  medio  de  los  Andes,  vimos 
alzarse  en  el  cielo  ese  volcan  gigantesco,  el  Acon- 
cagua, el  pico  mas  elevado  del  Nuevo  Mundo, 
que  tiene  unos  23,000  pies  de  elevacion.  Daba  5 
gloria  y  miedo  a  la  vez  el  contemplarlo.  Del 
lado  de  Chile  abarcabamos  con  la  vista  un  labe- 
rinto  multicolor  de  Cordilleras  nevadas  extendien- 
dose  majestuosamente  en  hileras  hacia  el  norte 
y  hacia  el  sur.  Bajo  el  tren  con  rapidez  por  uno  10 
de  los  muchos  valles  transversales  y  al  llegar  a 
Llai-Llai,  cambiamos  de  tren  para  ir  .a  Santiago, 
la  cual  ciudad  nos  propusimos  visitar  primero. 

En  el  centro  de  Chile  se  crian  muchas  uvas, 
pastos  y  ganado.     Las  vifias,  al  igual  que  las  del  15 
Rin,  se   encuentran   en  las  laderas  de  los  montes. 

Santiago,  capital  y  ciudad  mayor,  esta  tan  cerca 
de  la  Cordillera  que  esta  la  sombrea  por  la  manana. 
En  comparacion  con  el  caotico  Buenos  Aires,  San- 
tiago parece  con  sus  400,000  almas  muy  quedita  y  20 
tranquila.  Esta  a  la  cabeza  del  valle  longitudinal 
que  se  extiende  unas  500  millas  por  en  medio  de 
la  faja  estrecha  de  tierra  que  se  llama  Chile.  Las 
calles  son  anchas  y  rectas  con  edificios  publicos 
notables:  entre  otros  se  puede  citar  el  Palacio  del  25 
Congreso  y  la  catedral.  Por  todas  partes  se 
hallan  monumentos  y  estatuas  de  marmol  que 
hermosean   las   alamedas   y   parques.     El   monte 


248 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


CHILE:  APUNTES  '  249 

Santa  Lucia  que  se  eleva  en  el  centre  de  Santiago 
es  monte,  jardin  y  paseo.  Vamos  alia  todas  las 
tardes  a  rodar  por  entre  los  platanos,  resales, 
floreros,  esculturas,  cocoteros  y  cascadas  de  agua. 
Asistimos  a  las  representaciones  del  teatro  5 
"Alcazar  de  la  Montana"  y  comemos  en  una  de 
las  fondas  con  galerias  de  vidrio.  A  la  puesta 
del  sol  solemos  subir  al  pico  mas  alto  donde  hay 
un  mirador  desde  el  cual  se  domina  la  ciudad  con 
sus  contornos  llamativos:  la  gran  cordillera  10 
nevada  al  este  y  al  oeste  la  larga  linea  de  montes 
que  lindan  con  el  mar,  detras  de  los  cuales  se 
hunde  el  sol  en  las  aguas  del  Pacifico. 

Aunque    se    ven    muchos    ingleses    y    algunos 
alemanes  en  Chile,  rige  aqui  una  solidaridad  de  15 
raza  que  no  se  encuentra  en  igual  grado  en  otros 
muchos  paises  hispanoamericanos.   A  la  Argentina 
vienen    emigrantes    de    todos    los    rincones    del 
universo:  se  puede  oir  hablar  alii  todos  los  idiomas. 
Pero  en  Chile  es  cosa  rara  oir  hablar  otra  lengua  20 
que  el  castellano.     El  elemento  criollo  tuvo  por  " 
base  los  vascongados  inmigrantes,  gente  laboriosa 
y  leal  como  pocas,  que  tras  aiios  y  anos  de  pelea 
con  los   quechuas,   aimaras  y  sobretodo  con   los 
araucanos  produjo  en  una  raza  robusta,  modesta,  25 
muy  amante  de  la  ley  y  de  la  justicia.    Hay  pocos 
mestizos  de  indio  y  espanol  tal  como  los  hay  en  otras 
partes    de    la  America  Meridional.     El  roto  y  el 


2SO 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


CHILE:  APUNTES  251 

huaso  son  elementos  preciosos  de  la  sociedad 
chilena.  "El  roto — dice  un  escritor* — es  de  pura 
sangre  espanola,  conserva  las  costumbres  y  el 
vestuario  del  pueblo  peninsular.  El  traje  y  el 
arreo  del  huaso  es  casi  identico  al  del  ganadero  5 
asturiano.  La  mujer  del  pueblo,  en  Chile,  usa 
el  manton,  la  pollera  vistosa,  las  flores  en  el 
cabello,  la  guitarra,  la  copla  arrebatada  y  senti- 
mental de  las  mujeres  sevillanas." 

Hay  que  poner  a  los  rotos  entre  los  mejores  10 
soldados  del  mundo.     Sus  condiciones  naturales 
y  su  amor  a  la  patria  hacen  que  se  les  llame  a  los 
chilenos  los  Romanos  de  la  America. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 
dar  un  fallo  a  la  vez 

ver  alzarse  proponerse 

dar  gloria  hundirse  en 

dar  miedo  tal  cual  hay 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Substituyase  el  infinitive  de  cada  una 
de  las  siguientes  frases  per  la  forma  debida  del  verbo.  i .  15 
Me  alegre  de  que  la  marcha  no  ser  rapida.  2.  Enseneme 
Vd.  un  florero  que  hermosear  el  parque.  3.  Puede 
que  los  quechuas  hablar  espanol.  4.  Se  hundio  el  sol 
en  el  mar  sin  que  yo  verlo.  5.  Citeme  Vd.  un  pais 
donde  haber  mas  extranjeros  que  en  Chile.     6.  Los  20 

*B.  Vicuna  Subercaseaux,   Un  Pais  NuevOy  Paris,   1903, 
p.  103. 


252  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

contornos  Uamativos  de  la  ciudad  hacen  que  todos 
subir  al  monte  para  verlos.  7.  Permita  Vd.  que  nos- 
otros  citar  la  catedral  y  el  Palacio  del  Congreso. 

Traduccion  escrita. 

Santiago  de  Chile,  November  11,  191 — . 
5  My  dear  friend:  At  Mendoza  I  changed  from  the 
broad  gauge  to  the  narrow  gauge  track  of  the  Trans- 
andean  Railway  and  soon  after  leaving  Mendoza  the 
train  began  to  go  up-grade  and  had  to  reach  a  height  of 
13,000  feet  above  the  sea.    One  of  the  boundary  marks 

10  that  may  be  seen  on  this  Chilean-Argentinian  frontier 
is  the  famous  statue  of  the  Christ  of  the  Andes.  For 
many  years  there  had  been  a  quarrel  between  the 
republics  about  their  common  boundary  line  and  the 
question    was    not    settled    until    1902    when    King 

15  Edward  VII  of  England  gave  his  decision  regarding  it. 
This  statue  was  erected  to  express  the  intention  of 
Argentina  and  Chile  never  to  make  war  on  each  other 
regarding  this  question  or  any  other. 

After  going  through  the  long  tunnel  of  the  Uspallata 

20  pass  we  found  ourselves  in  the  midst  of  huge  peaks 
towering  into  the  sky.  It  was  inspiring  to  behold  the 
gigantic  Aconcagua,  the  loftiest  mountain  of  the 
hemisphere.  Northward  and  southward  I  took  in 
with  my  eyes  many  rows  of,  snowy  mountain  chains 

25  stretching  out  in  a  many-colored  labyrinth.  Then  the 
train  began  to  descend  through  a  cross  valley  and  at 
Llai-Llai  I  had  to  change  cars,  intending  to  go  and  visit 
Santiago  first. 


CHILE:  APUNTES  253 

Santiago  seems  to  me  very  quiet  in  comparison  with 
chaotic  Buenos  Aires.  It  is  a  rare  thing  here  to  hear 
any  language  spoken  other  than  Spanish,  while  in  the 
Argentinian  capital  nearly  all  the  languages  of  the 
universe  may  be  heard.  It  is  said  that  the  solidarity  5 
of  race  which  prevails  in  Chile  can  not  be  found  in 
equal  degree  in  many  other  Spanish-American  lands, 
although  many  Germans  and  English  have  settled 
in  Chile.  The  Indians  in  the  narrow  strip  of  land 
now  called  Chile  were  the  Kechuans,  Aimaras  and  10 
the  Araucanians.  With  them  (and  especially  with 
the  Araucanians)  the  Spanish  colonists  had  to  fight 
years  and  years.  But  there  are  few  half-breeds  in 
Chile. 

There  are  those  who  describe  the  rotos  and  the  huasos  15 
as  the  most  valuable  element  of  Chilean  society.  They 
are  of  Spanish  blood,  Asturiah  or  Basque,  but 
were  born  in  the  republic,  still  keeping  the  dress  and 
the  trappings  of  Spain.  The  women  still  use  the 
guitar,  the  flowers  in  the  hair  and  the  shawl  of  Sevillian  20 
women.  It  is  fitting  to  call  these  people,  because  of 
their  love  of  country  and  of  justice,  the  Romans  of  the 
New  World. 

I  go  to  Santa  Lucia  hill  every  evening  to  stroll  among 
the  rose  bushes,  statues  and  fountains,  at  sunset  going  25 
up  to  the  lookout  from  which  one  overlooks  the  whole 
city.  To  the  east  I  behold  the  snowy  range  which  in 
the  morning  shades  the  city,  and  to  the  west  I  see 
the  sun  sinking  behind  the  rows  of  mountains  border- 
ing   the    coast.      The    longitudinal    valley    in    which  30 


254  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

Santiago  is  situated  is  one  of  the  most  wonderful  in 
the  world. 

Write  me  soon.     I  long  to  hear  from  you.     Your 
friend, 

Michael. 


XLI 

POR  CHILE 

— iSabe  Vd.,  Pedro — pregunto  Miguel — que 
fueron  los  chilenos  los  que  prim.ero  levantaron  el 
estandarte  de  la  libertad  en  Sud  America? — Si; 
fue  el  alio  1780,  y  en  1783  en  el  Ecuador  broto  la 
famosa  revolucion  de  los  "comuneros".  Pero  5 
fracasaron  por  entonces  estos  intentos  los  cuales  no 
se  renovaron  hasta  1810  cuando  prendio  en  todo 
el  continente  el  fuego  de  la  independencia,  siendo 
Bolivar  el  jefe  del  norte  y  San  Martin  el  del  sur. 
Ocho  paises  reunieron  sus  fuerzas  en  contra  de  los  10 
espaiioles,  que  se  vieron  derrotados  finalmente  en 
la  .batalla  de  Ayacucho  en  1824.  Los  chilenos  ya 
habian  conseguido  su  libertad  derrotando  a  los 
espanoles  en  la  batalla  de  Maipo  el  dia  5  de 
abril  de  1818.  — He  leido  que  los  primeros  horn- 15 
bres  del  pais  eran  entonces  el  general  O'Higgins 
y  don  Diego  Portales. — Si;  y  este  era  un  hombre 
muy  energico  y  capaz  y  se  le  puede  llamar  el 
verdadero  fundador  de  la  republica.  — Hay 
quienes  llaman  a  los  chilenos  los  "Yanquis  del  20 
Sur'\  — Si,  y  creo  que  se  lo  merecen.  Los 
primeros  vapores  del  sur  salieron  de  Valparaiso 
en    1844;   el   primer  ferrocarril   sudamericano  se 

255 


256  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH   PROSE   BOOK 

construyo  de  Caldera  a  Copiapo  en  1851.  No 
existen,  parece,  delineaciones  marcadas  entre  las 
diferentes  clases  de  la  nacion.  Los  de  alta 
categoria  hacen  vida  comun  con  los  que  se  elevan 
sdesde  abajo  por  el  ejercicio  del  talento  y  la 
laboriosidad.  Esto  es  muy  yanqui,  a  mi  parecer. 
— Me  dijo  hoy  un  anciano  que  los  chilenos  fun- 
daron  la  ciudad  de  San  Francisco  de  California 
en    1848.     Me    sorprendio    el    saberlo.     ,iY    ha 

lonotado  Vd.  el  atletismo  de  los  chilenos?  — Si; 
hay  carreras,  juegos  de  foot-ball,  polo,  criquet  y 
lawn-tennis:  casi  todos  los  deportes  anglosajones. 
El  clima  templado  parece  que  invita  a  las  activi- 
dades  fuertes  lo  mismo  que  en  nuestro  pais. 

15  En  Lota,  pueblo  costanero  al  sur  de  Santiago, 
encontraron  los  norteamericanos  por  primera  vez 
en  sus  viajes  por  Sud  America  minas  carboniferas 
que  se  explotan  segun  los  metodos  mas  cientificos. 
En  esto  es  Chile  muy  afortunado  aunque  todavia 

20  se  tiene  que  importar  carbon  gales  y  australiano 
para  hacer  marchar  su  maquinaria.  Parecen 
inagotables  los  depositos  de  bulla  que  se  extienden 
por  debajo  de  la  bahia.  La  empresa  minera  tiene 
establecidos    alii    para    sus    obreros    buenos    hos- 

25  pitales  y  escuelas.     Aqui  estan  el  famoso  Parque 
y  Palacio  Cousino,  a  cuya  familia  pertenecen  los 
depositos  de  bulla. 
Chile    cuenta    con    15    puertos    mayores   y    38 


POR   CHILE  257 

menores  o  caletas,  de  los  cuales  el  de  Valparaiso  es 
el  mas  importante.  Es  tambien  la  ciudad  mas 
grande  de  la  costa  entera  del  Pacifico,  a  excepcion 
de  San  Francisco  de  California.  Aqui  Miguel  y 
Pedro  pasaron  mucho  tiempo  visitando  los  asti-  5 
lleros  y  diques  de  carena,  las  fabricas  de  locomoto- 
ras,  de  maquinaria  y  de  vagones,  y  la  escuela  naval. 
Se  pusieron  en  contacto  con  los  fabricantes  mas 
poderosos  de  la  ciudad  esperando  asi  llegar  a 
establecer  relaciones  comerciales  mas  tarde.  10 
Aunque  se  han  gastado  50  millones  de  pesos  en 
el  mejoramiento  del  puerto,  todavia  faltan  facili- 
dades  suficientes  al  comercio  de  aqui. 

— Ahora    para    acabar   con    Chile — dijo    Pedro 
— nos  falta  ver  la  region  salitrera  del  norte,  la  15 
que    ha    hecho    millonarios    a    tantos    ingleses    y 
chilenos.     Dicen  que  se  diferencia  sumamente  la 
costa  del  norte  de  la  del  sur,  donde  hay  innumerables 
islas    y    bahias.     Embarcandose    en    uno    de    los 
grandes    vapores    chilenos,     partieron    para    los  20 
tristes    desiertos    de    Atacama    y    Tarapaca.     Al 
tercer  dia  en   medio  de   un   gran   calor  anclo  el 
barco   en   el   surgidero   de   Caldera.     El   capitan 
les  conto  algo  de  los  dias  de  antafio  en  que  las 
minas  de  cobre  de  Copiapo  y  Coquimbo  surtian  el  25 
70  por  ciento  de  ese  mineral  usado  en  todo  el 
mundo.     En   Chuquicamata — les    dijo — hay   una 
montaiia  de  cobre  que  algun  dia  se  reducira  en 


2S8  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

fundiciones  establecidas  en  la  costa,  abasteciendo 
por  medio  del  canal  de  Panama  a  todas  las  nece- 
sidades  de  los  paises  del  norte. 

En  Antofagasta  se  desembarcaron  los  dos 
5  jovenes  y  subieron  a  un  tren  del  ferrocarril  chileno- 
boliviano  que  remontaba  la  escarpada  ladera 
cortada  a  pico  sobre  el  mar,  llegando  a  una  de 
las  ''oficinas"  donde  se  preparaba  el  caliche  o 
nitrato  de  sosa.     En  los  yacimientos  del  mineral, 

lo  a  ras  de  la  superficie  del  desierto  interminable,  se 
rompe  el  suelo  por  medio  de  dinamita,  se  trans- 
portan  los  fragmentos  en  pequeiios  carros  a  la 
oficina,  donde  se  machaca  por  medio  de  grandes 
maquinas    molientes.     Lo    resultante    se    hierve 

15  con  agua  hasta  que  se  asimile  el  nitrato.  Entonces 
se  deja  evaporar  el  agua  y  queda  la  sal  blanca  y 
deslumbrante  que  se  ensaca  y  se  envia  por  tren 
a  los  navios,  los  cuales  lo  llevan  a  los  cuatro 
puntos  cardinales. 

20  Iquique,  con  unos  45,000  habitantes,  es  el  centro 
salitrero  mas  grande  y  aqui  existe  mucha  sociedad 
anglochilena  que  goza  de  todas  las  comodidades 
de  la  vida,  aunque  circuida  por  desiertos  abrasa- 
dores. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

el  fuego  prendio  en  los  dias  de  antaflo 

hacer  vida  comun  con  cortado  a  pico 

contar  con  a  ras  de 


POR  CHILE  259 

B 

Deberes  verbales.  Para  traducir  al  castellano. 
I.  Chile  must  possess  about  fifty  ports.  2.  The 
Anglo-Chileans  of  Iquique  had  always  enjoyed  all  the 
comforts  of  life.  3.  What  made  the  machinery  go? 
4.  Forty-four  hours  are  needed  to  make  the  journey  5 
from  Antofagasta  to  La  Paz.  5.  I  like  the  name 
Chuquicamata.  6.  This  copper  mountain  will  supply 
60  per  cent  of  the  needs  of  the  world.  7.  Nitrate  of 
soda  makes  fields  more  fertile.  8.  The  resultant  was 
boiled  with  water.  10 

Version.  It  is  known  that  the  first  attempts  of  the 
South  Americans  to  obtain  their  liberty  failed.  It  was 
not  until  18 10  that  the  fire  of  independence  took  hold 
in  all  the  Spanish  viceroyships.  Bolivar  raised  the 
standard  of  liberty  in  the  northern  colonies  and  Sani5 
Martin  in  the  southern.  The  latter  was  an  Argentinian 
and  he  and  the  Chilean,  Bernardo  O'Higgins,  gathered 
their  forces  in  Mendoza  in  the  spring  of  18 17  and, 
crossing  the  Andes,  routed  the  Spaniards  in  the  battle 
of  Chacabuco,  February  12,   1 817.  20 

O'Higgins  being  named  director-general  of  Chile,  San 
Martin  renewed  the  struggle  further  north  against  the 
Spaniards  who  were  defeated  near  the  river  Maipo, 
April  3,  1818.  Bolivar  finally  won  liberty  for  all  South 
America  by  defeating  the  forces  of  La  Serna  in  the  25 
battle  of  Ayacucho,  Peru,  in  1824.  General  O'Higgins 
and  Diego  Portales  may  be  called  the  founders  of  the 
republic. 


26o  ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

—  Today  I  heard  an  old  man  call  the  Chileans  the 
Yankees  of  the  south.  Do  they  deserve  this  title? 
—  Yes,  indeed,  in  my  opinion.  It  was  in  Chile  that 
the  first  South  American   railway  was  Built  in   1851 

5  and  it  was  from  a  Chilean  port  that  the  first  South 
American  steamships  sailed.  Moreover,  those  of  high 
rank  live  as  do  those  who  by  their  industry  and  ability 
have  raised  themselves  from  a  lower  rank.  They  are 
fond  of  outdoor  sports  just  like  us,  and  all  this  makes 
10  them  very  Yankee,  don't  you  think .? 

—  I  should  say  so.  And  I  have  noticed  that  they 
work  their  coal  mines  according  to  the  latest  methods. 
You  remember  that  the  mining  company  in  Lota  has 
the  best  machinery  for  extracting  coal  from  the  beds 

15  that  extend  under  the  waters  of  the  bay.  These  mines 
belong  to  the  Cousifio  family  which  has  good  hospitals 
and  schools  established  there  for  the  workmen. 

—  Yes,  and  don't  forget  those  dry  docks,  shipyards 
and   locomotive  factories  we   saw  in  Valparaiso,   the 

20  largest  city  on  the  Pacific  coast  excepting  San  Francisco. 
And  the  latter  city,  they  say,  was  founded  by  Chileans. 
When  we  came  in  contact  with  the  manufacturers  of 
the  city  they  said  that  they  hoped  to  establish  com- 
mercial relations  with  us  and  I  hope  they  will  do  «o. 

25  —  This  nitrate  region  of  the  north  coast  differs 
greatly  from  the  south  coast,  doesn't  it  ? —  Yes,  here 
you  have  the  unending  Atacama  and  Tarapaca  deserts 
where  the  beds  of  mineral  are  found.  Countless  bays, 
islands,    woods    and    mountains    are    seen    along    the 

30  south  coast.     I  was  greatly  surprised  yesterday  to  see 


POR   CHILE  261 

the  many  smelters  in  operation  in  Antofagasta.  Yes, 
they  smelt  the  ore  that  comes  from  the  mines  in  the 
interior. 

—  But  look  at  those  great  grinding  machines!  The 
caliche  is  found  near  the  surface,  is  broken  up  with  5 
dynamite,  brought  here  to  the  oficina  and  placed  in 
these  machines  which  crush  it.  Then  it  is  boiled  in 
water  which  assimilates  the  nitrate.  Afterwards  the 
water  is  allowed  to  evaporate  until  only  the  white 
salt  remains.  This  is  sacked  up  and  put  on  shipboard.  10 
The  oficinas  are  surrounded  by  blazing  deserts. 


XLII 

A.    EL  PERU 

Deslizabase  perezosamente  por  la  costa  chilena 
y  peruana  el  barco  que  llevaba  a  Miguel  y  Pedro, 
recorriendo  la  distancia  de  unas  800  millas  de 
Iquique  al  Callao  y  de  paso  haciendo  breve 
sescala  en  los  varies  puertos  y  caletas  situados 
cerca  de  la  boca  de  algun  rio  que  da  vida  a  las 
poblaciones  de  alli  con  sus  aguas  de  riego.  — Estoy 
muy  ansioso — dijo  Pedro — de  ver  el  Peru  donde 
se  planto  primero  en  el  oeste  de  Sud  America  la  civ- 
ic ilizacion  europea.  Desde  que  lei  por  vez  primera 
cuando  nino  los  escritos  de  Prescott,  he  abrigado 
ideas  muy  risuenas  de  la  *'  tierra  de  los  Incas".  i  Que 
sociedad  tan  avanzada  la  de  los  Incas! — \Y  que 
crueldad — agrego  Miguel — la  de  Pizarro,  el  cual 
15  destruyo  en  corto  tiempo  la  civilizacion  de  cien 
siglos! — ^Todo  fue  por  amor  al  oro,  lo  unico  que 
buscaban.  los  conquistadores  de  esa  epoca.  Asi 
empezaron  mal  los  espanoles  en  el  Peru,  y  en  el 
Peru  acabaron  mal  trescientos  anos  mas  tarde, 
2operdiendo  en  la  batalla  de  Ayacucho  la  ultima 
colonia  del  continente. 

Surto  el  vapor  en  el  muelle  ferreo  flotante  del 
Callao,  tomaron  los  jovenes  el  tren  para  Lima, 
262 


EL  PERtJ  263 

la  capital,  llamada  tambien  "la  perla  del  Pa- 
cifico",  situada  a  diez  millas  del  Callao  y  con  la  cual 
ciudad  esta  ligada  por  ferrocarril,  tranvia  y  ca- 
rretera.  Se  albergaron  en  el  hotel  Roma  y  al  dia 
siguiente  se  hicieron  conocer  al  senor  Monteverde,  5 
agente  alii  de  la  fabrica  del  padre  de  Miguel.  Este 
caballero  puso  en  conocimiento  de  los  dos  jovenes 
algunos  datos  esenciales  sobre  el  Peru  y  Lima. 

— El  pais — dijo — se  compone  de  tres  regiones 
distintas,  a  saber:    la  Costa,  la  Sierra  y  la  Mon-io 
taiia.     La  primera  se  halla  entre  la  cordillera  y  el 
mar;  es  arenosa  y  en  ella  Uueve  poco  o  nada.     La 
segunda    se    extiende    entre    Ja    cordillera    y    los 
Andes.     Aqui  el  clima  es  benigno;  la  abundancia 
de  las  aguas,  notable;  la  calidad  del  suelo,  excelente.  15 
Lo  templado  del  clima  hace  que  la  salubridad  sea 
imponderable  y  cuantos  ban  vivido  en  la  Sierra 
se  hacen  lenguas  de  su  situacion  y  condiciones. 
La  tercera  zona  o  la  Montaiia,  la  mas  oriental  y 
la  mas  extensa,   arranca  de  la  vertiente   de  los  20 
Andes  y  termina  cortada  por  las  fronteras  bra- 
sileiia    y    boliviana.     En    esta    vegetan    arboles 
gigantescos   que  forman   selvas   sin   fin,   cortadas 
aqui  y  alia  por  corrientes  que  van  a  llevar  sus 
aguas    al   Atlantico.     En    la    costa    hay   grandes  25 
depositos  de  salitre  y  sal  comun,  y  al  norte  petroleo. 
Los    pozos    de   petroleo   los    explotan    compaiiias 
inglesas,   norteamericanas   e  italianas.     Se  envia 


264 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


EL  PERtJ  265 

mucho    de    ese    mineral    a    California    para    ser 
refinado  alli. 

Es  el  Peru  un  venero  de  riquezas  maravillosas 
de  caucho,  guano,  cafia  de  azucar,  lana  de  alpaca 
y    algodon.     Hay    fabricas    de    calzado,    tabaco,  5 
sombreros   de  paja  y  objetos   de   alfareria.     Las 
minas  de  las  montanas  siempre  han  sido  fabulosas 
y    producen    cobre,    plomo,    plata,    oro,    hierro, 
estano,  niquel,  mercurio  y  bulla  en  abundancia. 
La  mejor  region  minera  es  la  de  Cerro  de  Pasco  10 
que  esta  servida  por  el  Ferrocarril  de  Oroya  (o  el 
Central    del    Peru).     El    primer    trecho    de    este 
camino  lo  construyo  el  ingeniero  yanqui  Henry 
Meiggs  de    1870   a  1877.     Despues  de  su  muerte 
en  1877  se  prolongo  la  linea  hasta  Oroya,  costandois 
22    millones    de    pesos    las    138    millas    de    via 
desde  el  Callao  a  Oroya.     Es  el  ferrocarril  mas 
elevado   y   mas    maravilloso    del    mundo   con    su 
famoso  tunel   de  Galera   colocado  a   15,665   pies 
sobre  el  nivel  del  mar.     Se  prolongo  mas  tarde  20 
hasta  Cerro  de  Pasco  y  ahora  se  esta  construyendo 
un    ramal    de    esta    linea^  hasta    el    rio    Ucayali, 
afluente  del  Amazonas.     Al  terminarse,  se  pondra 
en  comunicacion  la  cuenca  del  Amazonas  con  el 
Pacifico.     Otra  via  va  desde  el  puerto  de  Mollendo  25 
a  Puno  en  el  Lago  Titicaca. 

Los   puertos   del   Peru   son  ventajosos   para   el 
comercio  por  sus  modicos  derechos  en  los  articulos 


266  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Copyright  by  Newman  Traveltalks  and  Brown  6*  Dawson,  N.  Y. 

Dos  JOVENES  InCAS  DEL  PERtJ 


EL  PERtJ  267 

de  maquinaria  y  las  herramientas  para  la  agricul- 
tura  y  para  la  explotacion  de  minas  estando  todos 
estos  exentos  de  derechos  a  su  entrada  en  el  pais. 
— Gracias,  senor.  Es  Vd.  muy  amable  en 
participarnos  tantos  detalles.  Lo  de  la  maqui-  5 
naria  nos  es  de  sumo  interes.  Nos  conviene 
ahora  alquilar  algun  buen  local  en  el  centro  de  la 
ciudad  en  donde  podamos  establecer  la  sucursal 
de  la  compania  de  Davis  e  Hijo.  No  vamos  a 
reparar  en  gastos  para  montarlo  lujosamente.  10 
Vamonos  a  arreglar  eso. 

Locuciones  para  aprenderse. 

albergarse  en  participar  algo  a  uno 

hacerse  conocer  componerse  de 

poner  en  conocimiento  de  reparar  en 

uno 

B 

Trabajo  oral.  Ponga  Vd.  deseo  que  delante  de  cad  a 
una  de  las  frases  que  siguen,  cambiando  debidamente 
Ids  verbos  subrayados.  Despues,  haga  Vd.  lo  mismo 
anteponlendo  desearia  que.  15 

ellos  albergarse  alii. 


deseo  que 
desearia  que 


el  participarnoslo 

construirse  un  ramal  del  ferrocarril 
Vd.  no  reparar  en  gastos 
!  Vds.  establecer  una  sucursal  en  Lima       ^ 
ellos  enviar  el  petroleo  a  California 
Vd.  poner  en  conocimiento  de  el  algunos 
datos 


268  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

Traduccion.  I  have  been  anxious  for  years  to  see 
Peru,  of  which  Prescott,  the  North  American  historian, 
wrote  much  and  where  European  civihzation  was  first 
set  up  on  the  West  coast  of  South  America.  I  still 
5  cherish  very  flattering  ideas  of  the  advanced  Inca  so- 
ciety as  well  as  very  opposite  ideas  of  Pizarro  who, 
out  of  love  for  gold,  destroyed  that  civilization  of  a 
hundred  centuries.  The  only  thing  the  Spaniards 
sought  being  gold,  they  thus  began  badly  in  Peru  what 

lo  they  finished  badly  there  three  centuries  later.  But  one 
must  not  forget,  nevertheless,  how  much  America  owes 
to  the  Spaniards,  none  of  whom  showed  so  great  cruelty 
to  the  Indians  as  did  these  first  conquerors. 

While  we  have   been   gliding   by  the   Chilean    and 

15  Peruvian  coast,  I  have  made  out  many  roadsteads  and 
harbors  at  some  of  which  we  have  stopped.  Near  the 
mouth  of  the  river  that  empties  into  such  a  harbor  one 
sees  a  small  town  to  which  the  irrigation  water  of  that 
river  gives  life. 

20  Now  we  are  approaching  the  floating  iron  dock  of 
El  Callao  and  the  boat  being  anchored,  I  am  going  to 
disembark  and  take  the  train  for  Lima  which  is  only 
a  few  miles  distant.  I  am  going  to  put  up  at  the  Hotel 
Maury  and  make  myself  known  to  Mr.  Monteverde. 

25      Here  he  is  now!     Delighted  to  see  you,  sir. — At  your 

service.  I  have  been  expecting  you  for  several  days.  Let's 

go  up  to  your  room.     I  have  a  good  one  reserved  for  you. 

Then  I  wish  you  to  dine  with  me. — Thanks  very  much. 

—  Now  then,  tell  me  about  this  country.     I  must 

30  learn  about  it  at  once,  rent  premises  and  establish  the 


EL  PERtJ  269 

branch  of  our  company.  My  father  told  me  not  to 
heed  expenses  in  equipping  it. —  Well,  sir,  there  is  a 
good  market  here  for  machinery  and  agricultural  and 
mining  implements,  all  of  which  enter  the  country 
exempt  of  duties. —  Inform  me,  please,  of  the  different  5 
regions  of  Peru. —  There  are,  one  may  say,  three, 
namely:  the  Costa,  the  Sierra  and  the  Montana.  We 
are  now  in  the  first  mentioned,which  is  sandy  and  in  which 
it  seldom  rains.  The  Sierra,  which  is  found  between 
the  coast  range  and  the  Andes,  enjoys  a  temperate  10 
clirriate  whose  healthfulness  all  praise  who  have  lived 
there.  The  Montana,  starting  from  the  east  slope  of 
the  Andes,  extends  to  the  Brazilian  and  Bolivian 
frontiers.  It  consists  of  endless  forests  through  which 
pass  streams  carrying  their  waters  to  the  Atlantic.  15 

Peru  has  always  been  famous  for  its  mines  which  are 
found  in  the  Andes.  They  have  produced  fabulous 
amounts  of  gold,  iron,  copper,  lead,  tin  and  nickel. 
The  mining  region  of  Cerro  de  Pasco  was  first  worked 
by  the  Indians  and  for  the  conquerors  it  was  the  source  20 
of  marvelous  riches  which  they  sent  to  Spain.  The 
Oroya  Railway  serves  this  region.  This  is  the  loftiest 
railway  in  the  world.  When  a  branch  of  this  line  is 
completed  to  Ucayali,  the  basin  of  the  Amazon  will  be 
put  in  communication  with  the  Pacific  coast.  25 

Pottery,  tobacco,  straw  hats  and  vast  quantities  of 
rubber,  sugar  cane  and  alpaca  wool  are  produced,  as 
well  as  nitrate  of  soda  and  petroleum. 

—  You  have  been  very  kind  in  informing  me  of  all 
this.     It  is  of  the  greatest  interest.  30 


XLIII 

A.    LA  INSTALACION  DE  LA  SUCURSAL:   UNA 
CARTA  DE  MIGUEL 

Lima,  diciembre  20,  191 — . 
Mi  querido  padre: 

Segun  me  instruiste   arrende   un  local  central 
que   hice   equipar   de   manera   que   en   la   planta 

sbaja  estan  colocadas  muestras  de  las  varias 
maquinas  y  herramientas  que  fabricamos  y  arriba 
en  el  piso  principal  tenemos  instaladas  nuestras 
oficinas  montadas  segun  lo  mas  moderno.  Creo 
haber  reunido  un  personal  inteligente  y  capaz,  y 

lobien  entendido  en  nuestro  comercio  especial. 
Pedro  va  a  ser  el  jefe  de  los  comisionistas  y  mi 
ayudante  principal.  Ya  se  ha  mostrado  muy 
cuerdo  y  perserverante  y  ha  logrado  gran  exito 
en  la  venta  de  maquinaria  para  montar  ingenios 

15  azucareros.  Trabaja  con  mucho  ahinco  y  dice 
que  porfia  mata  la  caza.  Se  califica  a  si  mismo 
como  contentisimo  de  volver  a  ejercer  su  oficio 
de  vendedor  viajante  y  no  hay  ninguno  de  los 
listos  competidores  alemanes  que  le  haya  podido 

2oaventajar  en  la  venta  de  maquinaria.     Casi  todos 
los  pedidos  que  te  he  remitido  los  consiguio  Pedro. 
Los   peruanos   y  otros   le   encuentran   muy   sim- 
270 


LA   INSTALACION  DE  LA  SUCURSAL  271 

patico.  EI  senor  Monteverde  sigue  de  comision- 
ista  y  sale  muy  airoso  en  sus  empresas.  Los 
demas   del   cuerpo   de  vendedores  son   regulares. 

Los  negocios  estan  todavia  muy  estancados  a 
causa  del  terrible  conflicto  europeo  y  solo  nosotros  5 
los  yanquis  nos  vemos  en  posicion  de  importar 
generos.  Si  no  escasean  demasiado  los  buques 
de  flete  podremos  sacar  gran  provecho  de  esta 
oportunidad  para  ensanchar  el  mercado  para 
utensilios  americanos.  Sin  embargo,  los  plazos  10 
de  pago  los  tendremos  que  conceder  muy  largos. 
Haz  el  favor,  padre,  de  hacer  empaquetar  todas 
las  maquinas  segun  las  instrucciones  dadas  en  mi 
ultima  carta. 

He   enviado   recientemente   la   siguiente   carta  15 
circular  a  los  gerentes  de  varios  ingenios,  minas  y 
oficinas  salitreras. 

Muy  sefiores  nuestros: 

Tenemos  el  honor  de  participarles  que  con  esta 
fecha  hemos  establecido  en  Lima  una  sucursal  de  20 
nuestro  comercio  del  cual  era  representante  unico 
el  senor  Monteverde  quien  continua  sirviendonos 
de  comisionista  viajante. 

Por  ser  bien  conocida  en  esta  republica  nuestra 
maquinaria,   nos   permitimos   dirigirnos  con  con-  25 
fianza    a    todos    nuestros    parroquianos    antiguos 
asi  como  a  los  senores  a  quienes  hasta  ahora  no 
hemos  tenido  el  honor  de  tratar  comercialmente. 


272 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


LA  INSTALACION  DE  LA  SUCURSAL  273 

Suplicamos  que  visiten  nuestro  local,  si  les  es  dable, 
para  inspeccionar  las  maquinas  y  herramientas 
que  manufacturamos.  Esto  lo  hacemos  en  la 
seguridad  de  que  encontraran  Vds.  aqui  lo  mas 
moderno  y  eficaz  que  haya  para  las  instalaciones  5 
de  ingenios,  oficinas  y  otras  industrias  mercantiles 
y  agricolas.  Nuestros  precios  son  muy  venta- 
josos  si  se  comparan  con  los  de  otras  casas. 
Condiciones  muy  liberales. 

El  fundador  de  esta  casa,  don  Roberto  Davis,  10 
residente  en  Lima  hace  anos,  ha  enviado  como 
director  de  esta  sucursal  a  su  hijo    don   Miguel 
Davis  y  Blanco,  quien  conoce  bien  el  negocio  y 
anhela  saludarles  personalmente. 

Aprovechamos  la  presente  ocasion  para  ofrecer- 15 
nos  de  Vds.  muy  attos.  y  S.  S. 

Davis  e  Hijo 
por  Miguel  Davis  y  Blanco,  Gerente. 

Locuciones  para  aprender  de  memoria. 

lograr  gran  exito  1  seguir  de  comisionista 

salir  airoso  en      J  esmerarse  en 

aventajarle  a  uno  ensanchar  el  mercado 

mano  de  obra  ser  dable 

B 

Trabajo  oral.    Para  decirse  en  castellano:  i.  April  6, 
1917.     2.  July  4,  1776.     3.  January  i,  1863.     4.  Dear  20 
Sir.     5.  Dear  Sirs.     6.  Yours  truly.     7.  We  have  sent 


274  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

you  many  orders.  8.  February  2,  1848.  9.  They  were 
renting  the  premises.  10.  Have  the  books  packed 
according  to  instructions. 

Version. 

Lima,  December  27,  191 — . 
Messrs.  Antiquera  and  Castro,  City. 

5  Dear  Sirs:  In  reply  to  your  esteemed  letter  of  the 
21  st  inst.,  we  wish  to  inform  you  that  we  should  be  glad 
to  have  you  visit  our  establishment  and  inspect  the 

10  tools  and  machines  that  we  make.  We  have  had  our 
premises  fitted  out  according  to  the  most  up-to-date 
manner.  We  have  got  together  a  staff  capable  and 
well  versed  in  machinery.  Mr.  Monteverde,  whom 
you  must  know,  continues  to  be  one  of  our  representa- 

i5tives  and  Mr.  Peter  Carter  is  our  head  traveling 
salesman.  This  gentleman  and  the  rest  of  the  selling 
staff  have  proved  to  be  very  agreeable  to  their  Peruvian 
customers.  They  have  worked  with  great  ardor  and 
none  of  their  competitors  can  excel  them. 

20  Therefore,  if  you  desire  us  to  sell  for  you  the  small 
machine  that  you  make,  we  place  at  your  disposal  this 
shrewd  body  of  commission  salesmen  who  will  come  out 
successful  in  whatever  enterprise  we  entrust  to  them. 
They  always  do  their  best  and  usually  obtain  success 

25  in  selling  our  machines.  They  believe  that  *'it  is 
dogged  that  does  it"  and  describe  themselves  as  glad 
to  follow  their  occupation  of  salesmen. 

Doubtless  you  know  that,  being  a  North  American 
house,  we  have  been  able  to  continue  importing  goods 


LA  INSTALACION  DE  LA  SUCURSAL  275 

although  business  is  still  dull,  owing  to  the  European 
conflict.  We  shall  not  be  able  to  extend  a  great  deal 
the  market  for  our  goods,  however,  if  freight  boats 
become  scarce.  We  are  having  all  our  machines  packed 
according  to  the  South  American  usage.  We  are  pre-  5 
pared  to  set  up  sugar-mills,  nitrate  plants,  and  mercan- 
tile factories. 

It  is  possible  that  we  may  establish   a  factory  in 
Pradera,  Colombia.     It  is  said  that  beds  of  coal  and 
iron  are  found  together  there  and  that  there  is  plenty  10 
of  labor  there. 

We  should  be  glad  to  greet  personally  the  principal 
of  your  firm.  We  can  say  with  confidence  that  our 
prices  are  advantageous;  and  we  shall  grant  long  terms 
of  payment  to  our  customers.  15 

We  have  written  you  so  at  length  in  the  assurance 
that  you  are  interested  in  seeing  this  branch  of  our 
house  established  here,  since,  as  you  say,  you  knew 
personally  the  founder  of  this  house,  Mr.  Robert 
Davis,  when  he  lived  here  years  ago.  20 

We  take  this  opportunity  to  subscribe  ourselves. 

Yours  very  truly, 

Davis  and  Son. 
By  Michael  Davis  y  Blanco,  Manager. 


PROVERBIOS 

(Los  numeros  se  refieren  a  los  de  las  lecciones  que 
contienen  los  proverbios.) 
Per  dinero  baila  el  perro,  y  per  pan,  si  se  lo  dan.  (VI) 

Money  is  better  than  bread. 
Dineros  son  calidad.     (VI) 

Money  makes  the  mare  go. 
Con  plata  nada  falta.     (VI) 

Money  talks. 
Si  aprender  quieres  a  orar 
Vete  a  la  orilla  del  mar.     (VIII) 

If  you  wish  to  learn  to  pray, 

Go  to  the  seashore  and  stay. 
Quien  madruga  Dies  le  ayuda.     (  X) 

God  helps  the  early  riser. 
En  menos  que  canta  un  gallo.     ( X) 

In  a  jiffy. 
Hizo  Dies  a  la  Alhambra  y  a  Granada 
Per  si  le  cansa  un  dia  su  morada.     ( XI) 

The  Alhambra  and  Granada  God  made  to  please 
His  eye, 

Lest  some  day  He  should  weary  of  His  heavenly 
home  on  high. 
La  sal  andaluza  vale  mas  que  hermosura.     (XII) 

Better  is  Andaluisian  wit  than  beauty. 
Hambre  y  esperar  hacen  rabiar.     (XIII) 

To  wait  when  you  are  hungry  drives  you  frantic. 
276 


PROVERBIOS  277 

De  la  mar  el  mero,  y  de  la  tierra  el  carnero.     ( XIV) 
From   the   sea   give   me   the   sea-bass;   from    the 
pastures  I  prefer  mutton. 
Contra  el  vicio  de  pedir  hay  la  virtud  de  no  dar.     ( XV) 
The  bad  habit  of  begging  may  be  counterbalanced 
by  the  good  habit  of  not  giving. 
Oir,  ver  y  callar.     (XVIII) 

Hear,  see,  be  silent. 
A  palabras  locas,  orejas  sordas.     (XVIII) 

To  foolish  words  give  a  deaf  ear. 
Per  donde  fueres,  haz  come  vieres.     (XVIII) 

When  in  Rome  do  as  the  Romans  do. 
Quien  tiene  tienda  que  atienda ;  y  si  no,  que  la  venda. 
(XX)  _ 

Let  him  who  owns  a  shop  either  give  it  his  attention 
or  sell  it. 
Ira  de  hermanos,  ira  de  diablos.     (XXI) 

The  worst  hatred  is  that  between  brothers. 
Do  quieren  reyes,  alia  van  leyes.     ( X  XI) 
Laws  are  made  as  kings  require. 
Religions  are  chosen  as  kings  will. 
A  rey  muerto,  rey  puesto.     (XXII) 

No  sooner  does  one  king  die  than  another  takes 

his  place. 
The  king  is  dead!     Long  live  the  king. 
De  Madrid  al  cielo  y  en  el  cielo  un  ventanillo  para  ver 
a  Madrid.     (XXIII) 

From  Madrid  to  heaven  and  in  heaven  a  peep-hole 
to  look  back  on  Madrid. 


278  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 

No  hay  bien  ni  mal  que  cien  aiios  dure.     (XXIII) 

All  things  come  to  an  end. 
Quien  lengua  ha  a  Roma  va.     ( X  XV) 

Make  use  of  your  tongue  and  you'll  find  out. 
Salir  del  lodo  y  caer  en  el  arroyo.     (XXVI) 

Out  of  the  frying-pan  into  the  fire. 
Zapatero  a  tus  zapatos.     (XXVII) 

Shoemaker,  to  your  shoes. 

Shoemaker,  stick  to  your  last. 
De  desagradecidos  esta  el  infierno  Ueno.      (XXVIII) 

Hell  is  full  of  ingrates. 
La  letra  con  sangre  entra.     ( X  XI X) 

Learning  is  not  an  easy  matter. 
Planta  muchas  veces  traspuesta,  ni  crece  ni  medra. 
(XXX) 

A  rolling  stone  gathers  no  moss. 
A  muertos  y  a  idos  no  hay  amigos.     (XXX) 

The  dead  and  the  absent  are  friendless. 
Donde  hay  gana  hay  mafia.     ( X  X  XII) 

Where  there's  a  will  there's  a  way. 
Quien  mas  corre  menos  vuela.     ( X  X  XIV) 

The  more  haste  the  less  speed. 
Lo   que   no   se   puede   remedial  hay   que   aguantar. 
(XXXIV) 

What  can't  be  cured  must  be  endured. 
Lo  que  se  aprende  en  la  cuna  siempre  dura. 
(XXXVIII) 

What  one  learns  in  childhood  always  stays  with  one. 
Tantas  veces  va  el  cantaro  a  la  fuente  que  al  final 
sequiebra.     (XXXIX) 


PROVERBIOS  279 

So  often  does  the  pitcher  go  to  the  well,  that  at 
last  it  is  broken. 
Porfia  mata  la  caza.     ( XLIII) 
It's  dogged  that  does  it. 


APENDICE 

VERBOS 

Tablas  de  las  terminaciones  de  las  tres  conjugaciones 
regulares. 

PRIMERA   CONJUGACI6N 

Infinitivo — ar  Gerundio — ando  Participio  pasivo — ado 

MODO  INDICATIVO 

Tiempos  simples  Tiempos  compuestos 

Presente  Perfecto 

0,  as,  a,  amos,  ais,  an.  he,  etc, -\- participio  pasivo 

Imperfecto  Plus  cuam  perfecto 
aba,  abas,  aba,  abamos,     habia,  etc.+p.p. 
abais,  aban 

Preterito  Preterito  perfecto 

e,  aste,  6,  amos,  asteis,     hube,  etc+p.p. 
aron. 

FUTURO  FUTURO    PERFECTO 

Infinitivo+e,  as,  a,  emos,     habre,  etc+p.p. 
eis,  an 

CONDICIONAL  CONDICIONAL  PERFECTO 

Infinitivo+idiy    ias,    ia,  habria,  etc.+p.p. 

iamos,  iais,  ian. 

280 


APfiNDICE 


281 


Presente 
e,  es,  e,  emos,  eis,  en. 

ImPERFCTO,    I  *  FORMA 

ase,    ases,    ase,    asemos, 
aseis,  asen. 

ImPERFECTO,   2  a  FORMA 

ara,    aras,    ara,    aramos, 
arais,  aran. 

FUTURO 

are,    ares,    are,    aremos. 


MODO  SUBJUNTIVO 


Perfecto 
haya,  etc+p,  p, 

Pluscuamperfecto,  I* 
hubiese,  etc.-{-p,  p. 

Pluscuamperfecto,  2* 
hubiera,  eic.+p,  p. 

FuTURO   PERFECTO 

hubiere,  etc,-\-p,  p. 


areis,  aren. 


MODO  IMPERATIVO 
a  ad 


SEGUNDA  CONJUGACION 

Infinitivo — er    Gerundio — iendo   Participio  pasivo — ido 

MODO  INDICATIVO 


Tiempos  simples 
Presente 
0,  es,  e,  emos,  eis,  en. 

Imperfecto 
ia,  ias,  ia,  iamos,  iais,  ian. 

.   Preterito 
i,    iste,    io,    imos,    isteis, 
ieron. 

FuTURO 

Infinitivo +6^  as,  a,  emos, 
eis,  an. 


Tiempos   compuestos 
Perfecto 
he,  etc.+p,  p. 

Pluscuamperfecto 
habia,  etc.+p.  p, 
Y  asi  sue e sivamente 
como    para    la  primera 
conjugacion, 

CONDICIONAL 

Infinitivo-\-ieiy    ias,    ia, 
iamos,  iais,  ian. 


282  ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 

MODO    SUBJUNTIVO 

Presente 
a,  as,  a,  amos,  ais,  an. 

Imperfecto,  I  ^  FORMA  Como 

iese,  ieses,  iese,  iesemos,  ieseis,  iesen.     P<^^^ 

Imperfecto,  2^  forma 
iera,  ieras,  iera,  ieramos,  ierais,  ieran. 

FUTURO 

iere,  ieres,  iere,  ieremos,  iereis,  ieren, 


la 

primer  a 
conjugacion. 


MODO  IMPERATIVO 
e  ed 

TERCERA   CONJUGACION 

Infinitivo — ir    Gerundio — iendo  Participio  pasivo — ido 

MODO  INDICATIVO 

Tiempos  simples  Tiempos  compuestos 
Presente 
0,  es,  e,  imos,  is,  en. 

Todas    las    otras    termi-  Como 

naciones    de    los    modos  para 

indicativo    y    subjuntivo  la 

son  identicas  con  las  de  primera 

la  segunda  conjugacion,  conjugacion. 

MODO  IMPERATIVO 
e  id 


APfiNDICE 


283 


VERBOS  IRREGULARES 

(Aqui  se  dan  solo  las  formas  irregulares  de  estos 
verbos.     Las  que  faltan  son,  por  lo  tanto,  regulares.) 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
caigo  (i*  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
caiga,  caigas,  caiga,  caiga- 
mos,  caigais,  caigan. 

Preterito 
cayo  (3*  per.  sing.),  cayeron 
(3^  per.  plu.). 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

cayese,    etc.;    cayera,    etc.; 
cayere,  etc, 

4.  dar 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
doy  (i*  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
de  (i^  y  3*  per.  sing.). 

Preterito 

di,   diste,   dio,   dimos,   dis- 
teis,  dieron. 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

diese,  etc.;  diera,  etc.;  dieie, 
etc. 

5.  decir 

Gerundio 
diciendo. 

Parti ciPio  Pasivo 
dicho. 


1.  andar 
Preterito 

anduve,  anduviste,  anduvo, 
anduvimos,    anduvisteis, 
anduvieron. 
Imperfecto    y    Futuro    de 
Subjuntivo 

anduviese,  etc.;  anduviera, 
etc.;  anduviere,  etc. 

2.  caber 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
quepo  (i^  per,  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
quepa,  quepas,  quepa,  que- 
pamos,  quep^is,  quepan. 

Futuro  y  Condi  cional 
cabre,   etc.;   cabria,   etc. 

Preterito 

cupe,   cupiste,    cupo,   cupi- 
mos,  cupisteis,  cupieron. 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

cupiese,  etc.;  cupiera,  etc.; 
cupiere,  etc. 

.    3.  caer 

Gerundio 

cayendo 
Parti ciPio  Pasivo 

caido 


284 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Presente  de  Indicativo 

digo,  dices,  dice;  dicen 

(3^  per.  plu.), 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

diga,  digas,  diga,  digamos, 

digais,  digan. 
FuTURO  Y  Condi  cioNAL 

dire,  etc.;  diria,  etc. 
Preterito 

dije,  dijiste,  dijo,  dijimos, 

dijisteis,  dijeron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

dijese,     etc.;     dijera,     etc.; 

dijere,  etc. 
Imperativo 

di  (sing.), 

6.  estar 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

estoy,    estas,    esta;    estan 

(3*  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

este,  estes,  este;  esten 

(3*  per.  plu.). 
Preterito 

estuve,    estuviste,    estuvo, 

estuvimos,  estuvisteis, 

estuvieron. 

7.  haber 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
he,  has,   ha   (hay),  hemos; 
han  (3^  per.  plu.). 


Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

haya,    hayas,    haya,    haya- 

mos,  hayais,  hayan. 
Preterito 

hube,  hubiste,  hubo,  hubi- 

mos,  hubisteis,  hubieron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

hubiese,  etc.;  hubiera,  etc.; 

hubiere,  etc. 
Futuro  y  Condi  cional 

habre,  etc.;  habria,  etc, 
Imperativo 

he  (sing.). 

8.  hacer 

Parti ciPio  Pasivo 

hecho. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

hago  (i*  per.  sing.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

haga,    hagas,    haga,    haga- 

mos,  hagais,  hagan. 
Futuro  y  Condi  cional 

hare,  etc.;  haria,  etc. 
Preterito 

hice,  hiciste,  hizo,  hicimos, 

hicisteis,  hicieron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

hiciese,    etc.;   hiciera,    etc.; 

hiciere,  etc. 
Imperativo 

haz  (sing.). 


APfiNDICE 


28s 


9.   IT 

Gerundio 

yendo 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

voy,  vas,  va,  vamos,  vais, 

van. 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

vaya,  vayas,  vaya,  vayamos, 

vayais,  vayan. 
Preterito 

fui,     fuiste,     fue,     fuimos, 

fuisteis,  fueron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

fuese,  etc.;  fuera,  etc.;  fuere, 

etc. 
Imperativo 

ve;  vamos  (i*  -per.  plu.). 

10.  oir 

Gerundio 

oyendo 
Parti cipio  Pasivo 

oido. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

oigo,    oyes,    oye;    oyen 

(3*  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

oiga,  oigas,  oiga,  oigamos, 

oigais,  oigan. 
Preterito 

oyo  (3*  per.  sing.);  oyeron 

(3*  per.  plu.). 


Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

oyese,    etc.;    oyera,    etc; 

oyere,  etc. 
Imperativo 

oye  {sing.). 

11.  poder 

Gerundio 

pudiendo. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

puedo,     puedes,    puede; 

pueden  (3^  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

pueda,    puedas,    pueda; 

puedan  (3*  per.  plu.), 
Futuro  y  Condi  cional 

podre,  etc;  podria,  etc 
Preterito 

pude,  pudiste,  pudo,  pudi- 

mos,  pudisteis,  pudieron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

pudiese,  etc;  pudiera,  etc; 

pudiere,  etc. 

12.  poner 

Participio  Pasivo 

puesto. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

pongo  (i*  per.  sing.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

ponga,  pongas,  ponga,  pon- 

gamos,  pongaiS)  pongan. 


286 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


FuTURO  Y  Condi  cioNAL 
pondre,  etc;  pondria,  etc. 

Preterito 
puse,   pusiste,   puso,   pusi- 
mos,  pusisteis,  pusieron. 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
subjuntivo 

pusiese,  etc.;  pusiera,  etc.; 
pusiere,  etc. 

Imperativo 
pon  {sing.), 

13.  querer 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
quiero,    quieres,    quiere; 
quieren  (3*  per.  plu.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
quiera,  quieras,  quiera; 
quieran  (3^  per.  phi.). 

Futuro  y  Condi  cional 
querre,  etc.;  querria,  etc. 

Preterito 

quise,  quisiste,  quiso,  quisi- 
mos,    quisisteis,    quisieron. 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

quisiese,  etc.;  quisiera,  etc.; 
quisiere,    etc. 

14.  saber 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

se  (i^  per.  sing.). 


Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

sepa,  sepas,  sepa,  sepamos, 

sepais,  sepan. 
Futuro  y  Condi  cional 

sabre,  etc.;  sabria,  etc. 
Preterito 

supe,    supiste,    supo,    supi- 

mos,  supisteis,  supieron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

supiese,  etc.;  supiera,  etc.; 

supiere,  etc. 

15.  salir 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

salgo  (i*  per.  sing.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

saiga,  saigas,  saiga,  salga- 

mos,  salgais,  salgan. 
Futuro  y  Condi  cional 

saldre,  etc.;  saldria,  etc, 
Imperativo 

sal  {sing.). 

16.  ser 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
soy,  eres,  es,  somos,  sois, 
son. 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

sea,     seas,     sea,     seamos, 

seals,  sean. 
Preterito 

fui,     fuiste,     fue,     fuimos, 

fuisteis,  fueron. 


APfiNDICE 


287 


Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
subjuntivo 

fuese,  etc.;  fuera,  etc.;  fuere, 
etc. 

Imperativo 
se  {sing.), 

17.  tener 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
tengo,  tienes,  tiene;  tienen 

(3^  per.  plu.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
tenga,   tengas,   tenga,   ten- 
gamos,  tengais,  tengan. 

Futuro  y  Condi  cional 
tendre,  etc.;  tendria,  etc. 

Preterito 
tuve,  tuviste,  tuvo,  tuvimos, 
tuvisteis,    tuvieron. 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

tuviese,   etc.;  tuviera,   etc.; 
tuviere,  etc. 

Imperativo 
ten  {sing.). 

18.  traducir 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
traduzco  (i*  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
traduzca,     traduzcas,     tra- 
duzca,     traduzcamos,     tra- 
duzcais,  traduzcan. 


Preterito 

traduje,  tradujiste,  tradujo, 

tradujimos,    tradujisteis, 

tradujeron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

tradujese,    etc.;    tradujera, 

etc.;  tradujere,  etc. 
(Todo    verbo    que    tenga    la 
terminacion    -ducir    se    con- 
juga    del    mismo    modo    que 
traducir.) 

19.  traer 

Gerundio 

trayendo. 
Parti cipio  Pasivo 

traido. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

traigo  (i^  per.  sing.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

traiga,  traigas,  traiga^  trai- 

gamos,  traigais,  traigan. 
Preterito 

traje,   trajiste,  trajo,  traji- 

mos,  trajisteis,  trajeron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

trajese,    etc.;   trajera,    etc.; 

trajere,     etc. 

20.  valer 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
valgo  (i^  per.  sing.). 


288 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
valga,  valgas,  valga,  valga- 
mos,  valgais,  valgan. 

FuTURO  Y  Condi  cioNAL 
valdre,  etc.;  valdria,  etc, 

Imperativo 
val  {sing.), 

21.  venir 

Gerundio 

viniendo. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

vengo,  vienes,  viene;  vienen 

(3*  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

venga,  vengas,  venga,  ven- 

gamos,  vengais,  vengan. 
FuTURO  Y  Condi  CIONAL 

vendre,  etc.;  vendria,  etc. 
Preterito 

vine,  viniste,  vino,  vinimos, 

vinisteis,  vinieron. 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

viniese,    etc.;   viniera,    etc.; 

viniere,  etc. 


Imperativo 
ven  {sing.). 

22.  ver 

Participio  Pasivo 

visto 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

veo  (i*  per.  sing.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

vea,    veas,    vea,    veamos, 

veais,  vean. 

22a.  proveer 

Gerundio 

proveyendo 
Participio  Pasivo 

provisto,  proveido 
Preterito 

proveyo     (3*     per.     sing.); 

proveyeron  (3*  per.  plu.). 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

proveyese,  etc.;  proveyera, 

etc.;  proveyere,  etc. 


VERBOS  QUE  CAMBIAN  LA  VOCAL  DEL 
RADICAL 


23.  pensar 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

pienso,    piensas,    piensa; 

piensan  (3^  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

piense,      pienses,      piense; 

piensen  (3^  per.  plu.). 


Imperativo 
piensa  {sing.), 

24.  contar 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
cuento,     cuentas,     cuenta; 
cuentan  (3*  per.  plu.). 


APfiNDICE 


289 


Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
cuente,     cuentes,     cuente; 
cuenten  (3^  per.  plu,). 

Imperativo 
cuenta  (sing.). 

24a.  jugar 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

juego,    juegas,    juega; 

juegan  (3^  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

juegue,     juegues,     juegue, 

juguemos,   jugueis, 

jueguen. 

(  Fease  la  seccion  32). 
Imperativo 

juega  {sing.). 

25.  perder 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

pierdo,    pierdes,    pierde; 

pierden  (3*  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

pierda,    pierdas,    pierda; 

pier  dan  (3*  per.  plu.). 
Imperativo 

pierde  (sing.). 

25a.  adquirir 

Gerundio 

adquiriendo. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

adquiero,  adquieres, 

adquiere;     adquieren 

(3*  per.  plu.). 


Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
adquiera,     adquieras,     ad- 
quiera;   adquieran   (3*  per. 
plu.). 

Imperativo 

adquiere  (sing.). 

26.  mover 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

muevo,     mueves,     mueve; 

mueven  (3*  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

mueva,     muevas,     mueva; 

muevan  (3*  per.  plu.). 
Imperativo 

mueve  (sing.). 

26a.  oler 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

huelo,    hueles,    huele; 

huelen  (3*  per.  plu.). 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

huela,        huelas,        huela; 

huelan  (3*  per.  plu.). 
Imperativo 

huele  (sing.). 

27.  sentir 

Gerundio 

sintiendo. 
Presente  de  Indicativo 

siento,     sientes,     siente; 

sienten  (3*^  per.  plu.). 


290 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
sienta,  sientas,  sienta,  sin- 
tamos,  sintais,   sientan. 

Preterito 

sintlo  {2^  per,  sing.);  sintie- 
ron  (3*  per.  plu.). 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

sintiese,  etc.;  sintiera,  etc.; 
sintiere,  etc. 

28.  dormir 

Gerundio 
durmiendo. 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
duermo,  duermes,  duerme; 
duermen  (3*  per.  plu.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
duerma,  duermas,  duerma, 
durmamos,  durmais,  duer- 
man. 

Preterito 

durmio  (3^  per.  sing.)', 
durmieron  (3*  per.  plu.). 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

durmiese,    etc.;    durmiera, 

etc.;  durmiere,  etc. 

29.  servir 

Gerundio 
sirviendo. 


Presente  de  Indicativo 
sirvo,  sirves,   sitve;   siven 

(3^  per.  plu.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
sirva,   sirvas,   sirva,   sirva- 
mos,  sirvais,  sirvan. 

Preterito 

sirvio    (3^  per.   sing.);   sir- 
vieron  (3*  per.  plu.). 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

sirviese,  etc.;  sirviera,  etc.; 
sirviere,  etc, 

29a.  reir 

Gerundio 
riendo. 

Parti cipio  Pasivo 
reido. 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
no,  ries,  rie;  rien  (3^  per. 
plu.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
ria,  rias,  ria,  riamos,  rials, 
rian. 

Preterito 
rio    (3^  per.   sing.);  rieron 
(3*  per.  plu.). 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

riese,  etc.;  riera,  etc.;  riere, 

etc. 


APfiNDICE 


291 


VERBOS  QUE  TIENEN  CAMBIOS  ORTO- 
GRAFICOS 


30.  sacar 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
saque,        saques,        saque, 
saquemos,  saqueis,  saquen. 

Preterito 

saque  (i*  per.  sing.), 

31.  delinquir 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
delinco  (i^  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
delinca,    delincas,    delinca, 
delincamos,    delincais,    de- 
lincan. 

32.  pagar 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
pague,  pagues,  pague, 
paguemos,  pagueis,  paguen. 

Preterito 
pague  (i^  per.  sing.). 

33.  distinguir 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
distingo  (i*  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
distinga,  distingas,  dis- 
tinga,  distingamos,  dis- 
tingais,   distingan. 


34.  rezar 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
rece,  reces,  rece,  recemos, 
receis,  recen. 

Preterito 
rece  (i^  per.  sing.). 

35.  veneer 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
venzo  (i^  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
venza,  venzas,  venza,  ven- 
zamos,   venzais,   venzan. 

36.  averiguar 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
averigtie,   averigiies,  averi- 
giie,     averigiiemos,     averi- 
giieis,    averigiien. 

Preterito 

averigiie    (i*  per.   sing.), 

37.  coger 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
CO  jo  (i*  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
coja,  cojas,  coja,  cojamos, 
cojais,    cojan. 


292 


ELEMENTARY   SPANISH  PROSE   BOOK 


VERBOS  MISCELANEOS 


38.  conocer 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
conozco  (i*  per.  sing.). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
conozca,  conozcaS)  conozca, 
conozcamoS)    conozcais, 
conozcan. 

39.  enviar 

Presente  de  Indicativo 

envio,    envias,    envia ; 

envian  (3*  per.  plu.), 
Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

envie,  envies,  envie ;  envlen 

(3*  per,  plu.). 
Imperativo 

envia  (sing.), 

40.  continuar 

Presente  de  Indicativo 
continuo,    continuas,    con- 
tinua;    continuan    (3*    per. 
plu^). 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 
continue,    continues,    con- 
tinue;   continuen    (3*    per. 
plu.). 

Imperativo 

continuo  (sing.): 


41.  buUir 


Gerundio 
buUendo. 


Preterito 

buUo   (3*  per.    sing.);    bu- 
ll eron  (3^  per.  plu.). 

Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 
Subjuntivo 

buUese,   etc.;  bullera,  etc.; 
buUere,  etc. 

42.  plafiir 

Gerundio 

planendo. 
Preterito 

piano    (3^  per.  sing.); 

plafieron  (3^  per.  plu.). 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

plafiese,  etc.;  planera,  etc.; 

planere,  etc. 

43.  leer 

Gerundio 

leyendo 
Preterito 

ley6  (3*  per.  sing.);  leyeron 

(3*  per.  plu.). 
Imperfecto  y  Futuro  de 

Subjuntivo 

leyese,    etc.;    leyera,    etc.; 

leyere,  etc. 

44.  huir 
Gerundio 

huyendo 
Presente  de  Indicativo 
huyo,  huyes,  huye;  huyen 
(3*  per,  plu.). 


APfiNDICE 

293 

Presente  de  Subjuntivo 

Imperfecto  y 

Futuro  de 

huya,   huyas,   huya,   huya- 

Subjuntivo 

mos,  huyais,  huyan. 

huyese,    etc.; 

huyera,   etc.; 

Preterito 

huyere,  etc. 

huyo  (3^ per.  sing,) \h.\xyQXon 

Imperativo 

iS^per.plu.), 

huye  (sing.). 

VERBOS  QUE  TIENEN  PARTICIPIOS 
PASIVOS  IRREGULARES 


Infinitivo 

abrir 

cubrir 

elegir 

escribir 

imprimir 

morir 

prender 

romper 

soltar 

solver 

surtir 

volver 


45. 


Participio  pasivo 

abierto 

cubierto 

electo  {0  elegido) 

escrito 

impreso 

muerto 

preso  {0  prendido) 

roto 

suelto 

suelto 

surto 

vuelto 


Los  verbos  compuestos  de  los  aqui  citados  tambien  tieneii 
participios  pasivos  irregulares. 


VOCABULARIO 

In  this  vocabulary  both  English  and  Spanish  words  occurring  in 
this  book  are  listed  together  and  both  are  alphabeted  according  to 
the  method  used  in  Spanish  dictionaries.  For  instance,  initial  or 
medial  ch  follows  c,  //  follows  /  and  n  follows  n.  Thus  all  is  found  after 
alzar,  cana  after  canvas^  dicho  after  dictator^  etc.  All  English  words 
beginning  with  ch  will,  of  course,  be  found  in  the  cA'j  and  not  in  the 
cs;  for  instance,  chico,  chief,  etc. 

The  number  given  after  a  Spanish  verb  is  that  of  the  paragraph 
or  paragraphs  of  the  Apendice  in  which  is  found  that  verb  or  a  type 
verb  to  which  it  is  similar.  In  the  case  of  radical-changing  verbs, 
the  vowel  change  or  changes  of  the  accented  syllable  are  given  in 
parentheses;  thus,  dormir  {ue,  u).  In  addition,  a  paragraph  number 
is  given  as  with  other  verbs  having  irregularities. 

All  adjectives  are  given  in  the  masculine  singular  form  and  the 
feminine  ending  is  not  indicated  unless  it  is  formed  in  manner  not 
mentioned  in  the  following  two  rules:  (1)  Adjectives  ending  in  o  in  the 
masculine  singular  change  o  to  «  to  form  the  feminine.  (2)  Adjec- 
tives ending  in  the  masculine  singular  in  any  other  vowel  than  o  or 
in  a  consonant  remain  unchanged  in  the  feminine. 

Cognate  words,  such  as  nouns  ending  in  cion  in  Spanish  and  tion 
in  English,  which  are  identical  in  meaning  (in  this  book),  are  given 
but  once,  and  that  in  the  Spanish  form.  In  some  cases,  however, 
other  considerations  not  worth  mentioning  here  have  made  it  seem 
desirable  to  list  cognate  words  under  both  their  English  and  Spanish 
forms. 

In  a  great  many  cases  will  be  found  given  in  parentheses  the 
preposition  that  is  generally  to  be  used  with  a  given  verb  or  adjec- 
tive. 

In  every  case  meanings  and  uses  given  are  those  found  in  this  book 
only.  For  further  information*about  a  word  or  expression  the  stu- 
dent is  referred  to  Appleton's  New  Spanish  Dictionary  by  Cuyas, 

295 


296 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


ABBREVIATIONS   USED 


^.,  adjective. 

adv.y  adverb. 

art.y  article. 

aug.,  augmentative. 

cond.y  conditional. 

conj.y  conjunction. 

def.y  definite. 

dem.^     demonstrative. 

dimin.y  diminutive. 

dir.y  direct. 

e.,  east,  eastern. 

esp.,  especially. 

int.,  future. 

imper.,  imperative. 

imperf.y  imperfect. 

ind.y  indirect. 

indef.f  indefinite. 

indie,  indicative. 


inf.,  infinitive. 

interj.y  interjection. 

interr.y  interrogative. 

intr.y  intransitive. 

m.y  masculine. 

n.,  north,  northern. 

neut.y  neuter. 

obj.y  object. 

p.y  participle. 

pers.y  person. 

pl.y  plural. 

Port.y  Portuguese. 

poss.y  possessive. 

p.  p.y  past  participle. 

prep.y  preposition. 

pres.y  present. 

pret.y  preterite. 

pron.y  pronoun. 


refl.y  reflexive. 

rel.y  relative. 

s.y  substantive,  noun; 

also  south, southern. 
5.  A.y  South  America, 

South  American. 
sing.y  singular. 
subj.y  subjunctive. 
tr.y  transitive. 
v.y  verb. 

w.y  west,  western. 
— ,  word  repeated. 
+,  followed  by. 
=  ,  is  equal  to. 
ist.y  first. 
2nd.y  second. 
^rd.y  third. 


a,  prep.,  to,  at,  by,  on,  from, 
for;  sign  of  the  personal 
accusative',  —  +  time  ex- 
pression =  after  +  time 
expression. 

a,  an,  indef.  art.,  un(o),  una. 

aba  jo,  adv.y  below. 

abalanzarse,  34,  to  rush. 

abandon,  v.  tr.,  abandonar, 
dejar. 

abandonar,  v.  tr.,  to  leave. 

abanico,  m.,  fan.    . 

abaratar,  v.  tr.,  to  cheapen, 
reduce. 

abarcar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  take  in, 
embrace. 


abastecer,  38,  v.  intr.,  to  sup- 
ply. 

abastecimiento,  m.,   supply. 

A  B  C,  a  Conservative  morn- 
ing daily  of  Madrid. 

abdicar,  30,  v.  tr.  and  intr., 
abdicate,  give  up. 

Abencerrajes,  m.  pi.,  Aben- 
cerrages,  a  family  or  faction 
prominent  in  the  Moorish 
kingdom  of  Granada  in  the 
15th  century.  They  are  said 
to  have  been  treacherously 
massacred  in  the  Alhambra. 

ability,  aptitud,  /. 

abismado,  pp.  and  a.,  ab- 
sorbed. 


VOCABULARIO 


297 


able,  a.y  capaz,  competente; 
be  — ,  poder. 

aboard,  adv.,  a  bordo;  go  — . 
subir  a  bordo,  embarcarse 
(30)  en;  abordar;  all  — ! 
isenores    viajeros    al    tren! 

abode,  domicilio,  m.,  hogar, 
m. 

abogado,  w.,  lawyer. 

abolish,  v.  tr.,  derogar  32, 
anular. 

abordar,  v.  tr.,  to  go  aboard. 

aborigenes,  m.  pi.,  aborigines, 
earliest  native  inhabitants 
of  a  land. 

aborrecer,  38,  v.  tr.,  to  hate. 

about,  prep.,  {concerning)  de, 
acerca  de,  referente  a, 
tocante  a;  {round  about) 
alrededor  de;  {with  verbs  of 
motion)  por;  {approximate- 
ly) unos,  cosa  de,  aproxi- 
madamente;  at  — ,  {time 
of  day)  2i  eso  de;  be  —  to, 
estar  para,  estar  a  punto 
de. 

above,  ^r^^.,sobre,  encima  de. 

abrasador,  a.,  burning  hot, 
blazing. 

abrazar,  34,  v,  tr.,  to  embrace. 

abrazo,  m.,  embrace;  un 
fuerte  —  a,  my  best  love 
to. 


Abreu     y     Llovet,     Jose,     a 

fictitious    name, 
abreviar,   v.   tr.   and  intr.,   to 

abbreviate,    make    a    long 

story  short, 
abrigar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  shelter, 

cherish, 
abril,  m.,  April, 
abrir,  45,  v.  tr.,  to  open, 
abroad,  adv.,  al  extranjero. 
abrumar,  v.  tr.,  to  overcome, 

overwhelm, 
abrupto,  a.,  abrupt,  steep, 
absence,  ausencia,  /. 
absent,  a.,  ausente,  ido. 
absolutamente,     adv.,     abso- 
lutely, 
absoluto,  a.,  absolute, 
absorbed,   pp.    and  a.,    abis- 

mado,  ensimismado,  sumer- 

gido. 
absurdo,  a.,  absurd, 
abundancia,     /".,     abundance, 

plenty, 
abundant,       a.,       cuantioso, 

abundante. 
abundante,  a.,   abundant, 
abundar,  v.  intr.,  to  abound, 
acabar,    v.    tr.    and   intr.,    to 

finish,  end;  —  de  (+  inf.), 

to  have  just  (-}-  pp.). 
academico,  a.,  academical, 
academy,  academia,  /. 


298 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


accent,  acento,  m. 

accept,  V.  tr,j  aceptar;  —  our 
respects,  a  los  pies  de  Vd. 
{to  a  lady). 

accompany,  v.  tr.,  accom- 
panar,  ir  (9)   con. 

according  to,  prep.,  segun, 
con  forme  a. 

account,  cuenta,  /.;  —  books, 
libros  de  contabilidad;  on 
—  of,  prep.,  a  causa  de,  por. 

accustomed,  pp.  and  a.,  acos- 
tumbrado;  become  —  to, 
acostumbrarse  a. 

acebo,  m.,  holly. 

aceite,  m.,  oil;  —  de  oliva, 
olive  oil. 

aceituna,  /.,  olive. 

acento,  m.,  accent. 

aceptar,  v.  tr.,  to  accept. 

acequia,  /.,  ditch,  small  canal. 

acera,  /.,  side-walk. 

acerca  de,  prep.,  about,  con- 
cerning. 

acercar,  30,  to  place  near, 
hand  to;  —  se  (a),  v.  refl., 
to  approach. 

acero,  m.,  steel. 

acierto,  m.,  skill. 

aclararse,  v.  refl.,  to  clear  up. 

acompanar,  v.  tr.,  to  accom- 
pany; to  enclose  (corre- 
spondence) . 


Aconcagua,  the  highest  peak 

of   the    Andes,    23,097    ft. 

high,    near    the    Uspallata 

pass     between     Chile     and 

Argentina, 
acordar   (ue),  24,   v.   intr.,   to 

agree;  —  se  de,  v.  refl.,  to 

remember, 
acosar,     v.     tr.,     to     bother. 

harass, 
acostarse  (ue),  24,  v.  refl.,  to 

go  to  bed,  retire, 
acostumbrado    (a),    pp.    and 

a.,  accustomed  to,  used  to. 
acostumbrar,    v.    intr.,    to   be 

accustomed,  wont, 
acquaintance,  conocido,  m. 
acquainted,  become  or  get  — 

with,  conocer  38,  familiar- 

izarse  (34)   con. 
acquire,  v.  tr.,  adquirir  25a. 
acquisition,    adquisicion,  /. 
acre,  m.,  acre, 
acreedor,  m.,  creditor, 
across,  adv.,  a  traves;  prep.y 

a.  traves  de. 
act  as,  V.  intr.,  hacer  (8)  de. 
active,   a.,   activo. 
actividad,  /.,    activity, 
activo,  a.,  brisk,  active, 
acto,   m.,    act;    en   el   — ,    at 

once, 
actress,  actriz.  /. 


VOCABULARIO 


299 


actriz,  /.,  actress. 

actual,  a.,  present;  del  — ,  of 
the    present    month. 

actualmente,  adv.^  at  present. 

acudir  (a),  v.  intr.,  to  hasten 
(to). 

acueducto,   m.,   aqueduct. 

acuerdo,  in.,  agreement,  har- 
mony. 

^adagio,  m.,  proverb,  adage. 

adaptar,  v.  tr.,  to  adapt. 

address,  direccion,  /.;  to  — , 
tratar,  dirigirse  (37)  a;  to  be 
addressed  to,  ir  dirigido  a. 

adelantarse,  v.  refl.,  to  pro- 
gress, advance. 

adelante,  adv.,  forward;  desde 
aqui  en  — ,  henceforth. 

ademan,  m.,  gesture;  en —  de, 
by  way  of,  as  a  signal  of. 

ademas,  adv.,  moreover,  be- 
sides; ■ —  de,  prep.,  besides. 

adentro,  adv.,  within,  inside. 

aderezar,  34,  to  prepare. 

adinerado,  a.,  m  o  n  i  e  d, 
wealthy. 

adi6s,  m.,  good-bye. 

administracion,  /.,  adminis- 
tration; casa  de  — ,  head- 
quarters. 

administrativo,  a.,  adminis- 
trative. 

admirable,  a.,  admirable. 


admiracion,  /.,  admiration, 
wonder. 

admirador,   m.,   admirer. 

admirar,  v.  tr.,  to  admire. 

admiration,  /.    admiracion, 

admire^  v.  tr.,  admirar. 

admitir,  v.  tr.,  to  admit,  per- 
mit. 

adopt,  V.  tr.,  adoptar. 

adornar,  v.  tr.,  to  adorn. 

adorno,  m.,  adornment. 

adquirir  (ie),  25a  to  acquire. 

adquisici6n,  /.,  acquisition. 

aduanero,  m,,  customs  officer. 

advance,  v.  intr.,  avanzar  34; 
in  — ,  adelantado. 

advantage,  ventaja,  /.;  take 
—  of,  aprovecharse  de; 
valerse  (20)  de;  have  — 
over,  aventajar  a,  tener 
(17)    ventaja    sobre. 

advantageous,   a.,   ventajoso. 

adventurer,  aventurero,  m. 

advertir  (ie,  i),  27,  to  warn, 
inform,  remark. 

advertisement,  anuncio,  m. 

advise,  v.  tr.,  aconsejar  (+ 
inf.  or  suhj.). 

dereo,  a.,  aerial. 

afamado,  pp.  and  a.,  famed, 
famous. 

afanarse  (por).  v.  refl.,  to  be 
eager    (to). 


300 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


afectisimo,  a.,  very  affection- 
ate. 

affair,  asunto,  m. 

affectionate,  a.,  carinoso. 

affectionately,  adv.,  carinosa- 
mente. 

affix,  V.  tr.,  pegar  32. 

aficion,  /.,  liking. 

aficionado,  m.,  amateur;  a., 
fond  of. 

afirmativo,  a.  and  j-.,  affirma- 
tive. 

afluente,  m.,  tributary. 

afoot,  adv.,  a  pie. 

afortunado,  a.,  fortunate. 

afraid,  be  — ,  tener  (17) 
miedo,  temer. 

Africa,  /.,  Africa. 

after,  prep.,  despues  de,  {he- 
hind)  tras;  conj,  despues 
a  una  hora  de  partir;  — 
being  a  few  months,  a 
pocos  meses  de  estar. 

afternoon,  tarde,  /. ;  in  the  — , 
por  la  tarde;  {with  the  hour) 
de  la  tarde;  good  — ,  buenas 
tardes. 

afterwards,  adv.,  despues, 
luego,   mas   tarde. 

again,  adv.,  otra  vez,  de 
nuevo;  frequently  expressed 
by  volver  a  (+  inf.). 

against,  prep.,  contra. 


agasajar,  v.  tr.,  to  enter- 
tain. 

Agassiz,  Jean  Louis  Ro- 
dolphe  (1807-1873),  a 
Swiss  geologist  and  natural- 
ist of  great  renown;  pro- 
fessor at  Harvard  1847- 
1852;  trip  to  Brazil  in  1865. 
After  him  are  named  the 
grottoes  found  in  the  forest 
of  Tijuca  near  Rio  de 
Janeiro. 

age,  edad,  /.;  Middle  Ages, 
Edad  Media,  /.;  Golden 
Age,  Siglo  de  Oro,  m. 

agenda,  /.,    agency. 

agency,   agencia,  /. 

agent,  agente,  w.;  encargado, 
m. 

agente,  m.,  agent. 

agigantado,  pp.  and  a.,  gigan- 
tic, huge;  a  pasos  — s, 
rapidly,  by  leaps  and 
bounds. 

agilidad,  /.,  agility. 

agitar,  v.  tr.,  to  wave;  —  se, 
V.  reft.,  to  become  rough. 

ago,  hacer  +  time  expression', 
time  expression  +  ha; 
atras. 

agolparse  (a)  v.  refl.,  to  rush. 

agradable,  a.,  agreeable,  fine. 

agradar,  v.  tr.,  to  please. 


VOCABULARIO 


301 


agradecer,  38,  to  be  grateful 
for,  to  thank  for;  —  algo  a 
uno,  to  be  grateful  to  one 
for  something. 

agradecimiento,  m.,  gratitude. 

agraviar,  v.  tr.,  to  insult. 

agravio,  m.,  insult,  harm  re- 
ceived. 

agree,  v,  intr.,  convenir  21 
(en);  —  with,  estar  de 
acuerdo  con. 

agreeable,  a,  agradable, 
risuefio;  (person)  simpatico. 

agreed,  pp.,  convenido,  cosa 
hecha;  be  — ,  estar  de 
acuerdo. 

agregar,  32,  v.  tr.  and  intr. 
to  add. 

agricola,  a.,  agricultural. 

agricultura,  /.,   agriculture. 

agricultural,  a.,  agricola. 

agua,  /.,  water. 

aguantar,  v.  tr.,  to  endure. 

aguardar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
wait,  await. 

agujerear,  v.  tr.,  to  pierce. 

ahi,  adv.,  there;  de  — , 
thence,  hence;  por — ,  there. 

ahinco,  m.,  ardor,  earnest- 
ness;  con  — ,   earnestly. 

ahora,  adv.,  now;  —  mismo, 
right  now;  por  — ,  for  the 
present. 


ahumado,  pp.  and  a.,  smoked. 

aid,  ayuda,  /.,  auxilio,  m.\ 
V.  tr.,  ayudar,  auxiliar. 

aimaras,  m.  pL,  Indians  of 
a  tribe  found  in  what  is 
now  Peru  and  Bolivia. 
About  a  half  million  of 
them  still  exist.  Their  lan- 
guage is  similar  to  that 
of  the  Kechuans.  Though 
conquered  by  the  Span- 
iards they  refused  to  speak 
any  but  their  own  lan- 
guage. 

air,  atmosfera  /.,  aire,  m.', 
open  — ,  a.  and  adv.,  al 
aire  libre. 

aire,  m.,  air;  al  —  libre,  out- 
doors, in  the  open. 

airoso,  a.,  successful. 

aislamiento,  m.,  isolation. 

ala,  /.,  wing,  brim  (of  hat). 

alameda,  /.,  walk,  promen- 
ade, mall. 

alargar,  32,  to  extend. 

Albaicin,  m.,  the  oldest  sec- 
tion of  Granada  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  city. 

.albanil,    m.,    mason. 

albergarse  (en),  32,  to  lodge 
at,  put  up  at. 

alborotarse,  v.  refl..  to  get 
excited. 


302 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Alcadir,  name  of  a  Moorish 
king  of  Valencia  in  the 
eleventh    century. 

alcaide,   m.,   governor. 

Alcala,  name  of  one  of  the 
principal  streets  of  Madrid; 
—  de  Henares;  a  town  17 
miles  n.  e.  of  Madrid  of 
about  10,000  population; 
seat  of  a  great  university 
from  1 5 10  to  1836.  Birth- 
place  of  Cervantes. 

alcantarillado,  w.,  sewerage 
system. 

alcanzar,  34,  to  attain,  reach, 
obtain,    succeed,    secure. 

Alcazar,  m.,  alcazar,  a  royal 

•    castle  or  fortress. 

alcoba,  /.,   bed-room. 

alcornocal,  m.,  cork-tree 
grove. 

aldea,  /.,  village. 

aldehuela,  /.,  dimin.  of  aldea. 

alegrarse  (de),  v.  refl.,  to  be 
glad    (of). 

alegre,  a.,  joyful,  merry. 

Alejandro,    w.,    Alexander. 

alejar,  v.  tr.,  to  separate;  —  se 
(de)  V.  refl.y  to  withdraw,  go 
away. 

aleman-a,  a.  and  j-.,  German. 

Alemania,  /.,    Germany. 

Alexander,  Alejandro,  m. 


alfalfa,  /.  alfalfa, 
alfareria,  /.,  pottery, 
alfiler,   m.,   pin. 
Alfonso,   Alphonso. 

—  VI  (1065-1109),  a  great 
leader  in  the  Reconquest  of 
Spain  from  the  Moors. 
Reunited  Castile,  Leon  and 
Galica  under  his  control. 

—  X  (el  Sabio)  (1252- 
1284),  a  writer  and  scientist 
but  a  weak  ruler. 

—  IX  de  Leon  (i  188-1230), 
first  cousin  of  Alphonso 
VIII  of  Castile. 

—  XII  (el  Pacificador) 
(1857-1885),  son  of  Isabella 
II  and  Francisco  de  Assisi. 
Called  to  throne  in  1875. 

—  XIII  (1886-).  son  of 
Alfonso  XII.  Assumed 
control  of  the  government 
when  sixteen.  May  31, 
1906,  he  married  Princess 
Ena  of  Battenberg,  niece 
of  Edward  VII  of  England. 

algazara,  /.,   shouting. 

Algeciras,  a  Spanish  town  on 
the  bay  of  Algeciras,  oppo- 
site   Gibraltar. 

Algiers,  Argel,  m. 

algo,  pron.  and  adv.,  some- 
thing, somewhat. 


VOCABULARIO 


303 


algodon,  w.,  cotton. 

alguacil,  m.,  constable.      • 

alguien,  indef.  pron.,  some- 
one. 

alguno,  (algun),  alguna,  indef. 
a.  and  pron.y  some,  some 
one;  any  {after  negative).- 

Alhambra,  /.,  the  ancient 
palace  of  the  Moorish  kings 
of  Granada;  built  1248- 
1554,  covers  an  area  of  35 
acres  and  is  today  the  best 
preserved  and  most  beauti- 
ful monument  of  old  Moor- 
ish   architecture. 

aliado,  m.,  ally* 

alimenticio,  a.,  pertaining  to 
food,  nourishing. 

alistar,  v.  tr.,  enlist. 

aliviar,  v.  tr.,  to  alleviate,  les- 
sen. 

alma,  /.,  soul. 

almacen,  m.,  ware-house;  de- 
partment store  (S.  A.). 

Almaden,  a  town  in  the  prov- 
ince of  Ciudad  Real,  Spain, 
celebrated  for  its  mercury 
mines. 

alamanaque,   m.,    almanac. 

almendral,  w.,  almond-tree 
grove. 

alminar,  m.,  minaret;  turret. 

almirante,  m.,  m.,  admiral. 


Almoravides,  m.  pL,  a  Berber 
tribe  from  n.  Africa  who 
embraced  Mohammedan- 
ism and  in  1086  crossed 
into  Spain  under  the  leader- 
ship of  Yusef  I  to  aid  the 
Moors  against  the  Chris  - 
tians. 

almost,  adv.y  casi. 

alms,  limosna,  /. 

almuerzo,  m.,  lunch. 

alojar,  v.  tr.,  to  lodge. 

alone,  a.,  solo. 

along,  adv.,  por,  a  lo  largo  de; 
go  — ,  caminar  por. 

aloud,  adv.,  en  voz  alt  a. 

alpaca,  /.,  alpaca,  an  animal 
of  S.  A.  much  prized  for  its 
wool. 

Alphonso,  Alfonso,   m, 

alquilar,  v.  tr.,  to  rent. 

already,   adv.,   ya. 

alrededores,  in.  pL,  environs. 

also,   adv.,   tambien. 

altar,  m.,  altar;  —  mayor, 
high  altar. 

alteration,    reforma,  /. 

Alteza,  /.,  Highness  {a  title). 

although,  conj.,  aunque,  bien 
que. 

altiplanicie,  /.,  highland, 
plateau. 

altitude,  altura,  /.,  elevacion./. 


3^4 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


alto,  a.,  high,  upper;  lo  mas 

—  the  top;  en  lo  — ,  at  the 
top. 

altura,  /.,  height,  elevation. 

aludir  (a),  v.  intr.,  to  allude 
(to),  mention. 

alumbrado,  w.,  Hght,  lighting 
system. 

alumno,  w.,   student. 

alusion,  /.,  mention. 

aluvion,  m.,  alluvion,  sedi- 
ment. 

Alvear  (Avenida),  a  street  of 
Buenos  Aires,  noted  for  its 
elegant    residences. 

always,   adv.,   siempre. 

alzar,  34,  v.  tr.y  to  raise,  lift; 
— se,  V.  refl.y  to  tower,  rise. 

all,  a.  and  pron.,  todo;  — 
who,  todos  cuantos;  — 
right,  bueno,  esta  bien;  it 
is  —  the  same  to  me,  lo 
mismo  me  da,  no  me  im- 
porta,  me  es  igual;  not  at 
— ,  nada,  de  ningun  modo; 

—  of  which,  todo  el  cual. 
alia,  adv.y  there,  thither  {with 

verb  of  motion) ;  —  van,  there 
you  have;  —  veremos,  we 
shall  see  about  that;  mas  — , 
farther  on;  keep  going;  aqui 
(or  aca)  y  — ,  hither  and 
thither. 


allegar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  bind, 
unite. 

alii,  adv.,  there  (with  verb  of 
rest), 

•How,  V.  tr.,  permitir,  admitir, 

dejar;  be ed,  permitir- 

sele  a  uno. 

amabilidad,  /.,  kindness. 

amable,  adj.,  kind,  friendly; 
—  para  con,  kind  to. 

Amadeo,  Prince  of  Savoy,  the 
second  son  of  Victor  Em- 
manuel II  of  Italy,  elected 
king  of  Spain,  Nov.,  1870. 
Treated  unfairly  by"  the 
Spanish,  he  resigned  in 
Feb.   1873. 

amaneramiento,  m.,  manner- 
ism. 

amante  de,  a.,  fond  of. 

amar,  v.  tr.,  to  love. 

amarillento,    a.,    yellowish. 

amarillo,  a.,  yellow. 

amaze,  v.  tr.,  aturdir,  asom- 
brar. 

Amazonas,  m..  Amazon,  the 
chief  river  of  S.  A.;  also  the 
name  of  a  vast  state  in 
western  Brazil. 

ambassador,  embajador,  m. 

ambicionar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
be  ambitious  to,  aspire  to. 

ambiente,  m.,  atmosphere. 


VOCABULARIO 


305 


ambos,  —  as,  pron.  and  a., 
both. 

ameno,  a.y  pleasant,  delight- 
ful. 

America,  /.,  America;  Norte 
— ,  —  del  Norte,  —  Septen- 
trional, North  America; 
Sud  — ,  —  del  Sur,  — 
Meridional,  South  Ameri- 
ca; —  Central,  Centre  — , 
Central    America. 

American,  a.  and  j.,  ameri- 
cano;  North  — ,  norte- 
americano;  South  — ,  sud- 
americano,    suramericano. 

americano,  a.  and  j-.,  Ameri- 
can;   espanol,  Spanish- 
American. 

amigo-a,  m.  and  /..  friend; 
—  de  escuela,  schoolmate. 

amigablemente,  adv.,  in  a 
friendly  way. 

amistosamente,  adv.,  amica- 
bly, in  a  friendly  manner. 

among,  prep.,  entre,  por  entre, 
en   medio  de. 

amor,  m.,  love;  —  a,  love  for; 
de  mil  —  es,  most  gladly. 

amoroso,  a.,  loving. 

amotinarse,  v.  refl.,  to  riot. 

amount,  cantidad,  /.,  suma, 
/.; —  to,  V.  intr.y  ascender 
(23)     a. 


amparar,  v.  tr.,  to  protect. 

amparo,    m.,    protection. 

ample,  a.,  amplio. 

amplio,  a.y  ample,  wide, 
roomy, 

amuse  oneself,  v.  refl.,  diver- 
tirse  27,  holgarse,  24,  32. 

amusement,  diversion,  /. 

amusing,  a.,  divertido. 

anaranjado,  a.,  orange  col- 
ored. 

ancestor,  antepasado,  m. 

anciano,  a.  ands.,  old,  ancient; 
m.,  old  gentleman;  /.,  old 
lady. 

ancient,  a.,  antiguo,  anciano; 
in  —  times,  antiguamente. 

anclar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
anchor. 

ancho,  «.,wide;  w.,  width;  de — , 
in  width;  a  sus  anchas,  at 
one's    ease,    comfortable. 

anchoa,  /.,  anchovy. 

anchor,  v.  intr.,  fondear,  echar 
anclas,    anclar,    surtir. 

anchura,  /.,  width. 

and,  conj.,  y;  e  {before  i  or  hi). 

Andalucia,  /.,  Andalusia, 
ancient  kingdom  of  south- 
ern Spain. 

andaluz-a,  a.  and  s.,  Andalu- 
sian. 

andar,  i,  to  go,  travel,  walk. 


3o6 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


anden,   w.,   platform. 

Andes,  m.  pL,  Andes. 

andrajoso,  a.,  ragged,  shab- 
by. 

Anglochileno,  a.  and  /.,  Anglo- 
Chilean. 

Anglosaj6n-a,  a.  and  j., 
Anglo-Saxon. 

angosto,  a.,  narrow. 

anhelar,  v.  tr.,  to  long,  to  long 
for. 

animacion,  /.,  animation, 
bustle. 

animal,  m.,   animal. 

animo,  m.,  soul,  mind. 

aniiiado,  pp.  and  a.y  child- 
ish. » 

aninarse,  v.  refl.y  to  grow 
childish. 

Anjou,  the  old  countship  of 
western  France  correspond- 
ing to  the  greater  part  of 
the  present  department  of 
Maine-et-Loire. 

announce,  v.  tr.,  anunciar. 

annoy,  v.  tr.,  molestar,  es- 
torbar. 

annual,  a.,  anual. 

annul,  v.  tr.,  derogar  32, 
anular. 

anoche,  adv.,  last  night. 

another,   a.   and  pron.,   otro. 

ansioso,  a.,  anxious. 


answer,  v.  tr.,  contestar,  re- 
plicar  30,  responder,  re- 
poner  12;  s.,  con  testa  cion, 
/.,  respuesta,  /. 

antano,  adv.,  long  ago. 

ante,  prep.,  before,  in  the 
presence  of. 

anteayer,  adv.,  day  before 
yesterday. 

antecedente,  a.,  preceding. 

antepasado,  m.,   ancestor. 

anteponer,  12,  v,  tr.,  to  pre- 
fix. 

anterior,  a.,  former,  early. 

anteriormente,  adv.,  formerly, 
previously. 

antes,  adv.,  before,  previously, 
first;  —  de,  prep.,  before 
{in  time  expression);  — 
(de)  que,  conj.,  before; 
cuanto — ,  as  soon  as  possible. 

anticipacion,  /.,  anticipation; 
de  —  para,  in  advance  of, 
before. 

anticuario,  m.,  antiquarian, 
antique    dealer. 

antiguamente,  adv.,  in  ancient 
times,  formerly. 

antigiiedad, /.,  antique,  antiq- 
uity. 

antiguo,  a.,  old,  ancient,  old- 
fashioned;  a  lo  — ,  in  old- 
fashioned  way. 


VOCABULARIO 


307 


Antillas,  /.,  Antilles. 

antimonio,  m.,   antimony. 

antique,  antigiiedad,  /.;  — 
shop,  casa  de  antigiiedades. 

antiquity,   antigiiedad,  /. 

Antofagasta,  a  city  and  prov- 
ince of  northern  Chile,  the 
former  having  about  17,000 
population.  •  Shipping  cen- 
ter and  starting  point  of 
railway  to  La  Paz,  Bolivia, 
730  miles. 

antojarsele  a  uno,  v.  reft.,  to 
take  it  into  one's  head,  to 
fancy. 

anual,  a.,  annual. 

anular,  v.  tr.,  to  annul. 

anunciar,  v.  tr.y  to  advertise, 
announce. 

anuncio,  m.,  advertisement. 

anxious,  a.y  to  be  — ,  tener 
(17)  ganas;  afanarse  (por); 
estar  (6)  ansiosoj  no  ver 
(22)  la  hora  de. 

any,  a.  and  pron.,  most  often 
omitted  in  translation  if 
unemphatic;  cualquier(a), 
algun(o);  {after  negatio7i), 
ningun(o),  {before  noun),  . 
algun(o)  {after  noun). 

anyone,  pron.,  alguien,  cual- 
qmer {3.);  {after  a  negation 
or  comparative)   nadie. 


anything,  pron.,  algo,  alguna 
cosa;  {after  negative)  nada, 
ninguna  cosa,  cosa  alguna; 
— else,  otra   cosa. 

anyway,  adv.,  de  todos  modos. 

anywhere,  adv.,  en  or  por 
cualquier  parte;  {after  nega- 
tive), por  ninguna   parte. 

aiiadir,  v.  tr.,  to  add. 

ano,   m.,   year. 

aparatoso,  a.,  showy,  striking. 

apartado,  a.,  remote,  separate. 

apartment,  habitacion,  /. 

apearse,  v.  refl.,  to  dismount, 
get  out. 

apellidar,  v.  tr.,  to  call,  name. 

apenas  (si),  adv.,  hardly 
scarcely. 

apetecible,   a.,   desirable. 

apetito,  m.,   appetite. 

aplastar,  v.  tr.,  to  flatten  out, 
crush. 

aplicado,  a.,  industrious. 

apodar,  v.  tr.,  to  nickname. 

apoderarse  (de),  v.  refl.,  to 
seize,  take  possession  of, 
get  hold  of. 

Apolo,  Teatro  de  — ,  a  theater 
of  Madrid  on  Alcala  Street. 

apoyar,  v.  tr.,  to  bear,  support. 

appear,  aparecer  38,  parecer 
38;  presentarse. 

appearance,   aspect©,   m. 


3o8 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROS^E  BOOK 


appetite,  apetito,  m, 
appoint,  V.  tr.,  nombrar. 
appreciate,  v.  tr.,  apreciar. 
approach,    acercarse    (30)    a; 

aproximarse     a. 
appropriation,  contribucion,  /. 
approve,  v.  tr.,  aprobar  24. 
apreciar,    v.    tr.     to    esteem, 

appreciate, 
apremiante,       a.,       pressing, 

urgent, 
aprender,    v.    tr.,    to    learn; 

—  de  memoria,  to  learn  by 
heart. 

aprendiz,  m.,  apprentice. 

apresar,  v.  tr.,  to  capture. 

aprestarse  (a),  v.  refl.,  to  pre- 
pare   (to). 

apresuradamente,  adv.,  hasti- 
ly, quickly. 

apresurarse  (a),  v.  refl.,  to 
hasten,  hurry. 

apretar  (ie),  23,  press  hard, 
clasp,  harass;  —  la  mano  a 
uno,  to  shake  hands  with 
some  one. 

apret6n,  m.,  pressure;  —  de 
manos,  hand-clasp;  dar  un 

—  de    manos    a    uno,    to 
shake  hands  with  some  one. 

April,    abril,   m. 
aprisa,   adv.,   quickly, 
aprobar  (ue),  24,  to  approve. 


aprovechar,  v.  tr.,  to  make  use 
of,  take;  —  se,^'.  refl.,  to  pro- 
gress favorably,  prosper, 
succeed;  —  se  de,  to  profit 
by;  I  que  aproveche!  may 
it  do  you  good! 

aproximacion,   /.,    relation. 

aproximadamente,  a  d  v., 

about,    approximately. 

aproximarse  (a),  v.  refl.,  to 
approach. 

apt,  a.,  be  —  in,  pintarse 
para. 

aptitud,  /.,   aptitude,   ability. 

apuntacion,  /.,  note. 

apuntar,  v.  tr.,  to  note  down, 
jot  down. 

apunte,  m.,  note. 

apurarse  (por),  v.  refl.,  to 
worry  (about). 

aqueduct,  acueducto,  m. 

aquel,  (aquella,  aquellos, 
aquellas),  dem.  a.,  that, 
those;  aquel,  etc.,  dem. 
pron.,  that,  those,  the 
former. 

a  qui,  adv.,  here;  por  — , 
around  here,  here;  por  —  y 
por  alia,  here  and  there; 
por  —  cerca,  near  here. 

Arab,  arabe,  m. 

arabe,  a.  and  s.,  Arabic, 
Arab;    Arabic    language. 


VOCABtJLARIO 


309 


Arag6n,  a  former  kingdom  of 
northern  Spain.  Now 
divided  into  the  provinces 
of  Huesca,  Teruel  and 
Saragossa. 

Aranjuez,  a  town  laid  out  in 
Dutch  style  on  the  left 
bank  of  the  Tagus,  some 
30  miles  south  of  Madrid; 
contains  a  beautiful  royal 
estate  and  palace. 

arana,  /.,  chandelier. 

araucano,  w.,  Araucanian,  an 
ancient  Indian  tribe  of 
Chile,  still  vigorous  and 
largely     independent. 

arbol.,  m.,  tree. 

arco,  m.y  arch;  Arco  de  Santa 
Maria;  an  arch  at  the  west 
end  of  the  Espolon  prome- 
nade, Burgos.  Built  in 
1536-52;  adorned  by  statues 
of  the  Cid,  Charles  V.,  Lain- 
calvo  and  other  celebrities. 

architect,   arquitecto,   m. 

architectural,  a.,  arquitec- 
tonico. 

architecture,   arquitectura,  /. 

ardor,  ahinco,  m. 

area,  area,  /.,  extension,  /. 

arena,  /.,   sand. 

arena  (of  bull-ring)  ^  redon- 
del,  m. 


arenoso,  a.,  sandy. 

arenque,  w.,  herring. 

argamasa,  /.,    mortar. 

Argel,  m.y  Algiers. 

Argentina,  /.,  la  Republica  — , 
(strictly  and  officially)  Ar- 
gentina. 

Argentinian,  argentino,  a. 
and  s. 

argentino,  a.  and  s.,  Argentin- 
ian. 

argonaut,  argonauta,  m. 

argonauta,  m.,  argonaut, 
sailor. 

Argtielles,  A.,  a  Spanish 
statesman  who  died  1844; 
also  a  ward  in  n.  e.  Madrid. 

Arica,  a  seaport  of  n.  Chile, 
from  which  runs  a  railway 
to  Puno,  300  miles. 

arise,  v.  intr.,  provenir  21. 

arm,  brazo,  m.;  (weapon) 
arma,  /.;  fire  — ,  arma  de 
fuego;  steel  — ,  arma 
blanca;  v.  tr.,  armar. 

arma,  /.,  weapon,  arm;  — 
blanca,  steel  arm;  —  de 
fuego,  fire  arm. 

armada,  /.,  fleet,  navy. 

armar,  v.  tr.,  to  arm;  — 
guerra  a,  to  wage  war 
upon. 

armeria,  /.,  armory. 


3IO 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOX 


Armeria  Real,  a  building  in 
the  s.  w.  corner  of  the 
Plaza  de  Armas  of  the 
Royal  Palace,  Madrid,  con- 
taining a  world-renowned 
collection  of  arms  and 
armor. 

armero,  m.,  armorer. 

armorer,  armero,  m, 

army,  ejercito,  in. 

aroused,  pp.  and  a.,  conmo- 
vido,  emocionado;  to  be- 
come — ,  conmoverse  26, 
emocionarse. 

arquitectura,  /.,  architecture. 

arquitecto,  w.,  architect. 

arquitectonico,  a.,  architec- 
tural. 

arrabal,  w.,  suburb. 

arrancar,  30,  v.  intr.y  to  start 
from. 

arrangement,  arreglo,  m. 

arraigado,  pp.  and  a..,  rooted, 
chronic. 

arrastrar,  v.  tr.,  to  drag,  pull. 

arrayan,  m.,  myrtle. 

arrebatado,  pp.  and  a.,  im- 
petuous. 

arrebatamiento,  m.,  rapture. 

arreglar,  v.  tr.,  to  arrange, 
pack,   settle. 

arreglo,  m.,  arrangement, 
settlement. 


arrendar  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.,  to  let, 
lease,    rent. 

arreo,  w.,  trappings. 

arriba,  adv.,  up,  above;  rio  — , 
upstream. 

arriesgar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  risk. 

arrinconar,  v.  tr.,  to  pile  up  in 
a  corner. 

arrival,  Uegada,  /. 

arrive,  llegar  32. 

arrobamiento,  m.,  rapture. 

arrojar,  v.  tr.,  to  throw. 

arroyo,   m.,   gutter. 

arroz,  m.,  rice. 

arte,  m.  and  f.,  art. 

arteria,  /.,  artery,  channel. 

article,  efecto,  m.,  articulo,  m. 

articulo,  m.,  article;  — s  colo- 
niales,    overseas    products. 

artilleria,  /.,    artillery. 

artisan,  artesano,  m. 

artist,  artista,  m.  andf. 

artistico,  a.,  artistic. 

as,  adv.,  como,  de,  tal  cual; 
—  for,  en  cuanto  a,  tocante 
a,  por  lo  que  toca  a;  —  if, 
como  si,  cual  si;  —  ... 
— ,  tan  .  .  .  como;  — 
many  — ,  tantos  .  .  . 
como;  —  much  — ,  tanto 
como;   just  — ,   como. 

asado,  pp.  and  a.,  roasted; 
poco  — ,  rare,  underdone. 


VOCABULARIO 


311 


asar,  v.  tr.,  to  roast. 

ascend,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  subir  a, 
trepar  por,   ascender  25. 

ascender  (a)  (ie),  25,  v.  intr.y 
to  ascend,  amount  to, 
come  to. 

ascensor,  w.,  elevator. 

ascent,   subida.  /. 

asemejarse  (a),  v.  refl.,  to  re- 
semble. 

asentado,  pp.  and  a.y  calm. 

asentarse  (ie),  23,  v.  refl.,  to 
settle   down. 

asfalto,  w.,  asphalt.. 

ashore,  adv.,  go  — ,  desembar- 
carse  30. 

asi,  adv.,  thus,  so;  - —  que,  as 
soon  as;  y^ —  sucesivamente, 
and  so  forth. 

Asia,  /.,  Asia. 

asiento,  m.,  seat;  ticket. 

asimilar,   v.   tr.,    assimilate. 

asistencia,   /.,    attendance. 

asistente,     m.     and    /.,     one 

*     present. 

asistir  (a),  v.  intr.,  to  attend. 

ask,  {to  question)  preguntar, 
hacer  (8)  una  pregunta  a, 
interrogar  32;  —  about, 
preguntar  por;  —  a  ques- 
tion, hacer  una  pregunta; 
—  for,  pedir  27;  —  some- 
thing   of    someone,     pedir 


algo  a  alguien;  as  much  as 
one  could  — ,  a  pedir  de 
boca. 

asleep,  pp.  and  a.,  dormido. 

asno,  m.y  donkey,  ass. 

asociaci6n,  /.,    association. 

asociarse  (a),  v.  refi.,  to  join» 

asoleado,  pp.  and  a.,  sunny, 
sun-lit. 

asombro,    m,,    amazement. 

asombroso,  a.,  astonishing, 
marvellous. 

aspecto,  m.,  appearance. 

asphalt,    asfalto,    m. 

assimilate,   v.   tr.,  asimilar. 

association,   asociacion,  /. 

assume,  v.  tr.,  asurnir. 

assurance,    seguridad,  /. 

astillero,  w.,  shipyard,  dock- 
yard. 

astonished,  pp.  and  a.,  pas- 
mado,  asombrado;  be  — , 
pasmarse. 

asturiano,  a.  and  s.,  Asturian. 

asumir,  v.  tr.,  to  assume. 

asunto,  m.,  matter,  affair. 

asustar,  v.  tr.,  to  frighten. 

at,  prep.,  a,  en  casa  de;  {no 
motion)  en. 

Atacama,  a  province  of  n. 
Chile,  in  which  are  found 
great  deposits  of  nitrate  of 
soda. 


312 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


atacar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  attack. 

atencion,  /.,  attention. 

atender  (a)  (ie),  25,  v.  intr., 
to  pay  attention  to,  look 
after. 

atentamente,  adv.,  solicitous- 
ly,   politely,    cordially. 

atento,  a.,  attentive,  polite; 
—  servidor,  yours  truly. 

atestado,  pp.  and  a,,  crowded. 

Atlantico,  a.  and  j.,  Atlan- 
tic. 

atletismo,  w.,  athletic  qual- 
ities. 

atmosfera,  /.,  atmosphere, 
air. 

atmosphere,  atmosfera,  /., 
ambiente,    m. 

atraccion,  /.,    attraction. 

atraer,  19,  v.  tr.,  to  attract, 
interest. 

atras,  adv.,  back,  past,  ago. 

atravesar  (ie)  23,  v.  tr.,  to 
cross,   transfix. 

atreverse  (a),  v.  refl.,  to  dare. 

atrevimiento,  tw.,  daring, 
boldness. 

atropellar,  v.  tr.,  to  trample 
upon,  knock  down,  run 
over. 

attach,  V.  tr.,  pegar  32. 

attempt,  intento,  m.,  esfuerzo, 
m. 


attend,  v.  tr.,  {he  present  at), 
asistir  a,  concurrir  a;  —  to, 
V.  tr.,  atender  25;  business 
to  —  to,  negocios  que 
hacer;  well  —  -ed,  muy 
concurrido. 

attendance,  asistencia,/.,  con- 
currencia,  /. 

attendant,  criado,  m. 

attention,  atencion,  /. 

atto.,  ahhrev.,  see  atento. 

attract,  v.  tr.,  llamar,  atraer 
19;  entretener  17. 

attraction,  atraccion,  /. 

aturdir,  v.  tr.,  to  amaze,  as- 
tound. 

augusto,  a.,  august,  solemn. 

aumentar(se),  v.  intr.  and 
refl.,  to  increase. 

aumento,  m.,  increase. 

aun,  aun,  adv.,  still,  yet,  even, 

aunque,  conj.,  although,  even 
if. 

ausencia,  /.,  absence. 

ausente,   a.,   absent. 

ausentarse,  v.  refl.,  to  be 
away,  absent. 

australiano,  a.  and  s.,  Aus- 
tralian. 

Austria,  /.,   Austria. 

austriaco,  a.  and  s.,  Austrian. 

author,  autor-a,  m.  and  /.; 
escritor,  m. 


VOCABULARIO 


3^3 


automovil,  m.,  automobile. 

autor-a,  m.  and  f.,  author. 

auxiliar,  v.  tr.,  to  help,  aid. 

auxilio,  m.y  help,  aid. 

avanzar,  34,  v.  inir.y  to  ad- 
vance,    progress. 

ave,  /.,  bird. 

avenida,  /.,  avenue;  Avenida 
de  Mayo,  the  chief  avenue 
of  Buenos  Aires. 

aventajado,  pp.  and  a.,  re- 
markable, bright. 

aventajar  (a),  v.  tr.,  to  excel, 
outdo. 

aventurero,  m.,   adventurer. 

avenue,  avenida,  /.,  calzada, 
/.,  paseo,  m. 

averiguar,  36,  v.  tr.,  to  ascer- 
tain, find  out. 

avestruz,  m.,  ostrich. 

await,  V.  tr.,  aguardar,  espe- 
rar. 

awaken,  v.  tr.,  despertar  23. 

awakener,  despertador,  m. 

away,  adv.,  lejos;  be  — , 
ausentarse,  estar  fuera;  (be 
distant)  distar;  be  two 
miles  — ,  distar  dos  millas. 

awning,  toldo,  m. 

Ayacucho,  m.,  a  city  (and  a 
department)  of  s.  Peru. 
Scene  of  the  ultimate  de- 
feat of  the  Spanish  forces 


by  the  republican  troops 
under  General  Sucre,  Dec. 
9,  1824. 

ayer,  adv.,  yesterday. 

ayuda,  /.,  aid,  help. 

ayudante,  m.,  aide,  assist- 
ant. 

ayudar,  v.  tr.,  to  help,  aid. 

ayuntamiento,  m.,  city  hall, 
town  hall. 

azogue,  m.,  mercury. 

Azores,  m.  pi.,  Azores  (the 
islands). 

azucar,  m.,  sugar. 

azucarero,  a.,  pertaining  to 
sugar. 

azufre,  m.,  sulphur. 

azul,  a.,  blue. 

azulejo,  m.,  tile  (glazed). 

B 

bacalao,  m.,  codfish. 

back,   (0/  animal)    lomo,   m.; 

a.,    (rear)    trasero;    —    in, 

de  vuelta  en. 
back    out,    V.    intr.,    llamarse 

andana. 
bad,    a.,    malo;    —   ly,    adv., 

mal. 
bag,     (traveling)     maleta,    /., 

saco  de  mano,  m. 
baggage,   equipaje,   m, 
bahia,  /.,   bay. 


314 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Bahia,  also  called  Sao  Sal- 
vador, a  city  and  port  of  e. 
Brazil;  population  about 
250,000. 

bailar,  v.  intr.,  to  dance. 

baile,  m.,  dance. 

Bailen,  a  town  of  7500  in- 
habitants in  the  province  of 
Jaen,  Spain.  Here  17,000 
French  surrendered  to  the 
Spaniards,  July  22,  1808. 
Also  the  name  of  a  street 
in  the  w.  part  of  Madrid, 
running  past  the  Royal 
Palace. 

bajar(se),  v.  intr.  and  refl,, 
to  go  down,  descend,  get 
out. 

bajo,  prep.y  under;  ^.,  low. 
lower. 

bake,  v.  tr.,  cocer  35. 

baker,  panadero,  in. 

bakery,  panaderia,  /. 

balanceo,  m.,  rocking. 

balcon,  m.,  balcony,  balcony 
window. 

balde,  en  — ,  adv..  in  vain. 

Baltasar  Carlos,  the  Spanish 
crown  prince,  son  of  Philip 
III,  often  painted  by  Velaz- 
quez. 

ball,  bola,  /. 

bambu,  m.,   bamboo. 


banana,  /.,  banana. 

banco,  m.,  bank. 

banda,  /.,   band. 

Banda  Oriental,  name  former- 
ly given  to  Uruguay,  as  the 
strip  or  band  of  land  on  the 
e.  side  of  the  River  Plata 
and  w.  of  the  Brazil  bound- 
ary. 

banderilla,  /.,  dart  (in  bull- 
fights). 

banderillero,  m.,  banderillero, 
dart     thrower. 

bank,  banco,  m.;  (of  stream), 
orilla,  /.,  ribera,  /.;  on  the 
—  of,  a  orillas  de;  —  note, 
billete  de  banco,  m. 

b^nqueta,  /.,  stool. 

banarse,  v.  refl.,  to  bathe. 

baflo,  m.,  bath;  also  a  Moor- 
ish prison. 

barato,   a.,   cheap. 

Barcelona,  province  and  city 
of  Catalonia,  Spain.  The 
city  has  about  one  million 
inhabitants. 

barcelones,  -esa,  a.,  of  or  per- 
taining to  Barcelona;  Bar- 
celona  (as  a.). 

barco,  m.,  boat,  bark. 

bargain,  v.  intr.,  regatear. 

barranco,  m.,  ravine. 

barren,  a.,  yermo. 


VOCABULARIO 


315 


barrera,  /.,  barrier. 
Barrientos,  Maria,'  the  famous 

Spanish  coloratura  soprano; 

born  in  Barcelona;  sings  in 

Spain,    Buenos    Aires    and 

New  York, 
barrio,   m.,  district,  ward,  — 

marinero,  water  front. 
basar,  v.  tr.,  to  base. 
base,  /.,  basis,  base, 
base,  V.  tr.,  —  one*s  opinion 

on,    fundarse  en;   j-.,   base, 

/• 

bashful,  a.,  be  —  about,  tener 
(17)    verglienza    de. 

basin,  {of  river),  cuenca,  /., 
{of  harbor)  darsena,  /. 

Basque,  a.  and  s.,  vascongado, 
vasco;  {language)Y2iSQ.\iQncQy 
vasco. 

bastante,  a.  and  adv.,  enough, 
rather,  quite,  sufficiently. 

bastar,  v.  intr.,  to  suffice,  be 
enough. 

baston,  m.,  cane,  stick. 

batalla, /.,  battle. 

bath,  bafio,  m.;  —  room, 
cuarto  de  bano. 

battle,  batalla,  /. 

haul,  m.,  trunk. 

bautizar,  34,  v.  tr.,  to  bap- 
tize, christen;  to  dilute  {of 
wine). 


bautizo,  m.y  baptism. 

bay,  bahia,  /.,  ensenada,  /. 

Bayona,  Bayonne,  a  city  of 
s.  w.    France. 

be,  V.  intr.y  ser  16,  estar  6, 
encontrarse  24,  hallarse, 
quedarse;  —  from  a  coun- 
try, ser  de  un  pais;  —  to, 
haber  (7)  de;  are  you  not, 
Jno  es  verdad?;  there  is, 
etc.,  hay,  etc.;  is  it?,  {im- 
plying ironically  that  it 
is),  que  digamos;  is  it 
not?,  J  no  es  verdad?, 
<i  verdad?,  J  no?;  because 
of  its  being,  por  ser  or 
estar. 

bear,  v.  tr.,  llevar,  apoyar, 
{endure),  aguantar;  —  the 
expenses  of,  costear;  —  in 
mind,  tener  (17)  presente, 
tener  en   cuenta. 

beast,  bestia,  /.;  —  of  burden, 
bestia  de  carga. 

beautiful,  a.,  hermoso,  bello. 

beautify,  v.  tr.,  embellecer  38, 
hermosear. 

beauty,  hermosura,/.,  belleza, 

/• 

bebida, /.,  drink. 

because,  conj.,  porque;  —  of, 

prep.,  por,  a  causa  de,  por 

causa    de. 


3i6 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


become,  ponerse  12,  volverse 
26,  hacerse  8;  (0/  clothes, 
etc.)  sentar  (23)  bien,  caer 
3,  quedar;  —  acquainted 
with,  conocer  38;  —  rich, 
enriquecerse  38;  —  scarce, 
escasearse. 

bed,  cama,  /.,  lecho,  m.',  — 
room,  alcoba;  {of  minerals) 
yacimiento,  m.,  deposito,  m. 

beef,  carne  de  vaca,  /.,  {head 
of)  res,  /.;  dried  — ,  cecina, 
/.,  jerked  — ,  tasajo,  m. 

beet,  remolacha,  /.;  —  sugar, 
azucar  (w.)  de  remolacha. 

before,  adv.,  {time)  antes; 
prep.,  {time)  antes  de; 
{place)  delante  de;  conj., 
antes  (de)  que;  fifteen  min- 
utes — ,  con  quince  min- 
utes de  anticipacion;  an 
hour  — ,  con  una  hora  de 
anticipacion. 

beg,  V.  tr.,  pedir  29;  rogar  24, 
32,  suplicar  30. 

beggar,  mendigo,  m.,  limos- 
nero,  m.,  pordiosero,  m. 

begin,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  empezar 
23,  34,  comenzar  23,  34, 
principiar,  ponerse  (12)  a. 

behind,    adv.,    atras. 

behold,  V.  tr.,  presenciar,  con- 
templar. 


behoove,  v.  intr.,  convenir  21, 
caber  2. 

being,  s.,  ser,  m. 

Beira  Mar  {Port.),  the  chief 
drive  and  promenade  along 
the  shore  of  the  bay,  Rio  de 
Janeiro. 

belfry,  campanario,  m. 

belga,  a.  and  s.,  Belgian. 

Belgian,  a.  and  s.,  belga. 

Belgica,  /.,  Belgium. 

Belgrano  de  Flores,  a  fashion- 
able section  of  Buenos 
Aires. 

belief,  creencia,  /. 

believe,  v.  tr.,  creer  43. 

belong,    V.    intr.,    pertenecer 

38. 

beloved,  pp.  and  a.,  to  make 
oneself  — ,  hacerse  (8) 
amar. 

below,  adv.,  abajo;  prep., 
debajo    de. 

bell,  campana,  /. 

belleza,  /.,  beauty. 

bendito,  pp.  and  a.,  blessed. 

beneath,  prep.,  debajo  de, 
bajo. 

beneficio,  m.,  benefit;  a  — 
nuestro,  for  our  benefit. 

benefit,  provecho,  m.,  bene- 
ficio, m. 

benigno,  a.,  mild. 


VOCABULARIO 


317 


Berenguer,  the  name  of  the 
ruHng  counts  of  Barcelona 
from    1 01 8   to    1162. 

berry,  {of  coffee)  grano,  m. 

besar,  v.  tr.,  to  kiss. 

besides,  adv.,  ademas;  prep., 
a  mas  de,  ademas  de. 

beso,  m.,  kiss. 

best,  el  mejor;  as  the  —  of 
them,  como  el  que  mas. 

bestia,  /.,  animal,  beast;  — 
de  cargo,  beast  of  bur- 
den. 

better,  mejor,  mas;  —  than 
ever,  mejor  que  nunca;  I 
had  — ,  debo,  debia,  etc.; 
be  — ,  valer  (20)  mas. 

between,  prep.,  entre. 

beyond,  prep.,  mas  alia  de; 
—  words,  de  una  manera 
indecible;  —  measure, 
sobremanera. 

biblioteca,  /.,    library. 

bicho,  m.,  animal. 

bien,  adv.,  well,  very;  —  de 
salud,  in  good  health;  ^ — 
que,  although;  m.,  good, 
welfare;  m.  pi.  property., 

bienestar,  m.,  comfort,  well- 
being. 

bienvenido,  pp.  and  a.,  wel- 
come. 

bier,  feretro,  m. 


Bilbao,  capital  of  the  province 
of  Biscay,  n.  coast  of  Spain; 
population  about  80,000; 
eight  miles  from  Bay  of 
Biscay  on  the  river  Nervion. 

bill,  cuenta,  /.,  {of  goods)  fac- 
tura,  /.;  —  of  fare,  lista  de 
platos,  /.;  —  of  lading, 
conocimiento  de  embarque; 
bank — ,  billete  (de  banco); 
five-dollar  — ,  billete  de  a 
cinco  pesos. 

billete,  m.,  ticket;  —  de 
banco,  bank  bill. 

bind,  V.  tr.,  allegar  32. 

bird,  ave, /.,  pajaro,  m. 

bit,  un  poco,  m. 

bizarramente,  adv.,  bravely. 

blacksmith,  herrero,  m.',  — 
shop,  herreria,  /. 

bianco,   a.,   white. 

Blanco  y  Negro,  one  of  the 
leading  illustrated  weeklies 
of  Madrid,  pubHshed  by 
the  same  company  that 
controls  the  daily  ABC. 

Blasco  Ibdiiez,  Vicente,  born 
in  Valencia,  Jan.,  1867;  a 
novelist  of  remarkable  viril- 
ity and  independence,  a 
politician  and  a  republican 
whose  life  is  "the  most 
interesting  of  his   novels", 


3i8 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


as  he  says.  His  best  works 
picture  the  Hfe  of  the 
common  people  of  Va- 
lencia: "La  Barraca", 
"Canas  y  Barro",  "Flor  de 
Mayo",  "Sangre  y  Arena", 
etc. 

blazing,  a,,  abrasador-a. 

block,  (0/  city)  manzana,  /.; 
V.    tr.y    imposibilitar. 

blood,  sangre,  /. 

blue,  ^.,  azul. 

board,  (ship)  bordo,  m.;  go  on 
— ,  subir  a  bordo,  abordar; 
those  on  — ,  los  de  a  bordo. 

boarding-house,  casa  de 
huespedes,    /. 

boast,  V.  intr.,  jactarse  (de). 

boat,  buque,  w.,  navio,  m., 
vapor,  in.,  barco,  m.,  fish- 
ing — ,  buque  de  pesca; 
passenger  — ,  buque  de 
pasajeros. 

Bobadilla,  a  small  town  of 
Andalusia  which  is  a  rail- 
way junction. 

boca,  /.,  mouth. 

bocacalle,/.,  end  or  opening  of 
a  street,  corner,  cross- 
street. 

bocina,  /.,   trumpet. 

bochornoso,  «.,  sultry. 

bodega,/.,  hold  (of  a  ship). 


bofetada,  /.,  slap. 

Bogota,  Santa  Fe  de,  the 
capital  of  Colombia,  found- 
ed in  1538;  population 
about  120,000. 

bogotano,  a.  and  j".,  of  or  per- 
taining  to   Bogota. 

boil,  v.,  intr.,  hervir  27. 

bola, /.,  ball. 

Bolivar,  Simon,  (1783 -1830), 
born  in  Caracas,  Venezuela; 
the  great  hero  of  South 
American    independence. 

Bolivia,  /.,  Bolivia. 

boliviano,  a.  and  j-.,  Bolivian. 

Boloiia,  Bologna,  a  city  of  n. 
Italy.  Its  university  was 
founded  in  the  12th  cen- 
tury. 

bolsa,  /.,  purse,  stock  ex- 
change. 

bolsillo,  m.,   pocket. 

bom  {Port.),  a.,  good;  —  dia, 
good  day. 

bomba,  /.,   pump. 

bombilla,  /.,  dimin.  of  bomba ; 
bombilla,  the  instrument 
used  in  drinking  hierba 
mate. 

Bombita,  nickname  of  Ricardo 
Torres  (1879-),  a  famous 
bullfighter  who  retired 
October,   191 3. 


VOCABULARIO 


319 


bonaerense,  o..  and  j-.,  of  or 
pertaining  to  Buenos  Aires. 

Bonaparte,  Jose,  (1768- 1844), 
Joseph,  the  older  brother 
of  Napoleon,  named  by  the 
latter  to  be  king  of  Spain. 
In  power  from  1808  to  1813. 
— P  Napoleon,  (i 769-1 821) 
the  French  Dictator  and 
Emperor. 

bondad,  /.,  goodness,  kind- 
ness. 

bonito,  <2.,  pretty;  w.,  tunny 
fish. 

book,  libro,  m.;  —  -keeper, 
tenedor  de  libros,  m.;  — 
store,  libreria,  /. 

boot,  bota,  /. 

borbon-a,  a.  and  j.,  Bourbon, 
the  French  family  from 
which  many  European 
kings  have  sprung.  The 
barony  of  the  Bourbons 
corresponds  approximately 
to  the  modern  department 
of  Allien  Philip,  Duke  of 
Anjou,  grandson  of  Louis 
XIV,  became  king  of 
Spain  as  Philip  V  in  1700. 

bordar,  v.  tr.,  to  embroider. 

border,  v.  tr.y  lindar  (de,  con). 

bordo,  m.,  a — ,  on  board  ship; 
de  a  — ,  on  board. 


bore,  V.   tr.,   traer   (19)   arra- 

strado. 
born,   be  — ,   v.    intr.,    nacer 

38. 

borracho,   m.,   drunkard. 

borrascoso,   a.,   stormy. 

bota,  /.,   boot. 

Botafogo,  a  fashionable  sub- 
urb of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  on 
the  shore  of  the  bay. 

botanico,  a.,  botanical. 

both,  a.  and  pron.,  ambos-as, 
los  or  las  dos;  el  uno  y  el 
otro  de;  —  .  .  .  and,  tan- 
to  ..  .  como. 

bother,  v.  tr.y  acosar,  molestar, 
estorbar;  j.,  molestia,  /., 
estorbo,  m. 

botijo,  m.,  water  jug. 

bottle,  botella,  /. 

boundary,  frontera,  /.,  limite, 
m.,  — mark,  hito,  m.;  — 
line,  limite,  m. 

Bourbon,  a.  'and  s.,  borbon-a. 

box,  caja,/.,  small — ,  cajita,/. 

boxing,  boxeo,  m. 

boy,  muchacho,  w.,  mozo,  m. 

boya,  /.,  buoy. 

brains,  sesos,  m.  pi. 

branch,  {of  business)  sucursal, 
/.;  {of  railway) y  ramal,  m. 

brand,  marca,  /.,  v.  tr.,  tildar. 

Brasil,  El,   Brazil. 


320 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


brasile,  a.,  name  applied 
formerly  to  the  dye-wood 
found  in  Asia  and  Brazil. 

brasileno,  a.  and  s.,  Brazilian. 

brave,  a.,  valiente,  bizarro; 
—  ly,  adv.,  bizarramente. 

bravo,  a.,  wild,  fierce;  I — !, 
inter j.,    fine! 

brazal,  m.,  rail,  handrail. 

Brazil,  El  Brasil;  —  wood, 
palo  del  Brasil,  m. 

Brazilian,  a.  and  s.,  brasileno. 

brazo,  m.,  arm;  workman, 
"hand". 

break,  v.  tr.,  quebrar,  romper 
45;  —  out,  estallar,  brotar. 

breakfast  or  light  breakfast, 
desayuno,  m.;  v.  intr.,  de- 
sayunarse. 

breath,  {of  wind)  soplo,  m. 

Bredd,  a  town  of  North  Bra- 
bant, Holland.  In  1625  it 
surrendered  after  a  siege  of 
ten  months  to  the  Spaniards 
under     Spinola. 

bresill,  a.,  see  brasile. 

breve,  ^.,  brief,  short. 

brick,  ladrillo,  m. 

bridge,  puente,  w. 

brief,  a.,  breve. 

bright,  <2.,  vivo,  vistoso. 

brillo,  7W.,  glow. 

brim,  ala(s),  /. 


bring,  v,  tr.,  traer  19,  llevar; 

—  about,  efectuar  40,  rea- 
lizar  34;  —  back,  v.  tr.,  de- 
vblver  26,  traer  de  vuelta; 

—  out,  V.  tr.,  sacar  30;  — 
up,  V.  tr.,  subir. 

brisk,  a.,  activo. 

broad,  a.,  ancho. 

broma,  /.,  jest,  joke. 

bromear,  v.,  intr.,  to  jest. 

bronce,  w.,  bronze. 

brotar,  v.,  intr.,  break  out. 

brother,  hermano,  m. 

buenaventura,  /.,  fortune, 
good  luck. 

bueno,  a.,  good;  all  right;  —  a 
no  dejar  mis  que  pedir,  as 
good  as  could  be  asked  for; 
buenas  noches,  good  even- 
ing. 

Buenos  Aires,  Santa  Maria 
de,  capital  of  Argentina; 
population  over   1,500,000. 

buey,  m.,  ox. 

buffer,  tope,  m. 

bufido,   m.,   snort. 

build,  V.  tr.,  edificar  30,  cons- 
truir  44,  erigir  37. 

building,  edificio,  m.,  cons- 
truccion,   /. 

bull,  toro,  m.; fight,  cor- 
rida de  toros;/. fighter, 

torero,  m.,  chief fighter, 


VOCABULARIO 


321 


matador,    m.,    diestro,    m,; 
ring,  plaza  de  toros,  /. 

buque,  m.,  ship,  boat;  —  de 
carga  or  flete,  freight  boat; 
—  de  guerra,  warship,  — 
de  pasajeros,  passenger  ves- 
sel; —  de  pesca,  fishing 
boat. 

Burgos,  the  capital  and  an- 
cient city  of  the  province  of 
Burgos,  n.  Spain;  popula- 
tion about  30,000. 

burden,  carga,  /. 

burlarse  (de),  v,  refl.,  to  make 

sport  of,  mock. 
V  burn,  V.  tr.,  quemar. 

burning,  a.,  abrasador-a. 

burro,  m.,  donkey,  ass. 

bury,  V.  tr.,  enterrar  23,  sepul- 
tar. 

buscar,  30,  v,  tr.,  to  seek,  look 
for. 

business,  comercio,  m.,  nego- 
cio(s),  m.,  oficio,  m.;  — 
house,  casa  comercial  or 
de  comercio  or  de  negocios, 
/.;  —  world,  mundo  comer- 
cial or  mercantil,  m. 

bustle,  bullicio,  m.,  hormi- 
gueo,  m. 

busy,  a.,  ocupado;  very  — , 
ocupadisimo;  be  —  at, 
ocuparse     en. 


but,  conj.,  pero,  mas;  {adversa- 
tive) sino,  (before  a  clause) 
sino  que. 

butaca,  /.,  arm  chair. 

butter,  mantequilla,  /. 

buy,  V.  tr.,  comprar. 

by,  prep.,  {agent)  por;  {loca- 
tion) cerca  de,  junto  a. 

bystander,   circunstante,   m. 

c  - 

cab,  coche,  m.,  carruaje,  m., 
simon,  m. 

caballar,  a.,  pertaining  to 
horses  or  horse  raising; 
equine. 

caballeriza,  /.,    stable. 

caballero,  m.,  gentleman,  sir. 

caballo,  m.,  horse;  a  — ,  on 
horseback;  —  de  fuerza, 
horse    power. 

cabellera,  /.,  long  hair,  head 
of  hair. 

cabello,  m.,  hair. 

caber,  2,  v.  intr.,  to  be  con- 
tained, be  room  for;  no 
cabe  duda,  there  is  no 
doubt;  nos  cabe,  it  be- 
hooves or  befits  us. 

cabeza,  /.,   head. 

cabin,  camarote,  m. 

cable,  m.,  cable;  tranvia  movi- 
do  por  cables,  cable  car. 


322 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


cabman,  cochero,  m.;  public 
— ,   cochero  de  punto. 

cabo,  m.,  end;  al  — ,  at  last; 
al  —  de,  at  th^  end  of. 

cacao,    m.,    cocoa. 

cada,  a.f  each;  —  uno  or  cual, 
pron.,   each,   every. 

Cadiz,  a  city  on  the  s.  w. 
coast  of  Spain;  population 
about     70,ooQ. 

caer(se),  3,'z;.  intr.  and  refl., 
to  fall;  caerle  en  gracia  a 
uno,   to   please   one. 

cafe,  m.,  coffee,  cafe,  restaur- 
ant. 

cafetal,  m.,  coffee  plantation. 

cafetero,  m.,  coffee  planter  or 
grower. 

cafeto,  m.,  coffee  plant. 

caida, /.,  fall;  falls;  close;  a  la 
—  de  la  tarde,  in  the  late 
afternoon. 

caja,  /.,  box. 

cajero,  m.,  cashier. 

cajita,  /.,  dimin.  of  caja. 

cajolery,  halago(s),  m. 

calabaza,  /.,  squash,  pump- 
kin. 

calado,  w.,  draught  (of  boats); 
menor  — ,  light  draught. 

calcular,  v.  tr.,  to  calculate. 

calculation,  calculo,  m. 

calculo,    m.,    calculation. 


Caldera,  a  port  city  of  Ata- 
cama,  an.  province  of  Chile; 
population  about  3000. 

calderilla,  /.,  copper  coins. 

Calderon  de  la  Barca,  Pedro 
(1600-1681),  a  great  Span- 
ish poet  and  dramatist, 
best  known  for  his  plays, 
"El  Magico  Prodigioso", 
"La  Vida  es  Sueiio",  "El 
Alcalde   de   Zalamea". 

calentar  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.,  to  heat. 

calentura,  /.,  fever. 

caleta,/.,  small  bay,  inlet,  cove. 

caliche,  m.,  nitrate  or  salt- 
peter {in  the  rough  state). 

calidad,  /.,   quality,  grade. 

calido,  a.,  hot,  warm. 

caliente,  a.,  hot. 

calificar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  rate, 
qualify,     describe. 

California,    La,    California. 

calm,  a.,  asentado,  tranquilo. 

calmar,  v.  tr.,  to  calm. 

calor,  m.,   heat. 

caluroso,    a.,    warm. 

calzada,  /.,  highway,  drive, 
avenue. 

calzado,  m.,   footwear. 

call,  V.  tr.,  llamar;  —  one*s 
attention,  llamarle  a  uno  la 
atencion;  —  upon,  pasar 
por,    visitar. 


VOCABULARIO 


•323 


callado,  pp.  and  a.,  silent, 
reserved. 

Callao,  El,  the  chief  port  of 
Peru;     population     about 
35,000. 

callar(se),  ^'.  intr,  and  refl,,  to 
keep  silence,  remain  silent. 

calle,  /.,   street. 

cama,  /.,  bed. 

camara,  /.,   chamber. 

camarada,   w.,   comrade. 

camarero,  w.,  steward,  waiter. 

camarote,  w.,  cabin,  state- 
room. 

cambiar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
change,  exchange;  —  de 
carruajes  or  de  tren(es), 
to  change  cars;  —  de  pare- 
cer,  to  change  one's  mind. 

cambio,  w.,  change;  en  — ,  in 
exchange,  on  the  other 
hand. 

cambista,  m.,  money-changer. 

camello,    m.,    camel.        ♦ 

caminar,  v.  intr.,  to  walk, 
travel,  go  along. 

camino,  m.,  way,  road;  —  de, 
road  to,  in  the  direction  of; 
—  de  hierro,  railway;  en  — 
para,  on  the  way  to. 

camp,  {in  Argentina)  campo, 
m. 

campaign,  campana,  /. 


campana,  /.,   bell. 

campanario,  m.,  belfry. 

campana,  /.,  campaign. 

campeador,  a.,  valiant,  of 
great  valor. 

campo,  m.,  field,  country;  the 
"camp",  in  Argentina. 

campesino,  m.,  peasant, 
farmer. 

can  {to  he  able),  v.  intr.,  poder 
II. 

canal,  m.,  canal,  channel. 

Canarias,  Islas,  /.  pL,  Canary 
Islands,  a  Spanish  archi- 
pelago and  province  60 
miles  w.  of  the  African 
coast;  population  about 
370,000. 

cancion,  /.,  song. 

cane,  cafia,  /. 

canned,  pp.,  en  lata. 

Cano  y  Masas,  Leopoldo 
(1844-  ),  a  Spanish  poet 
and    army   officer. 

canoa,  /.,  canoe;  paseos  en — , 
canoeing. 

canoe,  canoa,  /.;  —  ing, 
paseos  en  canoa. 

cansado,  pp.  and  a.,  tired; 
—  a  mis  no  poder,  dead 
tired. 

cansancio,  m.,  weariness. 

cansar,  v.  tr.,  to  tire. 


324- 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Cantabrian,  <2.,  cantabrico. 

cantabrico,    a,    Cantabrian, 
pertaining  to  the  n.   coast 
of  Spain,   bordering  which 
are  the  Cantabrian  moun- 
tains. 

cantaloupe,   melon,   m. 

cantar,  v.  tr.,  to  sing,  cry  out, 
crow;  eso  es  ya  otro  — , 
that  is  another  story. 

cantaro,  m.,  pitcher. 

cantidad,  /.,  amount,  sum, 
quantity. 

canto,  w.,  song,  singing. 

canvas,  Henzo,  m. 

cana  /.,  cane;  —  de  azucar, 
sugar  cane. 

caoba,  /.,  mahogany. 

caotico,   a.y    chaotic. 

cap,   gorro,   m. 

capa^,  a.y  capable. 

capilla,  /.,  chapel. 

capital,  /.,  capital  {of  a  coun- 
try); m.,  capital  {of  money). 

capitular,  v.  intr.,  to  capitu- 
late, surrender. 

captivity,  cautiverio,  m. 

Capricornio,   w.,   Capricorn. 

capturar,  v.  tr.,  to  capture. 

capture,  v.  tr.,  capturar,  apre- 
sar. 

car,  coche,  m.,  carruaje,  m.; 
trolley  — ,  tranvia,  m. 


caracter,  w.,  character,  na- 
ture. 

caracteristico,  a.,  character- 
istic. 

icaramba!  inter j.,Gre3.t  Scott! 

carbon,  m.,  coal;  —  de  coque, 
coke;  —  de  piedra,  hard  coal. 

carbonifero,   a.,   coal-bearing. 

card,  tarjeta,  /.,  cartelito,  m. 

cardinal,  a.,  cardinal. 

care,  cuidado,  w.,  servicio,  m.; 
I  don't  — ,  lo  mismo  me  da, 
me  es  igual,  no  me  importa. 

carecer  de,  38,  v.  intr.,  to  lack. 

careful,  a.,  be  — ,  tener  (17) 
cuidado. 

catena,/.,  repairing  (of  ships). 

carencia,  /.,   lack. 

carga, /.,  load,  cargo. 

cargamento,  m.,   cargo,   load. 

cargar  (de),  32,  to  burden, 
load  (with). 

cargo,  cargamento,  m. 

cariflosamente,  adv.,  affec- 
tionately. 

carinoso,  a.,  loving,  affec- 
tionate. 

carlista,  a.  and  s.,  Carlist. 

Carlos  V  {\in  Spain),  (reigned 
1516-1556),  the  son  of  Philip 
I,  the  first  Hapsburg  king  of 
Spain,  and  of  Juana  the 
Mad,    daughter    of   Ferdi- 


VOCABULARIO 


325 


nand  and  Isabella.  Elected 
emperor  in  1519.  —  II 
(reigned  1665-1700),  son  of 
Philip  IV;  —  III  (reigned 
1 759-1 788),  brother  of 
Ferdinand  VI;  —  IV 
(reigned  1 788-1 808),  son  of 
Carlos  III;  abdicated  in 
favor  of  his  son,  Ferdinand 
VII. 

carne,  /.,  meat;  —  de  vaca, 
beef. 

carnero,  m.,  sheep,  mutton. 

carpintero,  m.,  carpenter. 

carrera,  /.,  course,  trip,  race; 
por  la  — ,  by  the  trip. 

carretera,  /.,  highway. 

carretero,  w.,  truck  driver. 

carriage,  carruaje,  m. 

carry,  w.,  car. 

carrot,  zanahoria,  /. 

carruaje,  w.,  carriage,  coach. 

carry,  v.  tr.,  llevar,  traer  19; 

—  on,  practicar  30,  efec- 
tuar  40;  —  on  an  accounting 
system,  llevar  la  conta- 
bilidad;  —  off  the  palm, 
llevarse  la  palma;  —  out, 
llevar  a  cabo;  realizar  34; 

—  up,  subir;  how  you  do  — 
on!,  ique  cosas  tiene  Vd.! 

carryall,  faeton,  w.,  omnibus, 
m. 


carta,  /.,  letter;  —  de  cambio, 
letter  of  exchange. 

Cartagena,  the  oldest  city  and 
chief  seaport  of  Colombia, 
on  the  Caribbean  coast; 
population    about   25,000. 

cartel,  m,,  sign,  placard, 
poster. 

cartelito,  m.,  dimin.  of  cartel. 

Cartuja,  /.,  Carthusian  order 
of  monks;  convent  of  that 
order. 

casa,  /.,  house,  firm;  —  de 
antigiiedades,  antique 
shop;  —  de  huespedes, 
boarding-house;  a  — ,  home 
{with  verbs  of  motion);  en 
— ,  at  home;  Vd.  estd  en 
su  — ,  make  yourself  at 
home. 

Casa  de  Pilatos,  the  House  of 
Pilate;  a  house  in  Seville, 
built  in  i6th  century.  The 
owner,  the  Marquis  of 
Tarifa,  had  made  a  trip  to 
Jerusalem  and  the  common 
people  believed  this  house 
to  be  an  imitation  of  Pilate's 
residence. 

Casa  Rosada,  the  government 
house  in  Buenos  Aires, 
facing  the  Plaza  25  de 
Mayo. 


326 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


casar,  v.  tr.,  to  marry  off; 
— se  con,  V.  reft.,  to  marry. 

cascada,  /.,  cascade,  falls, 
waterfalls. 

Cascada  Grande,  a  waterfalls 
in  the  forest  of  Tijuca  near 
Rio  de  Janeiro. 

cascara,  /.,  shell,  rind. 

Cascatinha  {Port.),  /.,  Little 
Cascade,  a  fall  of  lOO  feet 
in  the  forest  of  Tijuca  near 
Rio  de  Janeiro.  {Pro- 
nounced,  cascatina). 

casco,  w.,  cranium,  skull. 

case,  caso,  m. 

caserio,  m.,  settlement. 

cashier,  cajero,  m. 

casi,  adv.y  almost. 

caso,  w.,  case;  dado  —  que  or 
en  —  que,  conj.,  in  case 
that,  provided  that. 

cast  {of  singers  or  players), 
elenco,  m. 

Castanos,  Francisco  Xavier 
(1756-1852),  the  Spanish 
general,  created  Duke  of 
Bailen  for  his  victory  at  Bai- 
len,  July  19,  1808,  over  the 
French  troops  of  Dupont. 

Castelar  y  RipoU,  Emilio 
(1832-1899),  a  Spanish 
politician,  journalist  and 
orator;     president    of    the 


Spanish  republic  from 
Sept.,  1873,  to  Jan.,  1874. 

castellano,  a.  and  s.,  Castilian, 
Spanish,    Spaniard. 

Castile,  Castilla,  /.;  New  — , 
Castilla  la  Nueva;  Old  — , 
Castilla  la  Vieja. 

Castilian,  a.  and  j-.,  caste- 
llano. 

Castilla,  /.,  Castile,  an  an- 
cient kingdom  of  n.  central 
Spain.  The  name  sur- 
vives for  that  region.  —  la 
Nueva,  the  s.  section  of 
Castile,  including  the  prov- 
ince of  Ciudad  Real.  —  la 
Vieja,  the  n.  part  of  Castile, 
first  freed  from  the  Moors. 

Castillo,   m.,   castle. 

castizo,  a.,  pure. 

casualidad,  /.,  chance,  coin- 
cidence, 

Catala  {in  Spanish,  Catalan), 
name  of  a  theater  of  Barce- 
lona. 

catalan-ana,  a.  ands.,  Catalan. 

Cataluiia,  /.,  Catalonia,  a 
district  and  ancient  prin- 
cipality of  n.  e.  Spain. 

Catamarca,  a  city  and  prov- 
ince of  n.  w.  Argentina,  the 
former  having  about  10,000 
population. 


VOCABULARIO 


327 


catch,  V.  tr.,   coger  37,   atra- 

par. 
catedral,  /.,  cathedral, 
catedratico,    m.,    professor, 
categoria,  /.,  rank,  category, 
cathedral,   catedral,  /. 
catolico,   a.,   catholic. 
Cattete,  a  fine  suburb  of  the 

s.  part  of  Rio  de  Janeiro, 

on  the  shore  of  the  bay. 
cattle,  ganado,  m. 
caucho,   m.y   rubber, 
caudillo,  w.,  chieftain,  leader, 
causa,  /.,   cause;   a  —  de  or 

por  —  de,  prep.y  on  account 

of,  because  of. 
cause,  causa,  /. 
cautela,  /.,   caution, 
caution,  cautela,  /. 
cautiverio,  m.,  captivity, 
cautivo,  m.,  captive, 
cave,  cueva,  /. 
cayendo,  from  caer  3, 
caza, /.,  game;  chase, 
cease,  v.  intr.,  cesar. 
ceaselessly,  adv.,  sin  cesar. 
cebada,  /.,  barley, 
cecina,/.,  dried  beef, 
cedar,  cedro,  m. 
ceder,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to  give 

up,     surrender,    yield;    — 

paso  a,  to  give  way  to. 
cedro,  m.,  cedar. 


celebrado,  pp.  and  a.,  cele- 
brated, famous. 

celebrar,  v.  tr,,  to  celebrate, 
be  glad  of,  to  effect. 

celebrated,  pp.  and  a.,  cele- 
brado, renombrado,  afama- 
do. 

celo,  w.,  zeal,  enthusiasm. 

cement,  hormigon,  m. 

centavo,  m.,  cent. 

centenar,  m.,  a  hundred;  a 
— es,  by  hundreds. 

centeno,  m.,  rye. 

center,  v.  tr.,  concentrar;  s, 
centro,  m. 

centimo,  m.,  centimo,  one- 
hundredth  part  of  a  peseta; 
one-fifth  of  a  cent. 

centinela,  m.,  sentinel. 

central,  a.,  central. 

centro,  m.,  center,  head- 
quarters; —  de  tiendas, 
shopping  center. 

century,  siglo,  m. 

cerca,  adv.,  nearby;  de  — , 
adv.,  at  close  range;  —  de, 
prep.,  near. 

cercanias,  /.  pL,  environs, 
neighborhood. 

cercano,  a.,  neighboring,  near. 

cerciorar,  v.  tr.,  to  inform. 

cereal,  m.,  cereal,  grain. 

ceremonia,  /.,  ceremony. 


328 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


cerrar  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.,  to  close, 
lock;  (of  a  key)  to  turn. 

cerro,  m.,  hill. 

Cerro  de  Pasco,  a  great  min- 
ing center  and  city  of  cen- 
tral Peru;  population  about 
12,000. 

certain,  ^.,  cierto;  a — ,  cierto; 
— ly,  adv.,  ciertamente; 
seguramente. 

certificar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  register. 

Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel 
de  ( 1 547-1616),  the  great- 
est figure  in  Spanish  letters, 
author  of  "Don  Quijote  de 
La  Mancha'',  "Las  Novelas 
Ejemplares",    etc. 

cesar  (de),  v.  intr.,  to  cease, 
stop. 

Cibeles, /.,  Cybele,  a  goddess 
of  Asia  Minor,  known  to  the 
Romans  as  the  "Great 
Mother  of  the  Gods".  A 
statue  of  her  is  found  in  a 
fountain  in  the  Plaza  de 
Castelar,  Madrid. 

cicerone  (Italian),  m.,  guide. 

Cid  (Campeador),  Rodrigo 
Diaz  de  Vivar  (1026?- 
1099),  the  national  hero  of 
Spain,  an  adventurer  and 
the  greatest  warrior  of  the 
period  of  the  struggle  be- 


tween Christian  and  Moor; 
more  favorably  known  in 
legend  and  song  than  in 
authentic  history. 

ciego,  a.  and  s,,  blind. 

cielo,  w.,  sky,  heaven. 

cientifico,  a.,  scientific. 

cien,  ciento,  hundred. 

ciertamente,  adv.,  certainly, 
surely. 

cierto,  a.,  certain,  true,  a  cer- 
tain; dno  es — ?,  isn't  it  so? 

cigar,  cigarro,  m.,  puro,  m, 

cigarillo,  m.,  cigarette. 

cinco,  five. 

cincuenta,  fifty. 

cinematografo,  (abbreviated 
cine),  m.,  moving-picture 
theater. 

cipres,  m.,  cypress  tree. 

circle  (of  friends),  tertulia,  /. 

circo,  m.,  circus'. 

circuit,  44,  v.  tr.,  to  surround. 

circuit,  vuelta,  /.;  make  the 
—  of,  dar  la  vuelta  a. 

circular,  v.  tr.,  to  circulate;  a. 
circular. 

circundar,  v.  tr.,  to  surround. 

circunstantes,  m.  and  f.  pi., 
bystanders. 

circus,  circo,  m. 

citar,  V.  tr.,  to  quote,  cite,  men- 
tion. 


VOCABULARIO 


329 


cite,  V.  tr.,  citar,  mencionar. 

citizen,  ciudadano,  m. 

city,  ciudad,  /.,  villa,  /., 
municipio,  m.;  a.,  urbano; 
—  -like,   urbano. 

ciudad,  /.,  city; centinela, 

/.,  sentinel-city. 

Ciudad  Real,  a  province  of  s. 
central  Spain,  noted  for  its 
mercury   mines. 

ciudadano,  m.,  citizen. 

ciudadela,  /.,  fortress;  tene- 
ment house  {in  Cuba). 

civil,  a.,  civil. 

civilizacion,  /.,  civilization. 

civilizar,  34,  v.  tr.,  to  civilize. 

civilized,  pp.  and  a.,  civilizado. 

claim,  V.  tr.,  reclamar. 

claridad,  /.,  clearness. 

clarm,  m.,  bugle,  clarion. 

claro,  a.,  clear,  light-colored. 

clase,  /.,  class,  kind. 

clasico,  a.,  classic. 

class,  clase,  /.; room,  sala 

de  clase,  /. 

classic,  a.,  clasico. 

claustro,  m.,  cloister. 

clavar,  v.  tr.,  fasten,  drive. 

cleanliness,  limpieza,  /. 

clear,  a.,  (of  the  sky)  despejado. 

clerk,  dependiente,  m. 

clientela,  /.,  following,  clien- 
tele. 


clifF,  penon,  m.,  roca,  /. 

clima,  /.,  climate. 

climb  (up),  V.  tr.,  trepar  por, 
subir  a. 

clock,  reloj,  m. 

cloister,  claustro,  m. 

close,  a.,  cercano;  at — range, 
de  cerca;  prep.,  cerca  de. 

cloth,  pafio,  m. 

clothe  {m)yV.  tr.,  vestir(29)  de. 

cloud,  nube,  /. 

club,  palo,  m.;  {society)  club,  m. 

coachman,  cochero  ,  m. 

coal,  carbon,  m.;  soft  — , 
bulla,/. 

coarse,  a.,  grosero. 

coast,  costa,  /.;  a.,  costanero. 

coat  of  arms,  escudo  de  armas, 
m. 

cobalt,   cobalto,  m. 

cobalto,    m.,    cobalt. 

cobertizo,  m.,  train-shed. 

cobijar,  v.  tr.,  to  shelter,  pro- 
tect. 

cobrar,  v.  tr.,  to  collect,  re- 
ceive what  is  due. 

cobre,  m.,  copper. 

cocer  (ue),  26,  35,  to  cook, 
bake. 

cocina,  /.,   kitchen. 

cocinera,  /.,  cook. 

cocoa,   cacao,   m. 

cocotero,  m.,  cocoanut  tree. 


330 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


coche,  m.y  coach,  car,  car- 
riage; —  de  punto,  public 
cab. 

cochero,  m.,  cabman. 

cod,   bacalao,   m. 

cofFee,  cafe,  m.;  —  grower, 
cafetero,  m.;  —  plant, 
cafe  to,  m.;  —  plantation, 
cafetal,    m, 

cofre,  m.,  trunk,  coffer,  chest; 
—  fuerte,   strong-box. 

coger,  37,  to  catch,  take. 

coin,   moneda,  /. 

coincidence,   casualidad,  /. 

cojo,  a.  and  j.,  lame,  crippled; 
cripple. 

coke,  carbon  de  coque,  m. 

colchon,  m.,   mattress. 

cold,  a.  and  s.,  frio;  it  is  — 
(speaking  of  the  weather) 
hace  frio;  to  be  —  {speaking 
of  things) y  ser  or  estar  frio; 
to  bD  —  {speaking  of  per- 
sons), tener  frio. 

coleccion,  /.,  collection. 

Colegiata,  La,  collegiate 
church;  name  given  to  those 
catholic  churches  in  which 
there  is  a  chapter  of  Can- 
ons affiliated  with  some 
cathedral  chapter.  Spe- 
cifically, the  Collegiate 
Church  at  La  Granja. 


colegio,    m.,    academy. 

colgadura,  /.,  hangings,  tapes- 
try. 

colgar  (ue),  24,  32,  v.  tr.,  to 
hang. 

colindar,  v.  tr.,  to  adjoin. 

Coliseo,  Coliseum,  a  theater  of 
Buenos  Aires. 

Colmenar,  name  of  a  town  and 
some  mountains  in  the 
province  of  Malaga,  s. 
Spain. 

colocacion,  /.,   position. 

colocar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  place, 
situate. 

Colombia,  /.,  Colombia. 

colombiano,  a.  and  s.,  of  or 
pertaining   to   Colombia. 

colombino,  a.,  pertaining  to 
Columbus. 

Colon,  the  town  at  the  n.  end 
of  the  Panama  Canal.  — ^, 
Cristobal,  Christopher  Co- 
lumbus (i45i?-i5o6);  — , 
Fernando  (1488-1539),  the 
learned  second  son  of 
Christopher,  founder  of  the 
rich  Biblioteca  Colombina 
of  Seville. 

colonel,  coronel,  m. 

colonia,  /.,  colony. 

colonial,  a.,  colonial. 

colonist,  colono,  m. 


VOCABULARIO 


33^ 


colonizador-a,  a.,  colonizing. 

colono,  m.,  colonist,  farmer. 

colony,  colonia,  /. 

color,  m.,  color;  —  de  rosa, 
rose-colored. 

color,  V.  tr.y  colorar. 

colorante,  a.,  coloring,  dyeing. 

colorar,  v.  tr.y  to  color,  tinge. 

Columbus,  Colon. 

columna,  /.,   column. 

comanditario,  a.y  relating  to 
silent     partnership. 

comarca,  /.,  region,  district. 

combate,  m.,  fight,  combat. 

combinacion,  /.,  (on  cars), 
transfer;    combination. 

combinar,  v.  tr.y  to  combine. 

combine,  v.  tr.y  combinar. 

combustible,  w.,   fuel. 

come,  V.  intr.y  venir  21,  Uegar 
32;  — !,  {inter j.  of  urging) 
ivamos!, —  across  or  upon, 
tropezar  (34,  23)  con,  dar 
(4)  con;  —  and,  venir  a  + 
inf.;  —  down,  bajar,  {in 
price)  rebajar;  —  in,  pasar; 
—  into,  entrar  en;  —  in 
contact  with,  ponerse  (12) 
en  contacto  con;  —  off, 
verificarse  30;  —  on, 
{approach)  acercarse; — out, 
salir  15;  —  out  into,  saHr 
en;  —  out  successful,  salir 


airoso;  —  out  to  meet, 
salir  al  encuentro  de;  —  to 
{amount),  ascender  (25)   a; 

—  to  {a  place),  llegar  a;  — - 
to  one's  mind,  venirle  a 
uno  a  la  memoria;  —  to  be, 
llegar  a  ser;  —  to  under- 
stand,   llegar    a    entender; 

—  up,  subir. 
comedia,  /.,  play,  comedy, 
comedor,     m.,     dining-room; 

—  de  gala,  state  dining- 
room. 

comedy,  comedia,  /. 

comenzar  (ie),  23,  34,  v.  tr., 
to  begin. 

comer,  v.  tr.,  to  eat;  —  por 
cuatro,  to  eat  enough  for 
four;  se  come  bien,  the 
food   is   good. 

comercial,  a.,  commercial; 
— mente,  adv.  commer- 
cially. 

comerciante,   m.,   merchant. 

comercio,  m.,  business,  com- 
merce,   trade. 

comfort,  comodidad,  /., 
bienestar,  m. 

comfortable,  a.,  comodo,  a 
sus  anchas. 

comico,  a.,  comic. 

comida,  /.,  meal,  dinner. 

comisi6n,  /.,   committee. 


332 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


comisionista,  m.,  traveling 
salesman,  commission 
agent. 

command,  mando,  m,;  v.  tr., 
mandar. 

commemorate,  v,  tr.,  con- 
memorar. 

commerce,   comercio,   m, 

commercial,  a.,  comercial, 
mercantil. 

commission,  comision,  /.,  — 
salesman,  comisionista,  m., 
viajante,    m. 

committee,  comision,  /. 

common,  a.,  comun. 

communication,    comunica- 
cion,  /. 

como,  adv.,  as,  how,  some- 
thing like. 

icomo?,  adv.y  how?;  ia.  — 
esta  el  cambio?,  what  is 
the  rate  of  exchange? 

comodidad,  /".,  convenience, 
comfort. 

c6modo,  a.y  comfortable. 

company,  compafiia,  /. 

companero,    m.,    companion. 

compania,  /.,  company;  —  de 
seguros,  insurance  com- 
pany. 

comparacion,  /.,  comparison; 
en  —  de,  in  comparison 
with. 


comparar,  v.  tr.,  to  compare. 

comparison,  comparacion,  /.; 
in  —  with,  en  comparacion 
de. 

compartment,  departamen- 
to,  m. 

compatriota,    w.,     fellow- 

'    countryman. 

compel,  V.  tr.,  precisar,  obligar 
32;  to  be  compelled,  verse 
precisado. 

competente,  a.,  able,  com- 
petent. 

competidor,  m.,  competitor. 

complacer,  38,  v.  tr.,  to  please; 
—  se  (en),  to  take  pleasure 
in. 

completamente,  adv.,  com- 
pletely. 

completar,  v.  tr.,  to  complete. 

complete,  v.  tr.,  acabar,  termi- 
nar,  completar,  concluir  44. 

completo,  a.,  complete;  por — , 
completely. 

componer,  12,  v.  tr.,  to  repair, 
compose. 

composition,   compuesto,   m, 

comprador,   m.,    purchaser. 

comprar,  v.  tr.,  to  buy. 

comprender,  v.  tr.,  to  under- 
stand, include,  comprise; 
todo  comprendido,  every- 
thing included. 


VOCABULARIO 


333 


comprise,  v.  tr.,  comprender. 

compuesto,  pp.  of  componer 
12,  to  compound;  m.  com- 
position, make-up. 

comrade,    camarada,    m, 

comun,  a.,  common;  por  lo  — , 
generally,  usually. 

comunero,  m.,  communist; 
specifically,  a  supporter  of 
Spanish  liberty  against  the 
encroachments  of  Charles  V. 

comunicar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  com- 
municate, lend. 

comunmente,  adv.,  generally, 
usually. 

con,  prep.,  with. 

concebir(i),  29,  v.  tr.,  to  couch, 
express. 

conceder,  v.  tr.,  to  grant. 

concentrar(se),  v.  tr.  and 
refl.,  to  center,  concentrate. 

concentrate,  v.  tr.,  recon- 
centrar. 

concert,  concierto,  m. 

concierto,  m.,  concert. 

concurrente,  m.  and  /.,  one 
who  is  present. 

concurrir,  (a)  v,  intr.,  to 
attend. 

concha,/.,  shell. 

Concha,  /.,  name  of  a  famous 
promenade  and  beach  in  San 
Sebastian,  Sj^ain. 


condemn,  v.  tr.,  condenar, 
culpar,  censurar. 

condicion,  /.,  condition,  term, 
quality. 

condition,  condicion,  /.,  esta- 
do,  m. 

conducir,  18,  v.  tr.,  to  conduct, 
take;  {of  streets,  etc.)  to  lay 
out. 

conduct,  V.  tr.,  conducir  18. 

conduje,  from  conducir  18. 

conduzca, /row  conducir  18. 

confeccion,  /.,  preparation, 
making. 

conferencia,  /.,   lecture. 

confer enciar,  v.  intr.,  to  lec- 
ture. 

confesar  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.,  to  con- 
fess. ^ 

confianza,  /.,  confidence,  trust. 

confiar  (en),  39,  v.  intr.,  to 
trust  (in),  —  a,  to  entrust 
to. 

confidence,  confianza,  /. 

confine,  v.  tr.,  limitar. 

conflicto,   m.,    conflict. 

conform,  v.  intr.,  conformarse 
(a). 

conformarse  (a),  v.  refl.,  to 
conform  to,  with;  har- 
monize with. 

conforme  a,  prep.,  in  keeping 
with. 


334 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


confront,  v.  tr.y  confrontar. 

confrontar,  v.  tr.,  to  confront. 

confundir,  v.  tr.,  to  confuse. 

confuse,  v.  tr.,  confundir. 

confusi6n,  /.,    confusion. 

confusion,  maremagnum,  in., 
mezcla,   /. 

congelado,  pp.  and  a.,  frozen. 

congenial,  a.,   simpatico. 

congeniar  bien  con,  v.  intr.,  to 
get  along  well  with. 

congreso,  m.,  congress. 

conmemorar,  v.  tr.,  to  com- 
memorate. 

conmigo,  with  me. 

conmovedor-a,  a.,  affecting, 
touching,  exciting,  disturb- 
ing. 

conmover  (ue),  26,  v.  tr.,  to 
move  {with  emotion). 

conmovido,  pp.  and  a., 
aroused. 

connect,  v.  tr.,  and  intr.,  en- 
lazar  34. 

conocer,  38,  v.  tr.,  to  know, 
meet,  get  acquainted  with; 
se  conoce,  it  is  evident. 

conocido,  m.,  acquaintance. 

conocimiento,  m.,  knowledge; 
—  de  embarque,  bill  of 
lading. 

conozca,  from   conocer  38. 

conozco,  from  conocer  38. 


conquer,    v.    tr.,    veneer    35, 

conquistar. 
conquering,  a.,  vencedor-a. 
conqueror,  conquistador,  m. 
conquistador,   m.,    conqueror, 
conquistar,  v.  tr.,   to  master, 

conquer, 
consagrado,  pp.  and  a.,  usual, 

customary, 
consciousness,   sentido,   m. 
conseguir  (i),  29,  33,  v.  tr.,  to 

obtain,    get,    secure,     win, 

succeed  in. 
consejo,  m.,  advice, 
consent,    v.    intr.,    consentir 

(en)  27. 
consentir   (en)    (ie,  i),   27,  v. 

intr.,  to  consent  to,  allow, 
consequently,    adv.,    por   eso, 

por     consiguiente. 
conserva,/.,  preserves,  pickles, 
conservador-a,   a.,   conserva- 
tive, 
conservar,    v.    tr.,    to    keep, 

hold,  preserve, 
conservative,  a.,  conservador 

-a. 
consider,    v.    tr.,    considerar; 

—  (as),  tener  (17)  por;  — ■ 

oneself  as,   darse   (4)    por, 

tenerse     por,     considerarse 

como;  — •  the  equal  of,  tener 

en  un  igual  con. 


VOCABULARIO 


335 


considerar,  v.  tr.y  to  consider. 

considering,  dado. 

consist  of,  V.  intr.f  constar  de, 
consistir  en. 

consistir  en,  v.  intr.y  to  con- 
sist of. 

consorte,  m.  and  f.,  consort. 

constable,  alguacil,  m. 

constantemente,  adv.,  con- 
stantly. 

Constantinopla,  /.,  Constanti- 
nople. 

constar  de,  v.  intr.,  to  consist 
of. 

constituci6n,  /.,  constitution. 

constitucional,  a.y  constitu- 
tional. 

constituir,  44,  v.  tr.,  to  create, 
set  up. 

constituyo,  from  constituir  44. 

construccion,  /.,  construction, 
building,  structure. 

construct,  v.  tr.,  construir  44, 
edificar  30,  erigir  37. 

construction,  construccion,  /. 

construir,  44,  v.  tr.,  to  con- 
struct. 

construyo,  from  construir  44. 

consult,  V.  tr.,  consultar;  — 
someone  about  something, 
consultar  algo  con  alguien. 

consultar,  v.  tr.,  to  consult; 
—  algo  con  alguien,  to  con- 


sult someone  about  some- 
thing. 

consultation,  consulta,  /. 

consume,  v.  tr.,  consumir. 

consumir,  v.  tr.,  to  use  up, 
consume. 

contabilidad,  /.,  accountancy, 
accounting  system. 

contacto,   m.,    contact. 

contado,  pp.,  al  — ,  in  cash. 

contar  (ue),  24,  v.  tr.  and  intr. 
to  tell,  relate,  count,  com- 
prise; —  con,  to  rely  upon, 
have  available,  possess. 

contemplacion,  /.,  contempla- 
tion. 

contemplar,  v.  tr.,  to  con- 
template,   behold. 

contemporaneo,  a.,  contempo- 
raneous. 

contener,  17,  to  contain. 

contenga, /rom  contener  17. 

content,  a.,  contento;  v.  tr., 
contentar. 

contentarse,  v.  refl.,  to  con- 
tent oneself. 

contentisimo,  a.,  very  glad. 

contento,  a.,  glad,  content. 

contertuliano,  m.,  fellow-mem- 
ber {of  a  circle  of  friends). 

contestacion,  /.,  reply. 

contestar,  v.  tr.,  to  answer, 
reply. 


2>2>^ 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


continente,  m.,  continent. 

continuar,  40,  v.  tr.,  to  con- 
tinue. 

continue,  v.  tr.,  seguir  29,  33, 
continuar  40. 

continue,  a.,  continuous. 

contornos,  m.  pL,  environs, 
surroundings. 

contra,  prep.,  against;  en  — 
de,  prep.,  against. 

contrabandista,  m.,  smuggler. 

contrario,  a.,  opposite,  con- 
trary; al  — ,  adv.,  on  the 
contrary. 

contribucion,  /.,  appropria- 
tion, contribution. 

contribuir,  44,  to  contribute. 

control,  have  —  of,  v.  tr., 
ensenorearse    de. 

convendra,  from  convenir  21. 

convenga,  from  convenir  21. 

convenido,  pp.,  agreed. 

convenience,  comodidad,  /. 

conveniente,  a.,  fitting,  prop- 
er, suitable. 

convenir,  21,  e'.  tntr.,  to  agree, 
behoove,  be  suitable;  —  en, 
to   agree   to. 

convento,  m.,  convent. 

conversacion,/.,  conversation. 

conviene, /row  convenir  21. 

convite,  m.,  invitation. 

convoy,  m.,  train,  convoy. 


cook,    cocinero-a,    m.    and  / 

cool,  a.,  fresco;  be  — ,  {of 
weather)  hacer  (8)  fresco. 

copa, /.,  crown  {of  hat). 

copia,  /.,    copy. 

Copiapo,  the  capital  of  Ata- 
cama  province,  n.  Chile; 
population  about  10,000. 
Between  this  city  and 
Caldera  on  the  coast  was 
built  the  first  railway  in 
S.  A.  in  1 85 1  by  William 
Wheelwright,  a  native  of 
Massachusetts. 

copla,  /.,  couplet,  rhyme. 

copper,  cobre,  m.;  {coin) 
calderilla,  /. 

coque,  m.,  coke. 

Coquimbo,  a  city  and  prov- 
ince of  n.  Chile.  City  has 
a  fine  port  and  population 
of  about   10,000. 

coral,  m.,  coral. 

Coran,  m.,  Koran,  the  Mo- 
hammedan   scriptures. 

coraz6n,  m.,  heart. 

corcovado,  a.  and  s.,  hunch- 
backed; hunchback. 

Corcovado,  a  peak  2300  feet 
high,  w.  of  Rio  de  Janeiro; 
may  be  reached  by  trolley 
car  and  rack  railway. 

corcho,  m.,  cork. 


VOCABUJ.ARIO 


337 


cordialidad, /.,  cordiality. 

cordially,    adv.,    atentamente. 

Cordillera,  /.,  range,  moun- 
tain chain. 

Cordoba,  capital  of  a  province 
of  the  same  name  in  s.  Spain; 
population  about  50,000. 
Also  a  city  and  province 
of  n.  central  Argentina; 
population  of  former  about 
80,000. 

cork,  corcho,  m.,  —  -tree, 
alcornoque,  m.,  —  -tree 
grove,   alcornocal,  m. 

corn,  maiz,  m. 

corner,   esquina,  /. 

Cornwall,  the  most  s.  w. 
county  of  England,  noted 
for  ages  for  its  tin. 

coro,  m.,   choir. 

corona,  /.,  crown. 

coronar,  v.  tr.,  to  crown. 

coronel,  w.,  colonel. 

corps,   cuerpo,   m. 

correctamente,  adv.,  correctly. 

correctly,  adv.,  correctamente. 

correcto,  a.,  correct. 

correo,  m.,  mail. 

correr,  v.  intr.,  to  run;  — 
parejas  con,  be  on  a  par 
with;  no  corre  prisa,  there 
is  no  hurry;  corre  la  voz, 
the  report  goes. 


correria,  /.,  short  journey, 
trip,  excursion. 

correspond,  v.  intr.,  corre- 
sponder   (a). 

Correspondencia  de  Espaiia, 
La,  a  Madrid  daily,  chief 
organ  of  the  Conservative- 
Monarchist  group;  gives 
the  best  foreign  news  of 
any  Madrid  paper. 

correspondent,  corresponsal, 
m. 

corresponder  (a),  v.  intr.,  to 
correspond. 

correspondiente,  a.,  corre- 
sponding. 

corresponsal,  w.,  correspon- 
dent. 

corrida,  /.,  bull-fight. 

corriente,  a.,  current;  del  — , 
of  the  present  month;  /., 
stream. 

corsario,  w.,  pirate,  corsair. 

cortar,  v.  tr.,  to  cut,  cut  off, 
interrupt;  cortado  a  pique, 
cut  perpendicular,  from 
peak  to  base. 

corte,  /.,  court  (royal);  also 
applied  to  Madrid,  the 
capital   city. 

Cortes,  /.  pL,  the  national 
senate  and  chamber  of 
deputies  of  Spam. 


33^ 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


cortes,    a.,    polite. 

corto,  a.y  short. 

cosa,  /.,  thing;  —  de,  about, 
approximately;  —  hecha, 
agreed,  the  matter  is 
settled;  es  poca  — ,  that  is 
a  small  matter;  gran  — , 
much  {of  importance); 
I  que  cosas  tiene  Vd.!,  how 
you  do  carry  on! 

cosecha,  /.,  crop. 

cosechar,  v.  tr.,  to  gather, 
harvest. 

cosilla,  dimin.  of  cosa. 

cosmopolita,  a.,  cosmopolitan. 

cost,  V.  intr.y  costar  24;  s. 
costa,  /. 

costa,  /.,  coast;  cost,  expense. 

costanero,  a.,  coastal,  on  the 
coast. 

costar  (ue),  24,  v.  intr.,  to  cost. 

costear,  v.  tr.,  to  bear  the  ex- 
penses of. 

costoso,  a.y  costly,  expensive. 

costumbre,  /.,  custom,  habit. 

cotton,  algodon,  m.,  —  fac- 
tory, fabrica  de  tejidos,  /. 

count,  V.  tr.,  contar  24;  —  me 
in  the  number  of  your 
friends,  pongame  entre  el 
numero  de  sus  amigos. 

countless,  a.,  un  sinnumero 
de;     innumerable. 


country,  pais,  m.,  tierra,  /.; 
{opposed  to  city)  campo,  m. 

couple,  par,  m. 

courageously,  adv.,  con  de- 
nuedo. 

course,  {of  study)  curso,  m., 
asignatura,  /.;  {direction) 
rumbo,  m.;  of  — ,  por 
supuesto    (que). 

court,  corte,  /.;  {courtyard) 
patio,  m. 

cousin,  primo-a,  m.  andf. 

Cousino,  Luis  (183  5-1873), 
a  Chilean  philanthropist 
and  industrial  leader.  Tra- 
versed all  Europe  in 
search  of  ideas  for  beauti- 
fying his  native  city,  Santi- 
ago. Constructed  the  park 
there  which  bears  his  name. 
The  same  family  possesses 
coal  mines  in  Lota. 

cover,  V.  tr.,  cubrir,  45. 

cow,  vaca,  /.;  —  boy,  {esp.  in 
Chile)  vaquero,  m.;  {esp.  in 
Uruguay)  llanero,  m.;  {esp. 
in  Argentina)  gaucho,  m. 

cradle,  cuna,  /. 

crear,  v.  tr.,  to  create. 

create,  v.  tr.,  constituir  44, 
crear. 

crecer,  38,  v.  intr.,  to  grow, 
increase. 


VOCABULARIO 


339 


creciente,  a.,  increasing, 
credit,  credito,  m. 
creencia,  /.,   belief, 
creer,  43,  v.  tr.,  to  believe;  ya 

lo  creo,  I  should  say  so. 
creible,  a.,  credible, 
cresta,  /.,  crest,  summit, 
cria,  /.,  raising, 
criado-a,  m.  and  /.,  servant, 

attendant, 
criar,  v.  tr.,  to  raise,  produce, 
criollo,  a.,  indigenous,  native; 

characteristically    South 

American, 
cripple,  CO  jo,  m. 
criquet,   m.,   cricket, 
crisol,  m.,  melting-pot. 
cristiandad,  /.,  Christianity, 
cristiano,  a.  and  s..  Christian. 
Cristo,  w.,  Christ. 
Cristobal,  m.,  Christopher, 
critico,  w.,  critic;  a.,  critical, 
crop,  cosecha,  /. 
cross,    V.    tr.y    atravesar    23, 

cruzar     34,     recorrer;     — 

street,     bocacalle,    /.;    — 

valley,  valle  transversal,  m. 
crowd,       muchedumbre,      /., 

gentio,  m. 
crowded,  pp.    and  a.,   atest- 

ado. 
crown,    corona,    /.;    {of    hat) 

copa,  /.;  V.  tr.,  coronar. 


crudo,  a.y  crude,  raw. 
cruel,  a.y  cruel, 
crueldad,  /.,   cruelty, 
cruelty,   crueldad,  /. 
crush,  V.  tr.,  machacar  30. 
cruzar,    34,    v.    tr.,    to    cross; 

— se,  V.  reft.,  to  cross   each 

other, 
cry,   V.   tr.   and  intr.,    {aloud) 

gritar;    {colloquial)    cantar; 

{proclaim)       pregonar;     j., 

grito,  m. 
cuaderno,  m.,  notebook, 
cuadrado,  a.  and  j.,  square, 
cuadrilla,  /.,   team,   staff  {of 

bullfighters) . 
cuadro,  m.,   picture, 
cual,   adv.,   like. 
cual,    el  — ,   la  — ,   etc.,   rel. 

pron.,    which,    that,    who; 

a  cuales  mas  altas,  vying 

with  each  other  in  height, 
icual?,     etc.,     interr.     pron., 

which  ?,     what  1 
cualquier(a),    rel.    and   indef. 

pron.     and    a.,     any,     any 

whatsoever,     some  ...  or 

other. 
icuan!<2Jz;.,how!  5^^dcuanto? 
cuando,  conj.,  when, 
dcuando?,  adv.,  when? 
cuantioso,  a.,  abundant,  con- 
siderable. 


340 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


cuanto,  a.  and  pron.,  all  that, 
as  much  as;  todo  — ,  all 
that;  (todos)  — s,  all  who; 
en  —  a,  as  for;  —  mas 
.  .  .  (tanto)  mas,  the  more 
.  .  .  the  more. 

d cuanto?,  a.  and  pron.y  how 
much?;  pl.y  how  many?;  a 
cuantos  estamos?,  what  is 
the  date? 

cuartel,  w.,  barracks;  —  ge- 
neral,  headquarters. 

cuarto,  a.y  fourth;  m.  room; 
small  coin;  sin  un  — ,  with- 
out a  cent. 

cubano,  a.  and  s.y  Cuban. 

cubierta,  /.,  deck. 

cubrir,  45,  v,  tr.y  to  cover. 

cubierto,  pp.  of  cubrir. 

cuchilleria,  /.,  cutlery. 

cuchillero,  m.y  cutler. 

cuenca,  /.,  basin,  valley. 

Cuenca,  a  town  125  miles  e.  of 
Madrid. 

cuenta,  /.,  bill,  account. 

cuento,  m.,  tale,  story. 

cuerdo,  ^.,  shrewd. 

cuero,  w.,  hide,  leather. 

cuerpo,  m.y  body,  corps,  staff; 
—  a  — ,  hand  to  hand. 

cuesta,  /.,  hill,  slope;  — 
arriba,  adv.,  uphill,  up- 
grade. 


cuestion,  /.,  question  (undef 
discussion) . 

cueva,  /.,  cave. 

cuidado,  m.,  care;  i — !,  watch 
out! 

cuidadosamente,  adv.,  care- 
fully. 

culminar,  v.  intr.,  to  cul- 
minate,   finish. 

cultivar,  v.  tr.,  to  cultivate. 

cultivo,  m.,  cultivation. 

cumbre,  /.,  summit. 

cumplir  (con),  v.  intr.,  to  fulfill, 
execute,  carry  out. 

cuna,  /.,  cradle, 
-cuiiado,  w.,  brother-in-law. 

cup,  taza,/. 

cure,  V.  tr.y  remediar. 

curiosidad,  /.,  curiosity,  sight, 
object  of  interest. 

curioso,  a.,  strange,  curious. 

curso,  m.,  course  of  study. 

curtido,  m.f  leather. 

curtidor,  w.,  tanner. 

curtir,  v.  tr.,  to  tan. 

curva,  /.,  curve. 

customer,  parroquiano,  m., 
cliente,  m. 

customs,  (duties)  derechos, 
m.;  (habits)  costumbres,  /.; 
—  oflftcers,  aduaneros;  a.y 
de     aduana. 

cut  (off),  V.  tr.y  cortar. 


VOCABULARIO 


341 


cutler,  cuchillero,  m. 
cutlery,  cuchilleria,  /. 
cuya,  /.,  squash,  gourd, 
cuyo,  rel.  a.,  whose,  which, 
dcuyo?,  a.f  whose.? 

CH 

Chacabuco,  m.,  a  transversal 
ridge  of  mountains  in  cen- 
tral Chile. 

Chaco,  el  Gran,  a  great  plain 
of  Argentina. 

chair,  silla, /.;  sillon,  m,;  rock- 
ing  ,  sillon  mecedor,  m.; 

arm  — ,  butaca,  /. 

chalan,  m.,  horse-dealer. 

chamber,  camara,  /. 

chance,  casualidad,  /. 

chandelier,  araiia,  /. 

change,  cambio,  m.;  in  — ,  de 
vuelta;  v.  tr.  and  intr., 
cambiar,  transferirse  (27)  a; 
—  boats,  cambiar  de 
buques;  — '■  cars,  cambiar  de 
tren(es). 

channel,  canal,  m. 

chaotic,   a.,   caotico. 

chap,  chico,  m. 

chapado,  a.,  brainy,  level- 
headed. 

chapel,  capilla,  /. 

chaqueta,  /.,  jacket. 

character,  caracter,  m. 


characteristic,    a.y    caracteris- 

tico;  — ly  South  American, 

a.y  criollo. 
charge,  v.  tr.,  encargar  32;  j. 

cargo,  m.;  in  —  of,  encar- 

gado  de. 
charlar,    v,    intr.,     to     chat, 

talk. 
Charles,    Carlos, 
chat,  V.  intr.,  charlar. 
chato,  a.,  level,  flat, 
check,  cheque,  m.,  talon,  m.; 

V.  tr.,  facturar. 
checking-room,    oficina     de 

consignaciones,  /. 
cheese,  queso,  m. 
chemical,  a.,   quimico. 
cheque,  m.,  check,  cheque. 
cherish,  v.  tr.,  abrigar,  32. 
chicken,  polio,  m.,  galHna,  /. 
chico,  m.,  boy,  lad,  chap. 
chief,  a.,  principal;  s.,  jefe,  m.; 

— ^ly,   adv.,   mayormente. 
chieftain,  caudillo,  m.,  jefe,  m. 
child,    nino,    m.,    chico,    m.; 

small  — ,  chiquillo,  m, 
childhood,  niiiez,  /. 
Chile,  m.,  Chile, 
chilenoargentino,    a.    and   s., 

Chilean-Argentinian, 
chilenoboliviano,    a.    and    s., 

Chilean-Bolivian, 
chillar,  v.  intr.,  to  screech. 


342 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Chimborazo,  m.,  an  extinct 
volcano,  the  highest  peak  in 
Ecuador;  20,500  feet  high. 

chimenea,  /.,  fireplace,  chim- 
ney, smoke-stack. 

chino,  a.  and  j.,  Chinese. 

chiquillo,  dimin.  of  chico. 

chocante,  a.,  overwhelming, 
striking. 

chocolate,  w.,  chocolate. 

cholos,  w.  pL,  in  Chile  and 
Peru,  the  lower  class  of 
people,  of  mixed  Spanish 
and  Indian  blood. 

choose,  elegir  29,  45. 

chorro,    m.,    stream. 

Chuquicamata,  a  mountain  of 
copper  ore  in  n.  Chile,  about 
100  miles  inland.  It  is 
being  developed  by  North 
American    capital. 

Christ,   Cristo,  m. 

christen,  v.  tr.,  bautizar  34. 

Christian,  a.  and  j.,  cristiano. 

chronic,   a.,   arraigado. 

church,   iglesia,  /. 


dable,  «.,   possible, 
dado,  pp.y  considering, 
dagger,  daga,  /. 
daily,    s.,     diario,     m.;    adv., 
diariamente. 


dance,  v.  intr.,  bailar;  s.,  baile, 
m.,    danza,  /. 

Dane,  j.,   danes-esa. 

danes-esa,  a.  and  j.,  Danish, 
Dane. 

danza,  /.,  dance. 

Daoiz,  Luis,  a  captain  of 
artillery  who,  with  Captain 
Pedro  Velarde,  led  the  popu- 
lar rising  of  Madrid  citizens 
who,  with  the  aid  of  five 
cannon,  resisted  Murat's 
soldiers.  May  2,   1808. 

dar,  4,  V.  tr.,  to  give;  —  a,  to 
look  out  upon;  —  a  conocer, 
to  make  known;  —  a  luz, 
to  give  birth  to;  —  con,  to 
come  upon;  —  en  el  bianco, 
to  hit  the  mark;  —  gloria, 
to  be  inspiring;  —  la  gana, 
to  feel  like;  —  la  ultima 
mano  a,  to  finish  off;  —  la 
vuelta  a,  to  make  the  cir- 
cuit of;  —  las  gracias,  to 
thank;  —  miedo  a,  to 
inspire  fear  in,  frighten;  — 
principio  a,  to  begin,  give 
rise  to;  —  un  paseo  or  una 
vuelta,  to  take  a  stroll, 
walk;  —  se,  to  take  place; 

—  se  cuenta  de,  to  realize; 

—  se  por,  to  consider  one- 
self as;  —  se  por  vencido. 


VOCABULARIO 


343 


to  give  (it)  up;  —  se  una 
vida  en  grande,  to  lead  a 
prosperous  life. 

dare,  v.  hitr.y  atre verse  (a). 

darkness,   obscuridad,  /. 

darsena,  /.,  basin,  inner  har- 
bor. 

dart,  b  a  n  d  e  r  i  1 1  a,  /.;  — 
-thrower,  banderillero,  m. 

data,  datos,  m.  pi. 

date,  fecha,/.;  sixty  days  from 
— ,  a  sesenta  dias  fecha. 

datos,  w.,  pl.^  data,  informa- 
tion. 

daughter;  hija,  /. 

day,  dia,  m.;  —  after  tomor- 
row, pasado  manana;  — 
-wage,  jornal,  m.;  a  — ,  al 
dia;  all  — ,  todo  el  dia; 
every  — ,  todos  los  dias; 
good  — ,  buenos  dias;  by  — , 
de  dia. 

de,  prep.y  of,  from,  by,  with, 
as,  in,  on;  than  {after  a 
comparative);  —  lo  que, 
than   {before  a  clause). 

dead,  pp.,  a.  and  s.^  muerto. 

deaf,   a.y   sordo. 

deal,  a  good  —  (of),  mucho, 
bastante. 

dear,  ^.,  querido;  —  sir,  muy 
sefior  mio  (nuestro);  —  sirs, 
muy  sefiores  mios  (nuestros). 


death,  muerte,  /. 

debajo  de,  prep.,  under,  be- 
neath; por  —  de,  prep.y 
under. 

deber,  v.  tr.,  to  owe,  ought; 
debe  de  estar  (ser),  it  must 
be  {to  express  probability); 
m.,  exercise,  task. 

debidamente,  adv.,  duly,  prop- 
erly, justly. 

debido,  pp.  and  a.,  correct, 
fitting,  due. 

decadente,  a.,  late  {in  history 
of  art),   decadent. 

December,   diciembre,   m. 

decide,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  de- 
cidirse     a. 

decidirse  (a),  v.  refi.,  to  decide. 

decision,  fallo,  m. 

decimo,  a.  and  s.,  tenth. 

deck,  puente,  m.,  cubierta, /.; 
on  — ,  a  cubierta. 

decir,  5,  to  say,  tell;  —  la 
buenaventura  a  uno,  to 
tell  one's  fortune;  es  — , 
that  is;  por  — lo  asi,  so  to 
speak;  sin  —  tus  ni  mus, 
without  saying  aye,  yes  or 
no;  como  quien  dice,  as 
they  say;  que  digamos,  is 
it?  {implying  the  opposite 
of  a  preceding  negative  state- 
ment). 


344 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


declarar,  v.  tr.y  to  declare; 
a  1  g  o  que  — ,  anything 
dutiable. 

declare,  v.  tr.,  declarar,  anun- 
ciar. 

decree,  v.  tr.,  decretar. 

decretar,  v.  tr.,  to  decree. 

dedicar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  devote; 
— se  a,  V.  refl.,  to  devote 
oneself  to. 

deed,  hazafia,  /. 

deep,  a.y  profundo;  (in  depth) 
de  profundidad;  — ly,  adv., 
profundamente,  h  o  n  d  a- 
mente. 

defeat,  v.  tr.y  derrotar. 

defensa,  /.,  defence. 

degree,  grado,  m.;  in  a  greater 
— ,  en  mayor  grado. 

dejar,  v.  tr.,  to  leave,  allow, 
drop;  — se  de,  to  leave 
behind;  — selo  a  uno  en  S2 
pesetas,  to  let  one  have  it 
for  12  pesetas;  no  —  nada 
que  desear,  to  leave  noth- 
ing to  be  desired. 

delantero,  a.,  front. 

delay,  v.  intr.,  tardar. 

deleitar,  v.  tr.,  to  delight. 

delicioso,  a.,  delicious. 

delight,  V.  tr.,  deleitar,  agra- 
dar,  encantar,  halagar  32; 
delighted  to,  tanto  gusto  en; 


be  delighted  with,  deleitar 
algo  a  uno:  complacerse 
(38)  en. 

delightful,  a.,  ameno. 

delineacion,  /.,  delineation. 

delirio,  m.,  rapture,  fervor; 
con  — ,  exceedingly. 

Delta,  el,  a  famous  rowing  and 
sailing  resort,  just  w.  of 
Buenos  Aires,  formed  by  the 
Rivers  Lujan,  Capitan,  and 
de  las  Conchas,  as  they 
enter  the  Plata  River. 

deluge,  diluvio,  m. 

demand  (for),demanda  (de),/. 

demanda,  /.,   demand. 

demora,  /.,  delay. 

demostrar  (ue),  24,  to  show. 

Denia,  a  town  of  12,000  in- 
habitants in  the  province  of 
Alicante,  on  the  eastern 
coast   of  Spain. 

denominar,  v.  tr.,  to  name, 
call. 

densamente,  adv.,  densely. 

dense,  a.,  denso. 

dentro,  adv.,  inside;  por  — , 
adv.,  inside;  —  de,  prep., 
within. 

denuedo,  m.,  boldness,  bra- 
very. 

departamento,  m.,  compart- 
ment,   department. 


VOCABULARIO 


345 


department,    departamento, 

m.;  —  store,  almacen,  m. 

departure,  partida,  /.,  salida, 

/• 

depend,  v.  intr.,  depender 
(de);  that  depends,  segun 
y  conforme,  eso  depende. 

depender  (de),  to  depend 
upon;  eso  depende,  that 
depends. 

dependiente,  m.,  clerk. 

deporte,  w.,   sport. 

deposit,  deposito,  m.;  v.  tr., 
depositar. 

depositar,  v.  tr.y  to  deposit. 

deposito,  m.y  deposit,  bed  (of 
mineral). 

deprive  of,  v.  intr.,  quitar. 

derecho,  a.  and  adv.,  right, 
straight,  straight  ahead;  a 
la  derecha,  on  the  right;  w., 
right,  duty,  tax. 

derivar,  v.  tr.,  to  derive. 

derive,  v.  tr.,  sacar  30,  derivar. 

derogar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  abohsh. 

derramar,  v.  tr.,  to  scatter, 
pour  out. 

derribar,  v.  tr.,  to  tear  down. 

derrota,  /.,    defeat. 

derrotar,  v,  tr.,  to  defeat, 
rout. 

desagradecido,  a.  and  s.,  un- 
grateful;    ingrate. 


desagrado,  '  m.,  dislike,  dis- 
pleasure. 

desandar,  i,  v.  tr.,  to  go  back 
over  the  same  road;  —  lo 
andado^  to  retrace  one's 
steps. 

desaparecer,  38,  v.  intr.,  to 
disappear. 

desarroUar,  v.  tr.,  to  develop. 

desarroUo,  m.,  development. 

desayunarse,  v.  refl.,  to  take 
breakfast. 

desayuno,  m.,  breakfast. 

descansar,  v.  intr.,  to  rest; 
que  descanse  Vd.  bien, 
pleasant  dreams,  may  you 
sleep  well. 

descargar,  32,  to  unload. 

descend,  v.  intr.,  bajar. 

descollar  (ue),  (a),  v.  intr.,  to 
surpass,  outstrip,  overtop. 

desconocer,  38,  v.  tr.,  to  be  a 
stranger  to,  not  to  know. 

desconocido,  pp.  and  a.,  un- 
known,    strange. 

describe,  v.  tr.,  describir  45, 
calificar  30;  —  oneself  as, 
calificarse    como. 

descubierto,  pp.  of  descubrir. 

descubridor-a,  a.  and  s., 
discovering,    discoverer. 

descubrimiento,  m.,  dis- 
covery. 


346 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


descubrir,  45,  to  discover, 
descuido,  m.,  negligence, 
desde,  prep.y  from,  since;  — 

hace,   for,   since   {in  time); 

—    que,    conf..,    since     {in 

time) . 
desden;  m.,  disdain, 
desear,  v.  tr.,  to  desire,  wish. 
desembarcadero,  m.,  landing 

place,  dock, 
desembarcarse,  30,  v.  refl.,  to 

go  ashore,  disembark, 
desembocar,    30,    v.   intr.,  to 

empty. 
desempeiiar,  v.  tr.y  to  exercise, 

perform,  discharge, 
desenvolver  (ue),  26,  45,  to 

develop. 
deseo,  m.,  desire, 
deseoso,  a.,  desirous, 
desert,  desierto,  m. 
deserve,  v.  tr.,  merecerse  38. 
desfiladero,  m.,  pass, 
desfilar,  v.  intr.,  to  pass  by. 
desierto,  m.,  desert, 
desilusionado,     pp,     and    a., 

disappointed,   disillusioned, 
desinteresado,    pp.    and    a., 

disinterested, 
desire,  v.  tr.,  desear,  querer  13, 

tener  (17)  ganas  de. 
deslizarse,  34,  v.  refl.y  to  glide, 
deslumbrante,  a.,  dazzling. 


desmayarse,  v.  refl.,  to  faint. 

despacho,  m.,  office;  —  de 
informaciones,  information 
bureau. 

despedida,  /.,  departure, 
parting,     leave-taking. 

despedir,  29,  v.  tr.,  to  send 
out,  send  off,  see  off;  — se, 
V.  refl.,  to  leave,  — se  de, 
to  take  leave  of. 

despejado,  a.,  clear,  cloudless. 

despertador,  m.,  awakener. 

despertar  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.,  to 
awaken. 

desplomarse,  v.  refl.y  to  fall  in 
ruins. 

desposeer,  v.  tr.,  to  dis- 
possess. 

despues,  adv.,  afterwards;  — 
de,  prep.,  after;  —  que, 
conj.,  after. 

destacarse,  30,  to  stand  out, 
be  in  relief. 

destajo,  m.,  piece  work;  a  — , 
by  the  piece. 

desterrar  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.,  to 
exile. 

destinar,  v.  tr.,  to  destine,  de- 
cree. 

destined,  pp.  and. a.,  destina- 
do. 

destine,  m.,  destiny,  destina- 
tion. 


VOCABULARIO 


347 


destiny,  destine,  m. 

destituir,  44,  v.  tr.,  to  dismiss 
from  office. 

destreza,  /.,   skill. 

destronar,  v.  tr.,  to  dethrone. 

destroy,  v.  tr.,  destruir  44, 
derribar. 

destruir,  44,  v.  tr,,  to  destroy. 

destruyendo,  from  destruir  44. 

desviado,  pp.  and  a.,  remote, 
out  of  the  way. 

detail,  detalle,  m. 

detallado,  pp.  and  a.,  de- 
tailed. 

detalle,   m.,   detail. 

detallista,  m.,  retailer. 

determinar,  v.  tr.,  to  deter- 
mine. 

dethrone,  v.  tr.,  destronar. 

detras  de,  prep.,  behind. 

detuve,  from  detener  17. 

develop,  v.  tr.,  desarroUar, 
desenvolver  26,  45,  ex- 
plotar. 

development,  desarrollo,  m., 
explotacion,  /.,  desenvolvi- 
miento,  m. 

devil,  diablo,  m. 

devolver  (ue),  26,  45,  v.  tr.,  to 
return,  give  back,  bring 
back. 

devote,  v.  tr.,  dedicar  30;  — 
oneself  to,  dedicarse  a. 


devotion  to  Spain,  espanolis- 
mo,  m. 

di,  etc.,  from  dar  4. 

dia,  m.,  day;  al  — ,  daily,  a 
day;  ial  —  siguiente,  the 
next  day;  de  — ,  by  day; 
ocho  —  s,  a  week. 

diablo,    m.,    devil. 

diamante,  m.,  diamond. 

diariamente,  adv.,  daily. 

diario,  a.,  daily;  m.,  diary, 
newspaper. 

Diario  Universal,  El,  an  in- 
dependent daily  of  Madrid 
with  leanings  to  the  Liberal 
Democratic  group. 

Diaz,  Rodrigo,  see  Cid. 

Diaz  de  Mendoza,  Fernando, 
one  of  the  leading  actors  of 
present-day  Spain.  He  is 
the  Marquis  of  Fontanar, 
Count  of  Balazote,  Count 
of  Lalaing,  Grandee  of 
Spain.  Since  1910  the 
Princesa  Theater  of  Madrid 
has  been  under  his  control. 
He  often  visits  S.  A.  with 
his  wife,  Maria  Guerrero, 
the  actress,  and  their  com- 
pany. 

dibujo,  m.,  drawing,  illustra- 
tion. 

dice,  from  decir  5. 


348 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


diciembre,    m.,    December. 

diciendo,  from  decir  5. 

dictador,  m.,  dictator. 

dictar,  v.  tr.,  to  dictate. 

dictator,  dictador,  m. 

dicho,  pp.,  of  decir  5;  afore- 
said; mejor  — ,  better  said, 
rather;  w.,  saying,  proverb. 

die,  old  form  of  616,  from  dar  4. 

die,  V.  intr.y  morir(se)  28,  45. 

Diego  de  Urbina,  the  captain 
of  a  Spanish  galley,  battle 
of  Lepanto. 

diestro,  a.,  skilful;  w.,  bull- 
fighter. 

diez,  ten. 

diferenciarse  (de)  v,  refl-,,  to 
differ  (from). 

diferente,  a.,  different. 

differ,  v.  intr.y  diferenciarse 
(de). 

different,  ^., diferente,  distinto. 

difficult,   a.,   dificil. 

difficulty,  dificultad,  /.,  in- 
conveniente,  m.;  with  much 
— ,  a  duras  penas. 

dificil,  a.y  difficult,  hard. 

dificultar,  v.  tr.,  to  make 
difficult,  hinder. 

dificultoso  (de),  a,,  difficult 
(to). 

diga,  from  decir  5. 

digestion,  digestion,/.' 


digno,  a.,  worthy. 

digo,  from  decir  5;  ddigo 
algo?,  am  I  right?,  am  I 
saying  anything  (to  the 
point)  ? 

dije,  from  decir  5. 

dilatado,  a.,  wide. 

dilatarse,  v.  refl.,  to  stretch 
out,    extend. 

diluted,  pp.  and  a.,  bautizado. 

diluvio,  m.,  deluge,  torrent. 

diminuto,  a.,  tiny,  small. 

dinamita,  /.,   dynamite. 

dinastia,  /.,  dynasty,  royal 
house. 

dine,  v.  intr.,  comer,  tomar 
comida. 

dinero,  m.,  money. 

dining-room,  dining-saloon, 
comedor,  m. 

dinner,  comida,  /. 

Dios,  m.f  God. 

diplomatico,  a.,  diplomatic. 

diputado,  w.,  deputy,  repre- 
sentative,    congressman. 

dique,  m.,  dike,  jetty,  dock; 
—  de  carena,  w.,  dry  dock. 

dire,  from  decir  5. 

direccion,  /.,  direction,  ad- 
dress. 

direct,  v.  tr.,  dirigir  37;  a., 
directo. 

directamente,  adv.,  directly. 


VOCABULARIO 


349 


direction,  direccion,  /. 

directly,  adv.,  directamente. 

director,  m.,  director. 

director-general,  w.,  director- 
general. 

dirigirse  (a,  hacia),  37,  v. 
refl.,  to  turn  towards,  ad- 
dress, make  one's  way 
towards. 

disappear,  v.  intr,,  desapmrecer 

38. 

discern,  v,  tr.,  divisar. 

discerning,  «.,  sagaz. 

discourse,    discurso,   m. 

discovering,  a.,  descubridor 
-a. 

discovery,  descubrimiento,  m. 

discurrir,  v.  tr.j  to  discuss. 

discurso,  m.,  discourse, 
speech. 

discuss,  V.  tr.,  tratar,  discutir, 
discurrir. 

discussion,  discusion,  /.,  de- 
bate, m. 

discutir,  v.  tr.,  to  discuss. 

discharge,  licencia,  /. 

disembark,  v.  intr.,  desem- 
barcarse  30. 

disengaged,  pp.  and  a.,  libre. 

disfrutar  {6.0),  v.  intr.,  to  enjoy. 

disgustar,  v.  tr.,  to  displease. 

dish,  plato,  m. 

disillusion,  v.  tr.,  desilusionar. 


dislike  (for),  desagrado  (con- 
tra), m. 

disminuir,  44,  v.  tr.  and  intr., 
to  slacken,  diminish. 

disparar  (contra),  v.  tr.,  to  fire 
upon. 

dispensar,  v.  tr.,  to  excuse. 

displease,  v.  tr.,  disgustar. 

disponer,  12,  to  put,  arrange; 
— se  a,  to  get  ready  to. 

disponible,  a.,  available. 

disposal,   disposicion,  /. 

disposicion,  /.,  disposition, 
disposal;  a  la  —  de  Vd., 
at  your  service. 

dispossess,    v.    tr.,    desposeer 

43. 

dispuesto,  pp.  and  a.,  ready, 
disposed,     arranged. 

disputar  (a),  v.  tr.,  to  dispute 
(with). 

distance,  distancia,  /.;  in  the 
— ,  en  lontananza,  a  lo  lejos. 

distancia,  /.,   distance. 

distant,  a.,  lejano;  be  — ,  v. 
intr.,    distar. 

distar,  v.  intr.,  to  be  distant. 

distincion,  /.,  distinction. 

distinguido,  pp.  and  a.,  dis- 
tinguished. 

distinguir,  33,  v.  tr.,  to  dis- 
tinguish, perceive,  make 
out. 


3  so 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


distinguish,  v.  tr,,  distinguir 
33,   divisar. 

distinto,  a.,  different,  dis- 
tinct. 

distraer,  19,  to  distract, 
amuse. 

distrajo,  from  distraer  19. 

distribucion,  /.,    distribution. 

district,  region,  /.;  {of  city) 
barrio,   m. 

disturb,  v.  tr.y  estorbar,  moles- 
tar,  turbar. 

disuadir,  v.  tr.,  to  dissuade. 

diversidad,  /.,  diversity,  vari- 
ety. 

diversion,/.,  diversion,  amuse- 
ment. 

divertido,  pp.  and  a.,  amusing, 
entertaining,    funny. 

divertirse  (ie,  i),  27,  v,  refi., 
to  amuse  oneself,  enjoy 
oneself,  have  a  good  time. 

dividir,  v.  tr.,  to  separate, 
divide. 

divisar,  v.  tr.,  to  perceive, 
make  out,   discern. 

division,  /.,  division. 

do  (Port.),  =  del,  of  the. 

do,  adv.,  old  form  for  donde. 

do,  omitted  if  auxiliary,  other- 
wise, hacer  8;  —  business, 
hacer  negocios;  —  one's 
best,    esmerarse    (en);    — 


without,  pasarse  sin,  omitir; 

may  it  —  you  good,  i  buen 

provecho!,  I  que  aprovechel 
doblar,  v.  tr.,  to  turn,  fold;  — 

la    esquina,    to    turn    the 

corner, 
doble,  a.,   double, 
doce,  twelve, 
docena,  /.,  dozen, 
dock,"  muelle,   m.,   desembar- 

cadero,   m.;   dry  — ,   dique 

de  carena,  m. 
doctor,  medico,  m. 
doctrina,  /.,  doctrine, 
dolar,  m.,  dollar, 
doliente,  a.,  aching, 
dollar,  dolar,  m.,  peso,  m. 
domiciliarse,  v.  refl.,  to  dwell, 
domicilio,   m.,   abode, 
dominar,  v.  tr.,  to  dominate, 

be  master  of,  look  out  over, 

overlook, 
dominate,  v.  tr.,  dominar. 
Don,   m.,  untranslatable,  used 

only     with     the     baptismal 

name. 
d donde?,  adv.,  where?;  ipor 

—   se  va?,   how  does  one 

go?,  which  is  the  way? 
donkey,  burro,  m. 
Don    Quijote,    Don   Quixote, 

the     hero     of     Cervante's 

great  work  of  that  name. 


VOCABULARIO 


351 


door,  puerta,  /.;  —  -jamb, 
quicial,  m. 

dormido,  pp.  and  a.,  asleep. 

dormir  (ue,  u),  28,  to  sleep; 
— se,  V,  refl.-,  to  fall  asleep. 

dos,  two;  Dos  de  Mayo, 
May  2nd  (1808),  date  of 
the  heroic  resistance  of  the 
people  of  Madrid  to  the 
Napoleonic  troops  under 
Murat,  a  day  still  much 
celebrated   in   Madrid. 

doscientos-as,   two   hundred. 

dot,  V.  tr.,  puntear. 

do  tar,  V.  tr.,  to  endow. 

double,  a.,  doble. 

doubt,  dud  a,  /.;  no  — ,  sin 
duda;  there  is  no  — ,  no 
cabe  duda,  no  hay  duda; 
V.  ^tr.y    dudar. 

doubtless,  adv.,  sin  duda, 
indudablemente. 

down,    adv.,    abajo;    —    hill, 
adv.,     cuesta     abajo;    — 
>stream,  adv.,  rio  abajo. 

doy,  from  dar  4. 

drag,  V.  tr.,  llevar  a  la 
rastra. 

dragado,  m.,  dredging. 

dragar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  dredge. 

drama,  m.,  drama,  play. 

drama,  drama,  m.,  comedia,/. 

dramatico,   a.,   dramatic. 


draught,  {of  boats)  calado, 
m.;  light  — ,  de  menor 
calado. 

draw,  V.  tr.,  trazar  34,  dibujar; 

—  upon,  librar  sobre,  girar 
contra. 

drawing,    sorteo,    m. 

dream  (of),  v.  tr.  and  intr., 
sonar  (con,  en)  24. 

dreamy,  a.,  sonoliento. 

dredge,  v.  tr.,  dragar  32; 
dredging  operations,  opera- 
ciones  de  dragado,  /.  pi. 

dredging,  dragado,  m. 

dress,  vestido,  m.;  {charac- 
teristic) vestuario,  m.;  v.  tr., 
vestir  29,  v.  intr.,  vestirse; 

—  in  white,  vestirse  de 
bianco;  —  up  in  one's  best, 
prenderse  de  veinticinco 
alfileres,  endomingarse  32. 

dressing,   salsa,  /. 
drink,  v.  tr.,  beber;  s.  bebida,/. 
drive,  paseo,  m.,  calzada,  /.; 
V.  tr.,  guiar  39,  conducir  18; 

—  into,  ^.  tr.,  clavar  en;  — 
one  frantic,  v.  tr.,  hacer  (8) 
rabiar;  —  to  distraction,  v. 
tr.,  enloquecer  38. 

driver,  cochero,  m.;  truck  — , 

carretero,  m. 
drunkard,  borracho,  m, ' 
dry,  V.  tr.,  secar  30. 


352 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


duda,/.,  doubt;  sin — ,  doubt- 
less. 

due,  a.,  debido. 

dueno,  w.,   possessor,  owner. 

duke,  duque,  m. 

dulce,  a.,  sweet,  {of  water) 
fresh. 

dull,  a.,  {of  business)  estan- 
cado,     inactivo. 

Dupont  de  L'Etang,  Pierre 
Antoine  (1765 -1840),  a 
French  general  of  much  ex- 
perience and  fame;  met 
defeat  at  the  battle  of 
Bailen  by  the  Spanish  gen- 
eral Castafios  for  which  he 
was  court-martialled  and 
imprisoned   by  Napoleon. 

duque,    ?n.,    duke. 

duracion,  /.,   duration. 

durante,  -prep.,  during. 

durar,  v.  intr.,  to  last. 

during,  prep.,  durante. 

durmiendo,  from  dormir  28. 

duro,  m.,  duro,  a  coin  of 
Spain,  worth  about  one 
dollar. 

Duse,  Eleanora  (1859-),  an 
Italian  actress  of  wonderful 
individuality  and  natural- 
ness. 

dutiable,  anything  — ,  algo 
que    declarar. 


duty,  deber  m.;  {tax)  derecho, 

w.,  impuesto,  m.;  on  — ,  de 

servicio. 
dye,    tinte,    m.;    —    -wood, 

madera  colorante,  /.;  v.  tr., 

tenir  29,  42. 
dyer,  tintorero,  m. 
dynamite,  dinamita,  /. 


e,  conj.,  used  instead  of  y 
before  a  word  beginning 
with  i  or  hi. 

each,  <2.,cada;  pron.,  cada  uno, 
cada  cual;  —  other,  uno  a 
otro  {with  reciprocal  verbs). 

eager,  a.,  be  —  to,  v.  intr., 
afanarse  por. 

ear,  oreja, /.,  oido,  m. 

early,  adv.,  temprano;  —  in 
the  day,  de  madrugada;  — 
riser,    quien    madruga. 

earn,  v.  tr.,  ganar(se). 

earnestly,  adv.,  con  ahinco. 

earthquake,    terremoto,   m. 

ease,  be  at  one^s  — ,  estar  (6) 
a  sus  anchas. 

easily,  adv.,  facilmente. 

east,  este,  m. 

eastern,  a.,  oriental,  del  este. 

easy,   a.,   facil. 

eat,  V.  tr.,  comer;  —  enough 
for  four,  comer  por  cuatro. 


VOCABULARIO 


353 


Ebro,  the  only  one  of  the  five 
great  rivers  of  Spain  that 
empties  into  the  Mediter- 
ranean; it  flows  s.  e.  through 
the  n.  e.  part  of  the  country. 

Ecuador,  El,  Ecuador. 

ecuador,    m.,    equator. 

ecuatoriano,  a,  and  s.y  pertain- 
ing to  Ecuador,  Ecuadorian. 

echar,  v.  tr.,  to  throw,  cast 
out,  put;  —  a  pique,  to 
sink;  —  en  alto,  to  throw 
up  (in  the  air) ;  —  de 
menos,  to  miss;  —  manos 
a  la  bolsa,  to  loosen  one's 
purse  strings;  — se  a,  to 
start,  abandon  oneself  to. 

edad,  /.,  age,  epoch;  Edad 
Media,    Middle    Ages. 

edificar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  build, 
erect. 

edificio,  m.,  building. 

Eduardo,  Edward;  —  I  (1239- 
1307),  King  of  England, 
married  Eleanor  of  Castile, 
Oct.  1254;  —  VII  (1844- 
1910)  king  of  England,  son 
of  Queen  Victoria. 

efecto,  m.,  effect;  article  {of 
commerce);  pL,  goods. 

efectuar,  40,  v.  tr.,  to  carry  on, 
accomplish;  — se,  to  take 
place. 


effect,  V.  tr.y  celebrar,  efectuar 
40. 

effort,  esfuerzo,  m. 

eficaz,  a.y  eflRcacious,  effective. 

efusion, /.,  effusion;  shedding. 

Egeo,  a.,  Egean,  Aegean. 

egg,  huevo,  m. 

egoismo,  m.,  selfishness. 

eight,  ocho. 

eighteenth  century,  el  siglo 
XVIII  (diez  y  ocho). 

either,  conj.y  0;  nor  .  .  .  — , 
ni  .  .  .  tampoco. 

ejemplar,  m.,  copy,  example. 

ejemplo,  w.,  example;  por  — , 
for  example. 

ejercer,  38,  to  exercise,  to  fol- 
low {a  trade,  etc.). 

ejercicio,  w.,  exercise. 

ejercito,  m.,  army. 

el  (la,  los,  las),  def,  art.,  the; 
that  {before  de  and  que). 

el,  pers.  pron.,  he,  it;  him 
{after  a  prep.). 

Eleanora,  Eleanor;  —  de 
Castilla,  the  half-sister  of 
Alfonso  X  of  Castile;  she 
married  Edward  I  of  Eng- 
land, Oct.  1254. 

elect,  V.  tr.,  elegit  29,  37. 

electricidad, /.,  electricity. 

electrico,  a.,  electric. 

elegante,  a.,  elegant,  stylish. 


354 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


elegir  (i),  29,  37,  to  choose, 
elect. 

element,  elemento,  m. 

elemental,  ^.,  elementary. 

elemento,  w.,  element,  factor. 

elenco,  w.,  cast  {of  singers  or 
players) . 

elevacion,  /.,  elevation. 

elevado,  a.,  high. 

elevador,  w.,  elevator. 

elevar,  v.  tr.,  to  raise,  lift; 
— se,  V.  refl.y  to  rise. 

elevator,  ascensor,  m.,  eleva- 
dor, m, 

eleven,  once. 

elocuencia,  /.,  eloquence. 

eloquence,  elocuencia,  /. 

ella,  pers.  pron.y  she,  it;  her 
(after  a  prep.), 

ello,  pers.  pron.  neut.,  it,  that. 

embajador,  m.,  ambassador. 

embarcarse,  30,  v.  reft.,  to  go 
aboard;  —  para,  to  set  sail 
for. 

embargo,  sin  — ,  neverthe- 
less. 

embarque,  w.,  embarcation. 

embellecer,  38,  to  beautify. 

embestir  (i),  29,  v.  tr.,  to  at- 
tack, strike. 

embrace,  v.  tr.y  abrazar  34. 

emerald,  esmeralda,  /. 

emigrante,  w.,  emigrant. 


emigrar,  v.  intr.y  to  emigrate. 

emigrate,  v.  intr.,  emigrar. 

eminencia,  /.,  height,  emi- 
nence. 

emocionarse,  v.  refi.,  to  get 
excited,  to  have  one's  emo- 
tions stirred. 

emotion,  emocion,  /. ;  to  have 
one*s  — s  stirred,  emocio- 
narse. 

empalme,  m.,  junction. 

empaquetar,  v.  tr.^  to  pack. 

empenarse  en,  v.  refi.,  to  in- 
sist upon. 

empeiio,  m.,  effort,  insistence. 

emperador,  m.,  emperor. 

emperor,  emperador,  m. 

empezar  (ie),  23,  34,  (a)  v.  tr., 
to  begin. 

empinado,  a.,  steep. 

empire,  imperio,  m. 

empleado,  m.,  employee. 

emplear,  v.  tr.y  to  use,  em- 
ploy. 

•  employ,  v.  tr.,  emplear. 

employee,  empleado,  m. 

emprender,  v.  tr.,  to  under- 
take; —  el  camino,  to  set 
out. 

empresa,  /*.,  management; 
enterprise,  undertaking. 

empty,  v.  intr.y  {of  rivers) 
desembocar  30. 


VOCABULARIO 


355 


en,  prep.,  in,  on,  to,  at,  into, 
encadenar,     v.     tr.,     to     link 

(together). 
encaje,  m.,  lace, 
encantador-a,  a.,  charming, 
encantar,    v.    tr.,    to    charm, 

delight, 
encanto,     m.y     enchantment; 

por  — ,  by  magic, 
encarcelamiento,   m.,   impris- 
onment, 
encargado,  w.,  agent, 
encargar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  charge, 

order;   — se     de,    to     take 

charge  of;  encargado  de,  in 

charge  of. 
encargo,  w.,  order  (for  goods). 
encarnar,  v.  tr.,  to  incarnate, 

embody. 
encerrar  (ie),  ?3,  to  enclose; 

— se  en,  to  be  contained  in. 
enciclopedia,    /.,     encyclope- 
dia, 
encima,  or  por  encima,  adv., 

above;  —  de,  prep.,  above, 
encoger,  37,  v.  tr.,  to  contract; 

— se  de  hombros,  to  shrug 

one's  shoulders, 
encontrar   (ue),    24,    to   find; 

— se,  to  find  oneself,  to  be; 

— se  con,  to  find,  meet, 
encuentro,     m.,    meeting;     a 

nuestro  — ,  to  meet  us. 


encumbrado,  a.,  lofty. 

encyclopedia,  enciclopedia,  /. 

end,  cabo,  m.,  final,  m.,  fin, 
m.;  at  the  —  of,  (in  time)  al 
cabo  de,  (in  space)  al  final 
de;  V.  tr.,  terminar,  acabar, 
concluir,  44. 

enderezar,  34,  to  straighten. 

endive,  escarola,  /. 

endless,  a.,  inacabable,  inter- 
minable. 

endomingado,  pp.  and  a., 
dressed  up;  dressed  in  one's 
"Sunday  -  go  -  to -meeting" 
clothes. 

endow,  v.  tr.,  dotar. 

endure,  v.  tr.,  aguantar,  sopor- 
tar. 

enemy,  enemigo,  m. 

energetic,  a.,  energico. 

energicamente,  adv.,  with 
energy,  forcibly. 

energico,  a.,  energetic. 

enero,  m.,  January. 

enfermo,  a.,  sick,  ill. 

engaiiar,  v.  tr.,  to  deceive; 
fool;  — se,   to  be  mistaken. 

engine,  locomotora,  /. 

engineer,  ingeniero,  m.;  (en- 
gine driver)  maquinista,  m. 

England,  Inglaterra,  /. 

English,  a.  and  n.,  ingles,  -esa. 

engrandecer,  38,  to  enlarge. 


356 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


enjaezar,  v.  tr.,  34,  to  harness, 
hitch;  —  en  fila,  to  hitch 
tandem. 

enjoy,  v.  tr.,  gozar  (34)  de, 
disfrutar  de,  {taste)  sabo- 
rear;  —  oneself,  divertirse 
27,  distraerse  19. 

enlarge,    v.    tr.y    engrandecer 

38. 

enlazar  34,  v.  intr.,  to  connect; 
— se  con,  V.  refl.,  to  con- 
nect with. 

enloquecer,  38,  to  drive  to 
distraction,  rnadden. 

enorgullecerse,  38,  (de),  v. 
refl.,  to  feel  proud  (of). 

enorme,  a.,  enormous. 

enormous,  a.y  estupendo, 
enorme. 

enough,  a.  and  pron.,  bas- 
tante,  suficiente. 

enrich,  v.  tr.y  enriquecer  38. 

enriquecer,  v.  tr.y  to  enrich; 
— se,  to  become  rich. 

ensacar,  30,  v.  tr.y  to  sack. 

ensalada,  /.,  salad. 

ensanchar,  v.  tr.y  to  extend, 
widen,  develop. 

ensenada,  /.,  bay. 

ensenar,  v.  tr.y  to  teach,  show. 

enseiiorearse  (de),  v.  refl.y  to 
have  control  of,  hold  do- 
minion over. 


ensimismado,     pp.     and     a.y 

absorbed,  abstracted, 
entablar,    v.    tr.y    to    initiate, 

open  up. 
entender   (ie),   25,  to  under- 
stand;— se  con,  to  have  an 

understanding  with, 
entendido    en,    pp.    and    a.y 

versed  in. 
enter,    v.    intr.,    entrar    (en), 

penetrar  (en);  (matriculate) 

matricularse   (en);   meterse 

(en). 
enteramente,  adv.,  entirely, 
enterar,  v.  tr.y  to  inform; — se 

de,  to  find  out  about, 
entero,    a.y    whole,    entire; 

por  — ,  entirely, 
enterprise,  empresa, /. 
enterrar,  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.y  to  bury, 
entertain,  v.  tr.y  agasajar. 
entertaining,  a.y  divertido. 
entertainment,   fiesta,  /.,   en- 

tretenimiento,  m. 
enthusiastic,  <2,  entusiasmado, 

entusiastico;     become    — , 

entusiasmarse. 
entire,  a.y  entero,  todo. 
entirely,    adv.y    enteramente, 

completamente,    por    com- 

pleto,  por  entero. 
entonces,  adv.,  then;  en  or  por 

aquel  — ,  at  that  time. 


VOCABULARIO 


357 


entrada,  /.,  entrance,  admis- 
sion. 

entrar  (en),  v.  intr.,  to  enter. 

entre  or  por  entre,  prep.,  be- 
tween, among. 

entregar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  deliver, 
give  up;  — se  a,  give  oneself 
up  to. 

entremes,  m.,  side-dish. 

entretanto,  adv.,  meanwhile. 

entretener,  17,  v.  tr.,  to  enter- 
tain, attract. 

entretenimiento,  m.,  enter- 
tainment. 

entristecer,  38,  v.  tr.,  to  sadden. 

entrust,  v.  tr.,  confiar  (a)  39. 

entry,  partida,  /. 

entusiasmado,  pp,  Mfid  a.y 
enthusiastic. 

entusiasmarse,  v.refl.,  to  be- 
come enthusiastic. 

entusiasmo,    m.,  enthusiasm. 

entusiasta,   m.,   enthusiast. 

entusiastico,   «.,  enthusiastic. 

enumerar,  v.  tr.,  to  enumerate. 

enviar,  39,  v.  tr.,  to  send. 

envio,  m.,  shipment. 

environs,  contornos,  m.  pi., 
alrededores,  m.  pL,  cer- 
canias,  /.  pi. 

envolver  (ue),  26,  v.  tr.,  to 
wrap  up. 

epoca,  /.,  period,  epoch. 


Epoca,  La,  a  Madrid  daily,  the 
organ  of  the  Maura  branch 
of  the  Conservative  party. 

equal,  a.,  igual;  v.  tr.,  equivaler 
20. 

equator,   ecuador,   m. 

equip,  V.  tr.,  montar. 

equipaje,  m.,  baggage. 

equipar,  v.  tr.,  to  equip,  fit  out. 

equipo,  m.,  equipment. 

equivalente,  a.  and  s.  in., 
equivalent. 

equivaler,  20,  v.  tr.,  to  equal. 

equivocarse,  30,  v.  refl.,  to  be 
mistaken. 

era,  /.,  era,  period. 

era,  from  ser  16. 

Ercilla  y  Zufiiga,  Alonso  de 
(1533-1595).  a  Spanish 
soldier  and  poet.  Prin- 
cipal work,  "La  Araucana", 
a  poem  based  on  the  wars 
he  had  fought  in  against  the 
Araucanian  Indians  of  S.  A. 

erect,  v.  tr.,  edificar  30,  con- 
struir  44,  erigir  37. 

erigir,  37,  to  erect,  build. 

errante,  a.,  wandering. 

es,  from  ser  16. 

escala,  /.,  ladder,  steps;  stop 
(0/  a  boat) . 

escalera,  /.,  stairway. 

escalon,  m.,  step. 


358 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


escape,  v.  intr.,  escaparse  (de). 

escaparate,  m.,  show  window. 

escarola,  /.,  endive. 

escarpado,  a.,  steep,  craggy. 

escasearse,  v.  refl.,  to  become 
scarce. 

escaso,  a.y  scarce. 

escena,  /.,  scene. 

escoger,  37,  v.  tr,,  to  choose. 

escopeta,  /.,    shotgun. 

Escorial,  El,  the  name  of  the 
town  and  building  31  miles 
n.  w.  of  Madrid;  a  library, 
church,  palace,  monastery 
and  pantheon;  in  area,  one 
of  the  largest  buildings  of 
the  world.  Constructed  by 
Philip  II. 

escrito,  pp.  of  escribir ;  por  — , 
in  writing;  m.,  writing, 
literary  work. 

escritor,   m.,   writer. 

escuadra,  /.,  fleet,  squadron. 

escuchar,  v.  tr.,  to  hear,  listen. 

escuela,  /.,   school. 

escultura,  /.,  (piece  of)  sculp- 
ture. 

ese  (esa,  esos,  esas),  de7n.  a., 
that  those. 

ese  (esa,  esos,  esas),  dem. 
pron.y  that,  those,  the 
former;  iesas  tenemos!,  so 
that's  it! 


esencial,     a.,     essential,    im- 
portant, 
esencialmente,  adv.,  essential- 

ly. 

esforzarse  24,  34,  (en),  v.  refl.y 
to  try  hard  to. 

esmeralda,  /.,   emerald. 

esmerarse,  (en)  v.  refl.,  to 
take  pains  (at),  to  do  one's 
best. 

eso,  dem.  pron.  neut.,  that; 
por  — ,  therefore,  conse- 
quently; a  —  de,  at  about 
(time  of  day  07ily). 

espacio,  w.,  space;  —  en 
bianco,  blank  space. 

espacioso,   a.,   spacious. 

espada,/.,  sword,  rapier. 

espaldillas,  /.  pL,  shoulder- 
blades. 

Espana,  /.,  Spain;  las  Es- 
pafias,  term  applied  to 
Spain  because  the  united 
kingdom  was  made  of  vari- 
ous kingdoms  and  principal- 
ities, such  as  Leon,  Castile, 
Navarre    and   Aragon. 

espanol-a,  a.  and  j-.,  Spanish, 
Spaniard;  a  la  espaiiola,  in 
Spanish  fashion. 

espaiiolismo,  m.,  devotion  to 
Spain. 

esparcir,  35,  v.  tr.,  to  scatter. 


VOCABULARIO 


359 


especia,  /.,  spice,  medicinal 
drug. 

especial,  a.,  special. 

especially,  adv.,  sobretodo, 
especialmente. 

especialmente,  adv.,  espe- 
cially. 

especie,  /.,  species,  kind. 

espectaculo,  m.,  sight,  spec- 
tacle. 

espectador,  m.,  spectator. 

espejismo,  m.,  mirage. 

espejo,  m.,  mirror. 

espera,  /.,  espectation;  en  — 
de,    awaiting. 

esperanza,  /.,   hope. 

esperar,  v.  tr.,  to  hope;  expect; 
await,  wait  for. 

esplendido,  a.,  splendid,  fine. 

esposa,  /.,  wife. 

esquina,  /.,  corner. 

essential,  a.,  esencial;  what  is 
most  — ,  lo  mas  esencial. 

establecer,  38,  v.  tr.,  to  es- 
tablish; — se,  to  settle. 

establecimiento,  m.,  establish- 
ment. 

establish,  v.  tr.,  establecer  38. 

establishment,  estableci- 
miento,  m. 

estacion,  /.,  station,  season; 
—  de  ferrocarriles,  railway 
station. 


estadista,  m.,  statesman. 

estado,  m.,  state,  condition. 

Estados  Unidos,  m.  pL, 
United   States. 

estallar,  v.  intr.,  to  break 
out. 

estancia,  /.,  stay;  {in  S.  A.) 
farm. 

estancado,  pp,  and  a.,  in- 
active, dull. 

estanco,  m.,  tobacco  shop 
{run  by  the  government). 

estandarte,  m.,  standard. 

estanquero,  m.,  tobacconist. 

estano,  m.,  tin. 

estar,  6,  v.  intr.,  to  be,  be  at 
home;  —  a  punto  de,  to  be 
about  to,  on  the  point  of; 

—  a  sus  anchas,  to  be  at 
one's  ease,  comfortable;  — 
de  acuerdo,  to    be    agreed; 

—  de  vuelta,  to  be  back,  to 
have  returned;  —  en  caja, 
to  be  well; —  enproyecto,  to 
be  planned;  —  en  que,  to  be 
of  the  opinion  that;  —  en 
via  de,  to  be  about  to;  — 
para,  to  be  about  to,  on  the 
point  of;  —  sin  novedad, 
to  be  in  usual  health;  esta 
bien,  very  well;  ya  estamos, 
here  we  are. 

estatua,  /.,   statue. 


S6o 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


este  (esta,  estos,  estas),  dem. 
a.,  this  these. 

este  (esta,  estos,  estas),  dem. 
pron.,  this,  these,  -  the 
latter;  esta,  this  city. 

esteem,  v.  tr.y  apreciar;  es- 
teemed letter,  apreciable,  /. 

estilo,  m.,  style;  por  el  — ,  of 
that  kind. 

estirar,  v.  tr.,  to  stretch. 

esto,  dem.  pron.  neut.,  this; 
en  — ,  hereupon. 

estomacal,  a.,  good  for  the 
digestion. 

estoque,  w.,  rapier,  sword. 

estorbar,  v.  tr.,  to  disturb. 

estorbo,  m.,  bother,  hin- 
drance. 

estrado  de  ferro  (Port.),  = 
ferrocarril. 

estrechar,  v.  tr.,  to  tighten, 
make  close,  —  la  mano  a 
uno,  to  shake  hands  with 
one. 

estrecho,  m.,  narrows,   strait. 

estremecerse,  38,  v.  refl.,  to 
quiver,  tremble. 

estrepitoso,    a.,    noisy. 

estribor,  w.,  starboard,  right 
side  of  a  boat. 

estuario,  w.,  estuary. 

estuary,  estuario,  m. 

estudiante,  m.  and/.,  student. 


estudiar,  v.  tr.,  to  study;  — 
para,  to  study  to  be. 

estudio,  m.y  study,  studio. 

estupendo,  a.,  stupendous, 
huge. 

estuve,  from  estar  6. 

etcetera,  adv.,  and  so  forth, 
et  cetera. 

etimologia,  /.,  etymology,  the 
origin  and  derivation  of 
words  as  shown  by  their 
analysis. 

Europa,  /.,  Europe. 

europeo,  a.  and  j.,  Euro- 
pean. 

evaporar,  v.  intr.  and  tr.,  to 
evaporate. 

even,  adv.,  aun,  hasta;  —  yet, 
aun  todavia;  not  — ,  ni,  ni 
.  .  .  siquiera. 

evening,  noche,  /.,  tarde,  /.; 
all  — ,  tod  a  la  noche;  every 
— ,  todas  las  noches;  good 
— ,  buenas  (noches);  in  the 
— ,  por  la  noche;  {indicat- 
ing the  hour)  de  la  noche. 

event,  suerte,  /. 

ever,  adv.,  jamas. 

every,  a.,  todo,  cada. 

everybody,  pron..,  todo  el 
mundo. 

everything,  pron.,  todo;  — 
Spanish,    todo    lo   espanol, 


VOCABULARIO 


361 


todo  lo  que  sea  espanol; 
—  must  come  to  an  end,  no 
hay  bien  ni  mal  que  cien 
anos  dure. 

everywhere,  adv.,  por  or  a 
todas    partes. 

evident,  it  is  — ,  se  conoce,  ya 
se  ve. 

evidently,  adv.,  ya  se  ve,  se 
conoce. 

evitar,  v.  tr.,  avoid,  prevent. 

exact,  a.^  exacto;  — ly,  pre- 
cisamente. 

exacto,  a.y  exact. 

exaggerate,  v.  tr.,  ponderar. 

examine,  v.  tr.,  revisar,  regis- 
trar. 

example,  ejemplo,  m.;  ejem- 
plar  m.;  for  — ,  por  ejem- 
plo. 

excavar,  v.  tr.,  to  excavate, 
dig  up. 

exceder,  (a  or  de)  v.  intr.,  to 
exceed. 

exceed,  v.  tr.,  exceder  a, 
pasar  de. 

exceedingly,  adv.,  sobre- 
manera;  con  delirio,  de  una 
manera   imponderable. 

excel,  V.  tr.y  ganar  a,  superar  a, 
descollar  (24)  a,  aventajar 
a,  llevar  ventaja  a;  v.  intr., 
sobresalir. 


excelente,  a.,  excellent, 
excellent,  a.,  excelente;  most 

— ,  sobresaliente. 
excepcion,  /.,  exception;  a  — 

de,  excepting, 
excepcional,    a.,    exceptional, 

unusual, 
excepting    or    except,    prep., 

excepto,  a  exce.pcion  de,  si 

se  exceptua. 
excepto,  prep.,  except,  except- 
ing, 
exceptuar,  40,  v.tr.,  to  except; 

si  se  exceptua,  excepting, 
exceso,  m.,  excess;  pagar  — , 

to  pay  for  over-weight  {of 

baggage,  etc.). 
excitante,  a.,  stimulating, 
exclamar,  v.  tr.,  to  exclaim, 
exclusivamente,    adv.,    exclu- 
sively. 
excursi6n,  /.,  excursion, 
excusado,  —  es  decir,  (it  is) 

needless  to  say. 
excuse,  v.  tr.,  dispensar. 
exchange,  v.  tr.,  cambiar. 
executive,  a.  and  s.,  ejecutivo. 
exento,  a.,  exempt,  free  from, 
exercise,  ejercicio,  m.,  deber, 

m.',     v.     tr.,     desempenar, 

ejercer  35. 
exigir,  37,  to  demand,  require, 

exact. 


362 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


exile,  V.  tr.,  desterrar  23. 

exist,  V.  intr.y  existir. 

existence,  existencia,  /. 

existente,  a.,  existing. 

existir,  v.  intr.,  to  exist. 

exito,  m.y  success. 

expect,  V.  tr.y  esperar,  aguar- 
dar,  atenerse  (17)  a. 

expedienteOj  m.,  red  tape. 

expedir  (i),  29,  v.  tr.,  to  des- 
patch, ship. 

expense,  costa,/.;  at  the  —  of, 
a  costa  de;  — s,  gastos  m.  pi. 

expensive,  a.,  costoso. 

experience,  experiencia,  /.; 
V.  tr.,  experimentar. 

experiencia,  /.,  experience. 

experimentar,  v.  tr.y  to  expe- 
rience. 

experto,  a.,  expert. 

explain,  v.  tr.,  explicar  30. 

explicar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  explain. 

explotacion,  /.,  development, 
exploitation. 

explotar,  v.  tr.y  to  work,  ex- 
ploit, develop. 

exportacion, /.,  exportation. 

exportar,  v.  tr.y  to  export. 

exportation,  exportacion,  /. 

exposicion,  /.,  exhibition,  ex- 
position. 

expresar,  v.  tr.y  to  express. 

expresion,  /.,  expression. 


expreso,  a.  and  s.m.y  express, 
express,    expreso,    m.;    v.    tr.y 

expresar. 
expression,  expresion, }. 
exquisito,  a.y  exquisite, 
extend,  v.  intr.y  extenderse  25; 

V.   tr.y  —  the    market,   en- 

sanchar  el  mercado. 
extenderse  (ie),  25,  v.  refl.y  to 

extend,  stretch,  reach, 
extensamente,     adv.,     exten- 
sively, at  length, 
extension,  /.;  area,  extension, 
extenso,  a.,  extensive, 
extent,  to  a  certain  — ,  hasta 

cierto  punto. 
exterior,  a.y  outside,  exterior, 
extra,  to  have  — ,   v.  tr.y  so- 

brarle  a  uno,  v.  intr. 
extract,   extracto,   m.;   v.    tr., 

extraer,  19. 
extracto,  m.y  extract, 
extraer,  19,  v.  tr.,  to  take  out, 

extract, 
extranjero,  a.  and  s.y  foreign, 

foreigner;  al  — ,  abroad, 
extranar,   v.   tr.y   to   make  or 

cause   to  wonder;   me    ex- 

traiia,  I  wonder, 
extraordinario,     a.y     extraor- 
dinary, 
extravagante,    a.y    ridiculous, 

freakish. 


VOCABULARIO 


3^3 


extraviarse,  39,  v.  refl.,  to  get 
lost. 

extremeno,  m.,  native  of 
Extremadura. 

extreme,  w.,  end,  extreme. 

exuberante,  a.,  rich,  exuber- 
ant. 

eye,  ojo,  m.;  — s,  vista,  /. 


f .,  abbreviation  for  f  allecio,  died. 

fabrica,  /.,  factory,  mill; —  de 
tejidos,  textile  mill. 

fabricacion,  /.,  manufacture, 
construction. 

fabricante,  w.,  manufacturer. 

fabricar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  manu- 
facture. 

fabuloso,  a.,  fabulous,  won- 
derful, 

facil,  a.,  easy. 

facilidad,  /.,  facility. 

facilitate,  v.  tr.,  facilitar. 

facilmente,  adv.,  easily. 

fact,  hecho,  m.;  often  ex- 
pressed by  a  clause  contain- 
ing el  (iViQ-\rsubj. 

factor,  m.,  factor. 

factor,  elemento,  m.,  factor,  m. 

factory,  fabrica,  /. 

factura,  /.,  bill. 

facturar,  v.  tr.,  to  check 
(trunks). 


faculty,  profesorado,  m. 

fachada, /.,  fagade. 

faeton,  m.,  carry-all. 

fail,  V.  intr.,  faltar,  dejar  de; 
{to  be  a  failure)  fracasar; 
without  — ,  sin  faltar,  sin 
falta. 

faint,  V.  intr.,  desmayarse. 

fairly,  adv.,  bastante,  harto. 

faith,  fe,  /.  , 

faja,  /.,  strip. 

falda, /.,  skirt,  foothill. 

falso,  a.,  false. 

falta,/.,  lack,  scarcity;  sin — , 
without  fail. 

faltar,  v.  intr.,  to  fail,  be  lack- 
ing;—  le  a  uno,  to  be  neces- 
sary to  or  for  one. 

fall,  V.  intr.,  caer  3;  —  asleep, 
dqrmirse  28;  —  '  down, 
caerse;  —  due,  veneer  35; 
s.,  caida,/. 

fallecer,  38,  v.  intr.,  to  die. 

fallo,  m.,  decision. 

falls,  caida,  /. 

fama,  /.,  fame,  reputation. 

familia,  /.,  family. 

familiarizarse  34,  (con),  v.refl., 
to  get  acquainted  (with). 

family,  familia,/. 

famoso,  a.,  famous. 

famous,  a.,  famoso,  afamado, 
ilustre,  renombrado. 


3^4 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


fan,  abanico,  m. 

fancy,  v.  tr.y  antojarsele  a  uno, 
imaginar(se). 

far,  a.y  lejano;  adv.^  lejos;  — 
away,  lejos;  — ■  in  the  dis- 
tance, muy  a  lo  lejos; how  — 
is  it  from  here?,  icuanto 
dista  de  aqui?;  how  —  are 
we?,  da  cuanta  or  que 
distancia  estamos?;  be  — 
from,  distai:  (mucho)  de. 

Farnese,  Isabel,  of  Parma, 
the  second  wife  of  Philip  V, 
mother  of  Charles  III. 

fascinar,  v.  tr.,  to  fascinate. 

fascinate,  v.  tr.,  encantar, 
fascinar. 

fast,  adv.y  aprisa,  de  prisa, 
rapidamente. 

fat,  «.,  graso,  gordo. 

father,  padre,  m. 

fault,  falta,  /.;  — finder  or 
— finding,  j".  and  a..,  que- 
jumbroso. 

favor,  m.y  favor;  es  —  que  Vd. 
me  hace,  you  flatter  me. 

favorite,  a.y  predilecto,  pre- 
ferido,  favorito;  s%  favori- 
to,  m. 

favorito,  a.  and  j-.,  favorite. 

fazenda  (Port:)  =  hacienda, 
coffee  plantation  {of  Brazil), 

fe,/.,  faith. 


fear,  v.  tr.,  temer,  tener  (17) 
miedo  de;  /.,  temor,  w., 
miedo,  m. 

febrero,  m.,  February. 

fecundidad, /.,  fertility. 

fecha,  /.,  date;  con  esta  — , 
under  date  of  today; 
sesenta  dias  — ,  sixty  days 
from  date. 

feel,  V.  tr.y  sentir  27;  —  ill; 
sentirse  malo  or  enfermo; 
—  like,  darle  (4)  a  uno  la 
gana;  —  proud  of,  enorgu- 
llecerse  (38)  de;  —  sorry, 
sentir. 

Felipe,  Philip;  —  II  (reigned 
1 556-1 598),  took  the 
throne  on  the  abdication 
of  his  father,  Charles  V;  — 
III  (reigned  1598-1621), 
son  of  Philip  II;  —  IV 
(reigned  1621-1665),  son 
of  Philip  III;  —  V  (reigned 
1 700- 1 746),  as  grandson  of 
Maria  Teresa  (daughter  of 
Philip  IV),  and  Louis  XIV 
of  France,  he  became  the 
first  Bourbon  king  of 
Spain,  by  right  of  the  will 
of  Charles  II. 

feliz,  a.y  happy,  fortunate. 

felt,  fieltro,  m. 

feo,  a.y  ugly,  unpleasant. 


VOCABULARIO 


365 


feraz,  a.,  fertile. 

Ferdinand,  Fernando. 

feretro,  m.,  bier. 

Fernando,  Ferdinand;  —  II 
of  Aragon;  married  Isabella 
I  of  Castile  in  1479,  thus 
uniting  the  crowns  of  Cas- 
tile, Leon  and  Aragon; 
—  VI  (reigned  1746- 175  9), 
son  of  Philip  V;  —  VII 
(reigned  1808-1833),  son  of 
Charles  IV;  repealed  the 
Salic  law  established  in 
Spain  by  Philip  V. 

ferreo,  ^.,  of  iron,  iron. 

ferrocarril,  m.,  railway. 

Ferrocarril  Gran  Oeste,  the 
Great  Western  Railway, 
constructed  in  the  early 
eighties  between  Villa  Mer- 
cedes and  Mendoza,  Argen- 
tina, and  planned  as  a  part 
of  the  transcontinental  line. 
It  is  now  leased  to  the 
Ferrocarril  Buenos  Aires  y 
Pacifico. 

ferrocarrilero,  a.,  pertaining 
to  railways. 

ferroviario,  a.,  pertaining  to 
railways. 

fertil,  a.,  fertile. 

fertile,  a.y  feraz,  fertil. 

fertility,  fecundidad,  /. 


fever,  calentura,  /. 

few,  pron.  and  «.,  pocos;  a  — , 
unos  pocos,  unos  cuantos. 

fiction,  literatura  novelesca,  /. 

fideos,  m.  pi.  vermicelli. 

§eld,   campo,   m, 

fielmente,    adv.,    faithfully. 

fieltro,  w.,   felt. 

fiery,  a.,  fogoso. 

fiesta,/.,  entertainment,  festi- 
val. 

fifteen,  quince;  — th  cen- 
tury, el  siglo  XV  (quince). 

fifty,   cincuenta. 

fight,  combate,  m.;  v.  intr., 
pelear(se)  (con),  luchar 
(con);  V.  tr.,  {with  a  hull) 
torear,    lidiar. 

fighter,  {of  bulls)  torero,  m. 

Figueras  y  Moragas,  Es- 
tanislao  (1819-1882),  first 
president  of  the  Spanish 
republic;  held  office  from 
Feb.  12  to  June  8,  1873. 

figura,  /.,   figure. 

figurar,  v.  tr.,  to  represent. 

fijar,  V.  tr.,  to  establish,  fix; 

—  la  vista  en,  to  gaze   at; 

—  se  en,  to  notice. 

fijo,  de  —  que  no,  adv.,  surely 

not,  certainly  not. 
fila,    /.,     file,     row;     en    — , 

tandem. 


366 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Filadelfia,    Philadelphia. 

film,  pelicula,  /. 

fill  an  order,  servir  (29)  un 
pedido. 

fin,  m.,  end,  purpose;  al,  en,  or 
por  fin,  at  last,  finally;  a  — 
de  que,  conj.,  in  order  that, 
so  that;  a  fines  de,  at  the 
end  of  {the  month). 

final,  m.,  end;  al  — ,  at  last. 

final,  <^.,  ultimo;  — ly,  adv., 
finalmente,    por    fin. 

finalmente,  adv.,,  at  last. 

finca, /.,  country  estate,  farm. 

find,  V.  tr.,  hallar,  encontrar 
24,  encontrarse  con;  — 
one's  way,  orientarse;  — 
out,  averiguar  36,  enterarse 
de,  venir  (21)  en  conoci- 
miento    de. 

fine,  a.y  magnifico,  elegante, 
bueno;  — !,  iexcelente! 

finish,  V.  tr.,  acabar,  terminar; 

—  off,    dar    (4)    la    ultima 
mano  a. 

fiord,    ria    orillada    de    altas 

rocas,  /. 
fire,  incendio,  m.,  fuego,  m.; 

—  -arm,    arrna   de   fuego; 

—  upon,    V.    tr.,    disparar 
contra. 

firm,  casa,  /.;  —  name,  razon 
social,  /. 


firma,  /.  signature. 

firmar,  v.  tr.,  to  sign. 

first,  a.  and  adv.,  primer(o) 
{abbreviated)  i  ;  adv.,  por 
vez  primera;  —  floor,  piso 
principal,  primer  piso;  at 
— ,  al  principio. 

fish,  pescado,  m.;  v.  tr.  and 
intr.,  pescar  30. 

fit  out  or  up,  V.  tr.,  montar, 
equipar. 

fitting,  be  — ,  v.  intr.,convtmT 
21,  ser  (16)  conveniente. 

five,  cinco. 

flat,  a.,  aplastado,  chato. 

flattering,    a.,    risuefio. 

flee,  V.  intr.,  huir  44. 

fleet,  escuadra,  /.,  flota,  /., 
armada,    /. 

flete,   m.,   freight. 

flight,  fuga,/.;  first  —  up,  en  el 
primer    piso. 

floating,  a.,  fiotante. 

flood,  V.  tr.,  inundar. 

floor,  piso,  m.;  first  —  (up), 
primer  piso,  m.,  piso  prin- 
cipal, m.;  ground  — ,  piso 
bajo,  m. 

flor,  /.,  flower. 

florecer,  38,  v.  intr.,  to  flour- 
ish,    prosper. 

florero,  m.,  flower  bed. 

floresta,  /.,  forest. 


VOCABULARIO 


Z^l 


Florida,  /.,  Florida. 

flota,  /.,  fleet. 

flotante,  a.y  floating. 

flour,  harina,  /. 

flourish,  V.  intr.,  florecer  38, 
medrar. 

flower,  flor,  /. 

fluvial,  a.,  water,  pertaining 
to  rivers;  via  — ,  water- 
way. 

foco,  m.,  street  light. 

fogoso,   a.y   fiery. 

follow,  V.  tr.y  seguir  29,  33; 
—  an  occupation,  ejercer 
(35)  un  oficio;  —  a  street, 
seguir  por  una  calle;  —  the 
direction  or  road,  llevar 
{or  seguir)  el  camino. 

fond,  be  —  of,  ser  (16)  parti - 
dario  de,  ser  aficionado  a, 
ser  dado  a,  ser  amante  de; 
tener  (17)  aficion  a. 

fonda,  /.,   restaurant. 

fondear,  v.  intr.,  to  anchor. 

fondo,  m.  bottom;  a  ~,  thor- 
oughly. 

food,  alimento,  w.;  —  prod- 
uct, producto  alimenticio, 
m.;  the  —  is  good,  se  come 
bien. 

fool,  ton  to,  m,,  bobo,  m.; 
V.  tr.,  engaiiar. 

foolish,   a.y   ton  to. 


foot,    pie,    m.;    (of    animals) 

pata,  /.; ball,  foot-ball, 

m.;  on  — ,  a  pie. 

foothills,  faldas,  /.  pi. 

for,  prep.,  (destination)  para, 
a;  (time  expressions)  dur- 
ante, por;  (in  exchange  for) 
por;  (continued  time)  hacer 
+  time  +  que;  conj.,  pues, 
puesto  que,  ya  que. 

forage,    pasto,    m. 

forastero,    w.,    foreigner. 

force,  fuerza,  /.;  be  in  — , 
regir  29,  37,  estar  (6) 
vigente. 

forcibly,  adv.,  energicamente. 

foreign,  a.,  extranjero,  ex- 
trafio. 

foreigner,  extranjero,  m., 
forastero,    m. 

forest,  selva,  /.,  floresta,  /., 
bosque,   m.;  a.,   forestal. 

forestal,  a.,  sylvan,  pertain- 
ing to  forests. 

forge,  forja, /.;  v.  tr.,  fraguar. 

forget,  V.  tr.,  olvidar,  olvidarse 
de,  olvidarsele  a  uno. 

forgive,  v.  tr.,  perdonar. 

forja,  /.,  forge. 

form,  forma,  /.;  v.  tr.,  for- 
mar. 

forma,  /.,  form,  shape. 

formar,  v.  tr.,  to  form. 


368 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


former,  a.,  anterior;  the  — , 
pron.,  aquel,  etc.;  — ly, 
anteriormente,  en  tiempos 
pasados. 

fortaleza,  /.,  fortress. 

fortnight,   quincena,  /. 

fortuna,  /.,  fortune. 

forty,    cuarenta 

fortunate,    afortunado. 

forzar,  (ue),  24,  34,  to  force, 
compel. 

found,  V.  tr.f  fundar;  be  — , 
encontrarse  24,   hallarse. 

founder,  fundador,  m. 

foundling  asylum,  inclusa,  /. 

foundry,  fundicion,  /. 

fountain,  fuente,  /. 

four,  cuatro. 

fracasar,  v.  intr.,  to  fail. 

fragmento,   m.,   fragment. 

fraguar,  v.  tr.,  to  forge. 

France,  Francia,  /. 

frances,  — esa,  a.,  French;  a  la 
francesa,  in  French  fashion. 

Francia,  /.,    France. 

Francisco,   Francis. 

franquear,  v.  tr.,  to  pay  post- 
age on,  to  stamp. 

franqueo,  m.,  postage. 

frase,  /.,   phrase,  sentence. 

fray,  m.,  friar. 

Fray  Bentos,  a  city  of  Uruguay 
on  the  Uruguay  river,  200 


miles    by    rail    n.  w.    from 
Montevideo;     population 
about  15,000. 

frecuencia,  /.,  frequency;  con 
— ,     frequently. 

frecuente,  a.y   frequent. 

frecuentemente,     adv.,     fre- 
quently. 

free,   a.,   libre;    (without   pay- 
ment)    gratis. 

freight,    flete,    w.,    carga,   /.; 

—  boat,  buque  de  flete  or 
carga. 

frente,  /.,  forehead;  m.  front; 

—  a,  en  —  de,  opposite, 
frequent,  a.,  frecuente;  — ly, 

frecuentemente,     con     fre- 
cuencia. 
fresco,  a.,  cool,  fresh;  hacer 

— ,     to    be    cool     (of    the 

weather). 
fresh,    a.,    fresco;    (not    salt) 

dulce. 
friend,  amigo-a,  m.  and  f. 
friendly,  a.,  amable. 
frighten,   v.    tr.,    asustar,    es- 

pantar,     aterrar,     dar     (4) 

miedo  a. 
frightful,  a.,  que  asusta. 
frigorifero,    m.,    refrigerating 

plant, 
frio,  a.  and  j.,  cold, 
from,  prep.,  de,  desde. 


VOCABULARIO 


3<^9 


front,  a.y  delantero;  in  — 
(seat),   en   el   delantero;   in 

—  of,  en  frente  de,  delante 
de;  water  — ,  barrio  mari- 
nero,  m. 

frontera,  /.,  frontier,  bound- 
ary. 

frontier,  frontera,  /.,  limites 
nacionales,  m.  pi. 

frost,  helada(s),  /. 

frozen,  pp.  and  a.,  congelado. 

fruit,  fruta,  /. 

fruta,  /.,  fruit. 

fruto,  w.,  product,  fruit;  — s, 
produce. 

fue J  from  ir  9,  or  ser  16. 

fuel,  combustible,  m. 

fuente,  /.,   fountain. 

fuersiy  from  ir  9,  or  ser  16. 

fuera,    adv.y    outside,    away; 

—  de,  prep.,  except,  out- 
side of,  out  of. 

fuere,  from  ir  9,  or  ser  16. 

fuero,  m.y  local  statute  law, 
privilege  granted  to  a  prov- 
ince. 

fuerte,  a.,  strong,  enduring, 
vigorous. 

fuerza,  /.,  force. 

fuese,  from  ir  9,  or  ser  16; 
por  pequenas  que  — n, 
however  small  they  may 
be. 


fuga,  /.,  flight. 

fui,  from  ir  9,  or  ser  16. 

fulfill,  V.  tr.f  cumplir  con. 

full,  a.y  lleno,  atestado;  there 
is  a  —  house,  hay  un  lleno. 

fully,  adv.y  de  lleno. 

fumador,  m.,  smoker. 

fumar,  v.  tr.,  to  smoke. 

funcion,  /.,  function,  per- 
formance (theatrical). 

funcionar,  v.  intr.,  to  operate, 
work;  {of  drama  or  opera) 
to  play. 

fundacion,  /.,  founding. 

fundador,  m.,  founder. 

fundar,  v.  tr.,  to  found;  — se, 
to  base  one's  opinion. 

fundicion,  /.,  foundry,  smel- 
ter. 

fundir,  v.  tr.,  to  smelt,  fuse. 

funesto,  a.,  gloomy,  ill-fated. 

funny,  a.,  divertido,  gracioso. 

furia,  /.,  fury. 

further,  adv.,  —  on,  mas  alia; 
—  north,  mas  al  norte. 

fuse,  V.  tr.y  fundir. 

futuro,  a.  and  s.,  future. 


gabacho,  m.,  a  term  used  in 

derision  of  the  French, 
gabinete,  tn.,  sitting-room. 
Gabriel,  w.,  Gabriel. 


370 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


gachupin,  m.y  nickname  given 
to  Spaniards  in  S  .  A. 

gala,  /.,  gala;  habitaciones  de 
— ,  state  apartments,  gala 
rooms. 

galera,  /.,  galley;  van,  wagon. 

Galera,  name  of  a  tunnel  on 
the  Oroya  Railway  of  Peru; 
the  highest  tunnel  in  the 
world,  15,665  feet  high  and 
3855  feet  long. 

galeria,  /.,  gallery. 

gales,  -esa,  a.  and s.,  Welsh. 

Galician,  a.  and  j.,  gallego. 

gallego,  a.  and  j-.,  of  or  per- 
taining to  Galicia,  a  region 
of  n.w.  Spain;  in  the  New 
World,  often  applied  as  a 
nickname  to  Spaniards. 

gallery,  galeria,  /.;  picture  — , 
galeria  de  pinturas,/.,  pina- 
coteca,  /.,  top  —  (0/  a 
theater)^  paraiso,  m. 

galley,  galera,  /. 

gallina,  /.,  hen. 

gallo,  m.j  rooster;  en  menos 
que    canta    un    — ,     in     a 

jiffy. 

gana,  /.,  desire;  de  buena  — , 

willingly,  gladly, 
ganadero,  m.,   cattleman;   a., 

cattle-raising, 
ganado,  m.,  cattle. 


ganar,  v.  tr.,  to  gain,  care, 
win;  —  a,  to  excel;  — se  la 
vida,  to  earn  one's  living; 
— se  la  palma,  to  carry  ofF 
the  palm. 

gandulear,  v.  intr.,  to  loaf. 

gangplank,  tablazon  de  em- 
barque,  m.,  escala,  /. 

Gaona,  Rodolfo,  a  Mexican 
bull-fighter  who  is  very 
popular  in  Spain. 

garden,  jardin,  m.;  — produce, 
hortaliza,  /.,  frutos,  m.  pL^ 

garment,  vestido,  m. 

gas,  gas,  m. 

Gasparini,  an  Italian  artist 
who  decorated  one  of  the 
rooms  of  the  Madrid  palace 
with  silk  brocade.  It  re- 
quired 32  years  to  complete 
the  work. 

gastar,  v.  tr.,  to  spend,  waste, 
wear. 

gastos,  m.  pl.y  expenses. 

gate,  puerta, /. 

gather,  v.  tr.,  recoger  37, 
reunir,  (of  crops)  cosechar. 

gaucho,  m.,  cowboy.  This 
term  is  used  especially  in 
Argentina. 

gauge,  norma,  /. 

gay-colored,  a.y  de  colores 
vivos. 


VOCABULARIO 


zn 


gaze  at,  v.  tr.,  fijar  la  vista  en; 

mirar,  observar. 
gemir  (i),  29,  to  moan,  whine. 
general,  a.  and  s.,  general;  por 

lo  — -,  generally. 
Generalife,    m.,    an    ancient 

building    of   Granada,    the 

summer    residence    of    the 

Moorish  kings. 
General  Mines,  Minas  Geraes 

iPort)y  f.   pL;    in    Spanish, 

Minas  Generates, 
generally,  adv.,  por  lo  general, 

comunmente. 
genero,  m.,  kind;  pl.y  goods. 
genio,       m.y       temperament, 

spirit. 
Geneva,  Genoa, 
gente,  /.,  people;  —  pudiente, 

people    of   consequence    or 

means, 
gentio,    m.,    throng,    crowd, 

swarm, 
gentleman,      caballero,      m., 

seiior,  m. 
geografico,  a.,  geographical, 
geography,  geografia,  /. 
gerente,  w.,  manager. 
German,  a.    and  s.,    aleman, 

-ana. 
Germany,  Alemania,  /. 
Gerona,  /.,   the  most  north- 
eastern province  of  Spain. 


gerundio,  m.,  gerund,  present 
participle. 

get,  V.  tr.y  conseguir  29,  33, 
obtener  17;  {of  tickets) 
tomar;  —  aboard,  embar- 
carse  30,  meterse  a  bordo; 

—  along  well  with,  conge- 
niar  bien  con;  —  acquainted 
with,  conocer  38,  familiari- 
zarse  con;  —  a  scare,  llevar 
un  susto;  —  into  or  on, 
subir  a,  meterse  en;  —  lost, 
extraviarse  39,  perderse  25; 

—  out,  V.  tr,,  llevar  fuera; 
V.  intr.y  bajar,  salir  15;  — 
out  of,  V.  intr.y  prescind ir  de; 

—  permission  to,  conseguir 
permiso  para;  —  passage, 
tomar  pasaje,  —  ready, 
V.  tntr.,  prepararse;  —  rough 
(of  the  sea),  agitarse,  picarse 
30;  —  seasick,  marearse, 
ponerse  (12)  mareado;  —  to 
be,  llegar  (32)  a  ser;  —  up, 
levantarse;  —  up  early, 
madrugar  32. 

Gibraltar,  m.,  Gibraltar. 

gigantesco,  a.,  gigantic,  huge. 

Gil  de  Ontafion,  Juan,  a 
Spanish  architect  of  the 
i6th  century.  His  son 
Rodrigo  was  more  famous 
than  he. 


372 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Giordano,  Luca  (163 2-1 705), 
a  very  facile  Italian  painter 
who,  at  the  invitation  of 
Charles  II  of  Spain,  spent 
13  years  working  in  Madrid. 

Giralda,  La,  the  tower  of 
Moorish  origin,  the  finest 
specimen  of  its  kind  in  the 
world,  which  stands  at  the 
n.  e.  corner  of  the  Seville 
cathedral.  The  upper  part 
of  the  belfry  and  the  vane 
were  added  in  1568  by 
Fernando  Ruiz  in  Renais- 
sance style. 

giraldillo,  in.,  vane. 

girar,  v.  intr.y  to  turn,  whirl; 
—  contra,  to  draw  upon. 

girl,  muchacha,  /.,  nina,  /. 

gitano,  a.  and  s.,  gypsy. 

give,  V.  tr.y  dar  4;  —  an  order 
{fo^  goods),  hacer  (8)  un 
pedido;  —  attention  to, 
atender  (25)  a;  —  battle  to, 
dar  batalla  a;  —  birth  to, 
dar  a  luz;  —  up,  v.  intr., 
darse  por  vencido;  v.  tr., 
abdicar  30,  renunciar,  en- 
tregar  32. 

glad,  a.,  contento;  be  — , 
alegrarse  (de),  estar  (6) 
contento;  where  we  shall 
be   —    to    have    you    call. 


donde  Vd.  tiene  su  casa; 
— ly.,  adv.y  de  buena  gana, 
de  buen  grado,  de  buenii 
voluntad;  most  — ly,  de  mil 
amores. 

glass,  vidrio,  m. 

glide,  V.  intr.y  deslizarse  34. 

glimmer,  v.  intr.,  rielarse. 

globe,  globo,  m.y  mundo,  w. 

globo,  m.,  globe. 

gloria,/.,  glory. 

glorioso,  a.y  glorious. 

glove,  guante,  m. 

glow,  brillo,  m. 

go,  V.  intr.y  ir  9,  largarse  32 
(colloquial),  marcharse,  (to 
be  in  motion)  andar  i,  mar- 
char;  —  aboard,  subir  a 
bordo  (de),  embarcarse  (30) 
en;  —  afoot,  ir  a  pie;  — 
ashore,   desembarcarse   30; 

—  down  stairs,  bajar  la 
escalera;  —  far  in  some- 
thing, meter  las  manos 
hasta    los    codos    en    algo; 

—  for  a  walk,  ir  a  pasearse; 

—  in,  into,  entrar  (en);  — 
on  one*s  way,  seguir  (29,  33) 
su  camino;  —  out,  {of  a 
light)  apagarse  32;  —  out 
on,  salir  (15)  a;  —  driving, 
ir  a  paseo  en  coche;  —  to 
bed,    acostarse    24;    —    to 


VOCABULARIO 


373 


sleep,  dormirse  28;  —  to  the 
aid    of,    ir    en    auxilio    de; 

—  through,  pasar  por;  — 
up,  subir  a  or  por,  ascender 
25,  trepar  por;  —  up  on 
deck,  subir  al  puente  or  a  la 
cubierta;    how     does    one, 

—  ?  J  por  donde  se  va? 
gobernacion,  /.,  government, 
gobernante,  a.,  governing, 
gobernar    (ie)    24,    v.    tr.,    to 

govern. 

gobierno,  m.,  government. 

God,  Dios,  m. 

godo,  m.y  Goth;  also  applied  as 
nickname  to  Spaniards  in 
S.  A. 

Godoy,  Manuel  de  (1767- 
185 1),  Duke  of  Alcudia  and 
Prince  of  Peace;  prime 
minister  and  royal  favorite 
of  Charles  IV  and  of  his 
wife,  Maria  Luisa  of  Parma, 
whose  lover  he  was. 

gold,  oro,  m. 

golf,  m.,  golf. 

golfo,  m.,  gulf. 

gone  by,  pp.  and  a.,  pasado. 

good,  buen(o);  —  for  the 
digestion,  estomacal;  — 
day,  buenos  dias;  — 
night,  buenas  noches  or 
buenas     (tardes);     be     — 


{valid),  valer  20;  s.  bien,  m. 
— s,  generos,  m.  pL,  efectos, 
m.  pL;  mercancias,  /.  pL; 
mercaderias,  /.  pi. 

good-by,  adios,  m. 

gordo,  a.  and  s.,  fat;  el  pre- 
mio  — ,  or  el  —  (in  speak- 
ing  of  lottery  prizes),  first 
prize. 

gorge,  tajo,  m. 

gorro,  m.y  cap. 

gota,/.,  drop;  gout. 

Goth,  godo,  m. 

Gothic,  a.,  gotico;  late  — , 
gotico  decadente. 

g6tico,  a.y  Gothic. 

gout,  gota,  /. 

govern,  v.  tr.,  gobernar  24. 

governing,  a.,  gobernante. 

government,  gobierno,  m. 

governor,   gobernador,   m. 

Goya  y  Lucientes,  Francisco 
(1748-1828),  a  versatile 
and  facile  Spanish  painter 
who  used  the  pencil,  brush 
or  graver  with  equal  power. 
His  etchings  are  widely 
known.  His  tapestry  de- 
signs are  numerous  and 
varied.  He  excelled  in 
portraiture. 

gozar  (de),  v.  intr.,  34,  to 
enjoy. 


374 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


gracia,  /.,  grace,  pleasing  ap- 
pearance; — s,  /.  pL,  thanks. 

grade,  calidad,  /. 

graderia,  /.,  flight  of  stairs  or 
steps. 

grado,  m.,  degree;  pleasure; 
de  buen — ,  willingly,  gladly. 

graduarse,  v.  refl.^  to  graduate, 
to  be  graduated. 

gramatica,  /.,    grammar. 

Granada,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  same  name 
in  s.  Spain;  former  capital 
of  the  Moorish  kingdom  of 
Granada;  population  about 
70,000. 

granadino,  a.  and  s.,  Grana- 
dine,  of  Granada. 

grande  or  gran,  a.,  great,  large, 

grandeza,  /.,  size,  greatness, 
hugeness,  glory,  great  char- 
acter, great  man. 

grandiose,  a.,  splendid,  won- 
derful. 

grandisimo,  a.,  very  large. 

granito,  w.,  granite. 

Granja,  La,  The  Grange,  a 
favorite  summer  palace  of 
the  king  and  queen  of 
Spain;  in  the  province  of 
Segovia,  on  w.  slope  of  the 
Guadarramas;  construction 
begun  by  PhiHp  V,  in  171 9. 


grano,  m.,  grain;  berry  (of 
coffee). 

grant,  v.  tr.,  conceder. 

grape,  uva,  /. 

graso,  a.,  fat. 

grateful,    a.,    agradecido. 

gratis,  a.,  gratis,  free  of 
charge. 

gratitude,  agradecimiento,  m. 

grato,  a.y  pleasant,  welcome. 

great,  a.,  gran(de);  — er, 
mayor,  mas  grande;  — est, 
sumo,  el  mayor,  el  mas 
grande;  the  — er  part,  la 
mayor  parte,  la  mayoria; 
— ly,  adv.,  mucho,  sobre- 
manera.  Great  Scott!, 
inter j.,    icaramba! 

greatness,  grandeza,  /. 

green,  a.,  verde. 

greet,  v.  tr.,  saludar. 

gridiron,  parillas,  /.  pi. 

griego,  a.  and  j-.,  Greek. 

grind,  v.  tr.,  moler  26,  ma- 
chacar    30. 

grinding,  a.,  moliente. 

gringo,  m.,  term  applied  in 
several  Spanish-American 
countries  to  foreigners,  es- 
pecially to  North  Ameri- 
cans. According  to  the 
Academy  dictionary,  a  cor- 
ruption of  griego. 


VOCABULARIO 


375 


gris,  a,,  gray. 

gritar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to  shout, 
cry  out. 

grito,  m.y  cry,  shout. 

grosero,  a.y  coarse,  rude, 
crude. 

grotto,  gruta,  /. 

ground,  suelo,  m.y  terreno,  m. 

grupo,   m.y   group. 

gruta,  /.,  grotto,  cave. 

Guadalevin,  w.,  a  small  river 
flowing  through  Ronda,  s. 
Spain. 

Guadalquivir,  m.,  a  river  of 
s.  w.  Spain.  It  is  360 
miles  long,  flowing  s.  w. 
into  the  Atlantic.  Navig- 
able to  Seville,  54  miles, 
by  vessels  up  to  1500 
tons. 

Guadarrama,  Sierra  de,  the 
chain  of  mountains  which, 
with  the  Sierra  de  Gredos, 
divides  Old  from  New 
Castile;  about  50  miles 
n.  w.  of  Madrid. 

guanaco,  m.y  guanaco,  a 
species  of  alpaca  or  llama. 

guano,  m.y  guano,  seabirds* 
dung  used  as  fertilizer. 

guard,  (the  corps)  guardia,  /.; 
(the  member  of  the  corps) 
guardia,  m.;  civil  — ,  guardia 


civil  {with  the  same  distinc- 
tion in  genders). 

guardarse,  v.  refl.,  to  keep, 
put  away. 

guardia,  {the  corps)  /.;  {the 
member  of  the  corps)  m., 
guard;  —  de  orden  publico, 
policeman. 

guarnecido,  m.,   stucco-work. 

guarnicion,   /.,    garrison. 

guerra,  /.,  war. 

guerrero,  m.y  warrior;  a.y  war- 
like. 

Guerrero,  Maria  (1868-), 
the  leading  Spanish  actress 
of  today.  Studied  under 
Coquelin,  Paris.  Married 
in  1896  Fernando  Diaz  de 
Mendoza. 

guest,  huesped,  m. 

guia,  /.,  guide  book;  m.y 
guide. 

guiar,  V.  tr.y  to  drive,  guide. 

guide,  {person)  guia,  m., 
cicerone,  {Italian  word)  m.; 
{book)  guia,  /. 

guitar,  guitarra,  /. 

guitarra,/.,  guitar. 

gustar,  V.  intr.y  to  please. 
( Used  mostly  in  the  ^rd. 
per.  sing,  and  pi.);  me 
gustan  los  libros,  I  like  the 
books. 


376 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


gusto,  m.,  pleasure,  taste; 
tanto  — ,  delighted;  a  su  — , 
to  one's  taste;  sobre  — s 
no  hay  nada  escrito,  tastes 
difFer. 

gypsy,  a.  and  j-.,  gitano. 

H 

haber,  7,  to  have  (as  auxil- 
iary); —  de,  to  be  to;  hay, 
there  is,  there  are;  habia, 
there  was,  there  were; 
habia  de  todo,  there  was 
something  of  everything; 
muchos  aflos  ha,  many 
years     ago. 

habitable,  a.,  habitable. 

habitacion,  /.,  room. 

habitante,  m.  and  f.^  inhabit- 
ant. 

habitar,  v.  tr.,  to  inhabit. 

habituar,  v.  tr.,  to  accustom. 

habia,  /.,  speech. 

hablar,  v.  tr.,  to  speak. 

habre,  from  haber  7. 

hacendado,  m.,  land-owner. 

hacer,  8,  v.  tr.,  to  make,  do;  — 
calor,  to  be  hot  {weather); 
—  de,  to  act  as;  —  el 
favor,  (to)  please;  — 
entrar,  to  show  in;  — 
escala  en,  to  put  in  at, 
stop    (0/  boats);  — le  falta 


algo  a  uno,  to  need  some- 
thing; —  la  guerra  a,  to 
make  war  on;  — (se) 
lenguas  de,  to  praise;  — 
rabiar,  to  drive  frantic;  — 
saber,  to  inform,  make 
known;  —  una  pregunta, 
to  ask  a  question;  —  una 
propaganda,  to  carry  on  a 
propaganda;  —  una  vida, 
to  lead  a  life;  —  un  pedido 
(de),  to  give  an  order  (for); 

—  un  viaje,  to  take  a  trip; 

—  valer,  to  put  to  account; 

—  ver,  to  show;  — se,  to 
become;  — se  a  la  mar,  to 
set  out  to  sea;  — se  cono- 
cer,  to  make  oneself  known; 
— se  entender,  to  make 
oneself  understood;  — se 
llevar,  to  have  oneself 
taken;  hace  frio,  it  is  cold; 
hace  tanto  tiempo,  a  long 
while  ago;  hace  poco,  a  short 
time    ago. 

hacia,  prep.,  toward, 
hacienda,  /.,  treasury, 
haga,  from  hacer  8. 
hago,  from  hacer  8. 
hair,    cabello,    m.;    long    — , 

or  head  of  — ,  cabellera,  /. 
halagar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  delight, 
halago,  m.,  cajolery. 


VOCABULARIO 


377 


half,  a.y  medio;  /.,  mitad,  /.; 
—  breed,  mestizo,  m.;  — 
past,  {of  the  hour)  y  media. 

hall,  salon,  m. 

hallar,  v.  tr.,  to  find;  — se, 
V.  reft,;  to  be  found,  to  be. 

hambre,  /.,   hunger. 

hand,  mano,  /.;  {workman) 
brazo,  m.;  —  to  — ,  cuerpo 
a  cuerpo;  by  — ,  a  mano, 
on  every  — ,  por  tod  as 
partes;  on  the  other  — ,  en 
cambio;  v.  tr.,  entregar  32, 
acercar   30. 

handbag,   maleta,  /. 

handkerchief,   panuelo,   m. 

handle,  v.  tr.,  manejar. 

hang  (up),  V.  tr.,  colgar  32. 

hangings,  colgaduras,  /.  pi. 

happen,  v.  intr.,  pasar,  ocu- 
rrir,  suceder,  acontecer  38. 

hapsburgo,  a.  and  s,.  Haps- 
burg,  the  Austrian  royal 
family.  From  Philip  I  to 
Charles  II,  the  Spanish 
kings  were  Hapsburgs. 

harbor,  puerto,  m. 

hard,  a.,  dificil;  {to  the  touch) 
duro;  work  — ,  trabajar  de 
firme. 

hardly,  adv.,  apenas  (si);  casi 
no,  dificilmente. 

hare,  from  hacer  8. 


harina,  /.,   flour. 

hartar,  v.  tr.,  satiate,  tire, 
weary. 

harto,  adv.,  rather,  sufficiently. 

harvest,  v.  tr.,  cosechar. 

hasta,  prep.,  to,  up  to,  even, 
as  far  as,  until;  I —  otra 
vez!,  so  long!;  —  que,  conj., 
until. 

hastily,  adv.,  apresurada- 
mente,  de  prisa. 

hat,  sombrero,  m.;  —  -store, 

sombrereria,  /.; maker, 

sombrerero,  m. 

hatch  up,  V.  tr.,  tramar. 

hate,  V.  tr,,  aborrecer  38. 

have,  V.  tr.,  {possession)  tener 
17;  {of  meals)  tomar;  {cau- 
sation) hacer  (8)  (+  inf.  or 
subj.);  {auxiliary)  haber  7; 

—  a  good  time,  divertirse 
27,    pasar    un    buen    rato; 

—  a  liking  for,  tener  (17) 
afici6n  a;  —  an  understand- 
ing with,  entenderse  (25) 
con;  —  extra,  sobrarle  a 
uno;  —  left,  quedarle  a 
uno;  —  oneself  taken, 
hacerse  llevar;  —  part  in, 
tener  parte  en;  —  to,  tener 
que  (+  inf.);  —  to  do  with, 
tener  que  ver  con;  —  to 
spare,  sobrarle  a  uno. 


378 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


hay,  from  haber  7,  there  is, 
there  are;  —  que,  one  must. 

hay  a,  from  haber  7. 

Hayti,  Haiti,  m. 

haz,  from  hacer  8. 

hazaiia, /.,  deed. 

he,  has,  ha,  etc.,  from  haber  7. 

he,  inter j.,  behold;  hele  por 
aqui,  here  he  is. 

he,  pers.  pron.,  el;  (before  of  or 
that)  el;  —  who,  el  que, 
quien. 

head,  cabeza,  /.;  —  travel- 
ing salesman,  jefe  de  los 
comisionistas. 

headquarters,  centro,  m.;  casa 
de  administracion,  /.;  (of 
army)  cuartel  general. 

health,  salud,  /.;  —  first,  la 
salud  ante  todo;  be  in  good 
— ,  estar  (6)  en  caja,  estar 
bien  de  salud ;  be  in  usual  — , 
estar  sin  novedad. 

healthfulness,  salubridad,  /. 

healthy,  a.,  sano. 

hear,  v.  tr.,  oir  10,  escuchar; 

—  about,  oir  hablar  de;  — 
from,  recibir  las  noticias  de; 

—  say   or   said.,   oir  decir; 

—  speak  or  spoken,  oir 
hablar;  let  —  from,  enviar 
(39)  uno  sus  noticias  a  otro. 

heart,  corazon,  m. 


heat,  calor,  m. 

heatedly,  adv.,  a  porfia. 

heaven,  cielo,  m. 

heavy,  a.,  pesado. 

hecho,  pp.  0/ hacer  8 ;  m,,  fact. 

heed,  v.  tr.,  reparar  en,  hacer 
caso  de;  give  —  to,  poner 
(12)  reparos  en. 

height,  altura,  /.,  elevacion, 
/.,  eminencia,  /. 

heighten,  v.  tr.,  realzar,  34. 

helada,/.,  frost. 

help,  V.  tr,,  ayudar,  auxiliar, 
remediar;  s.,  ayuda,  /., 
auxilio,  m.,  remedio,  m.; 
there  is  no  —  for  it,  no  hay 
remedio. 

hell,  infierno,  m. 

hello,  interj.,  hola. 

hemisferio,  m.,  hemisphere. 

hence,  adv.,  de  ahi;  conj.,  de 
ahi  que. 

her,  poss.  a.,  su,  de  ella  {often 
expressed  hy  the  def.  art.)', 
pers.  pron.  indir.  ohj.,  le; 
dir.  ohj.,  la;  {after  a  prep.), 
ella. 

Heraldo,  El,  a  Madrid  daily 
which  supports  Radical- 
Monarchist  politics;  owned 
by  the  Sociedad  Editorial  de 
Espaiia. 

herd,  rebaiio,  m. 


VOCABULARIO 


379 


here,  adv.y  aqui;  —  and  there, 

por  aqui  y  por  alia;  —  is, 

•  are,    (dem.)    he    aqui,   aqui 

esta(n);  —  we  are,  ya  esta- 

mos;  —  you  are,  tome  Vd. 

herir,  (ie,  i),  27,  v.  tr.,  to 
wound,  strike. 

hermano-a,  m.  and/.,  brother, 
sister. 

hermosear,  v.  tr.,  to  beautify. 

hermosisimo,  a.,  very  beauti- 
ful. 

hermoso,  a.,  beautiful. 

hermosura, /.,  beauty. 

heroe,  m.,  hero. 

heroically,  adv.,  heroicamente. 

heroico,  a.,  heroic. 

heroina,  /.,  heroine. 

herrador,  m.,  horseshoer. 

herradura,  /.,  horseshoe. 

herramienta,  /.,  tool,  imple- 
ment. 

herrero,  w.,  blacksmith. 

hervir  (i)^  29,  v.  tr.  and  intr., 
to  boil. 

hice,  from  hacer  8. 

hide,  cuero  m.;  beef  — ,  cuero 
de  ganado,  m.\  tanned  — , 
curtido,  m. 

hidroelectrico,  a.,  hydro-elec- 
tric. 

hierba,  /.,  grass;  —  mate, 
Paraguayan  tea. 


hierro,  m.,  iron. 

high,  <2.,  alto,  elevado;  {in 
height)  de  altura;  to  be  so 
many  feet  — ,  tener  (17) 
tantos  pies  de  altura;  — 
school,  escuela  superior,  /. 
— ly,  adv.,  en  sumo  grado, 
sumamente. 

highland,  meseta,  /.,  alti- 
planicie,  /.  paramo,  w. 

Highness,  Alteza,  /. 

highway,  carretera,  /.,  cal- 
zada,  /. 

higo,  m.,  fig. 

hijo,  w.,  son,  child. 

hilandero-a,  m.  andf.,  spinner. 

hilar,  v.  tr.,  to  spin. 

hilera, /.,  row. 

hilo,  m.,  thread. 

hill,  monte,  m.,  cerro,  m. 

him,  pers.  pron.,  dir.  obj.  and 
indir.  obj.  le;  (after  a 
prep.),  el. 

himself,  pers.  pron.  refi.,  se; 
intensive,  mismo,  propio. 

hinder,  v.  tr.,  impedir  29, 
dificultar,  estorbar,  moles- 
tar. 

hindrance,  estorbo,  m.,  moles- 
tia,  /. 

hipnotico,  a.,  hypnotic. 

hipodromo,  m.,  race-track. 

hire,  v.  tr.,  alquilar. 


38o 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


his,  poss.  a.,  su,  de  el;  often 

expressed  by  the  def.  art. 
Hispanic,   a.,  hispano,  hispa- 

nico. 
hispano, «.,  Spanish,  Hispanic; 

—    americano,    a.    and  s., 

Spanish-American, 
historia, /.,  history, 
historian,  historiador,  m. 
historico,  a..,  historical, 
history,  historia,  /. 
hit,    V.    tr.,    golpear;    —    the 

mark,  dar  (4)  en  el  bianco, 
hitch,  V.  tr.,  enjaezar  34. 
hither,  adv.,  (aqui,  aca    (with 

verb     of     motion);  —     and 

thither,  aqui  (or  aca)  y  alia, 
hito,  m.,  boundary  mark, 
hizo,  from  hacer  8. 
hogar,    m.y    home,     fire-side, 

abode, 
hoja,  /.,  leaf,  sheet,  page, 
hola,  inter j.,  hello, 
hold,  V.  tr.,  conservar,  tener 

17;  —  in  pleasant  memory, 

tener    en    grata    memoria; 

get  —  of,   apoderarse   de; 

s.,  bodega,  /. 
holgar,  (ue),  24,  32,  v,  intr., 

to  be  useless;  — se,  to  idle, 

amuse  oneself;  huelga  decir, 

needless  to  say. 
holly,  acebo,  m. 


hombre,  m.,  man;  {in  excla- 
mations) man  alive! 

hombro,  m.,  shoulder. 

home,  hogar,  m.,  casa,  /., 
domicilio,  m.,  residencia,  /., 
vivienda,  /. ;  —  soil,  terruno 
original;  adv.,  a  casa. 

homesickness  (for),  nostalgia 
(de),/. 

hondo,  a.,  deep. 

honor,  m.,  honor. 

honrado,  pp.  and  a.,  honest, 
honored. 

honrar,  v.  tr.,  to  honor. 

hope,  esperanza,  /.;  v.  intr., 
esperar. 

hora, /.,  hour;  por — s,  by  the 
hour. 

horizonte,  m.,  horizon. 

hormigon,  m.,  cement. 

hormigueo,  m.,  hurly-burly. 

horno,  m.,  oven. 

horse,  caballo,  m.;  —  power, 
caballo  de  fuerza,  w.;  — 
dealer,  chalan  m. 

horseshoe,  herradura,  /.;  — 
curve,  curva  de  herradura,/. 

horseshoer,  herrador,  m. 

hortaliza, /.,  garden  produce. 

hospedaje,  m.,  lodging. 

hospedar,  v.  tr.,  to  lodge,  give 
lodgings,  put  up;  — se  en, 
to  put  up  at,  to  lodge  at. 


VOCABULARIO 


381 


hospital,  m.,  hospital. 

hot,  «.,  caliente,  calido,  {of 
weather)  caluroso;  it  is  — 
{weather) y  hace  calor. 

hotel,  m.,  hotel. 

hotel,  hotel,  w.,  posada,  /., 
small  — ,  hotelito,  w.;  — 
keeper,  hotelero,  m. 

hotelero,  w.,  proprietor  {of  a 
hotel)  y  hotel  keeper. 

hotelito,  dimin.  of  hotel. 

hour,  hora,  /.;  —  after  — , 
hora  tras  hora;  an  —  after, 
a  una  hora  de;  an —  before, 
con  una  hora  de  anticipa- 
cion;  by  the  — ,  por  horas. 

house,  casa;  /.;  country  — , 
casa  de  campo,  /.;  little  — , 
casita,  /.;  v.  tr.y  domiciliar, 
alojar,  almacenar  {of 
things). 

household,  familia,  /. 

how?,  adv.y  dcomo?;  —  goes 
it?,  dque  tal?;  —  long?, 
dcuanto  tiempo  hace  (hacia) 
que?;  much?,tcuanto?  — 
ibeautiful!,  ique  {or 
!cuan)  hermoso!;  {indirect 
exclamations)  \o-\-a.  or 
adv. 

Howells,  William  Dean 
(183  7-),  the  foremost  Am- 
erican novelist,  editor  and 


critic  of  today.  He  has  for 
many  years  been  deeply 
interested  in  things  Spanish. 

however,  adv.,  sin  embargo, 
empero;  —  much,  por 
mucho  que  +  suhj.',  — 
small  it  may  be,  por  peque- 
iio-a  que  sea. 

hoy,  adv.,  today;  —  dia, 
nowadays;  the  present 
time;  —  mismo,  this  very 
day;  —  por  — ,  nowadays; 
todo  — ,  this  whole  day. 

huaso  {or  guaso),  m..,  rustic 
{Chilean). 

hubiera,  from  haber  7. 

hubiese,/rom  haber  7. 

hubo,  from  haber  7. 

huele,  from  oler  26a. 

huelga, /.,  strike. 

huelguista,  m.,  striker. 

Huelva,  a  maritime  province 
of  s.w.  Spain,  noted  for  its 
copper  times. 

huerto,  m.,  orchard. 

huesped-a,  m.  and  f.,  guest. 

huevo,  m.y  egg. 

huge,  a.y  inmenso,  enorme, 
estupendo. 

huir,  44,  V.  intr.y  to  flee. 

hule,  w.,  rubber;  {S.  A.  term), 

huUa,  /.,  soft  coal. 

humano,  a.,  human. 


382 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Hume,  Martin  Andrew  Sharp 
(1847-1910),  an  English 
army  officer  and  author. 
He  was  educated  in  Spain; 
wrote  many  books  on 
Spanish  and  EngHsh  his- 
tory; editor  of  the  Spanish 
State  papers;  wrote  "Mod- 
ern Spain",  "Spain,  1479- 
1788",  "PhiHp  II  of 
Spain",    etc. 

humillar,  v.  tr.,  to  humble, 
humiliate. 

humo,  w.,  smoke. 

humor,  m.  humor. 

hunchback,  a.  and  s.y  cor- 
covado,  jorobado. 

hundirse,  v.  refl,,  to  sink. 

hundred,  one  — ,  ciento,  or 
cien  {before  its  noun);  two 
— ,  doscientos-as. 

hunger,  hambre,  /. 

hungry,  a.,  hambriento,  con 
hambre;  *be  —  (for),  tenet 
(17)  hambre  (de). 

hurly-burly,  hormigueo,  m. 

hurry,  prisa,  /.;  there  is  no  — , 
no  corre  prisa;  v.  intr., 
apresurarse  (para);  be  in  a 
— ,  tener  prisa,  estar  de 
prisa,  darse  prisa. 

husband,  esposo,  m.,  marido, 
m. 


hydro-electric,       a.,       hidro- 

electrico. 
hypnotic,  a.,  hipnotico. 


I,  pers.  pron.,  yo. 

iba,  from  ir  9. 

Iberian,  a.  and  j.,  iberico. 

iberico,  a.  and  j-.,  Iberian. 

ida,  /.,  going,  departure;  —  y 

venida,  going  and  coming, 

bustle;    de    —    y    vuelta, 

round  trip, 
idea,/.,  idea. 

idear,  v.  tr.^  to  plan,  think  out. 
identico,   a.,   identical, 
identificar,     30,      v.     tr.,     to 

identify, 
idioma,    m.,    language, 
idle,  V.  intr.,  holgarse  32. 
ido,  pp.  and  j.,  one  departed, 

absent, 
if,  conj.,  si. 
iglesia,  /.,  church, 
ignorancia,  /.,  ignorance, 
igual,   a.y   equal,    like,    same: 

sin  — ,  unequalled, 
igualmente,     adv.,     equally, 

likewise,  the  same, 
iluminar,  v.  tr.,  to  illuminate, 
ilustrado,       a.,       illustrated, 

learned,    informed, 
ilustrar,  v.  tr,,  to  illustrate. 


VOCABULARIO 


383 


ilustre,  a.,  illustrious,  cele- 
brated. 

ill,  a.,  enfermo;  —  -will, 
rencor,  m.,  malquerencia,  /. 

illustrate,  v.  tr.,  ilustrar. 

imaginacion,  /.,   imagination. 

imaginar(se),  v.  tr.  and  refl., 
to  imagine. 

imagine,  v,  tr.,  imaginar(se), 
figurarse. 

imitar,  v.  tr.,  to  imitate. 

immediately,  adv.,  en  seguida, 
seguidamente,  inmediata- 
mente. 

immense,  a.,  inmenso,  enor- 
me;  — ly,  sobremanera. 

immigrant,   inmigrante,   m. 

immortal,    a.,    inmortal. 

Imparcial,  El,  a  Madrid  daily 
owned  by  the  Sociedad 
Editorial  de  Espafia;  sup- 
ports the  Liberal-Mon- 
archist program;  circulates 
widely  among  the  working 
classes  of  the  provinces. 

impart,  v.  tr.,  prestar. 

impedir  (i),  29,  v.  tr.,  to  pre- 
vent, stop,  hinder. 

imperative,  a,  and  s,,  im- 
perative. 

imperio,  m.,  empire. 

impsrishable,  a.,  inmarcesible. 

implement,  herramienta,  /. 


imponderable,  a.,  inexpres- 
sible. 

imponente,  a.,  imposing. 

imponer,  12,  v.  tr.,  to  impose, 
establish. 

import,  V.  tr.,  importar. 

importancia,  /.,  importance. 

importante,   a.,    important. 

importar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
import,  be  important, 
amount  to;  no  importa,  it 
doesn't  matter,  never  mind. 

impose,  v.  tr.,  imponer  12. 

imposibilitar,  v.  tr.,  to  block, 
make     impossible. 

imposing,  a.,  imponente. 

impossible,  a.,  imposible,  no 
dable. 

impresionar,  v.  tr.,  to  impress. 

impress,  v.  tr.,  imprimir,  im- 
presionar. 

imprimir,  45,  v.  tr.,  to  print, 
impress. 

imprisionar,  v.  tr.,  to  im- 
prison. 

imprison,  v.  tr.,  imprisionar. 

imprisonment,  encarcela- 
miento,  m. 

improper,  inconveniente. 

improve,  v.  tr.,  mejorar,  re- 
formar. 

impuesto,  m.,  duty,  tatifF, 
impost. 


384 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


impulsar,  v.  tr.,  to  move,  im- 
pel. 

impuse,  from  imponer  12. 

in,  prep.,  en,  por,  de  (after 
a  superlative^ ;  (within)  den- 
tro  de;  —  population,  por 
su  poblacion. 

inacabable,  a.y  interminable. 

inactividad,  /.,    stagnation. 

inagotable,  a.,   inexhaustible. 

inaguantable,  a.,  unendurable. 

inalambrico,  a.,  wireless. 

incalculable,  a.,  inestimable, 
incalculable. 

incarnate,   v.   tr.,  encarnar. 

Incas,  m.  pL,  "the  people  of 
the  sun",  who  developed 
a  high  civilization  in  the 
Cuzco  valley  and  else- 
where in  Peru.  Their  em- 
pire was  at  its  height  in  the 
13th  and  14th  centuries. 

incendio,  m.,  fire. 

inclinar,  v.  tr.,  to  incline,  turn. 

inclined  to,  a.,  partidario  de. 

include,  v.  tr.,  comprender. 

inclusa,  /.,  foundling  asylum. 

inconveniente,  a.,  improper, 
not  fitting,  unsuitable;  m., 
difficulty,  obstacle. 

increase,  aumento,  m.;  v. 
tntr.y  aumentarse,  tomar 
aumento. 


increasing,   a.,   creciente. 

increible,  a.,  incredible,  un- 
believable. 

incremento,  m.,  increase. 

inch,   pulgada,  /. 

indagacion,  /.,    investigation. 

indecible,  a.,  inexpressible; 
de  una  manera  — ,  beyond 
words. 

indeciso,  a.,  indecisive. 

indeed,  adv.,  ya,  si  que  + 
clause;  —  not,  ya  no;  yes 
indeed,  ya  lo  creo. 

independencia,  /.,  indepen- 
dence. 

independiente,  a.,  independ- 
ent. 

Indian,  a.  and  s.,  indio. 

indicacion, /.  indication. 

indicar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  indicate, 
point  out. 

indicate,  v.  tr.,  indicar  30, 
marcar  30. 

indication,  indicacion,  /. 

indicativo,  a.  and  s.,  indicative. 

indiferencia,  /.,    indifference. 

indio,  a.  and  s.,  Indian. 

indispensable,  a.,  indis- 
pensable,   necessary. 

individualismo,  m.,  individr 
ualism. 

individuo,    m.,    individual. 

indole,  /.,  nature*  charactsr. 


VOCABULARIO 


38s 


indudablemente,  adv.,  with- 
out  doubt,   doubtless(ly). 

industrial  /.,  industry.  • 

industrial,  a.,  industrial. 

industrious,  a.,  trabajador-a, 
aplicado. 

industry,  industria,  /.;  {of 
persons)    laboriosidad,  /. 

inexpressible,  a.,  indecible, 
imponderable. 

infante-a,  m.  and  /.,  royal 
prince  or  prinVess  of  Spain. 

infierno,   m.,    hell. 

infinidad,  /.,  infinity,  large 
number. 

infinitivo,    m.,    infinitive. 

influence,  influencia,  /.;  v.  tr., 
influir  (44)  en. 

influencia,  /.,  influence. 

influir  en,  44,  v.  intr.,  to 
influence. 

inform,  v.  tr.,  enterar,  poner 
(12)  en  conocimiento  de; 
hacer  (8)  saber,  participar, 
informar. 

informar,  v.  tr.,  to  inform. 

information,  datos,  m.  pL; 
—  bureau,  despacho  de  in- 
formaciones. 

informe,  m.,  news,  informa- 
tion; pedir  — s,  to  ask  for 
news  or  information. 

informed,  pp.  and  a.,  ilustrado. 


infundir,  v.  tr.,  to  inspire. 

infusion,  /.,  infusion,  steep- 
ing. 

ingeniero,  m.,  engineer. 

ingenio,  w.,  wit,  cleverness; 
(in  S.  A.)  sugar  mill,  sugar- 
refining  plant. 

Inglaterra,  /.,  England. 

ingles,  esa,  a.  and  s.,  English, 
Englishman. 

ingrate,  a.  and  j.,  ingrato, 
desagradecido. 

ingrato,  a.  and  j.,  ungrateful, 
ingrate. 

ingresar  (enj,  v.  intr.,  to  enter, 
matriculate. 

inhabit,  v.  tr.,  habitar. 

inhabitant,    habitante,     m. 

inhospitalario,  a.,  inhos- 
pitable. 

iniciativa,  /.,  initiative. 

inimitable,  a.,  inimitable. 

inkstand,  tintero,  m. 

inland,  adv.,  tierra  adentro; 
far  — ,  muy  tierra  adentro. 

inmarcesible,  a.,  imperish- 
able. 

inmejorable,  a.,  unsurpass- 
able. 

inmenso,  a.,  huge,  immense. 

inmigrante,  m.,  immigrant. 

inmortal,   a.,   immortal. 

innegable,  a,,  undeniable. 


386 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


inner,  a.,  interior. 

innumerable,  a.,  countless,  in- 
numerable. 

inolvidable,   a.,   unforgetable. 

Inquisicion,  /.,  Inquisition, 
the  term  applied  to  the 
ecclesiastical  jurisdiction 
dealing  with  detection  and 
punishment  of  heretics  or 
those  offending  the  Catho- 
lic orthodoxy.  A  special 
national  Inquisition  was 
founded  in  Spain  in  1480  by 
Ferdinand  and  Isabella  and 
without  the  help  of  the 
papacy. 

Iquique,  a  port  of  n.  Chile, 
2000  miles  from  Panama; 
population  about  45,000; 
capital  of  the  province  of 
Tarapaca.  It  is  the  great- 
est nitrate  port  in  the  world. 

inscribir,  45,  v,  tr.  to  inscribe; 
—  el  nombre,  put  one's 
name. 

inscripcion,  /.,   inscription. 

inscrito,  pp.  of  inscribir,  45. 

inside,  adv,,  adentro;  —  of, 
prep.,  dentro  de. 

insignificancia,  /.,  insignifi- 
cance. 

insignificance,  insignificancia, 
/.,  nulidad,  /. 


insist  on,  v.  intr.,  empefiarse 
en  (-f-  inf.  or  subj.);  in- 
sistir. 

insistir,  v.  intr.,  to  insist. 

insoportable,  a.,  unendurable. 

inspeccionar,  v.  tr.,  to  inspect. 

inspiring,  be  — ,  dar  (4) 
gloria. 

instalacion,  /.,  plant,  equip- 
ment, establishment,  fitting 
up. 

instalar,  v.  tr.,  to  install,  set 
up. 

instant  or  inst.,  adv.,  del 
actual,  del  corriente. 

instar,  v.  tr.,  to  urge. 

instead  of,  prep.,  en  lugar  de, 
en   vez   de. 

institucion,  /.,  institution. 

instituto,  m.,  institute,  semi- 
nary. 

instruccion,  /.,  instruction, 
education. 

instruction,    instruccion,  /. 

instruido,  pp.  and  a.,  learned, 

instruir,  44,  v.  tr.,  to  instruct. 

instrumento,  m.,  instrument. 

insult,  V.  tr.,  agraviar. 

insuperable,  a.,  unsurpass- 
able,   unexcelled. 

insurance,     seguro,     m.;    — 
company,    compaiiia    de 
seguros,  /. 


VOCABULARIO 


387 


insurrecto,  w.,   rebel. 

inteligente,  a.y  intelligent. 

intend,  v.  intr.,  pensar  23, 
tener  (17)  la  in  tendon  de; 
intentar,   proponerse    12. 

intendencia,  /.,  management; 
—  general,  superintend- 
ent's office. 

intensamente,  adv,,  deeply, 
intensely. 

intentar,  v,  ir,y  to  intend, 
attempt. 

intention,  intencion,  /. 

intento,  m.,  attempt. 

interesante,  a.,  interesting. 

interesantisimo,  a.,  most  in- 
teresting. 

interesar,  v.  tr.,  to  interest. 

interest,  interes,  m.;  v.  tr., 
interesar. 

interesting,  a.,  interesante; 
most  — ,  interesantisimo. 

interior,  a.  and  j.,  internal, 
inner;  interior. 

intermediario,  m.,  middle- 
man, jobber. 

interminable,  a.,  inacabable, 
interminable. 

interminable,  a,,  unending, 
interminable. 

internal,  a.y  interior. 

interpret,  v.  tr.y  interpre- 
tar. 


interpretacion,  /.,  interpreta- 
tion. 

interpretar,  v,  tr,y  to  inter- 
pret. 

interpretation,  interpretacion, 

/• 

interregno,   m.,   interregnum. 

interrumpir,  v,  tr.^  to  inter- 
rupt. 

interrupcion,  /.,  interruption. 

interrupt,  v.  tr.,  interrumpir. 

intervencion,  /.,  intervention. 

intimamente,  adv.,  intimately. 

intimate,  a.,  mtimo. 

introduce,  v.  tr.,  presentar. 

introduction,  presentacion,  /.; 
letter  of  —  to,  carta  pre- 
sentando  uno  a  otro,  carta 
de  presentacion,   /. 

inundacion,  /.,   flood. 

inundar,  v.  tr.,  to  flood. 

inutil,  a.,  useless. 

invading,  a.,  invasor-a. 

invador,  invasor,  m. 

invasor,  a.  and  s.,  invader; 
invading. 

inventivo,  a.,  inventive. 

invertir  (ie,  i),  27,  v.  tr.,  to 
invest. 

invierno,  m.,  winter;  pleno  — , 
mid-winter. 

invitacion,  /.,  invitation. 

invitar,  v.  tr.,  to  invite. 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


invite  (to),  v.  tr.,  invitar  (a); 
(to  a  meal)  convidar. 

ir,  9,  V.  intr.^  to  go;  —  a  paseo, 
to  go  walking;  —  a  pie,  to 
go  afoot;  —  a  pique,  to  sink; 
—  al  gra^io,  to  come  to  the 
point;  —  en  auxilio  de,  to  go 
to  the  help  of;  ahivan,  there 
are; —  se,^'.  r^yZ.jtogoaway. 

ira,  /.,  rage,  ire. 

Irene,  /.,  Irene. 

Irish,  Irishman,  a.  and  s., 
irlandes,  -esa. 

iron,  hierro,  m.;  «.,  ferreo. 

irregular,  a.,  irregular. 

irregularidad,  /.,  irregularity. 

irreprochable,  a.,  irreproach- 
able. 

irrigate,  v,  tr.,  regar,  23,  32. 

irrigation,  riego,  m. 

Isabel,  /.,  Isabella;  —  I 
(reigned  1 474-1 504),  mar- 
ried Ferdidnand  II  of  Ara- 
gon  in  1479;  —  II,  (reigned 
1833-1868), daughter  of  Fer- 
dinand VII,  made  queen  be- 
cause her  father  repealed  the 
Salic  Law.  Her  uncle,  Don 
Carlos,  opposed  her  in  vain 
with  his  army.  She  was  de- 
posed in  1868  and  went  to 
live  in  Paris  where  she  died 
in   1904. 


Infanta  —  (185 1-  ),  aunt 
of  Alphonso  XIII  and 
widow  of  Prince  Gaetano 
of  Bourbon-Sicily,  Count 
of  Girgenti.  She  is  noted  for 
her  good  nature  and  kind- 
ness of  heart. 

Iscar,  Miguel,  former  name 
of  a  street  of  Valladolid 
where  Cervantes  once  re- 
sided; now  bears  that  au- 
thor's name. 

isla,  /".,  island. 

island,  isla,  /. 

isle,  islita,  /. 

islita,  /.,  dimin.  of  isla. 

isolation,  aislamiento,  w. 

it,  pers,  pron.;  obj.,  lo,  le,  la; 
{as  subject  and  after  a 
prep.),  el,  ella,  ello. 

Italia,  /.,   Italy; 

italiano,  a.  and  j-.,  Italian. 

itself,  mismo;  in  — ,  por  si 
mismo. 

ivory,  marfil,  m.;  vegetable 
— ,  marfil  vegetal,  m. 

izquierdo,    a.,    left;    a    la 
izquierda,  on  the  left. 


jacket,  chaqueta,  /. 
jactarse     (de),     v,     refl.,     to 
boast. 


VOCABULARIO 


389 


Jaen,  m.y  a.  province  of  s.  e. 

Spain,    noted    for   its    lead 

mines. 
January,  enero,  m. 
japones,  -esa,  a.  ands.,  Japan- 
ese, 
jardin,  m.,  garden, 
jarron,  w.,  vase,  urn. 
jaspe,   w.,   jasper. 
Jatiba,  a  town  of  12,000  in  the 

s.  part  of  the  province  of 

Valencia,  Spain, 
jefe,  m.,  chief,  manager,  head, 

master, 
jest,    broma,  /.;   in  — ,   bro- 

meando,  en  broma. 
jewel,  joya,/.,  alhaja,/. 
jeweler,  joyero,  m.,  relojero, 

m. 
jewelry,  joyas,  /.; store, 

joyeria,  /.,  relojeria,  /. 
Jewish,  a.,  judio. 
Jimena,  /.,  Ximena,  wife   of 

the  Cid. 
Jockey-Club,     an     exclusive 

club  of  Buenos  Aires  which 

possesses  one  of  the  finest 

race-courses   in   the  world. 
*    It    has    a    sumptuous    city 

headquarters      in      Florida 

Street. 
Joe,  Pepe. 
John,  Juan. 


joke,  chiste,  m. 

jomal,  m,,  day-wage. 

jornalero,  m.,  laborer  {hy  the 
day), 

jorobado,  a.  and  /.,  hunch- 
backed. 

Jose,   m.,   Joseph. 

Joselito,  nickname  of  Jose 
Gomez,  the  present  idol  of 
the  bull-fighting  enthusi- 
asts of  Spain. 

jot  down,  V.  tr.,  apuntar. 

journey,  viaje,  m.;  v.  intr.y 
viajar,     caminar. 

joven,  a.  ands.,  young;  youth. 

joy,  jubilo,  m.;  algeria,  /. 

joya,/.,  jewel. 

joyeria,  /.,  jewelry-store. 

joyero,  m.,  jeweler. 

Juan,  m.,  John;  —  de  Austria, 
the  natural  brother  of 
Philip  II,  commander  of  the 
combined  fleet  of  the  Chris- 
tians at  the  battle  of  Le- 
panto  Oct.  7,  1571. 

jubilado,  pp.  and  a.,  retired, 
pensioned. 

jubilo,  m.y  joy,  jubilation. 

judio,  a,  and  j.,  Jewish,  Jew. 

juego,  m.,  game. 

jugar  (ue),  24a,  32,  to  play; 
—  al  tejo,  to  play  shuffle- 
board. 


390 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


juicioso,  a.,  sensible. 

Jujuy,  a  city  and  province  of 
n.  Argentina;  population  of 
former  about  10,000.  . 

Julio,  m.,  July. 

jump,  V.  intr.,  saltar. 

junction,  empalme,  m.,  esta- 
cion  de  empalme,  /. 

June,  junio,  m. 

juntamente,  adv.,  together, 
jointly. 

juntar,  v.  tr.,  to  put  together, 
assemble. 

junto,  a.,  adjoined,  close  at 
hand;  — s,  together;  —  a, 
prep.y  near;  —  con,  prep., 
together  with. 

juramento,  m.,  oath;  pedir  — 
a  uno,  to  demand  an  oath 
of  someone,  to  put  some- 
one under  oath. 

jurat,  V.  tr.,  to  swear. 

just,  adv.,  solo,  precisamente; 
—  as  or  like,  lo  mismo  que; 
to  have  —  -i-pp-y  acabar 
de  +inf. 

justice,  justicia,  /. 

justicia, /.,  justice. 

Juvara,  Filippo  (1685-173  5), 
a  Sicilian  architect,  design- 
er of  the  Royal  Palaces  of 
Madrid  and  of  La  Granja. 

juzgado,  m.,  tribunal,  court. 


K 

Kechuan,  a.  and  s.,  quechua. 

keep,  V.  tr.  and  intr.,  conservar, 
guardarse;  —  afloat,  sobre- 
nadar;  —  on  {imper.),  mas 
alia;  —  on+  pres.  part., 
seguir  (29,  33)  or  ir  (9) 
+  pres.  part.',  —  on  rising, 
irse  elevando;  —  one's  eyes 
open,  tener  (17)  mucho  ojo; 
—  oneself  in  good  health  or 
keep  well,  seguir  bien  de 
salud;  —  silence,  guardar 
silencio;  —  straight  ahead, 
seguir  derecho. 

keeping,  in  —  with,  prep., 
conforme  a. 

kidnap,  v.  tr.,  secuestrar. 

kilogramo,  m.,  kilogram,  2K 
pounds. 

kilometer,  s.,  kilometro;  a., 
kilometrico. 

kilometrico,  a.,  kilometer. 

kilometro,  m.,  kilometer. 

killing,  matanza,  /. 

kind,  clase,  /.,  genero,  m., 
especie,  /.,  of  this  (that)  — , 
por  el  estilo;  a.,  amable 
(para  con) ;  be  —  enough  toj 
tener  (17)  la  amabilidad  de 
{or  la  bondad)  de  (+  inf.). 

kindness,  bondad,/.,  amabili- 
dad,/. 


VOCABULARIO 


391 


king,  rey,  w.;  —  and  queen, 

los  reyes. 
kingdom,  reino,  m. 
kiss,  beso,  m.;  v,  tr.,  besar. 
kitchen,  cocina, /. 
knife,  navaja,  /.,  cuchillo,  m. 
knock    {at   a  door)^   v.    intr., 

llamar. 
know,  V.  tr.,  {a  fact)  saber  14; 

{persons  or  things)  conocer 

38;  —  how  to,  saber  {+mf.). 
knowledge,  conocimiento,  m. 
known,     well    — ,     a.,     bien 

conocido. 


la,  def.  art.,  the;  that  {before 
de  or  que) ;  pers,  pron.,  it, 
her,  you. 

laberinto,  m.,  labyrinth. 

labor,/.,  labor. 

laborer,  jornalero,  m. 

laboriosidad,  /.,  industry. 

laborioso,  a.,  laborious,  hard- 
working. 

iabrar,  v.  tr.,  to  work. 

labyrinth,  laberinto,  m. 

lace,  encaje,  m. 

lack,  carencia,  /.,  falta,  /.; 
V.  tr.,  carecer  (38)  de, 
faltarle  a  uno. 

lacking,  be  — ,  v.  intr.,  faltar, 
hacer  (8)  falta. 


ladera, /.,  slope,  side. 

lado,  m.,  side;  del  —  de, 
towards. 

ladrillo,  m.,  brick. 

lady,  seiiora,  /.,  senorita,  /. 

lago,  m.,  lake. 

laja, /.,  slab. 

lake,  lago,  m, 

lamentarse,  v,  refi.,  to  lament, 
grieve. 

lamp,  lampara,  /.;  street  — , 
foco,  m, 

lana,  /.,  wool. 

lanar,  a.,  sheep-raising,  wool- 
bearing,  pertaining  to  wool 
or  sheep. 

lancha, /.,  launch. 

land,  tierra,  /.,  terreno,  m., 
terruiio,  m.',  —  owner, 
hacendado,  m. 

lando,  m.,  landau,  open  carri- 
age. 

landscape,  paisaje,  m. 

language,  lengua,  /.,  idioma, 
m.,  lenguaje,  m. 

lanzar,  34,  v.  tr,,  to  utter;  — se 
(a),  to  rush;  — se  al  encuen- 
tro  de,  to  rush  to  meet. 

La  Paz  (de  Ayacucho) ,  the  cap- 
ital of  Bolivia  (since  1898) 
and  of  the  province  of  the 
same  name;  founded  1548; 
population  about  70,000. 


392 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


largamente,  adv.,  at  length. 

largarse,  32,  v.  refl.,  to  go, 
leave. 

large,  a.,  grande,  mucho;  — r, 
mayor,  mas  grande. 

largo,  a.,  long;  de  — ,  in 
length;  a  lo  —  de,  alongside 
of,  along;  m.,  length. 

las,  def.  art.  /.  pL,  the;  they, 
those  {before  de  or  que) ;  pers. 
pron.y  them,  you. 

La  Serna,  the  last  Spanish 
viceroy  of  Peru,  defeated  by 
General  Sucre  at  Ayacucho 
in  the  War  of  Independence. 

last,  a.,  {in  time)  pasado,  {in 
order)  ultimo;  -  -  night, 
anoche;  at  — ,  al,  en,  or  por 
fin,  al  final;  v.  intr.,  durar, 
permanecer  38. 

lastima,  /.,  pity;  ique  — !, 
what  a  pity,  too  bad,  what 
a  shame! 

lata,/.,  tin  can;  en — ,  canned. 

late,  adv.,  tarde,  con  retraso, 
atrasado,  {up-to-date)  mo- 
derno;  — r,mas  tarde,  luego, 
despues;  see  you — r,  hasta 
mas  tarde,  hasta  luego. 

Latin,  a.,  latino; American, 

a.  and  s.,  latinoamericano. 

latino,  a.,  Latin;  — americano, 
a.  and  s.,  Latin-American. 


latitud,  /.,  latitude,  width, 
latter,  the  — ,  dem.  pron.,  este, 

etc.;  dem.  a.,  este,  etc. 
laugh,  V.  intr.,    reir(se)    29a; 

—  at,  reirse  de,  burlarse  de. 
launch,  lancha,  /. 

law,  ley,/.;  {local)  fuero,  m. 
Lawrence,  Lorenzo,  m. 
lawyer,  abogado,  m. 
lay  out,  V.  tr.,  {a  street)  condu- 

cir  18,  construir  44. 
le,  pers.  pron.,  him,  to  him,  to 

her,  you,  to  you. 
lead,  plomo,  m. 
lead,    vanguardia,  /.;    v.    tr., 

conducir    18,    llevar;   —   a 

life,    hacer    (8)    una    vida; 

—  a  prosperous  life,  darse 
(4)  una  vida  en  grande. 

leader,  caudillo,  m.,  jefe,  m. 

leading,  a.,  sobresaliente. 

leaf,  hoja,  /.  ' 

league,  liga,  /. 

leal,  a.,  loyal. 

lean,  a.,  magro. 

leaps,  by  —  and  bounds,  a 

pasos  agigantados. 
learn,  v.  tr.,  aprender;  saber 

de,  enterarse  de,  informarse 

de,   venir   (21)    en   conoci- 

miento  de. 
least,  a.,  el  menor;  at  — ,  por 

lo  menos. 


VOCABULARIO 


393 


leather,  curtido,  m.,  cuero,  m. 

leave,  v.  tr.,  dejar,  abandonar; 
(a  place)  salir  (15)  de,  par- 
tir  de,  largarse  (32),  de; 
(a  person)  despedirse  (29) 
de;    (of   boats)    zarpar    de; 

—  aside,     prescinder    de; 

—  nothing  to  be   desired, 
no  dejar  nada  que  desear; 

—  behind,  dejarse  de;  what 
is  left,  lo  restante. 

lectura,  /.,  reading. 

lecture,  conferencia,  /.;  v.  tr., 

conferenciar. 
leer,  43,  v.  tr.,  to  read, 
left,  a.,  izquierdo;  on  the  — , 

a  la  izquierda. 
leg,  pierna,  /. 

legar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  bequeath, 
legend,  leyenda,  /. 
legumbre,  /.,  vegetable. 
lejano,  a.,  distant, 
lejos,  adv.,  distant;  —  de,  far 

from;  a  lo  — ,  in  the  distance, 
lemon,   limon,  m.;  —  grove, 

limonar,  m. 
length,  longitud,  /.;  in  — ,  de 

largo;  at  — ,  extensamente, 

(at  last)  al  fin,  finalmente. 
lengua, /.,  language,  tongue, 
lenguaje,  m.,  language, 
lentamente,  adv.,  slowly, 
lento,  a.,  slow. 


leiia,  /.,  wood. 

leon,  m.,  lion. 

Leon,  m.,  the  ancient  kingdom 
of  n.  w.  Spain,  now  divided 
into  the  provinces  of  Sala- 
manca, Zamora  and  Leon. 

Lepanto,  the  battle  of  — , 
occurred  Oct.  7,  1571,  near 
the  n.  coast  of  the  Gulf  of 
Corinth,  resulting  in  a  vic- 
tory of  the  Christians  over 
the  Turks. 

Lerida,  a  province  and  city  of 
n.  w.  Spain. 

les,  pers.  pron.,  them,  to  them, 
you,  to  you. 

less,  adv.,  menos. 

lesson,  leccion,  /. 

let,  V.  tr.,  dejar,  permitir, 
consentir  27;  —  one  have 
it  at  so  much,  dejarselo  a 
uno  en  tanto;  —  us,  ex- 
pressed by  the  1st.  pers.  pi. 
pres.  subj.  of  the  verb  in 
questio7i;  —  us  go,  vamo- 
nos;  —  us  see,  (vamos)  a 
ver. 

letra, /.,  letter  (0/  the  alphabet), 

letrero,  m.,  sign. 

letter,  carta,  /.;  (of  alphabet) 
letra,  /.;  —  of  credit,  carta 
de  credito;  —  of  introduc- 
tion, carta  de  presentacion. 


394 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


levantamiento,  w.,  rise. 

levantar,  v.  tr.,  to  raise;  — se, 
V.  refl.,  to  rise. 

Levante,  m.,  Levant,  the 
eastern  region  of  Spain. 

level,  nivel,  m.;  sea  — ,  nivel 
del  mar,  m. 

ley,  /.,  law. 

leyenda,  /.,  legend. 

leyo,  from  leer  43. 

liberacion,  /".,  liberation. 

liberal,  a.,  liberal;  used  also  as 
the  name  of  a  political  party. 

Liberal,  El,  the  chief  daily  of 
the  Liberal  -  Monarchist 
party;  published  in  Madrid 
with  local  editions  in  Bil- 
bao, Murcia,  Barcelona, 
and  Seville;  the  most  wide- 
■  ly  read  newspaper  of  Spain; 
owned  by  the  Sociedad 
Editorial  de  Espafia. 

liberate.,  v.  tr.,  poner  (12)  en 
libertad. 

libertad,  /.,  liberty. 

liberty,  libertad,  /. 

libra,  /.,  pound. 

librar  (sobre)  v.  tr.,  to  draw 
(upon). 

library,  biblioteca,  /. 

libre,  a.,  free,  unoccupied, 
disengaged. 

libreria,  /.,  book  store. 


libro,  m.,  book;  —  de  con- 
tabilidad,  account  book;  — 
de  entradas,  register  (of  a 
hotel) . 

licencia,  /.,  permission;  dis- 
charge. 

liceo,  w.,  lyceum. 

lie,  V.  intr.,  acostarse  24, 
{usually  of  the  dead)  yacer; 
-f.,  mentira,/. 

lienzo,  w.,  canvas. 

life,  vida,  /. 

lift,  V.  intr.,  levantarse,  {of 
clouds)  disiparse. 

liga,  /.,  league. 

ligar,  32,  V.  tr.,  to  join,  bind. 

ligero,  a.,  light  {in  weight). 

light,  luz,  /.,  alumbrado,  m., 
lumbre,  /.,  {of  street)  foco, 
m.;  a.,  {in  weight)  ligero, 
{in  color)  claro. 

lighting,  alumbrado,  m. 

like,  adv.  or  prep.,  como,  cual, 
asi  como;  a.,  semejante  a, 
parecido  a;  v.  tr.,  gustarle  a 
uno;  I  —  the  books,  me 
gustan  los  libros;  would 
you  — ?,  iquisiera  Vd.?, 
die  gustaria  a  Vd.? 

likewise,  adv.,  igualmente,  lo 
mismo. 

liking  (for),  aficion  a,/.;  amor 
a,  m. 


VOCABULARIO 


395 


Lima,  the  capital  of  Peru, 
founded  in  1535  by  Pizarro; 
population  about  150,000; 
ten  miles  from  El  Callao, 
its    port. 

limit,  V.  tr.y  limitar;  /.,  limite, 
w.,  termino,  m. 

limitar,  v.  tr.,  to  confine,  limit. 

limite,  m.,  limit,  boundary; 
sin  — ,  unlimited. 

limonar,   m.,   lemon   grove. 

limosna,  /.,   alms. 

limosnero,  m.,  beggar. 

limosnita,  /.,  dimin,  of 
limosna. 

limpiabotas,  m.,  boot-black. 

limpieza,/.,  cleanliness,  neat- 
ness. 

lindante  (con),  ^.,  bordering. 

lindar  (con),  v.  intr.,  to  border. 

Lindaraja,  /.,  the  popular 
name  for  the  Mirador  de 
Daraxa,  a  small  vestibule  of 
the  Alhambra. 

line,  linea,  /.,  renglon,  m.; 
(of  business)  ramal,  m.; 
railway  — ,  linea  or  via 
ferroviaria,  /.,  camino  de 
hierro,  m.,  ferrocarril,  m.; 
Spanish  — ,  Compania 
Trasatlantica     Espaiiola. 

linea,  /.,  line;  equator  (popu- 
larly). 


link  (up),  V.  tr.,  encadenar. 

liquido,  m.,  liquid. 

Lirico,  m.,  Lyric,  name  of 
the  opera  house  on  the 
Rambla  del  Centro,  Barce- 
lona. Seats  3600.  ItaHan 
opera  chiefly  is  given  here. 

lista,  /.,  list;  —  de  platos,  bill 
of  fare. 

listo,  a.,  shrewd,  active;  ready. 

literary,  a.y  literario;  —  man, 
literato,  m. 

literato,  m.,  literary  man. 

literatura,  /.,  literature;  — 
novelesca,     fiction. 

little,  a.y  pequeno;  often  ex- 
pressed by  the  dimin,  of  the 
noun;  adv.y  poco;  s,,  poco, 
m. 

live,  V.  intr.y  vivir,  residir; 
—  as  do,  hacer  (8)  vida 
comun  con;  —  like  a  king, 
tratarse  a  cuerpo  de  rey; 
long  — !,  iviva(n)! 

lively,   a.y   vivo. 

living,  vida,  /. 

lo,  pers.  pron.,  him,  it;  that 
(before  de  or  que);  how 
(before  a.  or  adv.  in  in- 
direct exclamations) ;  so  (with 
ser);  def.  art.,  —  de,  the 
matter  of;  —  de  siempre, 
the  same  old  story. 


396 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


load  (with),  v.  tr.,  cargar  (32) 
de. 

loaf,  pan,  m.;  v.  intr.,  — 
about,    gandulear. 

local,  m.,  premises. 

localidad,  /.,  seat,  place  {in 
public). 

locate,  V.  tr.y  colocar  30, 
situar. 

loco,  <2.,  mad,  crazy. 

locomotora,  /.,  locomotive, 
engine. 

locuaz,  a.y  talkative,  loqua- 
cious. 

locucion,  /.,  locution,  phrase, 
idiom. 

lodge,  V.  tr.,  hospedar;  v. 
intr.y  parar;  v.  refl.,  alo- 
jarse,  albergarse  32,  hospe- 
darse. 

lodging,  hospedaje,  m. 

lodo,  w.,  mud. 

lofty,  a.,  encumbrado,  eleva- 
do. 

16gico,  a.f  logical. 

lograr,  v.  tr.,  to  obtain,  get, 
succeed  in,  be  successful. 

lomo,  w.,  back  {of  an  ani- 
mal) ;a  —  de  mula,  on  mule- 
back. 

long,  a.,  largo,  {of  time)  mucho 
(tiempo),  {in  length)  de 
largo;  — er,   {of  time)   mas 


tiempo;    no    — er,    ya    no; 

adv.,  so  — !,  ihasta  luego!; 

of  —  ago,  de  muchos  anos 

ha,  de  tiempos  remotos,  de 

antaiio;    as    {or  so)  —  as, 

mientras    (que);    —    live!, 

iviva(n)!;  be  — in,  tardar 

en;  v.  intr.,  anhelar. 
longitud,  /.,  longitude,  length, 
longitudinal,  a.,  longitudinal, 
lontonanza,/.,  distance;  en — , 

in  the  distance,  afar, 
look  at,  V.  tr.y  mirar,  ver  22; 

look  out  upon,  dar    (4)    a; 

look  into,  mirar  en. 
lookout,  mirador, .  m. 
loosen,   V.   tr.,   soltar   45;   — 

one's    pursestrings,    echar 

manos  a  la  bolsa. 
loosened,    pp.    and    a.,    suel- 

to. 
Lorenzo,  m.,  Lawrence, 
los,  def.  art.  m.  pL,  the;  those, 

they    {before    de    or    que); 

pers.  pron.,  them,  you. 
lose,    V.    tr.,    perder    25;    — 

oneself,  extraviarse  39,  per- 

derse;  —  sight  of,  perder  de 

vista. 
loss,  perdida,  /. 
Lota,   twin   port   of  Coronel, 

250  miles  s.  of  Valparaiso; 

the    site   of  coal    beds   ex- 


VOCABULARIO 


397 


tending  under  the  sea  and 
of  Cousino  Park  and 
chateau,  the  pride  of  Chile. 

loteriaj/.,  lottery. 

loudly,  adv.,  a  voces  llenas. 

love  (of),  amor  (a),  m.;  my  — 
to,  da  un  abrazo  a. 

loving,  a.y  carinoso,  afec- 
tuoso. 

low  or  lower,  a.,  bajo. 

lowest,  a.,  {of  price)  ultimo. 

luck,    suerte,   /. 

luchar,  v,  intr.,  to* fight,  battle. 

luego,  adv.,  then,  soon,  after- 
ward. 

lugar,  m.y  place,  town,  spot; 
—  natal,  place  of  birth; 
en  —  de,  instead  of. 

Luis,  w.,  Louis;  Ponce  de 
Leon,  Fray—  (1527-1591), 
an  Augustinian  monk,  pro- 
fessor of  theology  at  the 
University  of  Salamanca, 
imprisoned  by  the  officers  of 
the  Inquisition  for  having 
translated  into  Spanish  the 
Song  of  Solomon.  He  was 
acquitted  of  the  charge  of 
interpreting  the  scriptures 
according  to  Hebrew  belief. 

lujo,   m.,   luxury. 

lujosamente,  adv.,  luxuriously. 

lumbre, /.,  fire,  light. 


luna,  /.,   moon, 
lunch,  almuerzo,  m. 
lusitano,    a.    and   s.,    Portu- 
guese, Lusitanian. 
luz,  /.,  light, 
lyceum,  hceo,  m, 

LL 

Llai-Llai,  junction,  on  the 
Chilean  Railway,  of  the  Val- 
paraiso-Santiago line  and 
the  line  to  Los  Andes  where 
connection  is  made  with 
the  Transandean  Railway. 

llama,  /.,  llama,  the  S.  A. 
beast  of  burden. 

llamar,  v.  tr.,  and  intr.,  to  call, 
knock  {at  a  door);  —  la 
atencion,  to  attract  atten- 
tion; — se,  to  be  called  {of 
names);  — se  andana,  to 
back  out. 

llamativo,  a.,  attractive. 

llano,  m.,  plain. 

Uanura,  /.,  plain. 

Have,  /.,  key. 

Uegada,/.,  arrival. 

Uegar,  32,  v.  intr.,  to  arrive; 
—  a,  to  get  to,  reach. 

Ueno,  a.,  full;  de  — ,  absolute- 
ly, completely;  hay  un  — , 
there  is  a  full  house. 


398 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


llevar,  v,  tr.,  to  carry,  bear, 
wear;  —  a  cabo,  to  carry 
out,  execute;  —  a  la  rastra, 
to  drag;  —  el  camino,  to 
pursue  the  way;  —  los 
libros,  to  keep  the  account 
books;  —  ventaja  a,  to  sur- 
pass, get  the  better  of;  — 
tanto  tiempo  en  un  lugar, 
to  spend  a  certain  time  in 
a  place;  — se  un  susto 
(mayusculo),  to  get  a  (ter- 
rible) scare. 

Hover  (ue),  26,  v.  intr.,  to  rain; 
—  a  cantaros,  to  rain  hard, 
pour. 

Lloyd  Brazileiro  (Port.),  a 
Brazilian  steamship  line. 

M 

machacar,  30,  to  crush. 
•  machine,  maquina,  /. 
machinery,  maquinaria,  /. 
madam,    ma*am,    seiiora,   /., 

senorita,  /. 
Madeleine,  the  famous  church 

of  Paris, 
madera,  /.,  wood, 
madre,  /.,  mother. 
Madrid,  the  capital  of  Spain; 

population  600,000. 
Madrilenian,  a.  and  j-.,  madri- 

leno. 


madrileiio,  a.  and  j,,  of 
Madrid,  Madrilenian. 

madrugada,  /.,  dawn;  de  — , 
early  {in  the  morning). 

madrugar,  32,  to  be  an  early 
riser,  rise  early. 

maestro,  m.,  master. 

magazine,  revista,  /. 

Magdalena,  the  most  import- 
ant river  of  Colombia  and 
the  chief  means  of  trans- 
portation in  that  country. 
It  flows  n. 'about  1600  miles 
into  the  Caribbean. 

magic,  as  if  by  — ,  como  por 
encanto. 

magnifico,  a.y  magnificent, 
fine. 

magnolia,/.,  magnolia. 

magro,  a.,  lean. 

mahogany,  caoba,  /. 

Mahoma,  m.,  Mohammed, 
the  founder  of  the  Moham- 
medan religion;  died  632. 

maid,  criada,  /.;  {of  the  court) 
menina,  /. 

mail,  correo,  m. 

main,  a.,  principal,  {of 
streets)  mayor. 

maintain,  v.  tr.y  mantentr  17, 
sostener  17. 

Maipo  or  Maipu,  a  river  near 
Santiago  de  Chile,  scene  of 


VOCABULARIO 


399 


the  defeat  of  the  Royalists 
in  1818  by  the  forces  of  the 
Colonists. 

maiz,  w.,  corn,  maize. 

majestic,  a.,  majestuoso;  — 
-ally,  adv.,  majestuosa- 
mente. 

majestuosamente,  adv.,  ma- 
jestically. 

majestuoso,  a.,  majestic. 

majesty,  majestad,  /.;  Their 
Majesties,  Sus  Majestades 
(SS.  MM.);  Their  Catholic 
Majesties,  Los  Reyes  Cato- 
licos. 

majority,  mayoria,  /. 

make,   hacer   8,   fabricar   30; 

—  a  long  story  short,  para 
abreviar;  —  closer,  estre- 
char;  —  difficult,  dificultar; 

—  known,  dar  (4)  a  cono- 
cer;  —  one's  mouth  water, 
traerle  (19)  a  uno  el  agua  a 
la  boca;  —  one's  way  to, 
dirigirse  (37)  a;  —  oneself 
known,     hacerse     conocer; 

—  oneself  understood,  ha- 
cerse entender,  —  out, 
divisar,  distinguir  33;  — 
sport  of,  burlarse  de,  reirse 
(29a)  de;  —  the  circuit  of, 
dar  la  vuelta  a;  —  one  think 
of,  recordar  24;  —  use  of. 


servirse  (29)  de,  valerse  (20) 
de;  —  war  on,  hacer  la 
guerra  a;  —  yourself  at 
home  (imper.),  Vd.  esta  en 
su  casa. 

mal,  m.,  evil,  trouble;  adv., 
badly,  poorly. 

male,  m.,  varon. 

malec6n,  m.,  embankment, 
breakwater. 

maleta,  /.,  valise,  bag,  hand- 
bag. 

malisimo,  a.,  very  bad. 

malogrado,  a.,  unfortunate. 

malquerencia,  /.,  ill-will,  dis- 
like. 

mama,/.,  mother. 

man,  hombre,  m.,  young  — , 
joven,  m.,  old  — ,  viejo,  m., 
anciano,  m. 

management,  empresa,  /. 

manager,  gerente,  m. 

manantial,  m.,  spring,  source. 

manco,  a.  and  s.,  one- 
handed. 

Mancha,  La,  a  region  of  s. 
central  Spain. 

Manchegan,  a.  and  s.,  man- 
chego. 

mandar,  v.  tr.,  to  send,  com- 
mand, order. 

mando,  m.,  command. 

mane  jar,  v.  tr.,  to  handle. 


400 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


manera,  /.,  way,  manner;  de 
ninguna  — ,  by  no  means; 
de  otra  — ,  other  wise;  de 
una  — ,    in    a   way;    a   mi 

—  de  ver  from  my  point 
of  view;  de  —  que,  conj., 
so  that. 

manganeso,  w.,  manganese. 

Mangue,  w.,  the  name  of  the 
canal  and  avenue  in  Rio  de 
Janeiro.  The  avenue  is 
1320  yards  long,  the  canal 
is  in  the  center,  double  rows 
of  palms  and  double  road- 
ways are  found  on  each  side. 
The  canal  is  continued  1800 
yards  beyond  the  avenue 
and  drains  a  marshy  part 
of  the  city. 

maniobrar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
maneuver. 

manner,  manera,  /.,  modo, 
rn. 

mannerism,  amaneramiento, 
m. 

mano,/.,  hand;  a — ,  by  hand; 
— s  a  la  obra,  now  to  work; 

—  de  obra,  help,  "hands", 
labor  (collective), 

manso,  a.,  quiet,  gentle, 
mantener,    17,    to    maintain, 

support. 
mantequilla, /.,  butter. 


mantilla,  /.,  mantilla,  the 
Spanish  head  shawl. 

manton,  m.,  shawl. 

manufactura,  /.,  manufacture. 

manufacturar,  v.  tr.,  to  rnanu- 
facture. 

manufacture,  v.  tr.,  fabricar 
30,  manufacturar. 

manufacturer,  fabricante,  m., 
manufacturero,  m. 

manufacturer©,  a.,  manufac- 
turing; J-.  m.,  manufacturer. 

manufacturing,  fabricacion,/.; 
a.,  manufacturero. 

manuscrito,  m.,  manuscript. 

many,  muchos-as;  so  — ,  tan- 
tos-as;  how  — ?,  dcuantos- 
as? 

many-colored,  a.,  multicolor. 

manzana,  /.,  apple;  block  (of 
houses). 

Manzanares,  el,  m.,  the  small 
river  skirting  the  western 
slopes  of  the  plateau  on 
which  Madrid  is  located. 

maiia,  /.,  skill. 

manana,  /.,  morning;  adv., 
tomorrow;  —  de  sol,  sunny 
morning;  pasado  — ,  day 
after  tomorrow. 

maquina,  /.,  machine. 

maquinaria,  /.,  machinery. 

maquinista,  m.,  engineer. 


VOCABULARIO 


401 


mar,  m.  andf.f  sea;  en  alta  — , 

on  the  open  sea,  on  the  high 

seas, 
maravilla,  /.,   wonder;   a  — , 

marvellously,  in  a  fine  way; 

a  las  mil  — s,  wonderfully, 
maravillarse,   (de)  v.  refl.,  to 

wonJer  (at);  no  es  de  — 

que,  no  wonder  that, 
maravilloso,  a.,  wonderful, 
marble,  marmol,  m. 
marca,  /.,  brand, 
marcar,   30,   v.   tr.,  to   mark, 

indicate, 
Marconi,     the     name     of    a 

theater  of  Buenos  Aires, 
marcha,  f.y  speed. 
marchar(se),     v.     intr.     and 

refl.,    to    go,    walk,    travel, 

set  out;  — se,  to  leave, 
mareado,  pp.  and  a.,  seasick, 
marearse,  v.  refl.y  to  become 

seasick, 
maremagnum,     {Latin),     m., 

confusion, 
mareo,  m.,  seasickness, 
marfil,  w.,  ivory, 
margen,  /".,  bank,  margin. 
Maria   Cristina    (of    Naples), 

the  fourth  wife  of  Charles  IV 

of  Spain. 
Maria  Cristina  de  Hapsburgo, 

the    Austrian    archduchess 


who  became,  Nov.,  1879, 
the  second  wife  of  Alphon- 
so  XII  and,  on  May  17, 
1886,  the  mother  of  Alphon- 
so  XIII,  six  months  after 
the  death  of  her  husband. 
Queen  Regent  till  1902;  is 
still  living. 

marido,  m.,  husband. 

maritimo,  a.,  maritime. 

mark,  v.  tr.y  marcar  30; 
—  out,  trazar  34. 

market  or  market  place,  mer- 
cado,  m. 

marmol,  m.,  marble;  — ■ 
brecha,  breccia. 

marquesa,  /.,  marchioness. 

marry,  v.  tr.,  casarse  con. 

martillo,  m.,  hammer. 

Martinez  Campos,  Arsenio 
(1831-1900),  a  Spanish 
marshal,  knight  and  sena- 
tor; he  proclaimed  Alphon- 
so  XII  king  on  Dec.  29, 
1874;  he  pacified  Cuba 
in  1878  but  failed  to  do 
so  in  1895.  A  street  of 
n.  e.  Madrid  bears  his 
name. 

marvellous,  a.,  pasmoso,  ma- 
ravilloso, asombroso. 

Mary,  Maria,  /. 

marzo,  w.,  March. 


402 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


mas,  adv.,,  more;  el  — ,  most; 
—  de,  more  than  {before 
numbers)',  a  —  de,  besides; 
a  lo  — ,  at  the  most;  a  —  no 
poder,  utterly,  exceedingly; 
como  el  que  — ,  (as  good) 
as  the  best  of  them. 

mason,  albanil,  m. 

mass,  {in  church)  misa,  /.; 
say  — ,  v.y  rezar  (34)  la 
misa. 

master,  maestro,  w.;  be  — 
of,  V.  tr.,  conquistar,  domi- 
nar. 

masterpiece,  obra  maestra,  /. 

matadero,  m.,  slaughter  house. 

matador, 'w.,  matador,  chief 
bull-fighter. 

matar,  v.  tr.,  to  kill;  —  el 
hambre,  to  satisfy  one's 
hunger. 

mate,  w.,  wild  holly;  gourd 
vessel. 

materia,  /.,  matter,  subject. 

Matheu,  m.,  name  of  an  alley 
in  Madrid. 

matriculante,  m.,  an  entering 
student. 

matricularse,  v.  refl.,  to  ma- 
triculate. 

matriculate,  v.  intr.,  matricu- 
larse. 

matrimonio,   m.,   marriage. 


matriz,     a.,     first,     principal, 

chief, 
matrona,  /.,  matron, 
matter,   asunto,   m.,   cosa,  /., 

materia,   /.;    v.    intr.,    im- 

portar. 
mattress,  colchon,  m. 
maxima,  /.,   maxim. 
May,  mayo,  m. 
may,  v.  intr.,  poder  11;  often 

the  sign  of  the  subj.;    (se) 

puede  (que). 
mayo,  m.,  May. 
mayor,     a.,     larger,     greater. 

main;  el  — ,  largest,  great- 
est; al  por  — ,  wholesale, 
mayoria,  /.,  majority, 
mayormente,     adv.,     mostly, 

chiefly, 
mayusculo,  /.,  capital  letter; 

a.,    big,    capital;   un   susto 

— ,  a  terrible  scare, 
me,  pers.  pron.,  me,  to  or  for 

me. 
me,  pers.  pron.,  me;  {after  a 

prep.)   mi. 
meal,  comida,  /.;  at time, 

a  la  hora  de  comer, 
mean,  v.  intr.,  querer  (13)  decir. 
means,  medio,  m.;  by  no  — , 

de   ningun   modo,    de   nin- 

guna    manera;    by    —    of, 

por  medio  de,  mediante. 


VOCABULARIO 


403 


measure,  v.  intr.  and  tr.y 
medir  29;  beyond  — ,  sobre- 
manera. 

mecanico,  a.,  mechanic. 

mecanografo,  m.,  typist. 

mediacion,  /.,  mediation. 

mediados,  a  —  de,  prep.,  the 
middle  of  {the  month). 

medianoche,  /.,  midnight. 

mediante,  prep.,  by  means 
of. 

mediar,  v.  intr.,  to  intervene, 
lie  between,  to  be  (0/  dis- 

•  tance  between  places), 

medico,  w.,  physician,  doctor. 

medida,/.,  measure;  a —  que, 
conj.,  as,  while,  in  propor- 
tion as. 

medio,  m.,  way,  means;  por  — 
de,  by  means  of. 

medio,  a.,  half;  y  media,  half 
past  (0/  the  hour  of  day); 
m.y  middle;  en  — ,  in  the 
middle;  en  —  de,  in  the 
midst  of. 

mediodia,  /.,  noon,  south. 

medir  (i),  29,  v.  tr.,  to  meas- 
ure. 

Mediterraneo,  s.  and  a., 
Mediterranean. 

meet,  v.  intr.,  reunirse;  v.  tr., 
{to  know)  conocer  38;  en- 
contrar      24,      encontrarse 


con,  tropezar  (23,  34)  con; 
till  we  —  again,  hasta  la 
vista. 

meeting,  reunion,  /. 

Meiggs,  Henry  (1811-1877), 
born  in  Catskill,  N.  Y. 
Being  unsuccessful  in  busi- 
ness in  Boston  and  New 
York,  he  went  to  Cali- 
fornia in  1849  and  to  S.  A. 
in  1857  where  he  accumu- 
lated a  fortune  and  built 
the  Oroya  Railway,  called 
the  eighth  wonder  of  the 
world. 

mejor,  a.,  better;  el  — ,  best. 

mejora,  /.,  improvement. 

mejoramiento,  m.,  improve- 
ment. 

mejorar,  v.  tr.,  to  improve. 

melon,  m.,  musk-melon,  can- 
taloupe. 

melting  pot,  crisol,  m. 

member  (of  a  circle  of 
friends),  tertuliano,  m.; 
fellow  — ,  contertuliano,  m. 

memoria,  /.,  memory. 

mencionar,  v.  tr.,  to  mention. 

mendicante,  a.  and  s.,  beggar; 
begging. 

mendigo-a,  m.  and  f.,  beggar. 

mendocino,  a.,  of  or  pertain- 
ing to  Mendoza. 


404 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Mendoza,  a  city  and  province 
of  w.  Argentina;  former  has 
30,000  population.  The 
province  is  a  great  wine- 
growing   district. 

Mendoza,  Pedro  de  (1487- 
1537),  a  Basque  nobleman 
who  obtained  a  grant  from 
Charles  V  of  the  region 
comprising  a  large  part  of 
what  is  now  Argentina. 
He  founded  Buenos  Aires 
Feb.  2,   1535. 

menear,  v.  tr.,  to  wave,  shake. 

menester,  w.,  necessity;  ser 
— ,  to  be  necessary. 

menina,  /.,  maid  (0/  the  royal 
court). 

menor,  a.,  less;  el  —  least. 

menos,  adv.y  less,  least;  prep. 
except;  a  —  que,  conj.y 
unless. 

mente,  /.,  mind. 

mention,  alusion,  /.;  v.  tr.^ 
mencionar,  citar;  don't  — 
it,  de  nada,  no  es  nada,  no 
hay  de  que. 

mentira,  /.,  lie;  parece  — ,  it 
seems  strange. 

menudeo,  m.,  repetition,  re- 
tail; al  — ,  at  retail. 

menudo,  a.,  small;  a  — ,  adv., 
often. 


mercaderia,  /.,  merchandise. 

mercado,  w.,  market,  market 
place. 

mercancia,  f.,  ware,  ,  mer- 
chandise. 

mercantil,  a.,  mercantile,  com- 
mercial. 

merced,  /.,  mercy,  grace. 

mercurio,  w.,  mercury. 

mercury,  azogue,  w.,  mer- 
curio, m. 

merchant,  comerciante,  m., 
mercante,  m.,  negociante,  m. 

merecer,  38,  to  deserve,  merit, 
attain;  — se  algo,  to  de- 
serve  something. 

meridional,  a.,  south,  south- 
ern. 

merito,  m.,  merit,  worth. 

merluza,  /.,  hake. 

mero,    m.,    sea-bass. 

mes,  m.,  month. 

mesa,  /.,   table. 

Mesa  del  Emperador,  a  large, 
flat  rock  in  the  forest  of 
Tijuca  near  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

meseta,  /.,  plateau,  table- 
land. 

Messrs.,  Sres.  (senores),  m.  pi. 

mestizo,  w.,  half-breed 
{Indian  and  white), 

metalico,  a.,  metalic. 

metalurgico,  a.,  metallurgical. 


VOCABULARIO 


405 


meter,  v.  tr.,  to  put,  place; 
— -  las  manos  hasta  los 
codos  en  algo,  to  go  far  in 
something,  commit  one- 
self to;  — se  en,  to  get  into, 
enter;  metersele  en  la  cabeza 
a  uno,  to  take  it  into  one's 
head. 

metodo,  w.,  method. 

metropoli,  /.,  metropoHs. 

metropolitano,  «.,  metropoH- 
tan;  Museo  — ,  Metropoli- 
tan Museum  (of  Art,  New 
York  City). 

Mexico,  Mejico,  m. 

mezcla,/.,  mixture,  confusion. 

mezquino,  «.,  poor,  miserable. 

mezquita,  /.,  mosque. 

mi,  poss.  a.y  my. 

mi,  pers.  pron.y  (after  prep.) 
me. 

middle  (of  the  month),  a 
mediados  de. 

midnight,  medianoche,  /. 

midst,  in  the  —  of,  en  medio 
de. 

mid-summer,  pleno  verano, 
m. 

mid- winter,  pleno  invierno,  m. 

miedo,  m.,  fear. 

mientras  (que),  conj.,  while; 
mientras  tanto,  adv.y  mean- 
while. 


might,  usually  the  sign  of  the 
imperf.  subj.,  sometimes  of 
the  cond.  of  poder. 

Miguel,  w.,  Michael. 

mil,  thousand. 

milagroso,  a.,  wonderful,  mir- 
aculous. 

Mildn,  Milan,  a  city  of 
Italy,  famous  as  a  music 
center. 

mild,  a.,  benigno. 

mile,  milla,  /".,  —  after  — , 
milla  tras  milla;  to  be  so 
many  — s  between  A 
and  B,  median  tantas  millas 
entre  A  y  B. 

mill,  molino  m. 

milla,/.,  mile. 

miliar,  m.,  thousand. 

miller,  molinero,  m. 

millon,  m.y  million. 

millonario,  m.,  millionaire. 

mina,  f.y  mine. 

minar,  v.  tr.,  to  mine. 

Minas  Geraes  (Port.),  Gen- 
eral Mines,  the  chief  mining 
State  of  Brazil;  area  about 
220,000  square  miles. 

mind,  mente,  /".;  (opinion) 
parecer,  m.;  never  — 
(imper.),  lo  mismo  da,  no 
importa. 

mine,  mina,/.;  v.  tr.,  minar. 


4o6 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


mine,  foss.  fron.,  el  mio,  la 
mm,  etc. ;  a  friend  of  — ,  un 
amigo  mio. 

mineral,  a.  and  s.  m.,  mineral. 

minero,  a.<,  mining. 

ministerio,  w.,  ministry;  — 
de  la  Gobernaci6n,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Interior,  Home 
Office. 

ministro,  w.,  minister. 

mint,  Casa  de  la  Moneda,  /. 

minuto,  m.,  minute. 

mio,  poss.  a.y  my;  el  — ,  la 
mia,  etc.,  poss.  pron.y  mine. 

miraculous,  a.,  milagroso. 

mirador,  m.,  lookout. 

Miranda  (de  Ebro),  a  town  of 
4500  inhabitants  in  the 
province  .of  Burgos,  Spain. 

mirar,  v.  tr.,  to  look  at,  behold. 

misa,  /.,  mass. 

mismo,  a.  and  pron.,  same, 
very,  self;  yo  — ,  tu  — ,  etc., 
myself,  thyself,  etc.;  lo  — 
que,  as  well  as,  just  as; 
lo  —  da,  it's  all  the  same, 
never  mind. 

Misisipi,  m.,  Mississippi. 

miss,  V.  tr.y  echar  de  menos. 

Miss,  senorita,  /. 

mitad,  /.,  half. 

mixto,  a.,  mixed. 

mixture,  mezcla,  /. 


moda,  /.,  style  (of  apparel, 
etc.). 

modern,  a.,  moderno. 

modernisimo,  a.,  very  modern, 
very  up-to-date. 

modernizar,  34,  v.  tr.,  to 
modernize. 

moderno,  a.,  modern,  up-to- 
date;  segun  lo  mas  — ,  in 
the  most  up-to-date  fashion. 

modesto,  a.,  modest. 

modico,  a.,  moderate. 

modo,  w.,  way,  manner,  mood, 
de  este  — ,  in  this  way;  de 
ningun  — ,  by  no  means;  de 
todos  — s,  at  any  rate;  de 
—  que,  conj.,  so  that. 

mole,/.,  mass. 

moler  (ue),  26,  v.  tr.,  to  grind. 

molestar,  v.  tr.,  to  trouble, 
annoy. 

molestia,  /.,  bother,  annoy- 
ance, trouble. 

moliente,  a.,  grinding. 

molinero,  m.,  miller. 

molino,  m.,  mill;  —  de  viento, 
windmill. 

Mollendo,  a  seaport  of  s.  Peru, 
department  of  Arequipa; 
population  of  about  6000; 
1700  miles  from  Panama. 
It  is  a  port  of  entry  for 
BoHvia. 


VOCABULARIO 


407 


momento,  m.,  moment. 

monarca,  m.,  monarch. 

monarchist,  monarquista,  vi. 

monarchy,  monarquia,  /. 

monarquia,  /.,  monarchy. 

monarquico,  a.,  monarchical. 

moneda,  /.,  coin;  Casa  de  la 
Moneda,  /.,  Mint. 

money,  dinero  w.;  plata  {col- 
loquial), f. 

monied,  pp.  and  a.,  adinerado. 

monje,  m.,  monk. 

monk,  monje,  m. 

Monroe,  James  (1748-183 1), 
fifth  president  of  the  U.  S., 
who,  in  his  message  to  Con- 
gress, Dec.  1823,  said:  "We 
should  consider  any  attempt 
on  their  part  (European 
powers)  to  extend  their 
system  to  any  portion  of 
this  hemisphere  as  danger- 
ous    to     our     peace     and 

.  safety."  His  enlargement 
of  t\\h  statement  is  called 
the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

The  Monroe  Palace, 
built  in  six  months  for  the 
Pan  American  Congress  of 
1906,  stands  in  Rio  de 
Janeiro  at  the  junction  of 
the  Avenues  Rio  Branco 
and    Beira   Mar.      It   is    a 


reproduction  of  the  Brazil 

building   at   the   St.   Louis 

Exposition, 
montadura,  /.,  setting, 
montana, /.,  mountain, 
montaiioso,  a.,  mountainous, 
montar,  v.  tr.,  to  mount,  ride, 

equip,  fit  out,  set  up. 
monte,  w.,  hill,  mountain, 
montevideano,  a.  and  j.,  per- 
taining    to     Montevideo, 

Montevidean. 
Montevideo,    the    capital    of 

Uruguay;    it   has   the   best 

harbor  on  the  River  Plata; 

population    about   400,000; 

5750  miles  from  New  York. 

Also  the  name  of  a  boat  of 

the  Spanish  Line, 
month,  mes,  m. 
monton,  m.,  pile,  heap, 
monumento,  m.,  monument, 
moon,  luna,  /. 
Moor,    moro,    m.\   — ish,    a., 

moro,  morisco;  — ish-Gran- 

adine,  a.,  morogranadino. 
morada,  f.,  dwelling,  house, 
morador,  w.,  resident,  dweller, 
more,  a.  and  pron.,  mas;  — 

and  — ,  cada  vez  mas. 
moreover,  adv.,  ademas. 
morir(se)  (ue,  u),  28,  v.  intr. 

and  refl.,  to  die. 


4o8 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


morisco,  a.,  Moorish. 

morning,  mafiana,  /.;  in  the 
— ,  por  la  manana,  {indi- 
cating the  hour)  de  la  mana- 
na; good  — ,  buenos  dias. 

moro,  a.  and  s..  Moor;  Moor- 
ish. 

morogranadino,  a.^  Moorish- 
Granadine. 

morrillo,  w.,  nape  of  the  neck 
{of  animals). 

mortal,  a.,  mortal. 

mortar,  mortero,  w.,  arga- 
masa,  /. 

mortero,  m.,  mortar. 

mosque,  mezquita,  /. 

most,  el  mas,  la  mas,  etc.\ 
at  the  — ,  a  lo  mas;  (the) 

—  of,  los  or  las  mas  (de). 
mostly,  adv.,  mayormente. 
mostrar    (ue),    24,    v.    tr.,    to 

show,  indicate, 
motejar,  v.  tr.,  to  nickname, 
mother,  madre,  /".,  mama,/, 
motivo,  m.y  purpose,   reason  ^ 

con  —  de,  for  the  purpose 

of. 
mount,  V.  tr.,  subir   (a);   {set 

up)  montar. 
mountain,  montana,/.,  monte, 

m.;  —  ridge,   serrania,  /.; 

—  chain,  cordillera,  /. 
mouth,  boca,  / 


move,  v.tr.,  mover  26,  impul- 
sar;  {zvith  emotion)  con- 
mover  26. 

mover  (ue),  26,  to  move. 

moving-pictures,  peliculas, 
/.  pi.;  moving-picture  the- 
ater, house  or  show,  cine- 
matografo,    or   "  cine",    m. 

mozo,  m.,  boy,  porter. 

Mr.,  sefior,  m.,  caballero,  m, 

Mrs.,  senora,  /. 

much,  a.  and  pron.,  mucho; 
muy  {with  pp.  or  a.)  \  how 
—  ?,  dcuanto?;  how  —  are 
they?,  dcuanto  valen?;  so 
— ,  tanto;  too — ,  demasiado; 
very — ,  muchisimo. 

muchacho,  m.,  boy. 

muchedumbre,  /.,  crowd. 

muchisimo,  a.  and  pron.,  very 
much. 

mucho,  a.  and  pron.,  much; 
— s,  many;  por  —  que, 
however  much. 

mud,  lodo,  m. 

mudar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
change;  —  de  casa,  to 
change  one's  residence, 
remove. 

mudejar,  a.,  mudejar,  per- 
taining to  the  Mohamme- 
dans who  became  subjects 
of  a  Christian  king  in  Spain. 


VOCABULARIO 


409 


In  architecture  the  term  'is 
applied  to  subjects  treated 
after  the  Arabic  taste  and 
manner. 

muelle,  w.,  dock,  pier,  wharf; 

muerte,  /.,  death. 

muerto,  pp  and  a.,  dead; 
—  de  cansancio,  dead  tired; 
s.  m.y  a  dead  person. 

muestra,  /.,  sample,  model. 

mujer,  /.,  woman,  wife. 

mula,  /.,  mule. 

mule,  mula,  /.;  on  —  back,  a 
lomo  de  mula. 

multicolor,  a.,  many-colored. 

multitud,  /.,  crowd,  multi- 
tude. 

mundial,  a.,  world-wide. 

mundo,  m.,  world;  —  elegan- 
te, stylish  set;  todo  el  — , 
everybody. 

Mundo,  El,  a  Conservative 
daily  of  Madrid. 

municipality,  municipio,  m. 

municipio,  w.,  city,  munici- 
pality. 

muralla,/.,  (outer)  wall. 

Murat,  Joachim  ( 1767-18 15), 
aide-de-camp  to  Napoleon, 
general,  and  later  King  of 
Naples,  when  Joseph  Bona- 
parte was  transferred  to  be 
King  of  Spain. 


Murcia,  a  maritime  province 
of  s.  e.  Spain,  noted  for  its 
lead  mines. 

muriendo,  from  morir  28. 

Murillo,  Bartolome  Esteban 
(1617-1682),  the  Spanish 
painter  of  religious  sub- 
jects, especially  of  the  Vir- 
gin. Best  known  other 
works:  "Moses  Striking 
the  Rock",  "  Miracle  of  the 
Loaves  and  Fishes",  "The 
Return  of  the  Prodigal", 
"  The  Beggar  Boys",  etc. 

musa,  /.,  muse. 

museo,  w.,  museum. 

Museo  del  Prado  or  Museo- 
Nacional  de  Pintura  y 
Escultura,  the  chief  art 
museum  of  Spain;  building 
was  begun  1785.  Its  col- 
lection of  old  paintings  is 
one  of  the  oldest  and  best 
of  Europe. 

Museo  HispAnico,  the  build- 
ing of  the  Hispanic  Socie- 
ty of  America,  on  Broadway 
between  155th  and  156th 
Streets,  New  York  City. 
This  society  was  founded 
in  1904  and  the  building 
opened  in  1907.  It  is  the 
chief  center  in  the  U.  S.  for 


410 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


information  concerning  the 
literature,  the  art  and  the 
life  of  Spain,  Portugal  and 
Hispanic  America. 

musica,  /.,  music. 

must,  V,  intr.  and  defectivey 
tener  (17)  que  +inf.;  deber 
(de);  also  expressed  hy  the 
future  if  denoting  proba- 
bility at  present;  one  — , 
hay  que+inf.;  I  —  have 
been,  debo  haber  sido,  debi 
ser. 

musulm^n,  w.,  Mussulman. 

mutilar,  v.  tr.,  to  mutilate. 

mutton,  camero,  m. 

muy,  adv.y  very;  —  amigo, 
very  good  friend;  —  nino, 
very  young. 

my,  poss.  a.,  mi(s);  (after  the 
noun)  mio,  mi  a,  etc. 

myrtle,  arrayan,  m. 

myself,  pers.  pron.  refi.,  me; 
intensive,  yo  mismo,  -a;  a  mi 
mismo,  -a. 

N 
nacer,  38,  to  be  born. 
naci6n,  /".,  nation. 
Naci6n,     La,     an     important 

morning    daily    of  Buenos 

Aires, 
nacional,  a.,  national. 


nacionalidad,  /.,   nationality. 

nada,  pron.,  nothing,  anything, 
(after  a  negative);  adv.,  not 
at  all;  de  — ,  no  es  : — , 
don't  mention  it. 

nadar,  v.  intr.,  to  swim. 

nadie,  pron.,  m.  andf.,  no  one., 
anyone  (after  a  negative  or 
comparative) . 

name,  nombre,  m. 

namely,  adv.,  a  saber. 

Napoles,  Naples. 

naranja,  /.,  orange. 

naranjal,  m.,  orange  grove. 

naranjo,  m.,  orange  tree. 

narrow,  a.,  angosto,  estrecho. 

natal,  a.,  native. 

nation,  nacion,  /. 

national,  a.,  nacional. 

native,  natural,  m.;  a.,  natal. 

natural,  a.,  natural;  m.,  na- 
tive. 

naturaleza,  /.,  nature. 

naturalidad,  /.,  naturalness. 

naturalismo,  m.,  naturalism. 

naturalist,  naturalista,  m.  and 

/• 

naturalmente,  adv.,  naturally, 

of  course, 
naturalness,  naturalidad,  /. 
nature,  naturaleza,  /. 
navaja,  /.,  knife,  clasp-knife, 
naval,  a.,  naval. 


VOCABULARIO 


411 


Navarra,  /.,  the  old  kingdom, 
now  a  province,  of  n.  Spain. 

navegable,  a.,  navigable. 

navegacion,  /.,  navigation. 

navegar,  32,  to  sail,  navi- 
gate. 

navio,  m.,  ship. 

navy,  armada,  /. 

near,  adv.,  cerca;  prep.,  cerca 
de,  junto  a;  a.,  cercano, 
proximo;  — ly,  casi;  {with 
verb)  faltar  poco  para  que 
+subj. 

necesario,  a.,  necessary; 
lo  — ,  what  is  necessary. 

necesidad,  /.,  necessity,  need. 

necesitar,  v.  tr.,  to  need. 

necessary,  a.,  necesario,  pre- 
ciso;  be  — ,  ser  menester, 
ser  preciso,  ser  necesario; 
what  is  — ,  lo  necesario. 

neck,  nuca,  /.;  (of  an  animal) 
morrillo,  w. 

need,  v.  tr.,  necesitar,  faltar 
algo  a  uno,  hacer  (8)  falta 
algo  a  uno;  be  needed, 
faltar;  s.  necesidad,  /., 
falta,  /. 

needless  to  say,  excusado  es 
decir,  huelga  decir;  it  is  — , 
huelga. 

negarse  (ie),  23,  32,  (a) 
V.  refl.,  to  refuse. 


negativamente,  adv.,  nega- 
tively, in  the  negative. 

negative,  a.,  negative. 

negligence,  descuido,  m. 

negociacion,  /.,  negotiation. 

negocio,  m.,  business;  — s, 
business. 

negro,  a.,  black;  m.,  negro. 

neighbor,  vecino-a,  m.  and  f, 

neighboring,  a.,  vecino. 

neither,    conj.,    ni,    tampoco; 

—  ...  nor,  ni  .  .  .  ni. 
neofito,  m.,  neophite. 
Neptuno,    m.,    Neptune,    the 

god  of  the  sea. 

Nervion,  the  river  flowing 
through  Bilbao  which  has 
been  canalized  so  that 
ocean  steamships  of  4000 
tons  may  anchor  at  its 
docks. 

neutral,  a.,  neutral. 

nevada,  /.,  snowfall,  snow. 

nevado,  pp.  and  a.,  snowy, 
snow-capped. 

never,  adv.,  nunca,  jamas;  as 

—  before,  como  nunca. 
nevertheless,    adv.,    sin    em- 
bargo. 

new,  a.,  nuevo. 

newspaper,      periodico       m.; 

daily  — ,  diario,  m. 
New  York,  Nueva  York,  /. 


412 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


next,  a.y  proximo,  siguiente, 
que  sigue;  the  —  day,  al 
dia   siguiente. 

ni,  conj.y  nor,  niether,  not 
even;  ni  .  .  .  ni,  neither 
.  .  .  nor;  ni  .  .  .  siquiera, 
not  even. 

nice,  a.,  {of  persons)  simpa- 
tico. 

nickel,  niquel,  m. 

nickname,  v.  tr,,  motejar, 
apodar. 

nicho,  m.,  niche,  recess  in  a 
wall. 

nieto,  m.,  grandson. 

nieve,  /.,  snow. 

night,  noche,  /.;  good  — , 
buenas  noches;  last  — , 
anoche;  pass  the  — ,  per- 
noctar;  —  -watchman, 
sereno,  m.;  at  or  by,  adv.,  de 
noche. 

nightfall,  caida  de  la  tarde,  /.; 
anochecer,     m. 

nightingale,  ruisenor,  m. 

nine,  nueve. 

ninguno  (before  its  noun 
ningun),  ninguna,  indef.  a. 
and  pron.y  no,  none,  no  one, 
any  (after  a  negative  or  com- 
parative) ^  neither. 

niiiera,  /.,  nurse  maid. 

nineria,  /.,  childish  action. 


ninez,  /.,  childhood, 
nino-a,  m.  a?id  f.^  child, 
niquel,  w.,  nickel, 
nitrate,    nitrato,    w.,    salitre, 

m.y    caliche,    m.;    a.y    sali- 

trero;     —     plant,      oficina 

saHtrera. 
nitrato,  m.,  nitrate,  saltpeter, 
nivel,  w.,  level, 
no,    adv.,    no,    not;    dno?,    is 

that  not  so? 
no,     adv.,     no;     a.,    ninguno 

(ningun) ;  —  longer,  ya  no. 
nobody,    indef.    pron.,    nadie, 

ninguno. 
nocturno,    a.,    nocturnal,    of 

the  night, 
noche,    /.,    night;    de    —    a 

maflana,  over  night;  de  — , 

by  night;  during  the  night; 

esta  — ,  tonight;  por  la  — , 

in    the   evening;   todas  las 

— s,  every  night, 
noise,  ruido,  m. 
noisy,  a.,  estrepitoso. 
nombrar,    v.    tr.,    to    name, 

appoint, 
nombre,  m.,  name, 
none,  indef.  pron.,  ninguno  -a. 
noon,  mediodia,  m.;  at  — ,  a 

mediodia. 
nor,  conj.,  ni;  —  .  .  .  either, 

ni  .  .  .  tampoco. 


VOCABULARIO 


413 


noria,  /.,  water-wheel. 

norma,  /.,  gauge,  standard. 

noroeste,  m.,  northwest. 

norte,  m.,  north. 

nortealeman  -ana,  a.,  North 
German. 

norteamericano,  a,  and  s., 
North    American. 

north,  norte,  m.;  —  west, 
noroeste;  to  the  —  of,  al 
norte  de. 

northern,  a.y  del  norte,  sep- 
tentrional. 

northward,  adv.,  hacia  el 
norte. 

noruego,  a.  and  s.,  Norwegian. 

nos,  pers.  pron.,  us,  to  us, 
-  ourselves. 

nosotros,  pers.  pron.,  we;  us 
{after  a  prep.). 

nostalgia  (de),  /.,  homesick- 
ness    (for). 

not,  adv.,  no;  —  at  all  prob- 
able, poco  verosimil;  —  he, 
el  no. 

nota,  /.,   note. 

notable,  a.,  noteworthy,  no- 
table. 

notar,  v.  tr.,  to  notice,  note. 

note,  nota,  /.,  {memorandum) 
apunte,  m.;  {promissory) 
pagare,  m.;  bank  — ,  billete 
(de    banco);    v.    tr.,    notar, 


fijarse   en,   reparar   en;   — 

down,  apuntar. 
noteworthy,  a.,  notable, 
nothing,    indef.    pron.,    nada; 

—  but,  solo,  solamente. 
noticia,  /.,    a    piece   of  news, 

notice;    — s,    /.    pi.,  news; 

enviar,    uno  sus   noticias   a 

otro,    to    let    another   hear 

from  one;    sus   noticias  de 

Vd.,   news  of  you. 
notice,    v.    tr.,    fijarse     (en); 

reparar   (en),   notar. 
novedad,  /.',  novelty;  sin  — , 

as  usual, 
novela,  /.,  novel, 
novelesco,    a.,    pertaining    to 

the  novel;  literatura  nove- 

lesca,  fiction. 
November,   noviembre,   m. 
now,  adv.,  ahora;  —  that,  ya 

que,    ahora    que;   —   then, 

pues  bien,  ahora  bien;  not 

— ,     ahora    no;    right    — , 

ahora  mismo. 
nowadays,  adv.,  hoy  dia,  hoy 

en  el  dia,  hoy  por  hoy. 
nuca, /.,  nape,  neck,  shoulder, 
nuebo,  a.,  old  form  0/ nuevo. 
nuestro,  poss.  a.,  our;  el  — , 

la  nuestra,  etc.,  poss.  pron., 

ours. 
Nueva  York,  /.,  New  York. 


414 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


nuevo,  «.,  new;  dque  hay  de 
— ?,  what's  the  news?;  de 
— ,   adv.,   again. 

Nuevo  Mundo,  one  of  the 
leading  illustrated  weeklies 
of  Madrid. 

nuez,  /.,  nut. 

nulidad,  /.,  nothingness,  in- 
significance. 

number,  numero,  m.;  great 
— -,  sinnumero,  m.,  in- 
finidad,  /. 

numero,  w.,  number. 

numeroso,  <2.,  numerous. 

nunca,  adv.^  never,  ever  {after 
a  comparative)  \  como  — , 
as  never  before. 

nurse-maid,  ninera,  /. 

nut,  nuez,  /. 

nutritivo,  a.,  nutritious. 

N 

nandu,  m.,  nandu,  the  Ameri- 
can ostrich. 


o,  conj.,  or. 

obelisco,  m.,  obelisk,  shaft. 

obelisk,  obelisco,  m, 

object,  objeto,  m.;  —  of  art, 

objeto  de  arte,  ni. 
objeto,  m.,  object;  —  de  arte, 

art  object. 


obligar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  oblige, 
compel. 

obra,  /.,  work;  —  maestra, 
masterpiece. 

obrero,   w.,   workman. 

obscuridad,  /.,  darkness. 

observacion,  /.,    observation. 

observar,  v.  tr.,  to  observe, 
watch. 

obstante,  pres.  p.  of  obstar,  to 
object;  no  — ,  adv.,  never- 
theless; no  —  de,  in  spite  of. 

obtain,  v.  tr.,  obtener  17, 
lograr,  conseguir  29,  33, 
alcanzar   34. 

obtener,  17,  to  obtain,  secure. 

obtuve,  from  obtener  17. 

ocasion,  /.,  occasion,  opportu- 
nity. 

occasionally,  adv.,  de  vez  en 
cuando. 

occidental,   a.,  western. 

occupation,  oficio,  m.,  pro- 
fesion,  /. 

occupy,  V,  tr.,  ocupar;  oc- 
cupied in  reading,  ocupado 
en  leer. 

occur,  V.  intr.,  ocurrir,  pasar. 

ocean,  oceano,  m. 

o'clock,  la  or  las  +  numeral 
of  the  hour. 

octavo,     eighth. 

octubre,  m.,  October. 


VOCABULARIO 


415 


ocultamente,  adv.,  secretly. 

ocupadisimOf  a.,  very  busy. 

ocupado,  pp.  and  a,,  busy. 

ocftparse  en,  v.  refl.  to  be 
busj^    at. 

ocurrir,  v.  intr.,  to  occur. 

ocho,  eight. 

odd,  thirty — ,treinta  y  pico  de. 

Ode6n,  m.,  a  theater  of 
Buenos  Aires. 

oeste,  m.,  west. 

of,  prep.,  de,  en. 

offer,  V.  tr.,  ofrecer  38. 

office,  oficina,  /.;  —  build- 
ing, edificio  destinado  a 
oficinas. 

oficial,  a.,  official;  s.  m., 
officer. 

oficina,  /.,  office  (in  Chile 
and  Peru)  nitrate  reducing 
plant;  —  de  consignaciones, 
checking  room. 

oficio,  m.,  occupation,  trade, 
business. 

ofrecer,  38,  to  offer;  — se  para, 
to  volunteer  for. 

ofrezco,  from  ofrecer  38. 

often,  adv.y  a  menudo,  muchas 
veces. 

0*Higgins,  Bernardo  (1778- 
1842),  first  dictator  of 
Chile,  1817  to  1823;  a 
strong,  energetic  character 


who  did  much  for  the 
emancipation  of  Chile  but 
became  over-fond  of  power. 

oil,  aceite,  m. 

oir,  10,  V.  tr.y  to  hear. 

ojal,  m.,  button-hole. 

iojala!,  would  that!,  O  may! 

ojear,  v.  tr.y  to  gaze  at,  to 
eye. 

ojeroso,  a.,  having  circles 
about  the  eyes. 

ojo,  m.,  eye;  imucho  — !, 
keep  an  eye  open!,  be 
alert! 

old,  a.y  (former)  antiguo; 
(aged)  viejo,  anciano;  — 
fashioned,  antiguo;  — 
gentleman,  anciano,  m.;  in 
an  —  fashioned  way,  a 
lo  antiguo;  to  be  so  many 
years  — ,  tener  (17)  tantos 
aiios. 

oler  (ue),  26a,  (a),  v.  intr.  to 
smell     (of). 

oliva,  /.,  olive. 

olivar,  m.,  olive  orchard. 

Olivares,  Gaspar  de  Guzman, 
Count  of  Olivares  and 
Duke  of  San  Lucar  (1587- 
1645),  a  favorite  of  Philip 
IV  of  Spain. 

olive,  aceituna,  /.,  oliva,  /.; 
—  orchard,  olivar,  m. 


4i6 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Oloroso,  a.,  fragrant. 

olvidar,  v.  tr.y  to  forget;  — se 
de,  or  olvidarsele  a  uno,  to 
forget. 

omelet,  tortilla,  /. 

omit,  V.  tr.,  pasar  por  encima 
de;    omitir. 

omitir,  v.  tr.,  to  do  without, 
omit. 

omnibus,  w.,  carry-all  omni- 
bus. 

on,  prep.y  en,  sobre,  a,  de;  — 
the  dollar,  por  el  dolar;  — 
+  pres.  part,  is  expressed 
by  al  +  inf. 

once,  eleven. 

Once  de  Septiembre,  m.,  an 
important  square  of 
Buenos  Aires. 

once,  adv.y  una  vez;  at  — , 
en  seguida,  en  el  acto, 
seguidamente,  inmediata- 
mente;  —  more,  otra  vez, 
de  nuevo. 

one,  un(o);  as  pron.,  one  is 
often  omitted  in  translation; 
if  subject^  it  is  often  ex- 
pressed by  a  reft,  verb;  the 
—  who,  el  que,  quien;  it  is 
not  — ,  no  lo  es. 

one-handed,  a.,  manco. 

only,  adv.,  solo,  solamente; 
a.,     solo,     unico;     the     — 


thing,     lo     unico;     not    — 

.  .  .  but  also,  no  solo  .  .  . 

sino  tambien. 
open,  V.  tr.,  abrir  45;  —  up  a 

conversation,  entablar  una 

conversacion. 
opera,  /.,  opera, 
opera    house,    teatro    de    la 

opera,  m. 
operacion,  /.,  operation, 
operar,  v.  tr.,  operate, 
operario,  m.,  operator, 
operate,     v.     tr.,     operar;    v. 

intr.,  funcionar,  obrar. 
operation,    operacion,    /.;    in 

— ,    funcionando. 
operator,  operario,  m. 
opinar,  v.  intr.,  to  think,  hold 

an  opinion, 
opinion,  parecer,  w.,  opini5n, 

/.;  be  of  the  —  that,  ser  del 

parecer  que,  estar  en  que; 

in  my  (his)  — ,  a  mi  (su) 

parecer;    in   the   —   of,    al 

parecer  de. 
oportunidad,  /.,   opportunity, 
opportunity,  ocasion,  /.,  opor- 
tunidad  (para),  /. 
opposite,    a.y    opuesto,     con- 

trario. 
optimista,  a.,  optimistic, 
opuesto,  a.  and  pp.,  opposite, 
oracion,  /.,  sentence,   prayer. 


VOCABULARIO 


417 


oral,  <3.,  oral, 
oralmente,  adv.,  orally, 
orange,  naranja,  /.;  —  grove, 

naranjal,      m.;     —      tree, 

naranjo,  m.;  —  color  (ed), 

anaranjado. 
orar,  v.  intr.,  to  pray. 
orchard,  huerto,  m. 
orden,  /.  and  m.,  order;  a  las 

drdenes    de    Vd.,    at    your 

service, 
order,  v.  tr.,  pedir  29,  encar- 

gar    32,    ordenar;    s.,    {for 

goods)  pedido,  m.,  encargo, 

m.y  orden,  /.;  in  —  to,  para; 

in     —     that,      para      que 

(+  subj.). 
ore,  quijo,  m.,  mineral,  m. 
oreja,  /.,  ear. 
6rgano,   m.,   organ. 
orguUoso,  a.y  proud, 
oriental,  a.,  oriental,  eastern, 
orientar,  v.  tr.,  to  put  on  the 

right  way. 
origen,  m.,  origin, 
original,  a.,  original,  home, 
originar,  v.  tr.,  to  originate, 
originario  (de),  a.y  originating 

(m). 
orilla,  /.,  shore;  a  — s  de,  on 

the  bank  or  edge  of. 
orillar,  v.  tr.,  to  border, 
oro,  m.y  gold. 


Oroyo,  a  city  of  Peru,  junc- 
tion on  the  main  line  of  the 
Oroya  Railw^ay,  138  miles 
from  Callao.  From  here 
runs  a  branch  line  to  Cerro 
de  Pasco,  88  miles. 

OS,  pers.  pron.y  you. 

OS,    {Port.)y   def.    art.   m.    pL,    • 
=  los  in  Spanish. 

osadia, /.,  daring. 

ostentaci6n,  /.,  display,  os- 
tentation. 

other,  a.  and  pron.y  otro. 

otorgar,  32,  to  grant,  concede.- 

otro,  a.  and  pron.y  other, 
another. 

ought,  V.  intr.y  deber. 

our,  a.y  nuestro;  pron.y  el 
nuestro,  la  nuestra,  etc. 

out  of,  prep.y  fuera  de;  (^^- 
cause  of)  por. 

outdoor (s),  a.  and  adv.y  al 
aire    libre. 

outlet,  salida,  /. 

outside,  a.y  exterior;  —  of, 
fuera  de. 

ouvidor  {Port.)y  =  auditor  in 
Spanishy   judge. 

oven,  horno,  m. 

over,  prep.y  {across)  por; 
{above)  sobre,  encima  de. 

overcome,  v.  tr.,  abrumar. 

overflow,  v.  intr.y  rebosar. 


4i8 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


overlook,  v.  tr.,  dominar. 

overseas,  ^.,  ultramarino,  de 
ultramar;  —  products  or 
goods,  ultramarinos,  w., 
articulos  coloniales,  m. 

overtake,    v.    tr.y    rendir    29, 
alcanzar  34. 
«    overtop,  V.  tr.,  descoUar  24. 

overwhelm,  v.  tr.,  abrumar. 

Oviedo,  capital  of  the  mari- 
time province  of  the  same 
name  in  n.  w.  Spain;  popu- 
lation about  25,000. 

owe,  V.  tr.,  deber. 

own,  a.,  propio;  f.  tr.,  tener 
17,    poseer   43. 

owner,  dueno,  m. 

ox,  buey,  m. 

Oxford  University,  England; 
founded  in  the  latter  part 
of  the  1 2th  century. 

oyeron,  from  oir  10. 

oyo,  from  oir  10. 


Pablo,  m.,  Paul;  —  y  Virginia, 
the  masterpiece  of  the 
French  writer  Jacques 
Henri  Bernardin  de  Saint- 
Pierre  (173  7-1 8 1 4);  a  senti- 
mental story  glorifying 
youthful  love  and  a  return 
to    nature.     A    grotto    of 


that  name  is  found  in  the 

forest  of  Tijuca  near  Rio  de 

Janeiro, 
paciencia,  /.,  patience, 
paciente,   a.,   patient. 
Pacific,  a.  and  s.  m.,  Pacifico. 
pacificador,  m.,  pacificator. 
pacifico,  a.,  peaceful,  pacific. 
pack,  V.  tr.,  {of  trunks)  arreg- 

lar;  empaquetar. 
padecer,  38,  to  suffer, 
padre,  m.,  father,  priest;  pL, 

parents, 
pagar,  32,  to  pay  (for),  repay; 

—  al  contado,  to  pay  cash; 

—  por  quincenas  adelanta- 
das,  to  pay  two  weeks  in 
advance. 

pagare,  m.,  promissory  note. 

page,  pagina,/.,  hoja,/. 

pago,  m.,  payment. 

paint,  V.  tr.,  pin  tar. 

painter,  pin  tor,  m. 

painting,  pintura,  /. 

pair,  par,  m., {persons)  pareja,/. 

pais,  m.,  country. 

paisaje,  m.,  landscape. 

paisano,  m.,  peasant,  fellow- 
countryman. 

paja,/.,  straw;  —  toquilla,  the 
grass  or  reed  of  which 
Panama  hats  are  made. 

palabra,  /.,  word. 


VOCABULARIO 


419 


palacio,  w.,  palace. 

Palermo,  w.,  a  park  of  Buenos 
Aires,  officially  called  Tres 
de  Febrero. 

palma,  /.,  palm  (tree  or  of  the 
hand),  hand-clap. 

palo,  w.,  pole,  stick,  club, 
wood;  —  del  Brasil,  Brazil 
wood;  —  de  rosa,  rose- 
wood. 

palpitar,  v.  intr.,  to  throb. 

pampa,  /.,  pampa,  plain  (S.A.). 

pan,  m.,  bread,  loaf;  —  de 
azucar,  sugar  loaf. 

panaderia,/.,  bakery. 

panadero,  w.,  baker. 

Panama,  El  Panama;  —  hat, 
sombrero  de  Jipi-japa,  som- 
brero toquilla. 

panameno,  a.  and  j.,  Pana- 
manian. 

panecillo,  m.,  roll. 

panteon,  m.,  pantheon,  mau- 
soleum. 

pafio,  m.,  cloth. 

pafiuelo,  w.,  handkerchief. 

Pao  de  Assucar  {Port.),  Sugar 
Loaf,  a  rock  1383  feet  high 
in  the  s.  part  of  the  bay  of 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  the  top  of 
which  is  reached  by  an  aerial 
tramway  in  cars  holding  16 
passengers    and    suspended 


on  cables.  The  first  stop  is 
on  Mt.  Urea  (four  minutes), 
hence  to  Sugar  Loaf  (six 
minutes  more). 

papa,  m.y  pope. 

papa,  w.,  father. 

papel,  m.y  paper;  role. 

paquete,  m.,  package. 

par,  w.,  pair;  un  —  de,  a 
couple  of;  adv.,  a  la  —  de, 
equally,  on  a  par  with. 

par,  on  a  —  with,  a  la  par  de; 
be  on  a  —  with,  correr 
parejas  con. 

para,  prep.,  for,  in  order  to, 
about;  —  con,  prep., 
towards,  with,  to;  I —  que?, 
why?;  —  que,  in  order  that. 

parado,  pp.  and  a.,  standing 
still. 

Paraguay,  El,  Paraguay;  also 
the  river  of  the  same  name. 

paraiso,  m.,  paradise;  top 
gallery  of  a  theater. 

paraje,  m.,  place,  spot. 

paralelo,  a.,  parallel. 

paramo,  m.,  paramo,  an  ele- 
vated highland  usually  a 
desert. 

Parana,  El,  the  great  river  of 
n.  e.  Argentina. 

parar(se)  (en),  £>.  intr.  and refl., 
to  stop  (at),  stand;  to  lodge. 


420 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


parchment,  pergamino,  m. 

Pardo,  El,  a  small  town  lo 
miles  n.  of  Madrid  where 
there  is  a  royal  lodge  built 
by  Charles  V.  in  1543. 

parecer,  38,  v.  intr.,  to  appear; 
ique  le  parece?,  what  do 
you  think  of  it?;  dno  le 
parece?,  don't  you  think 
so?;  — se  a,  to  resemble; 
s.  m.,  a  mi  — ,  in  my 
opinion;  al  — ,  apparently; 
al  —  de,  in  the  opinion 
of. 

parecido,  m.,  resemblance;  «., 
similar. 

pared,/.,  wall. 

pareja,  /.,  pair,  couple. 

parentesco,  w.,  relationship. 

parents,  padres,  m.  pi. 

parezca,  from  parecer  38. 

parillas,  /.  pL,  gridiron. 

Paris,  Paris;  the  University 
of  Paris  was  founded  about 
1 160. 

parisiense,  a.,  Parisian;  a 
la  — ,  in  Parisian  fashion. 

park,  parque,  m. 

parliament,  parkmento,  m. 

parque,  m.,  park. 

parroquiano,  m.,  customer. 

part,  parte,  /.;  the  greater  — , 
la  mayoria,  /. 


parte,  /.,  part,  direction;  en 
— ,  partially,  en  alguna  — , 
somewhere;  por  todas  — s, 
everywhere,  on  every  hand; 
las  cinco  — s  del  mundo, 
the  four  quarters  of  the 
globe;  a —  que,  conj.,  while. 

participar,  v.  tr.,  to  inform. 

particle,  triza,  /. 

particular,  «.,  private. 

particularmente,  adv.^  par- 
ticularly. 

partida,  /".,  departure;  entry, 
record;  —  doble,  double 
entry. 

partidario  (de),  a.,  fond  (of), 
inclined  to. 

partido,  w.,  party. 

partir,  v.  intr.,  to  leave. 

partner,  socio,  m.;  silent  — , 
socio  comanditario. 

pasaje,  w.,  passage,  passage- 
way. 

pasajero,  w.,  passenger. 

pasar,  v.  intr.y  to  pass,  step  in, 
happen,  occur;  —  por,  to 
call;  —  por  encima  de,  to 
omit;  — se  sin,  to  get  along 
without,  do  without;  v.  tr., 
to  send  across;  —  un  buen 
rato,  to  have  a  good  time. 

paseante,  m.,  pedestrian,  pas- 
serby. 


VOCABULARIO 


421 


pasearse,  v,  refl.,  to  stroll, 
walk,  drive. 

paseo,  w.,  walk,  drive,  prom- 
enade, boulevard;  dar  un 
— ,  to  take  a  walk. 

Paseo  de  la  Merced,  a  park 
and  a  point  of  vantage  in 
the  w.  part  of  Ronda,  Spain, 
600  feet  above  the  stream 
below. 

pasillo,  m.,  aisle,  passage- 
way. 

pasmarse,  v.  refl.,  to  be  aston- 
ished, to  wonder. 

pasmoso,  a.,  wonderful,  mar- 
vellous. 

paso,  w.,  step,  passage;  de  — , 
in  passing,  on  the  way, 
incidentally;  a  —  lento, 
slowly;  a  — s  agigantados, 
rapidly,  by  leaps  and 
bounds. 

pass,  V.  intr.,  pasar,  (of  time) 
transcurrir;  —  through, 
pasar  por;  v.  tr.,  acercar  30; 
J-.,  desfiladero,  m. 

passage,  pasaje,  w., way, 

pasaje,  m.\  take  — ,  tomar 
pasaje. 

passenger,  pasajero,  m. 

passerby,  transeunte,  w.,  pa- 
seante,  m. 

past,  pasado,  a.  and  s.  m. 


pasto,  w.,  forage,  pasturage, 
pata, /.,  foot  (of  animals). 
patata, /.,  potato, 
path,  senda,  /. 
patience,  paciencia,  /. 
patient,      paciente,     a.     and 

s.  m. 
patio,  w.,  courtyard, 
patria,  /.,  native  land;  madre 

— ,  /.,  native  land, 
patron,  m.,  foreman,  rnanager, 

boss. 
pave,  V.  tr.y  pavimentar. 
pavimentar,  v.  tr.,  to  pave, 
pay  (for),  pagar  32;  —  cash, 

pagar  al  contado;  be  paid, 

cobrar. 
payment  made,  pagando;  — 

—    a    week    in    advance, 

pagando  por  semanas  ade- 

lantadas,  por  los  ocho  dias 

adelantados. 
paz,/.,  peace, 

peace,  tranquilidad,  /.,  paz,  /. 
peaceful,    a.,    pacifico,    tran- 

quilo. 
peak,  pico,  m. 
pearl,  perla,  /. 
peasant,  campesino,  m.,  paisa- 

no,  m. 
pecho,  m.,  breast, 
pedido,  m.y  order  (for  goods), 
pedigiieno,  «.,  persistent. 


422 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


pedir  (i)  29,  to  ask  for,  seek, 
beg,  order;  —  algo  a  uno,  to 
ask  someone  for  something; 
a  —  de  boca,  as  much  as 
one  could  ask;  —  informes, 
to  ask  for  news  or  informa- 
tion; —  juramento  a  uno, 
to  demand  an  oath  of  some- 
one, to  put  someone  under 
oath. 

Pedro,  m.,  Peter. 

peep-hole,  ventanillo,  m. 

pegar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  affix,  attach, 
stick. 

peldaflo,  m.y  step  (of  stairs). 

pelea,  /.,  fight,  struggle. 

pelear(se),  v.  intr.  and  refl.y 
to  fight. 

pelicula, /.,  film. 

pelota,  /.,  ball;  a  game  similar 
to  hand-ball. 

pelucon,  m.y  big  wig;  applied 
as  a  nickname  to  Spaniards 
in  S.  A, 

pena,  /.,  sorrow,  difficulty;  a 
duras  — s,  with  great  diffi- 
culty. 

penetrar  (en),  v,  intr,,  to  en- 
ter. 

peninsula,  /.,  peninsula;  ap- 
plied specifically  y  when  capi- 
talized, to  the  Iberian  Pen- 
insula. 


peninsular,  a.,  peninsular,  per- 
taining to  the  Iberian  Pen- 
insula. 

pensar  (ie),  23,  to  think,  con- 
sider; —  en,  to  think  of. 

penon,  w.,  cliff,  rock. 

people,  sing,  or  pL,  gente,  /.; 
personas,  /.  pl.\  {nation) 
pueblo,  w.;  —  of  conse- 
quence, gente  pudiente. 

Pepe,  m.,  nickname  for  Jose; 
Joe.  —  Botellas,  "Joe  Bot- 
tles**, a  name  given  by  the 
Spaniards  to  Joseph  Bona- 
parte when  he  was  King  of 
Spain. 

pequeflo,  a.,  small. 

pera, /.,  pear. 

per  cent,  por  ciento. 

percibir,  v.  tr.,  to  perceive. 

perder,  (ie),  25,  to  lose;  —  de 
vista,  to  lose  sight  of. 

perdida, /.,  loss. 

perdonar,  v.  tr.,  to  pardon, 
forgive,  excuse,  spare. 

perecer,  38,  v.  intr.,  to  perish. 

perezosamente,  adv.,  idly, 
lazily. 

perfeccionar,  v.  tr.,  to  per- 
fect. 

perfectamente,  adv.,  very  well, 
perfectly. 

perfecto,  a.,  perfect. 


VOCABULARIO 


423 


performance,    funcion,  /.,   re- 

presentacion,  /. 
pergamino,     m.,     parchment, 

vellum. 
perhaps,  adv.^  tal  vez,  quiza(s) 

period,  era,  /.,  epoca,  /., 
periodo,  m. 

periddico,  m.,  newspaper. 

periodo,  w.,  period. 

perish,  v.  intr,,  perecer  38. 

perla,/.,  pearl. 

permiso,  m.,  permission. 

permission,  permiso,  m.;  get 
—  to,  conseguir  (29,  33) 
permiso  para. 

permit,  v.  tr.,  permitir,  admitir. 

permitir,  v.  tr.,  to  permit, 
allow. 

pernoctar,  v.  intr.,  to  pass  the 
night. 

pero,  conj.f  but. 

perra,  /.,  female  dog;  a  collo- 
quial term  for  a  Spanish 
copper  coin;  —  chica,  five 
centimos,  one  cent;  — 
gorda  or  grande,  ten  centi- 
mos, two  cents. 

perro,  m.,  dog. 

perseverance,  porfia,  /. 

perseverante,  a.,  persevering. 

persist,  v.  intr.,  empeiiarse 
(en). 


persistent,  a.,  porfiado. 

persona,/.,  person. 

personal,  m.,  staff;  a.,  per- 
sonal. 

personalmente,  adv.,  person- 
ally. 

pertenecer,  38,  to  belong,  per- 
tain. 

Peru,  El,  Peru. 

peruano,  a.  and  s.,  Peruvian. 

perversion,  /.,  perversion. 

pesado,  a.,  heavy. 

pesar,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to  weigh, 
to  grieve;  s.  m.,  sorrow, 
grief;  a  —  de,  in  spite  of. 

pesca,  /.,  fishing. 

pescado,  m.,  fish. 

peseta,  /.,  the  standard  coin 
of  Spain,  worth  about  20 
cents. 

peso,  m.,  dollar. 

Peter,  Pedro,  m. 

petroleo,  m.,  petroleum. 

Petropolis,  a  city  of  about 
35,000  inhabitants  27  miles 
n.  of  Rio  de  Janeiro  and  the 
summer  seat  of  the  diplo- 
matic corps. 

Philadelphia,  Eiladelfia. 

Philip,  Felipe,  m. 

photograph,  fotografia,  /. 

picador,  m.,  picador,  a  mount- 
ed bull-fighter. 


424 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


picarse,  v.  refl.,  to  become 
rough. 

pick  up,  V.  tr.,  recoger  37. 

pico,  m.,  peak;  small  amount; 
veinte  y  —  de,  twenty-odd. 

picture,  cuadro,  m.,  grabado, 
m.,  {portrait)  retrato,  m., 
{painting)  cuadro,  w.,  pin- 
tura,  /.;  —  gallery,  pinaco- 
teca, /.,  galeria  de  pinturas; 
V.  tr.y  pintar.. 

picturesque,  a.,  pintoresco. 

pie,  m.,  foot;  de  — ,  standing; 
a  — ,  on  foot;  a  los  pies  de 
Vd.,  accept  my  respects 
{to  a  lady), 

piece,  {coin)  pieza,  /.;  by  the 
— ,  a  destajo. 

piedad,  /.,  pity. 

piedra,  /.,  stone. 

pier,  muelle,  m. 

pierna,  /.,  leg. 

pieza,  /.,  coin;  room;  compo- 
sition. 

pike,  vara,  /. 

pilastra,  /.,  square  column, 
pilaster. 

piloto,  w.,  pilot. 

pinacoteca,  /.,  picture  gallery. 

pintar,  v.  tr.,  to  paint,  to 
picture;  — se  para,  to  be 
apt  in. 

pintor,  fn.,  painter. 


pintoresco,  «.,  picturesque. 

pintura, /.,  painting. 

pifia,  /.,  pineapple. 

Pio  V,  Pius  V  (Michele  Ghis- 
lieri),  pope  from  1 566-1 572, 
a  leading  spirit  of  the  In- 
quisition. 

pirate,  corsario,  m. 

pisar,  V.  tr.,  to  tread  (upon). 

piso,  m.,  floor,  story,  flight; 
primer  —  or  —  principal, 
first  flight  up,  second  floor; 
—  bajo,  ground  floor. 

pitcher,  cantaro,  m. 

Pius,  Pio,  m. 

Pi  y  Margall,  Francisco, 
(1823-1901),  a  prominent 
republican  and  one  of  the 
presidents  of  Spain  during 
the  short-lived  republic. 

placard,  rotulo,  w.,  cartel,  m. 

place,  V.  tr.,  poner  12,  colocar 
30;  J-.,  lugar,  m.y  sitio,  w., 
colocacion,  /.;  —  of  birth, 
lugar  natal,  m. 

placer,  v.  tr.,  to  please;  m., 
pleasure. 

plain,  vega,  /.,  llanura,  /., 
llano,  m.'y  planicie,  /.;  {in 
Argentina)  pampa,  /. 

plan,  w.,  plan. 

plan,  plan,  m.,  proyecto,  m.'y 
V,  tr.,  proyectar,  idear. 


VOCABULARIO 


425 


planicie,  /.,  plain. 

piano,  m.y  design,  plan,  map. 

plant,  instalacion,  /.,  planta, 
/.;  V.  tr.j  plantar. 

planta,/.,  plant,  station,  floor; 
—  baja,  first  floor. 

plantacion,  /.,  plantation. 

plantar,  v.  tr.^  to  plant. 

plaster,  yeso,  m. 

plata,  /.,  silver,  money. 

plataforma, /.,  platform. 

platano,  m.,  banana  tree. 

Plata  River,  Rio  de  la  Plata, 
m. 

plateau,  meseta,  /.,  altiplani- 
cie,  /.,  paramo,  m. 

plateresco,  «.,  plateresque,  a 
style  of  architecture  char- 
acterized by  elegance  and 
delicacy  of  execution,  sug- 
gesting the  work  of  "pla- 
teros"  or  silversmiths. 

plateresque,  «.,  plateresco. 

platform,  anden,  m.,  plata- 
forma, /. 

platino,  m.,  platinum. 

platinum,  platino,  m. 

plato,  w.,  dish. 

play,  V.  tr.  and  intr.,  jugar 
24a  (a);  {of  an  opera  or 
drama)  funcionar;  /.,  come- 
dia,/. 

play  a,/.,  beach. 


plaza,/.,  public  square,  plaza; 
—  de  toros,  bull-ring;  — 
f  u  e  r  t  e,  stronghold;  — 
mayor,  main  square;  Plaza 
de  Armas,  a  square  in  the  s. 
wing  of  the  Royal  Palace, 
Madrid;  —  de  la  Con- 
stitucion,  name  given  to 
the  Plaza  Mayor  in  many 
Spanish  cities;  —  de  San 
Fernando,  the  chief  square 
of  Seville;  —  25  de  Mayo, 
the  chief  square  of  Buenos 
Aires,  so  named  in  honor  of 
May  25,  1 8 10,  when  a  great 
armed  assembly  met  in  that 
city  and  superseded  the 
power  of  the  royal  viceroy, 
the  birthday  of  Argentinian 
independence. 

plazo,  m.,  term,  period. 

pleasant,  a.y  risueno,  agra- 
dable,  ameno,  grato;  — 
dreams!,  I  que  descanse(n) 
bien! 

please,  v.  tr.,  gustar,  agradar, 
complacer  38,  caerle  (3)  a 
uno  en  gracia;  {entreaty) 
haga(n)  el  favor  (de), 
tenga(n)  la  bondad  (de), 
srrva(n)se;  pleased  to  meet 
you,  tanto  gusto  en  cono- 
cerle  {or  la)  a  Vd. 


426 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


pleasure,  gusto,  m.,  placer,  w., 
with  — ,  con  gusto,  con 
placer,  gustosamente;  with 
great  — ,  gustosisimo,  con 
mucho  gusto,  de  mil 
amores;  take  —  in,  com- 
placerse  (38)  en. 

plenty,  abundancia,  /.;  —  of 
labor,  buena  mano  de  obra. 

pliego,  m.f  envelope;  bajo  — 
suelto,  under  separate 
cover. 

plomo,  w.,  lead. 

plow  (through)  v.  tr.,  surcar 
30. 

poblacidn,  /.,  town,  popula- 
tion. 

poblar  (ue),  24,  v.  tr.,  to 
populate,  fill,  cover. 

pobre,  a.,  poor. 

pocket,  bolsillo,  m.    . 

poco,  a,,  adv.  and  pron.,  little, 
small  {in  amount);  pi.,  few; 
—  a  — ,  gradually;  a  —  de, 
soon  after;  hace  — ,  a  short 
time  ago;  a  los  — s  meses 
de  estar,  after  being  for  a 
few  months;  —  falto  para 
que  fuese  atropellado,  he 
was  almost  run  over. 

poder,  II,  to  be  able;  a  mas 
no  — ,  utterly,  exceedingly; 
no  —  menos  de,  not  to  be 


able  to  help  or  avoid;  m., 
power. 

poderio,  m.,  power. 

poderoso,  a.,  powerful,  force- 
ful. 

podre, /row  poder  11. 

podria,  from  poder  11. 

poem,  poema,  w.,  poesia,  /. 

poesia, /.,  poetry,  poem. 

poeta,  w.,  poet. 

poetical,  a.,  poetico;  the  — , 
lo  poetico. 

poetico,  a.,  poetical. 

poetry,  poesia,  /. 

point,  punto,  m.;  —  of  view, 
pun  to  de  vista;  from  my  — 
of  view,  a  mi  manera  de  ver. 

police,  policia,  /. 

policeman,  guardia  de  orden 
publico,  m.,  guardia  mu- 
nicipal, m. 

politely,  adv.,   cortesmente. 

politico,  a.,  political. 

polo,  m.y  pole;  polo. 

polvo,  m.,  dust,  powder;  hay 
— ,  it  is  dusty. 

poll  era,  /.,  hooped  petticoat. 

ponderar,  v.  tr.,  exaggerate, 
overstate. 

poner,  12,  v.  tr.,  to  put,  place, 
estimate;  —  en  claro,  to 
make  clear;  —  en  cono- 
cimiento  de,  to  inform;  — 


VOCABULARIO 


427 


en    libertad,    to    liberate; 

—  reparos  en,  to  give  heed 
to;  —  un  telegrama,  to 
send  a  telegram;  — se,  to 
become,  to  set  {of  the  sun); 
— se  en  camino,  to  set  out; 
pongamos,  let  us  say,  sup- 
pose. 

ponga,  from  poner  1 1 . 

poor,    a.,    pobre;    (miserable) 

mezquino;    — ly,    mal. 
pope,    papa,   m. 
popular,  a.,  popular, 
popularmente,  adv.,  popularly, 
population,      populacion,     /., 

vecindario,  m.,  habitantes, 

m.  pi. 
populate,  V.  tr.,  poblar  24. 
por,  prep.,  by,   for,   through, 

along,  in,  for  the  sake  of, 

because  of,  in  exchange  for; 

—  entre,  amid. 

porcelana,  /.,  porcelain. 

porcion,  /.,  portion,  part. 

pordiosero,  w.,  beggar,  mendi- 
cant. 

porfia,  /.,  persistence,  "stick- 
to-it-iveness" ;  a — ,  heated- 
ly, obstinately. 

porfiado,   a.,   persistent. 

porfido,  m.,  porphyry. 

ipor  que?  interr.,  why? 

port,  puerto,  m. 


Portales,  Diego  (1793 -183  7), 
the  leader  of  the  Con- 
servative party  in  Chile 
which  brought  order  out  of 
chaos  after  the  resignation 
of  O'Higgins.  He  was  the 
chief  minister  in  the  presi- 
dency of  General  Prieto. 

porte,  w.,  bearing,  mien. 

porteno,  a.  and  s.,  of  or  per- 
taining to  Buenos  Aires,  the 
chief  port  of  Argentina. 

portrait,   retrato,   m. 

Portugal,  m.,   Portugal. 

portugues, -esa,  a.  and  s.,  Por- 
tuguese. 

Portuguese,  a.,  portugues, 
-esa,  lusitano. 

porvenir,  w.,  future. 

poseer,  43,  v,  tr.,  to  possess. 

posesion,/.,  possession. 

posible,  a.,  possible;  todo  lo 
— ,  everything  possible. 

posici6n, /.,  position. 

position,  puesto,  m.,  posicion, 
/.,  colocacion,  /. 

possess,  tener  17,  poseer  43, 
contar  (24)  con. 

possession,  /.,  posesion,  /., 
take  or  gain  —  of,  apode- 
rarse  de. 

possessor,  dueno,   m. 

possible,  a.,  posible,  dable. 


428 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


postage,   franqueo,   m. 

poster,  cartel,  m. 

postrado,  a.,  exhausted,  pros- 
trate. 

potato,  patata,  /. 

pottery,  alfareria,  /. 

power,  energia,  /.;  (govern- 
ment) poderio,  m. 

powerful,  a.y  poderoso,  pu- 
jante. 

pozo,  m.y  well. 

practicar,  30,  v.  tr.^  to  practise, 
carry    on. 

practico,  m.,  harbor  or  river 
pilot;  a.,  practical. 

practise,  v.  tr.y  practicar  30. 

Pradera,  a  small  town  near 
Bogota,  Colombia,  and  the 
center  of  Colombian  iron 
mines  and  iron  manufac- 
tures. 

prado,  w.,  meadow. 

pragmatica,  /.,  pragmatic 
sanction. 

praise,  v.  tr,y  haCer(se)  len- 
guas  de,  alabar. 

pray,  v,  intr.,  orar,  rezar  34. 

preceder  (a),  v.  intr.,  to  pre- 
cede. 

Preciados,  an  important 
street  of  Madrid,  running 
n.  w.  from  the  Puerta  del 
Sol. 


precio,  m.,  price. 

preciosidad,  /.,  value,  worth. 

precioso,  a.y  fine,  valuable, 
precious. 

precious,  a.,  precioso. 

precipitacion,  /.,  haste. 

precipitarse,  v.  refl.,  to  rush. 

precipitosamente,  adv.,  sheer- 
ly,  precipitously. 

precisamente,  adv.,  precisely, 
exactly. 

precisar,  v.  intr.,  to  be  neces- 
sary; V,  tr.,  to  compel. 

preciso,   a.,   necessary. 

predilecto,  a.,  favorite,  chosen. 

predominante,  a.,  predomi- 
nant. 

predominar,  v.  intr.,  to  pre- 
dominate. 

predominate,  v.  intr.,  pre- 
dominar, sobresalir  15. 

preferible,  a.,  preferable. 

preferir  (ie,  i),  27,  v.  tr.,  to 
prefer. 

pregonar,  v.  tr.,  to  proclaim, 
cry. 

pregunta,  /.,  question;  hacer 
(8)  una  —  a,  to  ask  a  ques- 
tion of. 

preguntar,  v.  tr.,  to  ask;  — 
de,  to  ask  about  (a  thing); 
—  por,  to  inquire  about  {the 
welfare  of  a  person). 


VOCABULARIO 


429 


premiar,  v.  tr.,  to  reward. 

premio,  w.,  prize. 

premises,  local,  m.  sing. 

prenda,  /.,  token,  piece  of 
jewelry,  garment;  —  de 
recuerdo,    /.,     souvenir. 

prender,  45,  v.  tr.,  to  seize, 
fasten;  (of  fire)  to  take 
hold,  burst  forth;  — se  de 
veinte  y  cinco  alfileres,  to 
dress  up  in  one's  best. 

Prensa,  La,  The  Press,  a 
morning  daily  of  Buenos 
Aires. 

preparar,  v.  tr.,  to  prepare. 

preparativo,   m.,   preparation. 

prepare,  v.  tr.,  preparar 
(para). 

preposicion,  /.,  preposition. 

prescindir  (de),  t.  intr.,  to  be 
superior  to,  leave  aside;  get 
out  of. 

Prescott,  William  Hickling 
( 1 796-1 859),  the  American 
historian,  best  known  for 
his  "Conquest  of  Mexico", 
"Conquest  of  Peru",  "The 
Reign  of  Ferdinand  and 
Isabella",  "Phihp  11",  etc. 

presenciar,  v.  tr.,  to  witness, 
behold. 

present,  a.,  actual,  de  ahora; 
at  — -,  al  presente;  up  to  the 


— ,  hasta  ahora;  be  —  at, 

V.  intr.,  asistir  a,  concurrir  a. 
present,  v.  tr.,  ofrecer  38,  {a 

gift)      regalar;     {introduce) 

presentar. 
presentacion,  /.,  introduction, 
presentar,   v.   tr.,   to   present, 

introduce,       offer;       — se, 

appear, 
presente,  a.  and  s.  m.,  present, 
preserve,  v.  tr.,  conservar. 
presidencia,  /.,  presidency, 
presidente,    m.,    president, 
preso,  pp.  and  a.,  captured; 

J-.  m.,  prisoner, 
press  hard,  v.  tr.,  apretar. 
pressing,  a.,  apremiante. 
prestar,  v.  tr.,  to  lend,  impart, 
pretend,  v.  tr.,  fingir  37. 
pretender,  v.  tr.,  to  attempt, 
preterite,   m.,   preterite,   past 

definite,       past       absolute 

{tense). 
pretty,  a.,  bonito,  lindo. 
prevail,  v.  intr.,  regir  29,  37, 

predominar,  prevalecer  38. 
prevailing,  a.,  regente. 
prevalecer,    38,    v.    intr.,    to 

prevail, 
prevent,  v.  tr.,  impedir  29;  — 

from,  impedir  que  -j-  subj, 
previously,  adv.,  previamente, 

anteriormente. 


430 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


price,  precio,  m. 

primavera, /.,  spring. 

primer  (o),  (abbreviated  i°), 
a.,  first,  early;  lo  — ,  the 
first  thing;  adv.,  first. 

prince,  principe,  m. 

princesa,  /.,  princess. 

principado,  m.,  principality. 

principal,  a.,  main,  principal; 
s.,  jefe,   m. 

principality,  principado,  m. 

principalmente,  adv.,  chiefly, 
principally. 

principiar  (a),  v.  tr.,  to  begin. 

principio,  m.,  beginning;  al 
— ,  at  first. 

prisa,  /.,  haste,  speed;  a  toda 
— ,  at  fufl  speed;  de  — , 
fast,  rapidly. 

prison,  prision,  /.,  carcel,  /., 
bano  {among  the  Moors),  m. 

privado,  a.,  private. 

private,  a.,  particular,  priva- 
do. 

privation,  privacion,  /. 

privilegio,  m.,  privilege. 

prize,  premio,  m.;  first  — , 
premio  gordo. 

proa,  /.,  prow. 

probable,  a.,  probable,  vero- 
simil. 

probably,  adv.,  probable- 
men  te;    often    expressed    by 


the  future  tense  for  present 
probability  and  the  con- 
ditional for  past  probability. 

probar  (ue),  24,  v.  tr.,  to  try, 
taste,  prove;  — se,  v.  refl. 
to  try  on. 

problem,  problema,  m.;  how 
great  a  problem  it  is,  lo 
grande  que  es  el  problema. 

problema,  m.,    problem. 

procedencia,  /.,  origin,  source. 

proceder,  v.  intr.,  to  spring 
from. 

procesion,  /.,  procession. 

process,  in  —  of,  en  via  de. 

proclamar,  v.  tr.,  to  proclaim. 

procurar,  v.  tr.,  to  try. 

produccion,  /.,   production. 

produce,  s.,  frutos,  m.;  v.  tr., 
producir  18. 

producer,    productor-a,    m. 
and  f. 

producir,  18,  v.  tr.,  to  produce. 

production,  produccion,  /. 

productive,  productor  -a,  m. 
and  m. 

producto,  m.,  product. 

productor-a,  a.,  productive. 

produje,  from  producir  18. 

produjo,  from  producir  18. 

profesion,  /.,  profession,  oc- 
cupation. 

profesor,   m.,   professor. 


VOCABULARIO 


431 


profesorado,  m.,  faculty. 

professor,  profesor,  m.,  cate- 
dratico,    m. 

profeta,  m.,   prophet. 

profit  by,  V.  intr.,  aprovecharse 
de,  valerse  (20)  de. 

profundamente,  adv.,  soundly, 
deeply. 

profundidad,  /.,  depth. 

profundo,  a.,  deep,  profound. 

programa,  w.,  program,  cur- 
riculum. 

progreso,  m.,  progress. 

progress,  progreso,  m.;  v. 
intr.y  aprovechar(se),  ade- 
lantar(se). 

project,  V.  tr.,  (to  plan)  pro- 
yectar. 

prolongado,  «.,  long. 
#  prolongar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  prolong. 

promedio,  m.,  average. 

promenade,  paseo,  m. 

promesa,/.,  promise. 

prometer,  v.  tr.,  promise. 

promise,  promesa,  /.;  v.  tr., 
prometer. 

promptly,  adv.,  con  prontitud. 

pronombre,  w.,  pronoun. 

prontitud,/.,  promptness;  con 
— ,  promptly. 

pronto,  adv.y  soon,  quickly. 

pronunciacion,  /.,  pronuncia- 
tion. 


propaganda,    propaganda,  /.; 

carry  on  a  — ,  hacer  (8)  una 

propaganda, 
proper,  a.,  conveniente;  what 

is  — ,  lo  conveniente;  — ly, 

adv.,    debidamente. 
property,  bienes,  m.  pi. 
prophet,  profeta,  m. 
propina,/.,  tip;  de — ,  as  a  tip. 
propio,  a.y  self,  very, 
proponer,  12,  v.  tr.,  to  propose; 

— se,  V.  refl.  to  intend, 
proporcion,  /.,    proportion, 
proporcionar,  v.  tr.,  to  afford, 

supply,    provide, 
proportion,  proporcion,  /.,  in 

—  as,  a  medida  que. 
propose,  V.  tr.,  proponer  12. 
proposed,    pp.    and   a.,    pro- 

yectado. 
proposicion,  /.,  proposition, 
proposito,    m.,     plan,    inten- 
tion, 
proprietor,     propietario,     m.; 

{of  a  hotel)  hotelero,  m. 
pr6spero,  a.,  prosperous, 
protect,    V.    tr.,    proteger    37, 

amparar;   —   against,    res- 

guardar  de. 
protecting,  a.,  protector-a. 
protection,  amparo,  m.]  pro- 

teccion,  /. 
protector-a,  a.,  protecting. 


432 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


protegedor,  m.,  patron,  pro- 
tector. 

proteger,  37,  v.  tr.,  to  protect. 

proud,  a.,  soberbio,  ufano, 
orgulloso;  feel  —  of,  en- 
orguUecerse  (38)  de. 

prove,  V.  tr.,  probar  24;  —  to 
be,  resultar. 

provecho,  w.,  benefit;  ibuen 
— !,  may  it  do  you  good! 

proveedor,  m.,  purveyor. 

proveer  (de),  43,  v.  tr.,  to 
provide. 

provenir,  21,  ?;.  intr.,  to  arise. 

proverb,  proverbio,  m.,  re- 
fran,  m.,  adagio,  w.,  dicho, 
m. 

proverbio,   m.,   proverb. 

provide,  v.  tr.,  proveer  (de); 
proporcionar,     suministrar. 

provided,  conj.,  con  tal  que, 
dado  caso  que  {both  + 
subj.);  a.,  —  with,  provisto 
de. 

provincia,  /.,  province. 

provisional,  a.,  provisional. 

provisto,  pp.  of  proveer. 

proximity,  vecindad,  /. 

proximo,  a.,  next;  —  pasado, 
ultimo,  the  preceding 
month. 

proyectar,  v.  tr.,  to  plan,  pro- 
pose. 


proyecto,  m.,  project,  plan. 

pua,  /.,  metal  point. 

public,  publico,  a.  and  s.  m.. 

publicar,   30,   v.   tr.,   to   pub- 
lish. 

publico,  a.  and  s.  m.,  public. 

publish,  V.  tr.,  publicar  30. 

pude,  from  poder  11. 

pudiendo, /row  poder  11. 

pudiente,      a.,     w^ell-to-do, 
powerful,  rich. 

pudiera     or     pudiese,     from 
poder  II. 

pueblo,  m.,  town,  people. 

pueda,  from  poder  11. 

puedo, /rom  poder  11. 

puente,  m.,  deck,  bridge. 

puerta,  /.,  door,  gate. 

Puerta  del  Sol,  the  most 
important  of  the  public  t 
squares  of  Madrid,  deriv- 
ing its  name  from  the  for- 
mer eastern  gate  of  the  oity 
which  was  removed  in  1570. 

puerto,  m.,  port,  harbor. 

pues,    adv.,    well,    then;     — 
bien,  well  then,  so  then. 

puesta,  /.,  —  del  sol,  sunset. 

puesto,  m.,  post,  position. 

puesto,     pp.     of    poner     12; 
{of  clothing)  on. 

puesto      que,      conj.,      since 
{causal). 


VOCABULARIO 


433 


pujante,  ^.,  powerful,  strong. 

pulgada,  /.,  inch. 

pull,  V,  tr.,  tirar  (de),  arrastrar; 

—  in,  V,  intr.,  {of  trains) 
llegar  32. 

puntear,  v.  tr,,  to  dot. 

punto,  w.,  point,  period;  en 
— ,  sharp,  on  the  dot; 
hasta  cierto  — ,  to  a  certain 
extent,  after  a  fashion. 

purchaser,  comprador,  m. 

pure,  a.,  puro;  {of.  a  language) 
castizo. 

purisimo,  a,,  very  pure. 

puro,  a.y  pure;  m.,  cigar. 

purpureo,  a.y  purple. 

purveyor,  proveedor,  m, 

puse,  from  poner  12. 

put,  V.  tr.,  poner  12,  colocar 
30;  —  a  question  to,  hacer 
(8)  una  pregunta  a;  — 
foot  on,  poner  pie  en;  —  in, 
meter  en;  —  in  at,  hacer 
escala  en;  —  on,  ponerse; 

—  on  the  right  way,  orien- 
tar;  —  one's  name,  in- 
scribir  el  nombre;  —  out 
one's  head,  sacar  (30) 
la  cabeza;  —  to  account, 
hacer  valer;  —  together, 
juntar;  —  up  at,  hospedarse 
en,  albergarse  (32)  en, 
parar  en. 


qualify,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  califi- 
car  30. 

quality,  calidad,  /. 

quantity,  cantidad,  /. 

quarrel,  querella,  /. 

quarters,  the  four  —  of  the 
globe,  las  cinco  partes  del 
mundo. 

que,  rel.  pron.,  who,  which, 
that;  el  — ,  la  — ,  etc.,  rel. 
pron.,  he  who,  the  one  that, 
which;  lo  — ,  rel.  pron.,  that 
which,  what;  conj.,  that, 
for,  because,  so  that,  than; 
introductory  to  the  subj.  in 
hortatory  expressions. 

ique?,  which,  what?;  I — 
tal?,  how  goes  it?,  how  is 
or  are?;  y  ique?,  and  what 
of  that? 

ique!,  how!;  ique  (+«.  or  s.) 
I  what  a! 

quebrar,  23,  v.  tr.,  to  break. 

quechua,  m.,  Kechuan,  mem- 
ber of  a  tribe  of  Indians  in 
w.  S.  A. 

quedar(se),  v.  intr.  and  refi., 
to  remain,  to  be;  quedar 
algo  a  alguien,  to  have 
something  left;  —  plantado, 
to  stick  {intr.)',  — se.con,  to 
take,  keep. 


434 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


quedito,  a.,  quiet. 

queen,  reina,  /. 

queer,  «.,  raro. 

quejumbroso,  a.  and  s.  w., 
fault-finding;  fault-finder. 

quemar,  v.  tr.,  to  burn. 

querella,  /.,  quarrel. 

querer,  13,  v,  tr.,  to  wish,  be 
willing;  —  decir,  to  mean. 

querido,  pp.  and  a.,  dear. 

queso,  w.,  cheese. 

question,  pregunta,  /.;  {sub- 
ject for  discussion)  cuesti6n, 
/;  ask  a  —  of,  hacer  una 
pregunta  a. 

Quevedo  y  Villegas,  Francisco 
Gomez  de  (1580-1645),  a 
shrewd  and  satirical  poet  of 
the  courts  of  PhiHp  III.  and 
Philip  IV. 

quicial,  w.,  door-jamb. 

quickly,  adv.,  aprisa. 

quien,  rel.  pron.,  who,  he  who, 
the  one  who,  whoever. 

d quien?,  interr.  pron.,  who? 

quiet,  a.,  quedito,  quieto, 
tranquilo;  — ^ly,  tranquila- 
mente. 

quieto,  a.,  quiet.. 

quijo,  w.,  ore. 

Quijote,  Don,  Don  Quixote, 
the  hero  of  Cervantes'  mas- 
terpiece of  the  same  name. 


quimico,  a.,  chemical, 
quina,  /.,  Peruvian  bark, 
quincena,  /.,    fortnight,    two 

weeks, 
quinto,  fifth, 
quise,  from  querer  13. 
quisiera,  I  should  like;  from 

querer  13. 
quitar,  v.  tr.,  to  take  away  or 

off,  to  deprive  of. 
quite,  adv.,  bastante,  muy. 
quiza(s),  adv.,  perhaps, 
quote,  V.  tr.,  citar,  repetir  29. 


rabiar,  v.  intr.,  to  rage;  hacer 
— ,  to  drive  frantic. 

race,  raza,  /.,  (of  the  running 
of  horses)  carrera,  /. 

racimo,  m.,  cluster,  bunch. 

rack  one's  brains,  v.  tr., 
romperle  los  cascos  a  uno. 

radical,  m.,  root,  radical. 

ragged,  a.,  andrajoso. 

rail,  {of  a  boat)  brazal,  m.\ 
{of  a  railway)  riel,  w.; 
by  — ,  por  via  de  ferrocarril. 

railway,  ferrocarril,  m.,  linea 
ferrea,  /.,  camino  de  hierro, 
m.,  via  ferrea,/.;  estrado  de 
ferro  {Port.);  —  system, 
red  ferroviaria,  /.;  —  sta- 
tion, estacion    de    ferroca- 


VOCABULARIO 


435 


rriles;     —    center,    centre 

ferrocarrilero. 
rain,  Uuvia,/. ;  v.  intr,,  Hover  26; 

—  hard,  Hover  a  cantaros. 
raincoat,  impermeable,  m. 
raise,  v.  tr.,  elevar,  levantar. 
raising,  cria,  /. 
ramal,  m.,  branch  of  railway; 

Hne  of  business. 
Rambla,  /.,  one  of  the  chief 

streets  of  Barcelona,  about 

a  mile  long,  bearing  different 

names  in  different  sections, 
range,  at  close  — ,  de  cerca; 

{of  mountains)  cordillera,  /. 
rango,  m.,  rank,  class, 
rank,  categoria,  /.,  rango,  m. 
ransom,  v.  tr.,  rescatar. 
rapid,  a.,  rapido;  — ly,  rapida- 

mente. 
rdpidamente,  adv.,  rapidly, 
rapidez,  /.,  rapidity, 
rapido,  a.,  rapid, 
rapier,  estoque,  m.,  espada,  f. 
rapture,  arrebatamiento,  m. 
rare,  a.,  raro,  {of  meat)  poco 

asado. 
raro,  a.,  rare,  queer. 
ras,  w.,  level;  a  —  de,  level 

with, 
rascacielos,  m,,  skyscraper, 
rastra,  /.,  trail,  act  of  dragging 

along. 


rate,  what  is  the  —  of  ex- 
change?, da  como  esta  el 
cambio?;  at  any  — ,  de 
todos  modos. 

rather,  adv.,  bastante,  harto. 

rato,  m.,  while,  time;  a  poco 
—  de,  soon  after. 

ravine,  barranco,  m. 

ray,  rayo,  m. 

rayo,  m.,  ray,  beam. 

raza, /.,  race. 

razon,  /.,  reason;  —  social, 
firm  name;  con  — ,  rightly. 

razor,  navaja  (de  afeitar),  /, 

reach,  v.  tr.,  llegar  (32)  a. 

read,  v.  tr.,  leer  43. 

reading,  j.,  lectura,  /. 

ready,  a.y  dispuesto,  listo. 

real,  a.,  verdadero;  s.,  {coin) 
real,  m. 

real,  a.,  royal;  s.  m.,  real,  a 
coin  worth  about  five  cents; 
no  longer  coined. 

Real  Academia  Espaiiola  (de 
la  Lengua),  founded  in 
1 714,  having  as  its  object 
the  standardization  of  the 
Spanish  language.  Its  first 
dictionary  appeared  in  six 
volumes  (1726-1739).  It 
publishes  at  intervals  the 
dictionary  and  a  gram- 
mar. 


436 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


realista,  a.  and  s.  m.,  realist, 

realistic, 
realizar,  34,  v.  tr.,  to  realize, 
realize,    v.    tr.,    realizar    34, 

llevar  a  cabo;  v.  refl.,  darse 

(4)  cuenta  de. 
really,  adv.,  en  verdad,  real- 

mente,  verdaderamente. 
realm ente,  adv.,  really, 
realzar,  34,  v.  ir..,  to  heighten, 
reanudar,  v.  tr.,   to   take   up 

again,  to  continue, 
rear,  a.,  trasero. 
reason,  razon,  /. 
rebajar,    v.    tr.    and   intr.,    to 

come  down,  to  lower, 
rebaiio,  m.,  flock,  herd, 
rebel,  insurrecto,  m.,  rebelde, 

m. 
rebelde,  a.  and  s.,  rebel, 
rebellious  to,  a.,  refractario  a. 
rebosar  (de),  v.  intr.,  to  over- 
flow (with). 
rebuild,   v.   tr.,   reedificar   30, 

reconstruir  44.  j 

recall,  v.  tr.,  recordar  25. 
receipt,  recibo,  m. 
receive,  v.  tr.,  recibir. 
recently,  adv.,  recienternente. 
recepcion,  /.,  reception, 
receptaculo,  m.,  receptacle, 
recibir,  v.  tr.,  to  receive, 
recibo,  m.,  receipt. 


reciente,  a.,  recent. 

recienternente,  adv.,  recently. 

recio,  a.,  strong,  vigorous. 

reclamar,  v.  tr.,  to  claim. 

recoger,  37,  v.  tr.,  to  gather, 
pick  up. 

recognize,  v.  tr.,  reconocer  38. 

recomendaci6n,/,  recommen- 
dation. 

recompensa,  /.,  recompense, 
reward. 

reconcentrar,  v.  tr.,  to  concen- 
trate. 

reconocer,  38,  v.  tr.,  to  recog- 
nize. 

reconocidisimo,  a.,  very  grate- 
ful, much  obliged. 

reconquest,  reconquista, /. 

Reconquista,  /.,  Reconquest, 
the  period  in  Spanish  his- 
tory from  711  to  1492  which 
saw  the  invasion  of  Spain 
by  the  Moors,  their  pre- 
dominance in  nearly  all  the 
Peninsula  and  their  final 
expulsion  therefrom. 

reconstruir,  44,  v.  tr.,  to  re- 
construct. 

recordar,  24,  v.  tr.,  to  remind, 
recall,  remember;  to  make 
think  of;  da  quien  me  re- 
cuerda  Vd.?,  whom  do  you 
make  me  think  of? 


VOCABULARIO 


437 


recorrer,  v.  tr.^  to  traverse; 
—  mucho  mundo,  to  travel 
over  a  great  deal  of  or  to 
see  much  of  the  world. 

recorrido,  m.,  run,  distance 
traversed. 

recover,  v.  intr.,  restablecerse 

38- 

recrearse,  v.  refl.,  to  amuse 
oneself. 

recreo,  w.,  diversion,  sport. 

rectangulo,  w.,  rectangle. 

recto,  a.,  straight. 

recuerdo,^  w.,  souvenir,  re- 
membrance, memory,  re- 
gard, respect. 

recurrir  a,  v,  intr.,  to  resort  to, 
betake  oneself  to. 

recurso,  m.,  resource. 

red,  /.,  net,  rack,  network, 
system;  —  ferroviaria,  rail- 
way system. 

red,  a.,  rojo; tape,  expe- 

dienteo,  m. 

reddish,  a.,  rojizo. 

redentor,  m.,  redeemer. 

redondel,  m.,  arena. 

reducir,  i8,  v.  tr.,  to  reduce. 

reembolso,    m.,    reimburse- 
ment, payment. 

refer,  v.  tr.,  referir  27. 

referente  a,  prep.y  regard- 
ing. 


referir,  27,  v.  tr.,  to  relate,  tell, 
refer,  mention;  — se  a,  to 
refer  to;  lo  referido,  what 
has  been  related. 

refinar,  v.  tr.,  to  refine. 

reflection,  reflejo,  m. 

reflejo,  w.,  reflection. 

reforma,  /.,  alteration,  im- 
provement. 

refractario,  a.,  rebellious,  re- 
fractory, opposed  to. 

refran,  m.,  proverb,  maxim. 

refrigerador-a,  a.,,  refriger- 
ating. 

refrigerating  plant,  frigorifero, 
m.y  planta  refrigeradora,  /. 

refuse,  v.  tr.,  rehusar,  negarse 
(23,  32)  a. 

regain  consciousness,  volver 
(26)  en  si. 

regalar,  v.  tr.,  to  present. 

regar  (ie),  23,  32,  to  irrigate. 

regarding,  prep.,  referente  a, 
tocante  a,  respecto  a,  por  lo 
que  se  refiere  a. 

regatear,  v.  intr.,  to  bargain, 
haggle. 

regente,  a.  and  s.,  ruling,  pre- 
vailing; regent. 

region,  /.,  region. 

region,  comarca,  /.,  region,  /. 

regir,  29,  37,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
rule,  prevail,  be  in  force. 


43^ 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


register,  v.  tr.,  {of  mail)  cer- 
tificar30;  j.,  (of  a  hotel)  libro 
de  entradas,  m. 

registrar,  v.  tr.  to  examine. 

registration,    certificacion,    /. 

regocijado,  a.,  glad,  joyful. 

regocijo,  w.,  delight,  joy. 

regresar,  v.  intr.y  to  return. 

regret,  v.  tr.,  sentir  27. 

regular,  a.,  regular,  fair,  not 
unusual,  ordinary. 

rehabilitacion,  /.,  rehabilita- 
tion. 

rehusar,  v.  tr.,  to  refuse. 

reign,  reinado,  m.;  v.  intr., 
reinar,  prevalecer  38. 

reigning,  a.,  reinante. 

reina,  /.,  queen. 

reinado,  w.,  reign,  rule. 

reinante,  a.,  reigning,  pre- 
vailing. 

reinar,  v.  intr.,  to  reign. 

reino,  w.,  kingdom. 

reintegrar,  v.  tr.,  to  restore. 

reir(se)  (i),  29a,  v.  intr.  and 
refl.,  to  laugh. 

reja,  /.,  window-grating. 

relacion, /.,  relation. 

related,  be  more  closely  —  to, 
tener  (17)  mas  parentesco 
con. 

relation,  aproximacion,  /.;  re- 
lacion,/. 


relative,  pariente,  m.  and  f, 
relato,  m.,  report,  account, 
religioso,  a.,  religious, 
reloj,  m.,  time-piece,  watch, 
relojeria,  /.,  jewelry  store, 
relojero,     m.,    watchmaker, 

jeweler, 
rely  upon,  v.  tr.,  contar  (24) 

con. 
remain,  v.  intr.,  quedar(se). 
remains,  restos,  m.pl. 
remark,    v.    tr.,    advertir    27, 

observar,  decir  5. 
remarkable,     a.,     aventajado 

{of  ability  as  a  student) . 
remediar,  v.  tr.,  to  help,  free 

from  danger,  cure,  remedy, 
remedio,  m.,  remedy;  no  hay 

— ,  there's  no  help  for  it. 
remember,  v.  tr.,  recordar  24, 

acordarse  (24)  de. 
remind,  v.  tr.,  recordar  24. 
remitir,  v.  tr.,  to  remit,  send, 
remolacha,  /.,  beet, 
remolcador,  m.,  tug-boat, 
remontar,  v.  tr.,  to  ascend, 
remote,  a.,  remote, 
remove,  v.  intr.,  trasladarse  a, 

mudar  de  casa;  v.  tr.,  sacar 

30,  quitar. 
renacimiento,  m.,  renascence, 

awakening;     {as    a    proper 

noun)    the    Renaissance   or 


VOCABULARIO 


439 


Renascence,  the  period  of 
transition  from  the  middle 
ages  to  the  modern  age, 
marked  chiefly  by  a  revival 
of  learning  and  self-eman- 
cipation. Society,  art, 
literature  and  science  un- 
derwent vast  changes  for 
the  better. 

renaissance  or  renascence, 
renacimiento,  m. 

rencor,  m.,  ill-will. 

rendicion, /.,  surrender. 

rendir  (i),  29,  v.  tr.,  to  over- 
take; — se,  to  surrender. 

renew,  v.  tr.,  renovar  24. 

renombrado,  a.  and  pp.,  re- 
nowned, famed. 

renounce,  v.  tr.,  renunciar. 

renovacion,/.,  reform,  change. 

renovar  (ue),  24,  to  renew. 

renowned,  a.  afamado,  cele- 
brado,  renombrado. 

rent,  v.  tr.,  arrendar  23,  al- 
quilar. 

renunciar,  v.  tr.,  to  renounce, 
give  up. 

repair,  v.  tr.,  componer  12. 

reparar  (en)  v.  intr.,  to  notice, 
note,  heed. 

reparo,  m.,  notice,  remark. 

repasar,  v.  tr.,  to  review,  recall. 

repaso,  m.,  review. 


repay  (for),  v.  tr.,  pagar  (30) 
(de) 

repeat,  v.  tr.,  repetir  29. 

repente,  de  — ,  suddenly. 

repetir  (i),  29,  v.  tr.,  to  repeat. 

repleto,  a.,  filled. 

replicar,  30,  v.  mtr.,  to  answer. 

reply,  v.  intr.,  contestar,  re- 
plicar 30,  responder,  repo- 
ner  12;  in  —  to,  en  contes- 
tacion  a. 

reponer,  12,  v.  zn/r.,  to  answer. 

report,  voz,  /.,  relato,  m.',  the 
—  goes,  corre  la  voz;  be 
reported  to  be,  tener  (17) 
fama  de  ser. 

represent,  v.  tr.,  figurar,  sim- 
bolizar  34,  representar. 

representacion,  f.,  perform- 
ance. 

representante,  m.,  represen- 
tative. 

representar,  v.  tr.,  to  repre- 
sent, to  give  {of  perform- 
ances) . 

representative,  representante, 
m. 

republica,  /.,  republic;  — 
hermana,  sister  republic. 

republicano,  a.  and  s.,  repub- 
lican. 

repuse,  from  reponer  12. 

reputado  (por),^.,  famous  (for). 


440 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


reputation,      reputacion,     /., 

fama,  /.,   have   the  —   of, 

tener   (17)    fama   de,   estar 

reputado  como. 
reputed,  be  —  as,  tener  (17) 

fama    de,    estar    reputado 

como. 
requerir  (ie,  i),  27,  v.  tr.,  to 

require, 
require,   v.   tr.,  requerir  (27). 
res,  /.,  head  of  cattle,  beef, 
rescatar,  v.  tr.,  to  ransom, 
resemblance,    semejanza,    /., 

parecido,  m. 
resemble,  v.  tr.,  parecerse  (38) 

a;  asemejarse  a. 
reservar,  v.  tr.,  to  reserve, 
resguardarse  (de),v.  refl.,  to 

protect  oneself  (against). 
reside,    v.  intr.,  residir,  domi- 

ciliarse. 
residence,  casa,  /.,  residencia, 

/.;  fine  — ,  palacio,  m. 
residencia,  /.,   residence, 
resident,  morador-a,  m.  and/. 
residente    (de),    a.,    resident 

(in). 
residir,    v.    intr.,    to    reside, 

dwell, 
resistir  (a),  v.  intr.  and  tr.,  to 

resist, 
resort  (to),  t^.  intr.,  recurrir  (a). 
resource,  recurso,  m. 


respect,  v.  tr.,  respetar;  s.y 
respecto,  m.;  in  certain  — s, 
en  ciertos  respectos. 

respective,  a.,  respective. 

respecto,  m.,  respect,  relation; 
con  —  de,  regarding. 

respetar,  v.  tr.,  to  respect 

resplandeciente,  a.,  brilliant, 
resplendent. 

resplendent,  a.,  resplande- 
ciente, a. 

responder,  v.  intr.,  to  answer. 

respuesta,  /.,  answer. 

rest,  resto,  m.,  lo  restante; 
{the  others)  los  demas;  v, 
intr.,  descansar. 

restablecerse,  38,  v.  refl.,  to 
recover. 

restante,  a.,  remaining;  lo  — , 
what  is  left. 

restituir,  44,  v.  tr.,  to  restore. 

resto,  m.,  remainder,  rest; 
los  — s,  the  remains. 

restore,  v.  tr.,  reintegrar,  re- 
stituir 44. 

resultado,  m.,  result. 

resultante,  a.,  resultant;  lo — , 
the  resultant. 

resultar,  v.  intr.,  to  prove  to 
be,  turn  out,  result;  no 
resulto  gran  cosa  de,  not 
much  came  from. 

resumir,  v.  tr.,  to  summarize. 


VOCABULARIO 


441 


retail,  at  — ,  a  menudeo. 

retener,   17,  v.  tr.^   to  retain. 

retinue,   sequito,   m. 

'retirar(se),  v.  intr.  and  reft., 
to  retire,   withdraw. 

retire,  {to  rest)  acostarse  24; 
retirarse. 

retired,  pp.  and  a.,  jubilado. 

retire,  w.,  retreat,  retirement. 

Retire,  Plaza  del  {also,  called 
San  Martin),  an  important 
square  of  Buenos  Aires. 

Retire,  (Buen),  the  chief  park 
of  Madrid,  in  e.  part  of  the 
city;  contains  353  acres. 

retrace  one's  steps,  desandar 
(i)  lo  andado. 

retrato,  m.,  portrait,  photo- 
graph. 

return,  v.  intr.,  volver  26,  45, 
regresar;  v.  tr.,  devolver 
26,  45. 

reunion,  /.,   meeting. 

reunir,  v.  tr.,  to  collect,  get 
together;  — se,  to  meet. 

revisar,  v.  tr.,  to  examine. 

revista,  /.,  magazine. 

revolucion,  /.,   revolution. 

revolucionario,  a.  and  s.,  revo- 
lutionary;    revolutionist. 

revuelta,/.,  revolt,  revolution. 

revuelto,  pp.  of  revolver  26, 
45 ;  stirred  up. 


rey,  m.,  king;  los  reyes,  the 
king  and  queen;  Los  Reyes 
Cat61icos,  The  Catholic 
Sovereigns,  name  given  to 
Ferdinand  II  and  Isabella  I. 

rezarj  34,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
pray;  — -  la  misa,  to  say 
mass. 

rhyme,  rima,  /.;  without  —  or 
reason,  a  tontas  y  a  locas. 

ria,  /.,  estuary,  mouth  of 
river;  —  orillada  de  altas 
rocas,  fiord. 

ribera,  /.,  shore. 

Ribera,  Giuseppe  (1588- 
1656),  a  Spanish  painter 
nicknamed  in  Italian  Lo 
Spagnoletto  when  he 
studied  in  Rome;  he  had 
a  forceful  pictorial  style. 
Among  his  best  works  are: 
"Adoration  of  the  Shep- 
herds", and  "Descent  from 
the  Cross".  There  are  25  of 
his  works  in  the  Louvre 
gallery  in  Paris. 

Ricardo,  m.,   Richard. 

rice,  arroz,  m. 

rico,  a.,  rich. 

rich,  a.,  rico,  {of  soil)  fertil, 
exuberante;  riches,  s., 
riquezas,  /. 

ride,  v.  tr.,  {a  horse)  montar. 


442 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


ridiculous,    a.,    extravagante. 

riego,  w.,  irrigation. 

riel,   w.,   rail. 

rielarse,  v.  refi.<,  to  glimmer. 

right,  a.,  be  — ,  tener  (17) 
razon;  all  — ,  bueno,  esta 
bien;  on  the — ,  a  la  derecha 
{indicating  apartment  in  a 
house),  derecha;  j.,  derecho, 
m. 

rightly,  adv.,  con  razon. 

Rin,  m.,  Rhine. 

rincon,  m.,  corner. 

ring,  {of  hull-ring)  redondel, 
m.;  V.  tr.,  tocar  30. 

rio,  m.,  river;  —  arriba,  up- 
stream. 

Rio  Branco  {Port.),  a  fine 
avenue  of  Rio  de  Janeiro, 
formerly  called  Avenida 
Central;  bears  its  present 
name  in  honor  of  Brazil's 
late  minister  of  foreign 
affairs. 

Rio  de  Janeiro  {Port.),  the 
capital  of  Brazil,  situated 
on  the  w.  side  of  the  bay  of 
the  same  name.  It  lies  in 
a  federal  district  of  538 
square  miles;  population 
about  one  million. 

Rio  de  la  Plata,  m.,  the  River 
Plata,    the    great    estuary 


formed  by  the  confluence 
of  the  Parana  and  Uruguay 
rivers. 

Rio  Grande  do  Sul  {Port.), 
the  most  s.  province  of 
Brazil;  area  about  90,000 
square  miles. 

Rioja,  La,  a  city  and  province 
of  n.  w.  Argentina. 

riot,  V.  intr.,  amotinarse. 

Rio  Tinto,  a  copper  mining 
town  and  region  in  the 
province  of  Huelva,  s.  w. 
Spain;  population  about 
12,000. 

riqueza,  /.,  wealth. 

rise,  V.  intr.,  levantarse,  surgir 
45;  {of  the  sun)  salir  15. 

riser,  el  que  se  levanta; 
early  — ,  quien  or  el  que 
madruga. 

risk,  V.  tr.,  arriesgar  32. 

risueiio,  a.,  pleasant,  agree- 
able, flattering. 

rival,  m.,  rival;  sin  — ,  un- 
rivalled. 

rivalidad,  /.,  rivalry. 

river,  rio,  m.;  as  a.,  fluvial; 
—  traffic,  trafico  fluvial. 

road,  camino,  m.,  carretera, 
/.;  be  on  the  right  — ,  ir  (9) 
bien. 

roadstead,  caleta,  /. 


VOCABULARIO 


443 


roast,  asado,  m.;  v.  tr.,  asar. 

Roberto,  m.,  Robert. 

robusto,  a.,  robust. 

roca,  /.,  rock,  clifF. 

rocalloso,  <2.,  rocky. 

rock,  roca,  /.,  penon,  m. 

rocking,  balanceo,  in. 

rocky,   a.,   rocalloso. 

rodar  (ue),  24,  v.  intr.,  to 
stroll. 

rodear,  v.  tr,,  to  surround. 

Rodrigo,  w.,  Roderick. 

rogar  (ue),  24,  32,  to  beg. 

rojizo,  a.,  reddish. 

rojo,  a.,  red. 

rdle,  papel,  m. 

roll,  {of  bread)  panecillo,  m. 

Roma,  /.,  Rome. 

Roman,  a.,  romano. 

romance,  ^.,  Romance,  de- 
rived from  the  language  of 
Rome. 

Romanesque,  a.,  romanico. 

romanico,  a.y  Romanesque. 

romano,  a.y  Roman. 

romper,  45,  v.  tr.,  to  break; 
— le  los  cascos  a  uno,  to 
rack  one's  brains. 

Ronda,  /.,  a  town  of  about 
19,000  inhabitants  in  Anda- 
lusia; one  of  the  oldest  and 
most  interesting  of  Spain. 

roof,  tejado,  m. 


room,  habitacion,  /.,  cuarto, 
m.,  sala,  /.,  salon,  m,:  be 
—  for,  caber  2. 

rosa,  /.,  rose. 

rosal,   w.,   rosebush. 

Rosario,  the  second  city  and 
port  of  Argentina,  about 
200  miles  by  rail  n.  w.  of 
Buenos  Aires;  population 
about  220,000. 

rose,  rosa, /.; —  bush,  rosal,  m. 

rosewood,  palo  de  rosa,  m, 

roto,  m.y  lower-class  Chilean, 

rotulo,  m.,  sign. 

rough,  a.y  agitado,  picado; 
get  — ,  (0/  sea)  agitarse, 
picarse  30. 

round-trip,  a.,  de  ida  y  vuelta. 

rout,  derrota,  /.;  v,  tr.y  de- 
rrotar. 

row,  hilera,  /. 

royal,  a.,   real. 

rua  (Port.),  /.,  street. 

rubber,  caucho,  w.,  hule,  m. 

Ruffo,  Titta,  an  Italian  bari- 
tone of  great  reputation 
who  sings  in  Italy,  Spain, 
S.  A.  and  N.  A. 

Rufino,  a  town  and  railway 
junction  250  miles  w.  of 
Buenos  Aires  on  the  Buenos 
Aires  &  Pacific  Railway. 

ruido,  m.y  noise,  sound. 


444 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


ruisenor,   m.,   nightingale. 

rule,  V.  tr.,  gobernar  23,  regir 
29,  37;  V-  intr.y  reinar. 

rumbo,  m.,  course,  direction; 
con  —  a,  setting  one's 
course  for;  towards. 

run,  {of  a  train)  recorrido,  w., 
{of  a  boat)  singladura,  /.; 
V.  intr.y  correr,  {be  in  mo- 
tion) marchar;  —  over,  v. 
tr.,    atropellar. 

rush,  V.  intr.,  lanzarse  34, 
abalanzarse  34,  precipitarse 
agolparse;  —  to  meet, 
lanzarse  al  encuentro  de. 


saber,  14,  to  know,  know  how 
to;  {in  fret.),  found  out, 
learned;  a  — ,  namely. 

sabio,   fl.,   wise. 

saborear,  v.  tr.,  to  enjoy  {the 
taste  of). 

Saboya,  /.,  Savoy. 

sabroso,  a.,  tasty. 

sacar,  30,  to  take  out,  derive, 
bring  out;  —  la  cabeza,  to 
put  out  one's  head. 

Sacchetti,  Giovanni,  an  Ital- 
ian architect  of  the  i8th 
century  who  constructed 
the  royal  palaces  of  Madrid 
and  La  Granja. 


sack  (up),  V.  tr.,  ensacar  30. 

sacro,  a.,  sacred,  holy. 

Sacro  Monte,  m.,  a  hill  in  e. 
Granada. 

sadden,  v.  tr.,  entristecer  38. 

sagaz,   a.,  discerning. 

Said,  the  Arabic  suffix  mean- 
ing   "Lord". 

sail,  V.  tr.,  navegar  32;  z^.  intr., 
zarpar,  partir,  salir  15. 

sailor,  marinero,  m. 

saint,  san(to),  m.,  santa, /. 

sal,  /.,  salt,  wit. 

sala,  /.,  room;  —  de  espera, 
waiting-room. 

salad,  ensalada,  /. 

Salamanca,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  same  name 
in  w.  Spain;  population 
about  25,000.  Its  univer- 
sity was  founded  about 
1230  by  Alfonso  IX  of 
Leon. 

salary,  sueldo,  m. 

saldre,  from  salir  15. 

salero,  m.,  salt-cellar;  witti- 
ness,  grace. 

salesman,  vendedor,  m.; 
traveling  — ,  viajante,  m., 
comisionista,    m. 

saiga,  from  salir  15. 

Salic,  salico. 

salico,  a.,  Salic. 


VOCABULARIO 


445 


salidi,  /.,  departure,  outlet, 
exit,  rising  {of  the  sun). 

saliente,  a.y  prominent,  con- 
spicous. 

salir,  15,  V.  intr.,  to  leave,  go 
out,  set  forth,  come  out;  — 
airoso,  to  come  out  suc- 
cessful. 

salitre,  w.,  nitrate  of  soda, 
saltpeter,  commonly  called 
"caliche". 

salitrero,   a.,   nitrate-bearing. 

Salmeron  y  Alfonso,  Nicolas 
(1838-1908),  a  Spanish 
statesman  and  president, 
for  two  months,  of  the 
Spanish  republic. 

salon,  w.,  salon,  saloon,  hall; 
—  de  limpiabotas,  shoe- 
shining  parlor. 

Salon  del  Prado,  the  wide 
promenade  running  n.  and 
s.  between  Alcala  and  San 
Jeronimo  streets,  Madrid. 
It  is  continued  northward 
as  the  Paseo  de  Recoletos. 

salsa,  /.,  dressing,  sauce. 

salt,   sal,  /. 

saltar,  v.  intr.,  to  jump. 

salubridad,  /.,    healthfulness. 

salud, /.,  health. 

saludar,  v.  tr.,  to  greet. 

salvar,  v.  tr.,  to  save. 


same,  a.,  mismo;  the  —  thing, 
lo  mismo;  the  —  as,  el 
mismo  que;  —  to  you, 
igualmente;  it  is  all  the  — 
to  me,  lo  mismo  me  da,  me 
es  igual. 

San  Andres  de  Palomar,  a 
manufacturing  suburb  to 
the  n.  of  Barcelona. 

San  Bernardo,  a  street  of 
n.  w.  Madrid,  on  which  is 
situated  the  Universidad 
Central. 

sand,  arena,  /. 

sandia,  /.,  watermelon. 

sandy,  a.,  arenoso. 

San  Francisco  el  Grande,  a 
church  in  s.  w.  Madrid, 
partially  modelled  on  the 
Pantheon  of  Rome;  built 
1761-1784. 

sangre,  /.,  blood. 

sangriento,  a.,  bloody,  san- 
guinary. 

San  Ildefonso,  see  La  Granja. 

sanitario,  a.,  sanitary. 

San  Martin  de  Provensals,  a 
manufacturing  section  of 
the  n.  part  of  Barcelona. 

San  Martin,  Jose  de  (1778- 
1850),  the  S.  A.  stateseman 
and  soldier;  born  in  Uru- 
guay, educated  for  a  milli- 


446 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


tary  career  in  Spain,  fought 
in  the  battle  of  Bailen. 
Volunteered  in  1814  to  aid 
S.  A.  independence  which 
he,  more  than  any  other  one 
man,  secured  for  Argentina, 
Chile  and  Peru.  Also  the 
name  of  an  important 
square  of  Buenos  Aires. 

San  Miguel,  a  high  hill  in  the 
n.  e.  part  of  Granada. 

San  Pedro  de  Cardena,  a  con- 
vent about  8  miles  s.  e.  of 
Burgos  where  the  Cid  and 
Ximena  were  buried. 

San  Quintin,  Saint  Quentin, 
a  town  of  the  department  of 
the  Aisne,  France;  in  a 
battle  here  on  Aug.  10,  1557 
the  forces  of  Philip  II 
routed  the  French  army. 

Sans,  a  manufacturing  section 
of  s.  Barcelona. 

Santa  Catharina  (Port.),  a 
province  of  s.  Brazil;  area 
28,000  square  miles. 

Santa  Fe,  a  city  and  prov- 
ince of  n.  Argentina;  popu- 
lation of  former  about 
30,000. 

Santa  Lucia,  a  hill  and  park  in 
the  center  of  Santiago  de 
Chile. 


Santa  Maria  de  la  Sede, 
the  cathedral  of  Seville, 
the  largest  church  in  the 
world  except  St.  Peter's  of 
Rome. 

Santander,  the  capital  of  a 
maritime  province  of  the 
same  name  in  n.  Spain; 
population  about  48,000; 
seat  of  a  royal  palace, 
Miramar. 

Santiago  de  Chile,  the  capital 
of  Chile,  about  115  miles  n. 
e.  of  Valparaiso.  Population 
370,000. 

san(to),  santa,  m.  andf.,  saint. 

Santo  Domingo,  Plaza  de,  a 
square  n.w,  of  the  Puerta 
del  Sol,  Madrid. 

Santos,  a  city  and  port  of 
Brazil,  227  miles  s.  of  Rio 
de  Janeiro;  population 
about  41,000.  Chief  coffee 
shipping  port  of  the  world. 

Sao  Paulo  {Port.),  a  city  and 
state  of  s.  Brazil;  the  popu- 
lation of  the  former  is  about 
300,000.  In  Spanish,  San 
Pablo. 

Saracen,  a.  and  j.,  sarraceno. 

sarcofago,  m.,  sarcophagus, 
tomb. 

sardina, /.,  sardine. 


VOCABULARIO 


447 


sarraceno,  s.  and  s.,  Saracen; 
applied  as  a  nickname  to 
Spaniards  in  S.  A. 

sastre,  m.,  tailor. 

sastreria, /.,  tailor  shop. 

satisfacer,  {forms  similar  to 
hacer  8),  v.  tr.,  to  satisfy. 

satisfecho,  pp.  of  satisfacer 
and   a.,    satisfied,    content. 

satisfied,  pp.  and  a.,  satis- 
fecho. 

satisfy,  v.  tr.,  satisfacer  8; 
—  one's  hunger,  matar  el 
hambre. 

save,  V.  tr.y  salvar. 

Savoy,  Saboya,  /. 

say,  V.  tr.y  decir  5;  —  to  one's 
self,  decir  para  si;  as  they 
— ,  como  quien  dice;  I 
should  —  soi,  iya  lo  creo!; 
without  saying  aye,  yes  or 
no,  sin  decir  tus  ni  mus. 

saying,  sentencia,  /.,  refran, 
m.,  adagio,  m. 

scarcely,  adv.,  apenas  (si). 

scare,  susto,  m. 

scattered,  pp.  and  a.,  espar- 
cido. 

scene,  escena,  /. 

school,  escuela,  /.,  colegio,  m. 

schoolmate,  amigo  de  escuela, 
m. 

scrambled,  a.,  revuelto. 


se,  pers.  pron.  refl.,  oneself, 
himself,  herself,  itself, 
themselves,  yourself,  your- 
selves. 

se,  pers.  pron.,  substitute  for 
le  or  les  before  another  ^^d, 
pers.  obj.  pron. 

se,  from  saber  14. 

sea,  from  ser  16;  ya  —  ... 
o  — ,  either  ...  or. 

sea,  mar,  m.  and  /.;  on  the 
open  — ,  en  alta  mar;  — 
bass,  mero,  m. 

seabath,  bafio  de  mar,  m. 

seacoast,  costa  maritima,  /. 

seashore,  orilla  del  mar,  /. 

seasick,  a.,  mareado;  become 
or  get — ,  marearse,  ponerse, 
(12)  mareado. 

seasickness,  mareo,  m. 

season,  estacion,  /. 

seat,  asiento,  m.,  sitio,  m.; 
{in  public  places)  localidad, 
/.;  —  oneself,  v.  refl..,  sen- 
tarse  23. 

seated,  pp.  and  a.y  sentado. 

secar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  dry. 

seccion,  /.,  section. 

second,  a.,  segundo;  —  class, 
a.,  de  segunda  clase;  {of  the 
date  of  the  month)  el  dos  de. 

secret,  secreto,  m. 

section,  seccion,  /. 


448 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


secuestrar,  v.  tr.,  to  kidnap, 
secure,   v.    tr.,    conseguir    29, 
33,    obtener     17,    alcanzar 

34- 

sed,  /.,  thirst. 

seda,  /.,  silk. 

see,  V.  tr.y  ver  22;  — !  or  — 
here!  (imper.),  imire(n) 
Vd(s).!;  —  much  of  the 
world,  recorrer  mucho  mun- 
do;  —  off,  despedir  29; 
let's  — ,  vamos  a  ver,  a 
ver. 

seek,  V.  tr.,  buscar  30. 

seem,  v.  intr.,  parecer  38. 

Segovia,  /.,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  same  name 
in  n.  central  Spain;  popula- 
tion about  15,000. 

segoviano,  a.  and  j.,  Sego- 
vian. 

seguida, /.,  succession;  en — , 
at  once,  immediately. 

seguidamente,  adv.,  immedi- 
ately, directly. 

seguir  (i),  29,  33,  v.  tr.,  to  fol- 
low, continue;  —  el  camino, 
to  go  on  one's  way;  —  de, 
to  continue  as. 

segun,  prep.,  as,  according  to; 
—  y  conforme,  that  de- 
pends. 

segundo,  a.,  second. 


seguramente,  adv.,  surely. 

seguridad,  /.,  assurance. 

seguro,  a.,  sure,  safe;  s.  m., 
insurance;  compafiia  de 
— s, /.,  insurance  company; 

—  servidor,  {abbreviated 
S.  S.),  yours  truly. 

seis,  six. 

seize,  v.  tr.,  coger  37,  tomar, 

apoderarse  de. 
seldom,     adv.,     raras     veces; 

pocas  veces. 
selva,  /.,  wood,  forest, 
sell,  V.  tr.,  vender, 
seller,  vendedor,  m. 
sello,  m.,  stamp, 
semana,    /.,    week;'    por    — , 

weekly,  a  week, 
semanal,  a.,  weekly, 
sembrado,  m.,  sown  field  (0/ 

grain). 
semejanza,    /.,    resemblance, 

similarity, 
senado,  m.,  senate, 
sencillo,  a.,  simple;  {of  tickets) 

one  way. 
send,  V.  tr.,  enviar  39,  mandar; 

{of   a   telegram)    poner    12; 

—  across,  pasar;  —  forth, 
despedir  29;  —  with,  acom- 
pafiar. 

senda, /.,  path, 
sensible,  a.,  juicioso. 


VOCABULARIO 


449 


sentar  (ie),  23,  v.  tr.,  to  seat; 
to  become,  to  fit;  — se, 
V.  reft..,  to  sit  down. 

sentencia,  /.,  sentence,  say- 
ing. 

sentido,  w.,  sense,  conscious- 
ness. 

sentimiento,  m.,  sentiment, 
feeling. 

sentinel,  centinela,  m.;  — 
-city,  ciudad-centinela,  /. 

sentir,  (ie,  i),  v.  tr.,  to  feel, 
regret;  —  a  lo  antiguo,  to 
smack  of  bygone  ages; 
— se,  V.  refl.,  to  feel. 

senal,/.,  signal;  en —  de,  as  a 
sign  of. 

sefialar,  v.  tr,,  to  point  out. 

senor,  m.,  gentleman,  sir, 
mister,  lord. 

seiiora,  /.,  lady,  madam. 

senorita,  /.,  miss,  young 
lady. 

sepa, /rom  saber  14. 

separar,  v.  tr.,  to  separate. 

separate,  v.  tr.,  alejar,  separar; 
a.,  apartado,  alejado. 

septentrional,  a.,  north,  nor- 
thern. 

se(p)tiembre,  (7bre.,  one  ab- 
breviation), m.,   September. 

sepulcro,  m.,  tomb. 

sepultar,  v.  tr.,  to  bury. 


sequito,  m.,  suite,  retinue. 

ser,  16,  V.  intr.,  to  be;  —  dado 
a,  to  be  fond  of;  —  del 
parecer,  to  be  of  the  opin- 
ion; —  menester,  to  be 
necessary;  soy  asi  para, 
that's  the  way  with  me 
about,  I  am  that  way  about; 
J-.  m.,  being. 

sereno,  m.,  night-watchman. 

seriamente,  adv.,  gravely,  se- 
riously. 

serie,/.,  series. 

serrania, /.,  mountain  ridge. 

Serrano  y  Dominguez,  Fran- 
cisco (1810-1885),  the 
Spanish  statesman  and  sol- 
dier; one  of  the  chief  sup- 
porters of  the  Queen 
Regent,  Maria  Cristina, 
and  Queen  Isabella  II  in 
the  war  upon  the  Carl- 
ists. 

serve,  v.  tr.,  servir  29;  —  as, 
servir  de. 

service,  servicio,  m.;  at  your 
— ,  para  servir  a  Vd(s).,  a 
la  disposicion  de  Vd(s).,  a 
las  ordenes  de  Vd(s). 

servicio,  m.,  service;  de  — , 
on  duty. 

servidor,  m.,  servant;  —  de 
Vd(s).,  at  your  service. 


45  o 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


servir,  29,  v.  tr.,  to  serve;  — 
de,  to  serve  as;  —  para,  to 
be  useful  for;  —  un  pedido, 
to  fill  an  order;  para  —  a 
Vd(s).,  at  your  service; 
— se,  please;  — se  de,  to 
make  use  of. 

sesenta,  sixty. 

sesos,  m.  pL,  brains. 

setenta,  seventy. 

set,  V.  tr.,  poner  12,  colocar  30, 
{of  the  sun)  ponerse;  —  out, 
salir  14,  partir,  irse  9, 
ponerse  en  camino;  —  sail, 
hacerse  (8)  a  la  mar,  zarpar; 
—  sail  for,  embarcarse  (30) 
para;  —  up,  montar,  plan- 
tar, establecer  38;  setting 
the  course  for,  con  rumbo  a. 

setting,  montadura,  /. 

settle,  V.  tr.,  arreglar;  — 
(down),  V.  intr.y  estable- 
cerse  38,  asentarse  23. 

settlement  (of  houses),  case- 
rio,  m. 

seven,  siete. 

seventeen,  diez  y  siete;  the 
— th  century,  el  siglo  XVII 
(diez  y  siete). 

seventy,  setenta. 

several,  a.  and  pron.,  varios. 

severe,  a.,  severo,  austero, 
duro. 


Sevilla,  Seville,  the  capital  of 
the  province  of  the  same 
name  and  the  leading  city 
of  Andalusia,  54  miles  from 
the  Atlantic  coast  on  the 
Guadalquivir.  Ocean-going 
ships  anchor  at  its  docks; 
population  about  150,000. 

sevillano,  a.  and  s.,  Sevillian. 

sewerage  system,  alcanta- 
rillado,  m. 

sexagesima,  sixtieth. 

shade,  sombra,  /.;  v.  tr., 
sombrear. 

shadow,  sombra,  /. 

shaft,  obelisco,  m. 

shake  hands,  apretarle  la 
mano  a  uno,  darle  un  apre- 
ton  de  manos  a  uno,  estre- 
charle  la  mano  a  uno. 

shall,  usually  the  sign  of  the 
future  tense;  if  indicative 
of  obligation,  deber. 

shape,  forma,/. 

sharp,  a.,  {of  the  hour)  en 
punto. 

shawl,  manton,  m. 

she,  pers.  pron.,  ella;  {before 
of  or  who)  la. 

shears,  tijeras,  /.  pi. 

shelter,  v.  tr.,  cobijar,  abri- 
gar  32,  take  — ,  albergarse 
32. 


VOCABULARIO 


451 


shine,    v.    intr.,    brillar;     the 

sun  — s,  hay  sol. 
ship,    buque,    w.,    barco,    m., 

vapor,  m.y  navio,  m. 
shipboard,  on  — ,  a  bordo    de 

un  buque  or  navio. 
shipment,  envio,  m. 
shipyard,  astillero,  m. 
shoe,  zapato,  m  ; shining 

parlor,     salon     de     limpia- 

botas,  m.;  v.  tr.,  {of  horses) 

herrar   23 ;  — maker,  zapa- 

tero,  m. 
shoeshop,  zapateria,  /. 
shop,   tienda,  /.,   —   keeper, 

tendero,     m.\     work-    — , 

taller,  m. 
shopping,  adv.,  de  tiendas. 
shore,    orilla,    /.,    ribera,    /., 

costa,  /.;   on  the  —  of,  a 

orillas  de. 
short,  a.,  corto. 
shotgun,  escopeta,  /. 
should,  usually  the  sign  of  the 

pres.  or  imperf.  subj.,  or  of 

the    cond.;    if   indicative    of 

obligation,     deber. 
shoulder,     hombro,     w.;    — 

-blade,  espaldilla,  /. 
shout,  V.  tr.  and  intr.,  gritar. 
shouting,  algazara,  /. 
show,  V.  tr.,  ensenar,  mostrar 

24,   manifestar   23,   demos- 


trar  24,  hacer  (s)  ver; — in, 
hacer  entrar;  —  one  to, 
conducir  (18)  a; — win- 
dow, escaparate  m. 

showy,  a.,  aparatoso. 

shrewd,  a.,  cuerdo,  listo. 

shriek,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  gritar, 
chillar. 

shrug  one's  shoulders,  enco- 
gerse  (37)  de  hombros. 

shuffle-board,  tejo,  m. 

si,  conj.,  if;  why. 

si,  adv.,  yes;  —  que,  indeed, 
surely. 

si,  pers.  pron.,  refl.,  used  after 
a  prep.,  himself,  herself, 
itself,  themselves,  yourself, 
yourselves;  por  —  mismo, 
for  yourself,  etc. 

side,  lado,  m.,  {of  a  moun- 
tain) ladera,  /.;  by  the  — 
of,  al  lado  de;  on  all  — s, 
por  todas  partes. 

side-walk,  acera,  /. 

Sidi,  see  Said. 

Sidney,  a  city  of  Austra- 
lia. 

siempre,  adv.,  always;  para — , 
forever. 

Sierpes,  Calle  de  las,  a  very 
narrow  but  important  street 
of  Seville. 

sierra,  /.,  mountain,  range. 


452 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Sierra  Nevada,  a  range  of 
mountains  in  the  s.  part  of 
Spain,  some  15  miles  from 
Granada. 

siete,  seven. 

sigsiy  from  seguir  29,  33. 

sight,  vista,  /.,curiosidad,  /., 
espectaculo,  m.;  at  — ,  a  la 
vista. 

siglo,  m.,  century;  —  de  oro. 
Golden  Age. 

sign,  cartel,  w.,  letrero,  m. 

signal,  serial,  /. 

significado,  m.,  meaning. 

sigue,  from  seguir,  29,  33. 

siguiendo,  from  seguir  29,  33. 

siguiente,  a.,  following,  next. 

silbar,  v.  intr.,  to  whistle. 

silbido,  m.,  whistle. 

silencio,  m.,  silence. 

silent,  a.,  callado;  be  — , 
V.  intr.,  callar(se). 

silver,  plata,  /. 

silvestre,  a.,  wild. 

silla, /.,  chair. 

sillon,  aug.  of  silla,  arm  chair; 
—  mecedor,  rocking-chair. 

simbolizar,  34,  to  typify,  rep- 
resent, symbolize. 

simbolo,  m.,  symbol,  sign; 
en  —  de,  representing. 

similar,  a.,  parecido,  seme- 
jante. 


similarity,  semejanza,/. 

simpatico,  a.,  congenial,  nice, 
agreeable. 

simpatizar,  34,  to  sympathize. 

sin,  prep.,  without;  —  que, 
conj.y  without. 

since,  prep.,  desde,  {after  time 
expressions)  que;  conj., 
{causal)  ya  que,  puesto  que, 
pues;  {temporal)  desde  que. 

singer,  cantor,  w.,  cantante,  m. 

singladura,  /.,   day's   run   {of  ' 
boats). 

single,  a.,  solo. 

singular,  a.,  singular. 

sink,  V.  intr.,  ir  (9)  a  pique, 
hundirse;  v.  tr.,  echar  a 
pique. 

sinnumero,  m.,  great  number; 
un  —  d'e,  countless. 

sino,  conj.,  but  {adversative)', 
only  {after  a  negative)',  — 
que,  but  {with  an  adversa- 
tive clause). 

sinonimo,  a.,  synonymous. 

sinopsis,*/-?  synopsis. 

sip  (up),  v.  tr.,  sorber. 

siquiera,  adv.,  no;  ni  .  .  .  — , 
not  even. 

sir,  caballero,  m.,  sefior,  m.; 
dear  — ,  muy  sefior  mio 
(nuestro);  dear  — s,  muy 
senores   mios    (nuestros). 


VOCABULARIO 


453 


sistema,   m.,    system, 
sister,   hermana,  /. 
sit  (down),  v.  intr.,  sentarse  23. 
site,  sitio,  w.,  lugar,  m. 
sitio,  m.,  place,  seat,  spot,  site, 
sitting-room,  gabinete,  m. 
situacion,    /.,    location,    site, 

situation, 
situado,   pp.  and  a.,  located, 

situated, 
situar,  v.  tr.,  to  locate,  situate, 
situated,  pp.  and  a.,  situado. 
six,  seis. 
sixteen,    diez    y    seis;    — th 

century,  el  siglo  XVI   (diez 

y  seis). 
sixtieth,  sexagesimo;  one  — , 

la  sexagesima  parte, 
sixty,  sesenta. 
size,  tamafio,  m.;  in  — ,  por 

su  tamafio. 
skilful,  a.,  diestro,  habil. 
skill,  acierto,  w.,  destreza,  /., 

habilidad,  /. 
skilled,  a.,  perito,  diestro. 
sky,  cielo,  m. 

skyscraper,   rascacielos,   m. 
slab,  laja,  /. 
slag,  escoria,  /. 
slap,  bofetada,  /. 
slaughter-house,      matadero, 

m. 
sleep,  V.  mtr.y  dormir  28. 


slipper,  zapatilla,  /. 

slope,  vertiente,  /. 

slowly,  adv.y  a  paso  lento, 
despacio,  lentamente. 

small,  a.,  pequeno,  diminuto. 

smell,  V.  intr.,  oler  26a. 

smelt,  V.  tr.,  fundir. 

smelter,  fundicion,  /. 

smile,  V.  intr.,  sonreirse  29a. 

smoke,  humo,  m.;  v.  tr., 
fumar. 

smuggler,  contrabandista,  m. 

snow,  nieve,  /. 

snowfall,  nevada,  /. 

snowy,  snow  -  crowned,  a., 
nevado. 

so,  adv.,  asi;  (degree)  tan; 
(with  tr.  verb  or  ser)  lo; 
—  as  to,  para;  —  much, 
tan  to;  and  —  forth,  y  asi 
sucesivamente,  etcetera;  — 
that,  conj.,  de  manera  que, 
para  que,  a  fin  de  que. 

soberano,  m.,  sovereign,  ruler. 

soberbio,  a.,  grand,  superb. 

sobrante,  lo  — ,  what  is  left 
over. 

sobrar,  v.  ifitr.,  to  have  to 
spare,  have  extra. 

sobre,  prep.,  on,  upon,  about, 
in. 

sobremanera,  adv.,  immense- 
ly, beyond  measure. 


454 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


sobrenadar,  v.   intr.^  to  keep 

afloat, 
sobresaliente,     ^.,     excellent, 

most     excellent,     superior, 

leading, 
sobresalir,   15,  to  excel,   sur- 
pass. 
sobretodo,  adv.^  especially, 
sobrino,   m.,  nephew, 
sociedad,  /.,  society, 
socio,    w.,     partner;    —    co- 

manditario,  silent    partner, 
socorro,  m.,  help,  succor, 
soda,  /.,  sosa,  /. 
sofocante,  a.^  stifling, 
soil,   suelo,   w.,    terrufio,   m.; 

home  — ,  terrufio  original, 
sol,    w.,    sun,    sunlight;    hay 

— ,    the    sun    shines,    it    is 

sunny, 
solar,  m.,   ancestral  home  or 

estate, 
soldado,  m.,  soldier, 
soldier,  soldado,  m. 
solemnidad,  /.,  solemnity, 
solemne,    a.^   solemn., 
soler  (ue),  26,  to  be  wont  or 

accustomed, 
solicitously,      adv.^       atenta- 

mente. 
solidaridad,  /.,  solidarity. 
Soils,  Juan  de  (1470-15 16),  a 

Spanish    explorer    who    in 


151 5    explored    the    River 

Plata  region, 
solo,  <2.,  alone,  sole,  single, 
solo,  adv.,  only,  just;  no  — 

.  .  .  sino     (tambien),     not 

only  .  .  .  but  also, 
soltar,  V.  tr.y  to  loosen, 
sombra,   /.,    shade,    shadow; 

a  la  — ,  in  the  shadow, 
sombrear,    v.    tr.,    to    shade, 

shadow, 
sombrerero,  w.,  hat-maker, 
sombrereria,/.,  hat  store, 
sombrero,  w.,  hat. 
some,   a.    and   pron.y    alguno 

(algun);  algunos,  un    poco 

de;  unos   (before  indef.   nu- 
merical expressions). 
someter,  v.  tr.,  to  submit, 
something,  indef.  pron.,  algo, 

alguna  cosa;  there  is  —  of 

everything,  hay  de  todo. 
sometimes,       adv.,       algunas 

veces. 
somewhat,     adv.,     algo,     un 

poco. 
somewhere,   adv.,   en    alguna 

parte, 
son,  from  ser  16. 
son,    hijo,   m. 
sonar    (ue)    24,    v.    intr.,    to 

sound,  strike  (0/  the  hour). 
sonoro,  a.,  sonorous,  musical. 


VOCABULARIO 


455 


sonreir(se)  (i),  29a,  v.  intr. 
and  refl.,,  to  smile. 

sonar  (ue),  24,  (con,  en)  v. 
intr.,  to  dream  (of). 

sonolencia,    /.,     drowsiness, 
sleepy    appearance. 

soiioliento,  ^.,  sleepy,  drowsy. 

soon,  adv.,  pronto,  dentro  de 
poco,  a  poco  rato;  —  after, 
poco  despues  de,  a  poco  de; 
as  '- —  as,  tan  pronto  como, 
luego  que,  asi  que. 

sopa, /.,  soup. 

soplo,  m.,  gust,  breath. 

Sorata,  a  peak  of  the  Cordi- 
llera Real  near  La  Paz, 
Bolivia;  elevation,  21,490 
feet. 

sorber,  v.  tr.,  to  sip  (up). 

sordo,   a.y   deaf. 

Soriano,  a  department  of  w. 
Uruguay. 

SoroUa  y  Bastida,  Joaquin 
(1863-  ),  the  acknowl- 
edged head  of  the  modern 
Spanish  school  of  painting. 

sorprender,  v.  tr.,  to  sur- 
prise. 

sorpresa,  /.,  surprise. 

sort,  especie,  /.,  clase,  /. 

sorteo,  m.,  drawing  (of  the 
lottery). 

sosa,  /.,  soda. 


sospecha,  /.,  suspicion. 

soul,  alma,  /. 

sound,  ruido,  w.,  sonido,  m, 

soundly,  adv.,  profundamente. 

soup,  sopa,  /. 

source,  manantial,  m.,  venero, 

m. 
south,  J-.,  sur,    m.,    sud,    m.; 

a.,     meridional,    sur,     sud; 

—  Station,     Estacion     del 

Mediodia,     /. 
South  America,  America  del 

Sur,/.,  Sud  America,/. 
South    American,    a.    and  s., 

sudamericano. 
southeastern,  a.,  sudeste. 
southern,    a.,    del     sur,     del 

mediodia. 
southward,  adv.,  hacia  el  sur. 
southwest,  sudoeste,  m. 
souvenir,  prenda  de  recuerdo, 

/.,  recuerdo,  m. 
soy,  from  ser  16. 
space,  espacio,  m. 
Spain,  Espafia,  /. 
Spaniard,  espanol,  m. 
Spanish,    a.,    espafiol-a,    cas- 

tellano;   —   -speaking,    de 

habla    espafiola. 
Spanish-American,  a.  and  s., 

hispanoamericano. 
speak,  V.  intr.,  hablar;  so  to 

— ,  por  decirlo  asi. 


456 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


spectator,      espectador,      m., 

concurrente,     m.     and    /., 

asistente,  m.  and  f. 
speech,  habla,  /. 
speed,  velocidad,  /.,  marcha, 

/.',   prisa,  /.;   at   full  — ,    a 

toda   prisa,  a   toda   veloci- 
dad. 
spend,  V.  tr.,  (of  time)  pasar; 

(of  money)    gastar;  —  the 

night,   pernoctar. 
spice,  especia,  /. 
spin,  V.  tr.f  hilar, 
spinner,  hilandero-a,  m.  andf. 
spinning-mill,    hilanderia,   /., 

fabrica  de  tejidos,  /. 
spirit,  genio,  m. 
spite,  in  —  of,  prep.,  a  pesar 

de,  a  despecho  de. 
spoon,  cuchara,  /. 
sport,  deporte,  m. 
spot,     sitio,     m.f     lugar,     m., 

paraje,     m. 
spring,     spring-time,     prima- 

vera,  /.;  (metal)  muelle,  m. 
square,    plaza,  /.;    main   — , 

Plaza  Mayor;  a.,  cuadrado. 
S.    S.,     abbreviation    for    se- 

guro(s)  servidor(es),  yours 

truly. 
SS.  MM.,     Sus    Majestades, 

Their    Majesties, 
stable,  caballeriza,  /. 


staff,  personal,  m.,  cuerpo, 
m.;  {of  bull-fighters)  cuad- 
rilla,  /.;  selling  — ,  cuerpo 
de  vendedores,  m. 

stage,  teatro,  m. 

stagnation,  inactividad,  /. 

stairway,  escalera,  /. 

stamp,  sello,  m.,  timbre,  m.; 
V.  tr.,  (of  letters)  franquear. 

stand,  V.  intr.,  {of  buildings) 
levantarse;  —  out,  desta- 
carse  30;  —  (still),  estar 
parado,  pararse;  ponerse  12. 

standard,  estandarte,  m. 

standing,  a.,  de  pie,  parado. 

start  from,  v.  intr.,  arrancar 
(30)  de. 

state,  estado,  m.;  a.,  de  gala. 

statesman,   estadista,  m. 

station,  estacion,  /. 

statue,  estatua,  /. 

stay,  estancia,  /.;  v,  intr., 
quedarse,  estarse;  {at  a 
■  hotel)  hospedarse,  alber- 
garse  34,  parar(se). 

steadily,  adv.,  cada  vez  mas. 

steam-heated,  a.,  calentado 
por  (medio  de)  vapor. 

steel,   acero,  m. 

steep,  a.,  empinado,  escar- 
pado. 

step,  paso,  m.,  operacion,  /., 
{of     stairs)     peldano,     m.,  ■ 


VOCABULARIO 


457 


escalon,  m.;  pL,  graderia,  /.; 

manufacturing  — s,    opera- 

ciones  de  fabricacion,  /.  pi. 
steward,  camarero,  m. 
stick,  V.  intr.y  qued^r  plantado. 
still,  adv.,  todavia,  aun. 
stock,  {of  goods)  surtido,  m. 
stone,  piedra,  /. 
stool,  banqueta,  /. 
stop,      V.      intr.,      parar(se), 

detenerse    17,    cesar    (de); 

—  at,  (of  boats),  hacer  (8) 

escala  en;  v.  tr.,  impedir  29. 
store,    tienda,    /.;    book    — , 

libreria,  /. 
story,  piso,  m. 
stormy,  a.,  borrascoso. 
story,   cuento,   m.,   the   same 

old  — ,  lo  de  siempre;  that 

is  indeed   another  — ,   eso 

es  3^a  otro  cantar. 
straight  ahead,  adv.,  derecho. 
straighten,  v.  tr.,  enderezar  34. 
strait,  estrecho,  m. 
strange,  a.,  extrano;  it  seems 

— ,    parece   mentira. 
stranger,   extranjero,   m.;   be 

a  —  to,  desconocer  38. 
straw,  paja,/. 

stream,  corriente^/.,  chorro,  m. 
street,  calle,  /.; car,'tran- 

via,  m.;  ■ car  line,  linea 

de    tranvias. 


strength,  fuerza(s),  /. 
stretch,  v.  tr.,  estirar;  —  out, 

V.  intr.,  extenderse  25,  dila- 

tarse;  s.,  trecho,  m. 
strike,  v.  intr.,  {of  clocks)  sonar 

24,  dar  4;  s.,  huelga,  /. 
striker,  huelguista,  m. 
strip,    faja,  /. 
stroll,  v.  intr.,  pasearse,  rodar 

24;  —  along,  pasearse  por. 
strong,    a.,    fuerte,    recio;   — 

-box,  cofre  fuerte. 
stronghold,  plaza  fuerte,  /. 
structure,  construccion,  /. 
struggle,    lucha,  /.;    v.    intr., 

luchar. 
student,  estudiante,  m.  and f., 

alumno,    m.;    entering   — , 

matriculante. 
studio,   estudio,   m. 
study,     estudio,     m.;    v.    tr., 

estudiar;  —  to  be,  estudiar 

para, 
stumble  about,  v.  intr.,  tam- 

balearse. 
stupid,  a.,  torpe. 
style,    estilo,    m.,    moda,   /.; 

in  French  — ,  a  la  francesa. 
stylish,   a.,   elegante;  —  set, 

mundo  elegante, 
su,  poss.  a.,  his,  her,  its,  their, 

your, 
subdito,   m.,   subject. 


4S8 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


subida,  /.,  ascent. 

subir,  (a,  en),  v.  intr.,  to  go 
up,  get  into,  come  up, 
ascend;  v.  tr.,  to  bring  up. 

subject,  subdito,  m.;  —  of 
study,  materia  de  estudio. 

subjuntivo,    w.,    subjunctive. 

subrayar,  v.  tr.,  to  underline. 

subscribe,    v.    tr.,    subscribir 

45. 

subsidize,  v.  tr.,  subvencionar. 

substituir,  -44,  v.  tr.,  to  re- 
place. 

substituya,  from  substituir  44. 

subterraneo,  a.,  underground; 
ferrocarril  — ,  subway. 

suburb,  arrabal,  m.,  suburbio, 
m. 

suburbio,   w.,    suburb. 

subvencionar,  v.  tr.,  to  sub- 
sidize. 

subway,  ferrocarril  subterra- 
neo, m. 

succeed  (in),  v.  intr.,  tener 
(17)  exito  en  +  inf.,  lograr 
+  inf.,  alcanzar  (34) 
+  inf.;  {in  office)  suceder  a. 

success,  (buen)  exito,  m. 

successful,  a.,  airoso. 

suceder  (a),  v.  intr.,  to  follow 
in  succession,  to  succeed. 

sucesion,  /.,  succession,  ofF- 
soring. 


sucesivamente,  adv.,  suc- 
cessively; y  asi  — ,  and  so 
forth. 

sucesor,  m.,  successor. 

sucursal,  /.,  branch  {of  a 
business). 

such,  a.,  tal;  —  a,  un  tal. 

sud,  m.,  south. 

sudamericano,  a.  arid  j.. 
South     American. 

suddenly,   adv.,   subitamente. 

sudeste,  m.,  southeast;  a., 
southeastern. 

sudoeste,  m.,  southwest;  a., 
southwestern. 

sueldo,  m.,  salary,  wages. 

suelo,  m.,  floor,  soil,  ground. 

suelto,  pp.  of  soltar  and  a.; 
loosened. 

sueiio,  m.,  dream,  sleep. 

suerte,  /.,  lot,  luck,  event. 

suffer,  V.  intr.,  padecer  38, 
sufrir. 

suffice,  V.  intr.,  bastar. 

sufficiently,  adv.,  bastante,  lo 
suficiente,   harto. 

suficiente,  a.,  sufficient, 
enough. 

sufrimiento,  m.,  sufi^ering. 

sugar,  azucar,  w.;  —  cane, 
cafia  de  azucar;  —  loaf, 
pan     de     azucar,     pao     de 

•  assucar    {Port.),   —   -mill,  . 


VOCABULARIO 


459 


ingenio  (azucarero),  m.;  — 
-plant,   ingenio,  m. 

sugerir  (ie,  i),  27,  to  suggest. 

suit,  traje,  m.;  v.  tr.,  convenir 
21. 

suite,   sequito,   m. 

Suiza,  La,  Switzerland. 

suizo,  a.  and  j.,  Swiss. 

sujeto,  w.,  fellow. 

sulphur,  azufre,  m. 

sultry,  a.y  bochornoso. 

sum,  cantidad,  /.,  suma,  /. 

suma,  /.,  sum. 

sumamente,  adv,y  highly, 
greatly. 

sumergirse,  37,  (en)  v.  intr. 
and  reft.,  to  become  ab- 
sorbed. 

sumergido,  pp.  and  a.,  ab- 
sorbed. 

suministrar,  v.  tr.^  to  supply, 
provide. 

summer,  verano,  m.;  —  re- 
sort, lugar  veraniego,  m,; 
pass  the  — ,  veranear. 

summit,  cumbre,  /.,  lo  mas 
alto,  n. 

sumo,  a.,  greatest,  highest. 

sun,  sol,  m.;  in  the  — ,  a  I  sol. 

sunbeam,  rayo  del  sol,  m. 

Sunday,  domingo,  w. 

sunlight,  luz  del  sol,  /. 

sunlit,  pp.  and  a.,  asoleado. 


sunrise,  salida  del  sol,  /. 
sunset,  puesta  del  sol,  /. 
suntuoso,  a.y  rich,  sumptuous, 
superar   (a),   v.   intr.,   to  sur- 
pass. 
superb,  a.,  soberbio. 
superficie,  /.,    surface, 
superior,    a.,    high,    superior, 

very  good,  upper,  better, 
supiese,  from  saber  14. 
suplicar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  request, 

beg. 
supo,  from  saber  14. 
suponer,  12,  v.  tr.,  to  suppose, 
supply,     abastecimiento,     m.; 

V.  tr.y  suministrar,  abastecer 

38,    proporcionar,   surtir. 
support,  V.  tr.,  apoyar. 
suppose,  V.  tr.,  suponer  12. 
supremo,  a.,  supreme,  highest, 
supuesto,    por   —    (que),    of 

course, 
sur,    m.,    south. 
surcar,  30,  v.  tr.,  to  plow, 
sure,   a.f   seguro. 
surely,      adv.,      ciertamente, 

seguramente,     si     que     + 

clause. 
surface,   superficie,  /. 
surgidero,       m.,       roadstead, 

anchorage, 
surgir,   37,  v.   intr.,  to   spurt, 

issue,  shoot  forth. 


460 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


surpass,    v.    tr.,    superar    a, 

descollar   (24)    a,   ganar   a, 

llevar    ventaja    a,    aventa- 

jar  a. 
surprise,   sorpresa,  /.;   v.   tr., 

sorprender,  extranar;  I  am 

surprised,  me  extrafia,  me 

sorprende. 
surrender,  rendicion,  /.;  v.  tr., 

rendir  29;  v.  intr.,  rendirse 

capitular, 
surround,   v.   tr.,   rodear,   cir- 

cundar,  circuir  44. 
surtido,  m.,  stock,  supply, 
surtidor,  m.,  spout,  jet. 
surtir,  45,  v.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 

supply;  to  anchor, 
surto,  pp.  of  surtir,  anchored, 
suspicion,  sospecha,  /. 
sustento,      m.,      sustenance, 

nourishment, 
suyo,   poss.   a.,   his,   her,   its, 

their,  your;  el  — ,  la  suya, 

etc.,  poss.  pron.,  his,  hers, 

its,  theirs,  yours, 
swallow  (up),  V.  tr.,  tragar  32. 
swear,  v.  tr.,  jurar. 
sweet,   a.,   dulce;  — ly,   adv., 

dulcemente. 
swiftly,     adz^.,     rapidamente, 

velozmente. 
swim,  V.  intr.,  nadar. 
Swiss,  a.  and  s.,  suizo. 


Switzerland,  La  Suiza. 

sword,  espada,  /.,  estoque,  m, 

sympathize,  v.  intr.,  simpa- 
tizar  34. 

system,  sistema,  m.;  account- 
ing — ,  contabilidad,  /., 
street  car  — ,  red  de  tran- 
vias;  sewerage  — ,  alcan- 
tarillado,  m. 


tabacal,  m.,  tobacco  planta- 
tion. 

tabaco,  m.,  tobacco;  — s, 
cigars. 

tablazon,  m.,  plank;  —  de 
embarque,  gangplank. 

table,  mesa,  /.;  —  -land, 
meseta,  /.,  altiplanicie,  /.; 
wine,  vino  de  mesa,  m. 

tailor,  sastre,  m. 

tajo,  m.,  gorge. 

take,  V.  tr.,  tomar,  quedarse 
con;  {motion  to  or  from)  lle- 
var, conducir  18;  aprove- 
char;  —  advantage  of, 
aprovecharse  de,  valerse 
(20)  de;  —  a  stroll  or  walk, 
dar  (4)  un  paseo,  pasearse; 

—  a  turn,  dar  tina   vuelta; 

—  a  trip,  hacer  (8)  un  viaje; 

—  away  (from),  quitar  (a), 
llevar  (a);  —  boat,  tomar 


VOCABULARIO 


461 


vapor,  embarcarse  (30);  — 
care  of;  cuidar;  —  dinner, 
tomar    la    comida,    comer; 

—  for  a  ride,  Uevar  a  paseo; 

—  four  days,  faltar  or 
tardar  cuatro  dias;  —  hold 
{of  fire),  prender  45;  —  in, 
abarcar  30;  —  into  account, 
tener  (17)  en  cuenta;  —  on 
an  increase,  tomar  incre- 
mento;  —  it  into  one's 
head,  metersele  en  la  cabeza 
a   uno,  antojarsele   a   uno; 

—  leave  of,  despedirse  (29) 
de;  —  out,  sacar  30,  extraer 
19?  —  place,  verificarse  30, 
tener  lugar;  —  pleasure  in, 
complacerse  (38)  en;  — 
shelter,  albergarse  32;  — 
up  again,  reanudar;  have 
oneself  taken,  hacerse  Ue- 
var; how  long  does  it  — 
for  you  to  reach?,  icuanto 
tiempo  tarda  Vd.  en  llegar  a  ? 

tal,  indef.  a.  and  pron.,  such, 
such  a;  so  and  so;  — o 
cual,  this  or  that;  —  vez, 
adv.,  perhaps;  —  cual,  as; 
con  —  que,  conj.,  provided. 

talento,  w.,  talent. 

talk,  V.  intr.,  hablar;  —  with- 
out rhyme  or  reason,  hablar 
a  tontas  y  a  locas. 


talon,  w.,  check,  stub. 

taller,  m.,  work-shop. 

tamano,  m.,  size;  a.,  so  great, 
such. 

tamarindo,  m.,  tamarind. 

tambalearse,  v.  refl.,  to  stum- 
ble about. 

tambien,  adv.,  also. 

tampoco,  adv.,  neither,  nor; 
either  {after  a  negative), 

tan,  adv.  so,  as. 

tan,  v.  tr.,  curtir,  zurrar, 

tanda,  /.,  section  {-part  of  a 
performance  for  which  a 
separate  ticket  is  bought). 

tandem,  adv.,  en  fila. 

tanner,  curtidor,  m. 

tannery,  teneria,  /. 

tanque,  m.,  tank. 

tanto,  indef.  a.  and  pron.,  so 
much,  as  much;  — s,  so 
many;  algun  — ,  somewhat; 
otro  — ,  likewise;  por  lo  — , 
therefore;  mil  y  — s,  thou- 
sand and  one;  tanto  .  .  . 
como,  both  .  .  .  and. 

tapioca,  /.,  tapioca. 

Tarapaca,  a  province  (also  a 
city)  of  n.  Chile,  consisting 
mostly  of  arid  desert  where 
are  found  deposited  vast 
beds  of  nitrate  of  soda. 

tardanza, /.,  delay. 


462 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


tardar  (en),  v.  intr.,  to  delay 
(in),  be  long  (at). 

tarde,  /.,  afternoon;  buenas 
( — s),  good  afternoon,  good 
evening;  adv.,  late. 

tarea,  /.,  task. 

tarifa,  /.,  tariff. 

tariff,  tarifa,  /.,  impuesto,  m. 

tar j eta,  /.,  card. 

Tarragona,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  same  name 
in  n.  e.  Spain.  It  has  a  fine 
seaport.  Population  about 
25,000. 

tartana,  /.,  tartana,  a  two- 
wheeled  cart  with  a  curving 
top. 

tasa,  /.,  tax,  rate. 

tasajo,  in.,  jerked  beef. 

task,  tarea,  /. 

taste,  gusto,  m.;  to  one's 
taste,  a  su  gusto;  — s  differ, 
sobre  gustos  no  hay  nada 
escrito. 

tasty,  a.,  sabroso. 

tax,  impuesto,  m.,  tasa,  /., 
derecho,  m. 

taximetro,  m.,  taxicab. 

taza, /.,  cup. 

te,  m.,  tea. 

te,  pers.  pron.,  thee,  you. 

tea,  te,  m.;  Paraguay  — , 
hierba  mate,  /. 


teach,  v.tr.,  enseiiar. 

teacher,  profesor-a,  m.  and  f.; 
maestro-a,  m.  and  f. 

team,  (of  bull-fighters)  cua- 
drilla,  /. 

tear  down,  v.  tr.,  derribar. 

teatral,  a.,  theatrical. 

teatro,  w.,  theater;  the  stage. 

Teatro  Colon,  the  chief  opera 
house  of  Buenos  Aires  and 
one  of  the  finest  in  the 
world. 

Teatro  Espanol,  the  home  of 
high-class  drama  in  Madrid; 
situated  on  the  Calle  del 
Principe,  Madrid. 

Tejas,  Texas. 

tejido,  m.,  textile,  cloth. 

tejo,  m.,  quoit  used  in  shuffle- 
board. 

telegrafia,  /.,  telegraphy. 

telegrafiar,  v.  tr.,  to  telegraph. 

telegrama,  m.,  telegram. 

telegraph,  v.  tr.,  telegrafiar. 

tell,  V.  tr.,  decir  5;  contar  24, 
referir  27;  —  one's  fortune, 
decide  a  uno  la  buenaven- 
tura. 

temer,  v.  tr.,  to  fear. 

temor  (a),  w.,  fear  (of). 

temperament,  temple,  m. 

temperate,  a.,  templado. 

temperatura,  /.,  temperature. 


VOCABULARIO 


463 


templado,  a.,  mild,  temperate. 

temple,  m.,  temperament. 

templo,  /n.,  temple. 

temprano,  adv.,  early. 

ten, /rom  tener  17. 

tenazas,  /.  pl.y  pincers. 

tender,  v.  tr.,  to  stretch  out. 

tendero,  m.y  shop-keeper. 

tendido,  m.,  front  seat  in  an 
amphitheater. 

tenedor  de  libros,  m.,  book- 
keeper. 

tener,  17,  to  have,  possess, 
maintain;  —  aficion  a,  to 
have  a  Hking  for;  —  cascos 
de  calabaza,  to  be  easily 
upset;  —  en  cuenta,  to  take 
into  account;  —  en  un  igual 
con,  to  consider  as  the  equal 
of;  —  fama  de,  to  be  repu- 
ted as;  —  ganas  (de),  to  be 
anxious,  want;  —  hambre, 
to  be  hungry;  —  la  ama- 
bilidad  de,  to  be  kind 
enough  to;  —  la  bondad  de, 
(to)  please,  to  have  the 
kindness;  —  mucho  ojo, 
to  keep  one's  eyes  open,  be 
alert;  —  parentesco  con,  to 
be  related  to;  —  parte,  to 
take  part;  —  placer  en, 
to  take  pleasure  in;  —  por 
or  como,  to  regard  or  con- 


sider as;  —  presente,  to  bear 
in  mind;  —  prisa  (para),  to 
be  in  hurry;  —  que  +  inf.y 
to  have  to  -^inf.;  —  que  ver 
(con),  to  have  to  do  (with); 
—  sed,  to  be  thirsty;  — 
sueiio,  to  be  sleepy;  — 
valor,  to  be  brave;  —  ver- 
giienza  de,  to  be  ashamed 
to,  to  be  bashful  about; 
donde  Vd.  tiene  su  casa, 
where  I  shall  be  glad  to 
have  you  call. 

teneria, /.,  tannery. 

tenga,  from  tener,  17. 

tennis,  tennis,  m. 

tenth,  decimo,  m. 

tehir  (i)  29,  42,  v.  tr.,  to  dye. 

teologia, /.,  theology. 

tercero,  a.,  third. 

Teresa,  /.,  Theresa. 

term,  termino,  m.;  (of  pay- 
ment) plazo  de  pago,  m. 

terminar,  v.  tr.,  and  intr.  to 
end,  finish. 

termino,  m.,  term,  limit, 
bound;  terminus. 

terminus,  termino. 

terra  firma  (Latin),  tierra 
firme,  /. 

terremoto,  m.,  earthquake. 

terreno,  w.,  land,  tract, 
ground. 


464 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


terrible,  ^.,  terrible;  a  — 
scare,  un  susto  mayusculo. 

territorio,  m.,  territory. 

terruno,  m.,  soil,  ground,  land, 
■ —  original,  home  soil. 

tertulia,  /.,  circle  of  friends;  a 
meeting  of  a  circle  of 
friends ;   party. 

tertuliano,  m.,  member  of  a 
circle  of  friends. 

tesoro,  w.,  treasure. 

textile,  tejido,  m.;  —  mill, 
fabrica  de  tejidos. 

texto,  in.,  text. 

than,  conj.,  que,  {before  num- 
bers) de. 

thank,  v.  tr.,  dar  (4)  las  gracias 
a,  agradecer  (38)  algo  a 
uno;  —  Jieaven!,  Igracias  a 
Dios! 

thanks,  gracias,  /.  pL;  —  very 
much,  mil  gracias. 

that,  dem.  a.,  ese,  esa,  etc, 
aquel,  aquella,  etc,  dem. 
pron.,  ese,  esa,  etc.,  aquel, 
aquella,  etc,  neut.  forms, 
eso,  aquello;  that  one,  ese, 
aquel,  {before  de  or  que) 
el,  la;  — -  is,  es  decir;  so 
that's  it!,  iesas  tenemos!; 
rel.pron.,  que. 

the,  def.  art.,  el,  la,  los,  las; 
{of  boats)  el. 


theater,  teatro,  m.',  moving- 
picture  — ,  cinematografo 
or  "cine",  m. 

theatrical,  a.,  teatral. 

their,  poss.  a.,  su;  de  ellos  or 
ellas. 

them,  pers.  pron.,  los,  les,  las; 
{after  a  prep.)  ellos,  ellas; 
— selves,  refi.,  se;  {after  a 
prep.)  SI  (mismos). 

then,  adv.,  entonces,  luego, 
despues;  well  — ,  pues  bien. 

theology,  teologia,  /. 

Theotocopuli  Dominico,  El 
Greco,  (died  161 4),  a  pain- 
ter born  in  Crete;  went  to 
Spain  in  1577;  painted  *The 
Burial  of  the  Count  of 
Orgaz",  "  The  Disrobing  of 
Christ",  etc. 

there,  adv.,  alli,  {with  verb  of 
motion)  alia;  —  is,  —  are, 
hay,  {when  demonstrative) 
alli  esta(n);  —  was,  habia, 
hubo;  —  will  be,  habra. 

therefore,  adv.,  por  eso,  por 
consiguiente,  por  lo  tanto. 

Theresa,  Teresa,  /. 

thereupon,  adv.,  en  esto. 

these,  dem.  a.,  estos,  estas; 
dem.  pron.,  estos,  estas. 

they,  pers.  pron.,  ellos,  ellas; 
{before  of  or  that)  los,  las. 


VOCABULARIO 


465 


Thibet,  Tibet,  m. 
thick,  fl.,  grueso,  fuerte. 
thing,     cosa,    /.;     little    — , 

cosiila,  /. 
think,    pensar    23,    creer    43; 

parecerle  (38)  a  uno;  —  of, 

pensar   en;   —   out,    idear; 

what  do  you  —  about  it? 

or  what  do  you  —  of,  dque 

le  parece(n)  ?,  don't  you  — 

(so)?,  dno  le  parece?,  ino 

cree  Vd.  asi? 
third,  a.y  tercer(o). 
thirsty,  to  be  —  (for),  tener 

(17)  sed  (de). 
thirty,      treinta;     —     -odd, 

treinta  y  pico  de. 
this,  dem.  a.y  este,  esta;  dem. 

pron.y   este,   esta,   esto;  — 

one,  este,  esta. 
thither,  adv.,  alia, 
thoroughly,  adv.,  a  fondo. 
those,  dem.  a.,  esos,  aquellos; 

dem.  pron.,  esos,  aquellos. 
though,  fon/.,aunque,bien  que. 
thousand,     mil;     miliar,     m.; 

—  and  one,  mil  y  tantos. 
thread,  hilo,  m, 
three,  tres. 

thrive,  v.  tntr.,  medrar. 
throne,  trono,  m. 
throng,  tropel,  m. ;  in  a  — ,  en 

tropel. 


through,  prep.y  por. 
throughout,  prep.,  por  (todo). 
throw,  V.  tr.,  arrojar,  echar; 

—  up,  echar  en  alto, 
thus,  adv.f  asi. 

Tibet,  Thibet,  a  country  of 
central  Asia,  the  highest  in 
the  world. 

ticket,  billete,  m. 

tie,  {of  a  railway)  travesia,  /. 

tiempo,  m.,  time,  epoch; 
weather;  tense;  en  —  de,  in 
the  time  of;  en  otro  — ,  for- 
merly; con  el  — ,  in  the 
course  of  time;  de  algun  — 
a  esta  parte,  for  some  time 
past. 

tienda, /.,  shop,  store. 

tiene, /row  tener  17. 

tierra,  /.,  land,  country;  —  de 
a  1  u  V  i  6  n,  sediment;  — 
firme,    terra    lirma,    land; 

—  muy  adentro,  far  inland, 
tijeras,  /.  pl.y  scissors,  shears. 
Tijuca,  a  mountain  3400  feet 

high  and  a  forest  n.  of  Rio 
de  Janeiro;  may  be  reached 
by  trolley  car. 

tildv,  ^.  tr.,  to  brand,  stigma- 
tize. 

tilings,  azulejos,  m.  pi, 

till,  prep.,  hasta. 

timbrado,  pp.  and  a.,  stamped. 


466 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


timbre,  w.,  stamp. 

time,  tiempo,  m.,  rato,  w., 
vez,  /. ;  at  the  same  —  (that) 
al  mismo  tiempo  (que),  a  la 
vez  (que);  at  that  — ,  por 
aquel  entonces;  of  that  — , 
de  aquel  entonces;  some 
— ,  alguna  vez;  it  is  a  long 
—  since,  hacemucho  tiempo 
que;  three  — s  a  month,  tres 
veces  por  mes;  three  — s 
as  large  as,  tres  veces  mas 
grande  que;  what  —  is  it?, 
J  que  hora  es?;  at  any — ,  en 
todos  los  tiempos;  at  — s, 
a  veces;  for  some  —  past, 
de  algun  tiempo  a  esta 
parte;  from  —  to  — ,  de 
vez  en  cuando;  it  is  —  that, 
ya  es  hora  que  (-^subj.); 
have  a  good  — ,  divertirse 
27,  pasar  un  buen  rato; 
spend  a  — ,  pasar  un  rato. 

timepiece,  reloj,  m. 

tin,  estano,  m. 

tintero,  m.,  inkstand. 

tintoreria,  /.,  dye-works. 

tintorero,  m.,  dyer. 

tiny,  a.,  diminuto. 

tio,  m.y  uncle. 

tip,  propina,  /.;  as  a  — ,  de 
propina. 

tipico,  a.,  typical. 


tipo,  m.y  type. 

tirar,  v.  tr.,  to  throw,  shoot; 
—  de,  to  pull. 

tired  (out),  a.,  cansado;  dead 
— ,  muerto  de  cansancio, 
cansado  a   mas  no  poder. 

title,  titulo,  m. 

titubear,  v,  intr.,  to  waver, 
vacillate. 

titular,  V.  tr.,  to  name,  call. 

titulo,  m.y  title. 

tiza,  /.,  chalk. 

to,  prep.,  a;  para  (before  an 
inf.  to  show  purpose  and 
before  a  s.  to  show  destina- 
tion) . 

tobacco,  tabaco,  m.;  —  farm, 
tabacal,  m.;  —  shop, 
estanco,  m. 

tobacconist,  estanquero,  m. 

tocador,  m.,  boudoir. 

tocar,  30,  V.  tr.  and  intr.,  to 
touch,  ring,  play  (of  a  mu- 
sical instrument);  — le  a 
uno,  to  fall  to  (the  lot  of) 
one;  —  a,  to  concern;  —  en, 
to  stop  at;  por  lo  que  a  mi 
me  toca,  as  for  me,  as  far 
as  I  am  concerned. 

todavia,'  adv.,  yet,  still;  — 
hoy,  still  today. 

today,  adv.,  hoy;  of  — ,  de 
hoy  dia. 


VOCABULARIO 


467 


todo,  indef.  a.  and  pron.y  all, 
every,  everything. 

Todos  OS  Santos  {Port.),  the 
bay  upon  which  is.  situated 
Bahia,  Brazil. 

together,  a,,  junto;  —  with, 
prep.f  junto  con. 

toldo,  w.,  awning. 

toledano,  a.  and  s.,  of  or  per- 
taining to  Toledo. 

Toledo,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  same  name 
in  central  Spain;  a  city  of 
immemorial  antiquity;  pop- 
ulation about  23,000. 

tolerencia,  /.,  toleration. 

tomar,  v.  tr.,  to  take;  — 
comida,  to  dine,  to  take 
dinner;  —  incremento,  to 
take  on  an  increase;  — 
parte  en,  to  take  part  in; 
— ^pasaje,  to  engage  pas- 
sage; tome  Vd.,  here  you  are. 

tomb,  tumba,  /.,  sarcofago, 
w.,  sepulcro,  m. 

tomo,  m.,  volume. 

tomorrow,  adv.,  manana. 

tonelada,  /.,  ton. 

tongue,  lengua, /.;  habla,  /. 

tono,  m.,  tone. 

tonto,  a.,  foolish;  a  tontas  y  a 
locas,  without  rhyme  or 
reason. 


too,  adv.,  (also)  tambienj 
(degree)  demasiado. 

tool,  herramienta,  /. 

top,  lo  mas  alto,  n.,  cumbre, 
/.;  on  — ,  por  encima. 

tope,  m.,  buffer. 

toquilla,  / ,  bonnet,  head- 
dress; grass^used  in  making 
Panama  hats. 

torear,  v.  tr.,  to  fight  (bulls). 

torero,  m.,  bull-fighter. 

toro,  m.,  bull;  los  — ,  bull- 
fight. 

torre,  /.,  tower. 

Torre  del  Oro,  m.,  a.  duode- 
cagonal  tower  on  the  bank 
of  the  Guadalquivir,  Se- 
ville, built  1220;  the  prin- 
cipal survival  of  the  towers 
that  surrounded  the  Alca- 
zar of  Seville.  Bears  its 
name  because  of  the  gold- 
en color  of  its  interior  til- 
ings. 

torrente,  m.,  torrent. 

tortilla,  /.,  omelet. 

Tortosa,  a  city  of  the  province 
of  Tarragona,  n.e.  Spain,  on 
the  Ebro  river,  22  miles 
from  the  mouth;  popula- 
tion   about   25,000: 

tortuoso,  a.,  winding. 

total,  m.,  total,  sum. 


468 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


touch,  V.  tr.,  tocar  30;  —  at, 

{of  boats)    hacer   (8)   escala 

en,    tocar   en. 
touching,    ^.,    conmovedor-a. 
tourist,  turista,  m.  and  f. 
toward,  prep.y  hacia. 
tower,    torre,    /.;    Tower    of 

Gold,    Torre    del    Oro;    v. 

intr.y    alzarse   34. 
town,     poblacion,  /.,   pueblo, 

m.y     ciudad,    /.;    —    hall, 

ayuntamiento,  m. 
trabajador-a,  a.,  industrious; 

s.  m.y    workman, 
trabajar,   v.   intr.   and  tr.^   to 

work, 
trabajo,   m.,  work,   difficulty, 

trouble. 
trabar,    v.    tr,,    to    join;    — 

batalla  con,  to  fight, 
track,  via,  /.,  rieles,  m.  pi. 
trade,   oficio,    m.;    (commerce) 

comercio,  m.;  v.  tr.,  trocar 

24,  30,  cambiar. 
tradicion,  /.,  tradition, 
tradicionalista,  a.,  traditional; 

old-fashioned, 
traduccion,  /.,    translation. 
traducir,   18,  v.  -tr.,  to  trans- 
late, 
traduzca,  from  traducir  18. 
traer,  19,  v.  tr.y  to  bring,  carry; 

—  arrastrado,  to  bore;  —  le 


a  uno  el  agua  a  la  boca, 
to  make  one's  mouth  water. 

trafico,  m.,  traffic. 

traffic,  transito  de  vehiculos, 
m.y   trafico,   m. 

tragar,  32,  v.  tr.,  to  swallow. 

traiga, /rom  traer  19. 

traigo,  from  traer  19. 

train,  tren,  m.;  by  — ,  por 
tren,  por  ferrocarril. 

traje,  m.,  suit,  garb. 

trsLJey  from  traer  19.  * 

tramar,  v.  /r.,  to  plot,  "hatch 
up". 

tramway,  tranvia,  m. 

tranquilamente,  adv.,  quietly, 
tranquilly. 

tranquilidad,  /.,  quiet,  peace. 

tranquilo,   a.y   calm,   tranquil. 

Transandean,  a.y  transandino. 

transandino,  a.,  Transandean. 

transatlantic,  a.y  tra(n)sat- 
lantico;  —  steamer,  trasat- 
lantico,  m.. 

transcurrir,  v.  intr.y  to  pass  by. 

transeunte,  m.  and  /.,  passer- 
by, pedestrian. 

transfer,  combinacion,  /.;  v. 
intr.y  trasladarse;  v.  tr., 
trasladar,  remover  26. 

transferirse  27,  (a),  v.  refi.y  to 
change  (to). 

transfix,  v.  tr.y  atravesar  23. 


VOCABULARIO 


469 


trdnsito,  w.,  transit. 

transmit,  v.  tr.,  transmitir. 

transmitir,  v.  tr.,  to  trans- 
mit, hand  down. 

transportacion,  /.,  transporta- 
tion. 

transportar,  v.  tr.,  to  trans- 
port. 

transportation,  transporte,  m., 
transportacion,  /. 

transporte,  m.,  transporta- 
tion. 

transversal,  a.,  transversal, 
cross. 

tranvia,  m.,  street  car,  trolley 
car,  tramway. 

trappings,   arreo,   m. 

tras,  prep.,  after. 

trasatlantico,  a.,  transatlan- 
tic; J-.  m.j  transatlantic 
steamer. 

trasero,  a.,  rear,  back. 

trasladar,  v.  tr.,  to  transfer; 
— se  a,  to  remove  to. 

traspuesto,  pp.  and  a.,  trans- 
planted,  transposed. 

tratado,    m.,    treaty. 

tratar,  v.  tr.,  to  treat,  discuss, 
address,  have  dealings  with; 
—  de,  to  try;  -^se  de,  to 
be  a  question  of;  — se  a 
cuerpo  de  rey,  to  Hve  like  a 
king. 


trato,  m.,  usage,  mtercourse; 
— s  comerciales,  ways  of 
doing    business. 

travel,  v.  intr.,  viajar;  —  in, 
viajar  en;  —  about,  re- 
correr;  —  light,  viajar  con 
poco  equipaje;  —  through, 
viajar  por. 

traveler,  viajero,  m.,  pasa- 
jero,  m.;  commercial  — , 
viajante,  m. 

traverse,  v.  tr.,  atravesar  23, 
recorrer,  cruzar  34. 

travesia,  /.,  trip  across. 

traviesa,  /.,  tie  {of  railway). 

traza,  /.,  aspect,  appearance. 

trazar,  34,  v.  tr.,  to  trace, 
draw,  mark  out,  lay  out. 

tread,  v.  tr.,  pisar. 

treasure,  tesoro,  m. 

treasury,  hacienda,  /. 

treaty,   tratado,   m. 

trecho,  m.,  stretch,  space, 
distance. 

tremendo,  a.,  tremendous,  ter- 
rific. 

tren,  m.,  train;  —  de  lujo, 
especially  well  equipped 
train;  ial — !,  all  aboard! 

trepar  (por),  v.  intr.,  to  climb 
up,  ascend. 

tres,  three. 

trescientos-as,  three  hundred. 


470 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Triana,   a   suburb  of  Seville, 

across      the     Guadalquivir 

river.      Inhabited      mostly 

by  gypsies  and  lower  classes; 

a    pottery   center, 
tribu,   /.,    tribe, 
tributary,  afluente,  w.,  tribu- 

tario,  m. 
tribute,   w.,   tribute, 
trigal,  m.,  wheatfield. 
trigo,  m.,  wheat, 
trip,  viaje,  m.;  —  across,  tra- 

vesia,  /.;  return  — ,  vuelta; 

/.,  round  — ,  de  ida  y  vuelta. 
triste,   a.,   sad. 
tristemente,   adv.,   sadly, 
triza,  /.,  particle, 
trocar  (ue),  24,  30,  v,  tr.,  to 

trade,    exchange, 
trolley  car,  tranvia,  m. 
trono,  m.,  throne, 
troop,    tropa,  /. 
tropa,  /.,  troop, 
tropel,  w.,  crowd;  en  — ,  in  a 

throng,   in   confusion, 
tropezar  (ie),  23,  34,  v.  intr., 

to  stumble;  —  con,  to  come 

across, 
tropical,   a.,  tropico. 
tr6pico,  a.  and  s.  w.,  tropic; 

tropical, 
trouble,  molestia,  /.,  estorbo, 

m.y  inconveniente,  w.,  tra- 


bajo,  m.;  v.  tr.,  molestar, 
estorbar,  incomodar,  acosar. 

trozo,   m.y   selection,   passage. 

truck,  carro,  m.,  camion,  m.; 
—  driver,  carretero,  m. 

true,  a.y  verdadero;  it  is  — , 
es  verdad. 

truly,  adv.,  verdaderamente; 
yours  (very)  truly,  atento 
y  seguro  servidor  (Atto.  y 
S.  S.). 

trumpet,   bocina,  /. 

trunk,  haul,  m.,  cofre,  m. 

trust,  V.  tr.y  confiar  39. 

truth,  verdad,  /.;  in  — ,  en 
verdad. 

try,  V.  intr.,  tratar  de,  probar 
24,  intentar;  —  hard,  es- 
forzarse  (24,  34)  en. 

Tucum>dn,  a  city  and  prov- 
ince of  n.  Argentina,  popu- 
lation of  former  about 
75,000. 

tug,   remolcador,   m. 

tumba,  /.,  tomb. 

tunel,   m.,   tunnel. 

tunny  (fish),  bonito,  m. 

tupido,  a.,  thick,  luxuriant. 

turbar,  v.  tr.,  to  disturb. 

turco,   m.,  .Turk. 

turista,  m.  and  f.,  tourist. 

turn  (about),  v.  intr.,  volverse 
26,  girar;  —  out,  resultar; 


VOCABULARIO 


471 


—  towards,  dirigirse  (37) 
hacia;  v.  tr.,  —  the  cor- 
ner, doblar  la  esquina;  j., 
vuelta,  /. 

tutela,  /.,  tutelage,  protection. 

tuve,  from  tener  17. 

tuviera  or  tuviese,  from  tener 

17. 
twelfth,  a.,  duodecimo;  in  the 

—  century,  en  el  siglo  XII 
(doce). 

twelve,  doce. 

twentieth,    a.,    vigesimo;    — 

century,  siglo  XX  (veinte). 
twenty,    veinte. 
twice,  dos  veces;  —  as  large 

as,   dos   veces   mas   grande 

que. 
two,  dos;  the  — ,  ambos-as. 
typify,  V.  tr.,  simbolizar  34. 
typist,  mecanografo,  m. 

U 

u,  conj.,  or.      Used  for  o  before 

words  beginning  with  u  or  hu. 
Ucayali,  m.,  a  tributary  of  the 

Amazon,  flowing  n.  e.  in  e. 

Peru, 
iuf!,    inter].,    whew!;    denotes 

weariness    or    annoyance. 
iiltimo,  a.y  last,  final,  lowest. 
Ultramar,  m.,  country  or  place 

beyond  the  sea. 


ultramarines,  m.  pL,  (fine) 
overseas  products,  espe- 
cially from  Asia  or  the 
Americas. 

un,  una,  def.,  art.,  a,  an; 
unos  or  unos  cuantos,  some, 
a  few,  several. 

unbelievable,   a.,   increible. 

uncle,  tio,  m. 

undeniable,    a.,    innegable. 

under,  prep.,  bajo;  {position) 
debajo  de. 

understand,  v.  tr.,  entender 
25,     comprender. 

undertake,  v.  tr.,  empren- 
der. 

unending,  a.,  inacabable,  in- 
terminable. 

unendurable,  a.,  inaguan- 
table. 

unexcelled,  a.,  insuperable. 

unforgettable,  a.,  inolvidable. 

ungrateful,  a.,  desagradecido, 
ingrato. 

unhealthful,  a.,  de  poca  salu- 
bridad,    malsano. 

unico,  a.,  unique,  sole,  only. 

union,  /.,   union. 

unir,  V.  tr.,  to  join,  unite. 

United  States,  Estados  Uni- 
dos,  m.  pi. 

universal,  a.,  universal. 

universidad,  /.,  university. 


472 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Universidad  Central,  /.,  on 
San  Bernardo  Street, 
Madrid.  The  University 
at  Alcala  de  Henares  was 
removed  to  this  place  in 
1836  and  received  the 
present  title. 

universe,  m.,  universe. 

unknown,   a.,   desconocido. 

unless,  conj.,  a  menos  que,  a 
no  ser  que. 

unload,  v.  tr.,  descargir  32. 

unpleasant,  a.,  feo,  desa- 
gradable. 

unsurpassable,  a.,  insupe- 
rable. 

until,  prep.,  hasta;  conj.,  hasta 
que. 

up,  adv.,  arriba; — hill  or  grade, 
cuesta  arriba;  —  till  now, 
hasta  ahora;  be  — ,  estar 
levantado. 

upon,  prep.,  sobre,  en. 

upper,  a.,  superior. 

upset,  be  easily  — ,  tener  (17) 
cascos  de  calabaza. 

upstairs,  adv.,  arriba. 

upstream,  adv.,  rio  arriba. 

up-to-date,  a.,  moderno;  in 
the  most  —  manner,  a  lo 
mas    moderno. 

upward,  adv.,  hacia  arriba; 
hacia  la  cumbre. 


urbano,    a.,    city-like,    urban, 

city  {as  a.). 
urge,  V.  tr.,  instar. 
Uruguay,    El,   Uruguay;  also 

a     river     separating     that 

country  from  Argentina, 
uruguayo,    a.    and    s.,    Uru- 
guayan, 
us,  pers.  pron.,  dir.  and  indir. 

obj.,    nos;    {after    a    prep.) 

nosotros. 
usage,  uso,  m. 
usar,  V.  tr.,  to  use. 
use,  s.,  uso,  m.;  v.  tr.,  usar, 

emplear. 
used  to,  a.,  acostumbrado  a; 

also    often    the   sign    of  the 

imperfect  tense. 
useful,  a.,  util. 
useless,  a.,  inutil. 
uso,  m.,  use,  usage. 
Uspallata,    the    best    known 

pass  over  the  Andes,  12,870 

feet     high.       Through     it 

passes      the     Transandean 

Railway, 
usted,  pers.  pron.,  m.  and  /., 

you;    abbreviated  Vd.,    Ud., 

V.,U. 
usual,  a.,  consagrado. 
usually,    adv.,    genera Imente, 

usualmente,  por  lo  general, 

comunmente. 


VOCABULARIO 


473 


utensilios,  w.,  utensil,  tool, 
implement. 

util,  a.,  useful. 

utilidad,    /.,    utility,    useful- 
ness; de  — ,  useful. 

utilizar,  34,  v»  tr,,  to  utilize, 
use. 

utter,  V.  tr.,  lanzar  34. 

uva,  /.,  grape. 


va,  from  ir  9. 

vaca,/.,  cow. 

vacante,  a.,  vacant. 

vacuno,  a.,  bovine. 

vagon,  m.,  coach,  carriage. 

Valencia,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  same  name 
in  e.  Spain;  population 
about  215,000-  Oriental  in 
appearance,  has  an  excel- 
lent harbor  and  is  the  cen- 
ter of  the  orange  growing 
region  of  Spain. 

valenciano,  a.  and  j.,  Valen- 
cian. 

Valenzey,  Valengay,  a  town 
of  the  department  of  Indre, 
France,  where  the  Spanish 
royal  family  was  held  cap- 
tive by  Napoleon  from  1808 
to  1 8 14.  Here  a  treaty  was 
signed    in    Dec,    1813,    in 


which,  on  certain  condi- 
tions. Napoleon  recognized 
Ferdinand  VII  as  king  of 
Spain. 

valer,  20,  v.  intr.,  to  be  worth, 
be  valid  or  good;  — le  a  uno, 
to  win  for  one;  —  la  pena,  to 
be  worth  while;  —  un  senti- 
do,  to  be  worth  a  great  deal, 
a  fortune;  — se  de,  to  make 
use  of. 

valiant,  a,,  campeador,  va- 
liente. 

valiente,  a.,  brave,  valiant. 

valise,  maleta,  /. 

valor,  m.,  value;  bravery. 

Valparaiso,  Chile,  the  chief 
city  of  w.  coast  of  S.  A.; 
population  150,000;  3200 
miles  from  Panama. 

valuable,  <^.,  precioso. 

Valladolid,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  the  same  name 
in  n.  e.  Spain;  population 
about  70,000.  Capital  of 
the  Spanish  empire  till 
Philip  II  made  Madrid  the 
capital  in   1560. 

valle,  w.,  valby. 

vamonos,  from  irse  9;  let's  go. 

van,   galera,  /. 

vanguardia,  /.,  vanguard, 
lead. 


474 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


vanidad,  /.,   vanity, 
vano,  a.,  vain, 
vapor,    w.,    steamship, 
vaporcito,  m.,  dimin.  of  vapor, 
vara,  /.,  pike,  pole, 
variadisimo,  a.,  greatly  varied, 
variado,  a.,  varied,  different, 
variar,  39,  v.  tr.y  to  vary, 
varied,  a.,  variado. 
variedades,    /.     pL,    variety 

show,    vaudeville, 
variety,  diversidad,  /. 
varios,  a.y  various;  pron.  and 

a.y  several, 
varon,  m.  male, 
vasallo,  w.,  vassal, 
vascongado,  a.  and  s.^  Basque, 
vascuence,   a.,    Basque, 
vase,   jarron,   m, 
vassal,  vasallo,  m. 
vast,     «.,     vasto,     inmenso, 

tremendo. 
vastisimo,  a.y  very  large, 
vasto,  a.y  vast,  huge, 
vaya,  from  ir  9;  que  se  —  Vd. 

con    Dios    {to   one   leaving)  y 

good-bye. 
Vd.  see  usted. 

vecino,     m.y     neighbor,      in- 
habitant;   a.y    neighboring, 

adjacent, 
vecindad,  /.,  proximity, 
vecindario,  w.,  population. 


vee,  old  form  of  ve  from  ver 
22. 

vega  /.,  plain. 

Vega  Carpio,  Lope  Felix  de 
(1562-1635),  the  greatest 
figure  among  Spanish  dram- 
atists. He  wrote  more  than 
1500  plays  and  hundreds  of 
autos  sacramentales  and 
entremeses.  Most  of  his 
plays  belong  to  the  two 
classes  called  "drama  of 
cape  and  sword"  (de  capa 
y  espada). 

vegetable,  legumbre,  /. 

vegetacion,  /.,    vegetation. 

vegetal,   a.y   vegetable. 

vegetar,  v.  intr.y  to  vegetate, 
grow. 

vehiculo,  m.y  vehicle. 

velnte,    twenty. 

Velarde,  Pedro,  see  Daoiz. 

Velazquez,  Diego  de  Silva  y 
(1599- 1 660),  the  head  of 
the  Spanish  school  of  paint- 
ing and  one  of  the  greatest 
artists  of  all  time. 

veleta,  /.,  weather-vane. 

velocidad,  /.,  speed,  velocity; 
a  toda  — ,  at  full  speed. 

vencedor-a,  a.,  victorious. 

veneer,  35,  v.  tr.y  to  conquer; 
{of  bills)  to  fall  due. 


VOCABULARIO 


475 


vendedor,  m.,  seller. 

vender,  v.  tr.,  to  sell. 

Venecia,  /.,  Venice. 

venerar,  v.  tr.,  to  reverence. 

venero,  m.,  source,  spring. 

venga,  from  venir,  21, 

Venice,  Venecia,  /. 

venir,  21,  to  come;  —  en 
conocimiento  de,  to  find  out 
about;  —  le  a  la  memoria  a 
uno,  to  come  to  one's  mind; 
—  -{-pres.  part.,  to  be  + 
pres.  part. 

venta,  /.,  sale. 

ventaja,  /.,  advantage. 

ventajoso,   a.,    advantageous. 

ventana,  /.,  window. 

ventanillo,  m.,  peep-hole. 

ventilador,  m.,  fan,  ventila- 
tor. 

veo,  from  ver  22. 

ver,  22,  V.  tr.,  to  see;  a — ,  let's 
see;  ya  se  ve,  it  is  evident; 
alia  veremos,  we  shall  see 
about  that;  no  —  la  hora 
de,  to  be  anxious  to;  — se 
precisado  a,  to  be  com- 
pelled to. 

veranear,  v.  intr.,  to  pass  the 
summer. 

veraniego,  a.,  pertaining  to 
the  summer;  lugar  — ,  sum- 
mer resort. 


verano,  m.,  summer. 

yeras,  de  — ,  adv.,  really,  in 
truth. 

verbal,  a.,  oral;  containing  a 
verb. 

verbalmente,    adv.,    orally. 

verbo,  m.,  verb. 

verdad,  /.,  truth;  l — ?,  Ino 
es  — ?,  isn't  it  so?,  etc, 
en  — ,  truly,  really. 

verdaderamente,  adv.,  truly, 
really. 

verdadero,  a.,  true,  real, 
veritable. 

verde,  a.,  green. 

verificarse,  30,  v.  refl.,  to  take 
place,  come  off. 

vergiienza,  /.,  shame,  bash- 
fulness. 

veritable,  a.,  verdadero. 

vermicelli,  fideos,  m.  pi. 

verosimil,  a.,  likely,  probable, 
plausible. 

versatil,  a.,  versatile. 

versed  (in),  (^.,entendido  (en). 

version,  /.,  translation. 

verso,  m.,  verse,  line  of  poet- 
ry- 

verter  (ie,  i),  27,  v.  tr.,  to 
translate. 

vertiente,  /.,  slope. 

very,  adv.,  muy;  a.,  propio, 
mismo. 


476 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


Vespucci,  Amerigo  ( 1 45 1  - 
15 12),  an  Italian  adventure^ 
who  claimed  to  have  made 
four  voyages  to  the  New 
World  and  to  have  discov- 
ered the  mainland  of  N.  A. 
in  1497  before  John  Cabot. 
On  his  name  Amerigo  was 
based  the  word  America, 
according  to  the  theory  of 
some  scholars. 

vessel,  buque,  in.,  barco,  m., 
navio,  in,,  vapor,  m.;  pas- 
senger — ,  buque  de  pasa- 
jeros. 

vestibule,  m.,  vestibule,  hall. 

vestido,  m.,  garment,  dress. 

vestir(se)  (i),  29,  v.  intr.  and 
refl.y  to  dress,  clothe. 

vestuario,  m.,  dress,  apparel. 

vete,  from  irse  9. 

veterano,  a.  and  s.,  veteran. 

vez,  /.,  time;  a  la  — ,  at  the 
same  time;  a  la  —  que, 
conj.,  while;  a  veces,  adv., 
at  times,  sometimes;  cada 
—  mds,  steadily,  con- 
stantly; de  —  en  cuando, 
from  time  to  time,  oc- 
casionally; muchas  veces, 
often;  otra  — ,  again;  tal 
— ,  perhaps. 

vi,  from  ver  22. 


via,/.,  way,  track,  road,  road- 
bed; —  ferrea,  railway; 
en  —  de,  in  process  of;  por 
—  de,  via,  by  way  of. 

viajante,  m.,  traveling  sales- 
man; a.,  traveling. 

via  jar,  v.  intr.,  to  travel. 

viaje,  m.,  trip,  voyage;  —  por 
mar,  sea  voyage;  ifeliz  — !, 
pleasant  journey! 

viajero,  m.,  traveler. 

viceroy,  virrey,  m. 

viceroyship,  virreinato,  m. 

vicio,  m.,  vice. 

victoria,  /.,  victory. 

Victoria,  Queen  of  Spain 
(1887-),  consort  of  Alphon- 
so  XIII  to  whom  she  was 
married  May  31,  1906.  She 
is  the  first  cousin  of  King 
George  V  of  England  and 
was  the  Princess  Eugenia 
Ena  of  Battenberg. 

Vicuna  Subercaseaux,  Benja- 
min (1876-),  a  Chilean 
writer;  wrote  "  La  ciudad 
de  las  ciudades",  1905; 
"  Gobernantes  y  literatos'*, 
1907;  "  Un  pais  nuevo", 
1903. 

vida, /.,  life,  living. 

vidrio,  m.,  glass, 

viejo,  a.,  old. 


VOCABULARIO 


477 


viento,  m.,  wind;  — s  alisios, 

trade-winds, 
viere,  from  ver  22. 
view,  vista,  /.,  panorama,  m. 
vigente,  «.,  in  force,  valid. 
vigoroso,  a.,  vigorous,  forceful. 
villa,  /.,   city;  —  y  corte,   a 

term  used  only  of  Madrid, 

the  capital  city, 
village,    aldea,  /.;    small   — , 

aldehuela,  /. 
vine,  from  venir  21. 
vineyard,  vifiedo,  w.,  vina,  /. 
viniese,  from  venir  21. 
vino,  m.y  wine;  —  bautizado, 

diluted  wine;  —  de  mesa, 

table    wine;   —   tinto,    red 

wine, 
vina,  /.,  vineyard, 
vinador,  m.,  wine-grower, 
vifiedo,  m.,  vineyard, 
virgen,  /.,   virgin, 
virtud,  /.,  virtue, 
visit,  V.  tr.,  visitar;  s.,  visita,  /. 
visita,  /.,  visit, 
visitante,  m.,  and  f.,  visitor, 
visitar,  v,  tr.,  visit, 
visitor,  visitante,  m.  and  f. 
vislumbrar,  v.  tr.,  to  perceive, 

catch  sight  of. 
vista,   /.,    sight,    view,    gaze; 

a  la  — ,  at  sight;  hasta  la 

— ,  till  we  meet  again. 


visto,  pp.  of  ver  22  ;  por  lo  — , 
apparently. 

vistoso,  a.,  showy,  conspicu- 
ous. 

vitalidad,  /.,  vitality. 

Vivar,  a  small  village  about 
six  miles  n.  of  Burgos;  the 
birthplace  of  the  Cid. 

vivir,  V.  intr.,  to  live;  iviva(n)!, 
long  live!,  hail  to! 

vivisimo,  a  ,  very  keen  or  lively. 

vivo,  a.y  bright,  gay,  lively. 

vizcacha,  /.,  viscacha  or  Peru- 
vian hare.  It  lives  in  towns 
on  the  Argentine  plains  in  a 
manner  similar  to  the  prairie 
dog  of  North  America. 

vocal,  /.,  vowel.    . 

voice,  voz,  /. 

volar  (ue),  24,  v.  intr.,  to  fly, 
to  hurry. 

volcan,  m.,  volcano. 

volume,  tomo,  m. 

voluntad,/.,  will;  de  buena — , 
gladly,   willingly. 

volunteer,  v.  intr.,  ofrecerse 
(38)     para. 

volver  (ue),  26,  v.  intr.,  to  rt- 
turn,  turn;  —  a  +  inf.,  to 
do  again  the  act  of  the  inf.; 
—  en  si,  to  regain  con- 
sciousness; — se,  to  turn 
around;  to  become. 


478 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


votacion,  /.,  vote,  voting. 

vote,  votacion,  /.;  v.  intr., 
votar. 

vote,  votacion,  /.;  v.  intr,, 
votar. 

vowel,  vocal,  /. 

voy,  from  ir  9. 

voyage,  viaje,  m. 

voz,  /.,  voice;  corre  la  — ,  the 
report  goes;  en  —  alta, 
aloud;  a  voces  llenas, 
loudly. 

vuelta,  /.,  turn,  return,  revo- 
lution, return  trip;  de  — , 
in  change;  de  —  a,  back  in. 

vuelto,  pp.  of  volver,  26,  45. 

vying  with  each  other  in 
height,  a  cuales  mas  altos- 
as. 

W 

wage  war  on,  hacer  (8)  or 
armar  la  guerra  a. 

wagon,  galera,  /. 

waiter,  camerero,  m.,  mozo,  m. 

walk,  V.  intr.,  caminar,  ir  (9) 
a  pie;  —  about,  pasearse, 
dar  vueltas;  take  a  — , 
dar  (4)  un  paseo,  dar  una 
vuelta,  pasearse;  J-.,  paseo,m. 

wall,  (outer)  muralla,  /.,  (in- 
ner) pared,  /. 

want,  V.  tr.,  querer  13,  desear, 
tener  (17)  ganas  de. 


war,  guerra,/.;  —  ship,  buque 
de  guerra,  m. 

ward,  barrio,  m. 

warehouse,  almacen,  m. 

warm,  a.,  caluroso;  it  is  —, 
hace  calor;  become  — er 
(of  the  weather),  hacer  (8) 
mas  calor. 

wash,  V.  tr,,  lavar. 

waste,  V.  tr.,  gastar. 

watch,  V.  tr.,  observar,  mirar, 
(lurk  in  hiding)  acechar; 
—  out!,  Icuidado!;  s.,  reloj 
(de  bolsillo),  m. 

watchmaker,  relojero,  m. 

water,  agua,  /.;  — fall,  cas- 
cada,  /.,  —  front,  barrio 
marinero,  m.;  —  wheel, 
noria,  /. 

wave,  V.  tr.,  agitar,  menear; 
J-.,  ola,  /. 

waver,  v.  intr.,  titubear. 

way,  manera,  /.,  modo,  m., 
camino,  m.;  —  of  living, 
manera  de  vivir;  — s  of 
doing  business,  tratos  co- 
merciales;  by  —  of,  en 
ademan  de;  in  a  — ,  de  una 
manera;  in  a  fine  — ,  a 
mara villas;  in  such  a  — , 
de  tal  manera;  on  the  —  to, 
en  camino  para;  camino 
de;    one   way,    (of   tickets) 


VOCABULARIO 


479 


sencillo;  that's  the  way 
with  me  about  soy  asi  para. 

we,  pers.  pron.,  nosotros-as. 

wealth,  riqueza,  /. 

wealthy,  ^.,  adinerado,  rico. 

weapon,  arma,  /. 

wear,  v.  tr.,  llevar  (puesto). 

weary,  a.,  cansado. 

weather,  tiempo,  m.;  — vane, 
veleta,  /.,  giraldillo,  m. 

week,  semana,  /.,  ocho  dias, 
m.  pl.'y  a  — ,  por  semana; 
two  — s,  quince  dias,  m.  pi. 
quincena,  /.;  two  — s  in 
advance,  por  quincenas  ade- 
lantadas. 

weekly,  a.y  semanal. 

weigh,  V.  tr.,  pesar. 

welcome!,  I  sea(n)  bienveni- 
do(s)! 

welfare,  bien,  w. 

well,  adv. J  bien;  (as  expletive) 
pues;  —  then,  pues  bien; 
as  —  as,  tanto  .  .  .  como, 
asi  .  .  .  como;  be  — ,  (suit- 
able) convenir  21,  ser  (16) 
bueno,  (in  health)  estar  (6) 
bien  de  salud,  estar  en  caja; 
to-do,  a.f  pudiente. 

well-being,  bienestar,  m. 

Wellington,  Arthur  Wellesley, 
first  Duke  of  (1769-1852), 
great    English  general  who 


won  victory  for  the  English 
in  the  Peninsular  war  and 
later  with  Bliicher  defeated 
Napoleon  at  Waterloo. 

were  you  not,  I  no  es  verdad? 

west,  oeste,  w.;  (street  num- 
bers) al  oeste. 

western,  a.,  del  oeste,  occi- 
dental. 

wet,  a. J  mojado. 

what,  rel.  pron.,  (that  which) 
lo  que;  interr.  pron.,  dque?, 
dcual?;  and  —  of  that?,  y 


ique 


what!,  icomo!,  ique!;  what  a 
large  room!,  ique  cuarto 
mas  (or  tan)  grande! 

whatever,  indef.  pron.y  or  a., 
cualquier(a). 

wheat,  trigo,  w.;  —  field, 
trigal,  m. 

wheel,  rueda,  /. 

when,  rel.y  adv.  and  conj., 
cuando;  —  very  young, 
cuando  muy  nifio;  interr. 
adv.,  d cuando? 

whence,  .rel.  adv.,  de  donde. 

whenever,  conj.,  cuando 
quiera  que. 

where,  rel.  adv.,  donde;  interr., 
i donde?;  (place  in  which) 
den  donde?;  (place  towards 
which)  la.  donde? 


48o 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


whether,      conj.,      si;       {after 

dudar)  que. 
which,  rel.  pron.,  que,  el  que, 

etc.,   el   cual,    etc.;    rel.    a., 

cuyo. 
while,     J.,     rato,     m.;    conj., 

mientras  (que),  a  parte  que, 

a  la  vez  que. 
whistle,   silbido,   m.;  v.   intr., 

silbar. 
white,   a.,   bianco, 
who,  rel.  pron.,  que,  quien,  el 

que,     etc.,     el     cual,     etc.; 

interr.,    d quien? 
whole,   a.,   entero,    completo, 

todo. 
wholesale,     at     — ,     al     por 

mayor, 
whom,  rel.  pron.,  a  quien,  que, 

al  que,   etc.,    al    cual,    etc.; 

interr.,  la.  quien? 
whose,   rel.   pron.,   de   quien, 

cuyo;    interr.,    dde   quien?, 

t cuyo  ? 
why?,  interr.  dpor  que? 
wide,  a.,  ancho;  {in  width)  de 

ancho. 
width,   latitud,  /.;  in  — ,   de 

ancho,  de  anchura. 
wife,  senora,  /.,  mujer,  /. 
wig,  peluca,  /.,  big  — ,  pelu- 

con,  m. 
wild,  a.,  silvestre. 


will,      gana,     /.;      —     yo'u? 

{before    or    after  a    request), 

ime  hace  Vd.  el  favor? 
willing,  be  — ,  querer  13. 
willingly,  adv.  de  buen  grado, 

de  buena  voluntad,  de  buena 

gana,   gustosamente;   most 

— ,  de  mil  amores. 
win,  V.  tr.,  conseguir  29,  33, 

ganar;  —  for  one,   valerle 

(20)  a  uno. 
wind,  viento,  m.;  trade s, 

vientos     alisios. 
winding,    a.,    tortuoso. 
windmill,  molino  de  viento,  m. 
window,  ventana,  /.;  show  — , 

escaparate,  m. 
wine,    vino,    m.;   —   grower, 

vinador,  m. 
winter,  invierno,  m. 
wireless,  a.,  inalambrico,  sin 

hilos. 
wise,   a.,   sabio. 
wish,  V.  tr.,  querer  13,  desear 

as  you — ,  como  Vd.  quiera 
wit,  sal,/.,  ingenio,  m. 
with,  prep.,  con,  de. 
withdraw,  v.  intr.,  retirarse. 
within,  prep.,  dentro  de. 
without,  prep.,  sin. 
witness,  v.  tr.,  presenciar. 
witty,  a.,  ingenioso,  salado. 
woman,  mujer,  /. 


VOCABULARIO 


481 


wonder,  no  — ,  no  es  de 
maravillarse  (de  que  with 
clause) . 

wonderful,  a.,  maravilloso, 
milagroso,  asombroso;  — ly, 
adv.,  a  (las  mil)  maravillas. 

wont,  be  — ,  soler  26. 

v/ood,  madera,  /.,  palo  m.; 
— s,  bosque,  m. 

wool,  lana,  /.; bearing,  a., 

lanar. 

word,  palabra,/.,  voz, /. 

work,  trabajo,  m.,  obra,  /.; 
V.  intr.,  trabajar,  funcionar; 
V.  tr.,  labrar,  explotar. 

workman,  obrero,  m.,  traba- 
jador,  m. 

world,  mundo,  m.;  New  — , 
Nuevo  Mundo;  —  -wide, 
a.,  mundial. 

worry  (about),  v.  tntr.,  apu- 
rarse  (por);  tener  (17) 
cuidado  de;  don't  —  about 
that,  pierda  Vd.  cuidado  de 
eso,  no  se  apure  Vd.  por  eso. 

worth,  valor,  m.,  preciosidad, 
/.,  merito,  m.;  be  — ,  v.intr., 
valer  20;  be  —  a  fortune, 
valer  un  sentido;  be  — 
while,  valer  la  pena,  mere- 
cer  38;  make  —  while, 
hacer  que  valga(n)  la  pena. 

worthy,  a.,  digno. 


would,  usually  the  sign  of  the 
cond.;  if  indicative  of  past 
willingness  use  .imperf.  of 
querer;  —  that!,  iojalal 
{-\-suhj.). 

wound,  V,  tr.,  herir  27. 

wrap  up,  V.  tr.,  envolver  26. 

write,  V.  tr.,  escribir  45. 

writing,  in  — ,  por  escrito. 

X 

Ximena,  Jimena,  /. 

Y 

y,  conj.,  and. 

ya,  adv.,  already,  indeed,  now; 
—  que,  conj.,  since  {causal), 
now  that;  —  sea,  conj., 
either;  —  se  ve,  it  is  evi- 
dent. 

yacer,  v.  intr.,  to  lie. 

yacimiento,  m.,  bed,  deposit 
{of  mineral) . 

Yankee,  a.  and  s.,  yanqui. 

yanqui,  a.  and  s.,  Yankee;  per- 
taining to  or  of  the  United 
States;  not  restricted  to 
New  England. 

year,  afio,  m.;  all  — ,  todo  el 
ano;  last  — ,  el  afio  pasado; 
— s  ago,  hace  afios;  — s  and 
— s,  afios  tras  afios. 

yellow,  a.,  amarillo. 

yellowish,  a.,  amarillento. 


482 


ELEMENTARY  SPANISH  PROSE  BOOK 


yermo,  a.,  barren,  waste. 

yes,  adv.,  si;  —  indeed  -|- 
clause,  SI  que-{- clause. 

yeso,  m.y  plaster. 

yesterday,  adv.,  ayer. 

yield,  v.  tr.,  ceder. 

yo,  pers.  pron.,  I;  —  que  Vd., 
if  J  were  you. 

yonder,  adv.,  alia;  that  — , 
dem.  a.  or  pron.,  aquel  or 
aquel. 

you,  pers.  pron.,  (subject) 
US  ted  (abbreviated  Vd.), 
ustedes  (Vds.);  (dtr.  obj.)  le 
or  lo;  la;  (irtdir.  obj.)  le; 
(familiar  forms)  tu,  voso- 
tros;  (dir.  and  indir.  obj.) 
te;  (prep,  forms)  same  as 
subject  forms  except  ti. 

young,  a.,  joven;  very  — , 
muy  nifio;  —  man,  joven,  m. 

your,  poss.  a.,  (before  the  noun: 
polite)  su;  (familiar)  tu; 
(after  the  noun:  polite)  suyo; 
(familiar)  tuyo. 

yours,  poss.  pron.,  de  Vd.(s); 
el  suyo,  la  suya,  etc.;  — 
truly,  atento(s)  y  seguro(s) 
servidor(es),  abbreviated  to 
Atto(s).  y  S.  S. 

yourself,  pers.  pron.  refl.,  se; 
intensive,  mismo;  for  — , 
por  si  mismo. 


youth,  joven,  m.  and  f, 
yunque,  m.,  anvil. 


zanahoria, /.,  carrot. 

zapatero,  m.,  shoemaker. 

zapatilla,  /.,  slipper. 

zapato,  m.,  shoe. 

Zaragoza,  /.,  Saragossa,  the 
capital  of  the  province  of 
the  same  name  in  n.  e. 
Spain;  population  about 
75,000. 

zarpar,  v.  intr.,  weigh  anchor. 

zarzuela,  /.,  musical  comedy. 

zeta,  the  name  of  the  let- 
ter z. 

zona,  /.,   zone. 

Zorrilla  y  Moral,  Jose  (1817- 
1893),  a  Spanish  dramatist 
and  poet,  best  known  for 
his  "Don  Juan  Tenorio". 

Zuloaga,  Ignacio  (1870-  ),  the 
Spanish  painter  whose  work 
is  based  on  the  national 
tradition  of  Velazquez, 
Zurbaran  and  El  Greco. 

Zurbaran,  Francisco  (1598- 
1662),  a  Spanish  painter 
who  has  been  called  "the 
Spanish  Caravaggio"  ow- 
ing to  his  realistic  style. 

zurrar,  v.  tr.,  to  tan  leather. 


m  36316 


890443 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


